Ac Ord

ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY
Under the
A.M.U. (Amendment) Act, 1981
(Amended upto January, 2015)

i
Chapter Contents Page Nos.
Contents i-xvi
I Faculties 1- 5
II Departments/Board of Studies 6-17
III Classification & Emoluments of Teachers 18-18
IV Board of Secondary Education (EC dated 18/19/20.2.84) 19-21
V Committee of Examinations 22-25
VI Committee for Advanced Studies & Research 26-26
VII Library Committee 27-27
VIII Admission of Students to the University & University Lectures 28-29
IX Residence of Students 30-33
X Fellowships and Scholarships 34-34
XI Discipline Committee 35-35
XII Convocation for Conferring Degrees 36-36
XIII Fees (Tuition, Examination etc) 37-42
XIV Evening Classes & Certificate Courses 43-43
XV Appointment of Examiners & Moderators 44-50
XVI Remuneration to Examiners, Invigilators etc 51-56
XVII Examinations 57-62
XVII-A Examinations (Semester System) (O.M. No. XM/SPA/II-196 63-63

dated 24/30.10.2005)
(Deleted) (A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015)
XVII-A (Revised) Examinations (Semester System) 64-65

(OM. No. XM/SPA/II-196 dated 24/30.10.2005)
XVIII High School Examination (for Women Private Candidates) 66-67

(EC dated 30.7.1987)
XVIII–A Secondary School Certificate Examination (EC dated 16.3.1985) 68-74

ii
XIX Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination

(EC dated 18/19/20.2.1984) 75-81
XIX–A Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination 82-84

(Under the Programme of Distance Education)
(EC dated 27.2.1984)
XX Pre – Medical (Deleted) (EC dated 16.3.1985) 85-85
XXI BA (Hons) and B.Sc. (Hons.) (EC dated 27/28.9.1986) 86-91
XXI–A Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) (EC 31.7.2000) 92-93
XXI–B Bachelor of Physical Education (BPE) (EC dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001) 94-94
XXI–C B.Sc. (Hons.) (Home Science) 95-99

(OM NO XM/PA/58(0)/1833 dated 3.9.2004
XXI–D BA (Hons)/(Pass) under Distance Education 100-103

(OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 dated 24/30.10.2005)
XXI-E B.A. (Hons.) / B.Sc.(Hons.) / B.Com. (Hons.) (Semester System) 104-111
XXI(F) Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.) 112-115

OM. XM/RU/F.No.0001/08/1371(Internal) dt. 08.10.2008
XXI (G) Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.) (Semester System) 116-122

XM/RU/F.No.004/14/13 dated 14.5.2014
XXI (H) Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) (Semester System) 123-128

XM/RU/F.No.006/14/16 dated 21.5.2014
XXII B.Com. (Hons) (EC dated 27/28.9.1986) 129-132
XXIII M.A., M.Sc. and M.Com (EC dated 18/19/20.2.1984) 133-133

XXIII–A M.Sc. (Agriculture) – Plant Protection/M.Sc. (Agriculture) 133-133

– Agriculture Microbiology/Master of Agricultural Economics
Business Management/Technology in Agricultural Process
and Food Engineering (Under Semester System)
(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001)
XXIII–B M.Sc. in Bio – Technology 134-135

iii
XXIII–C Master of Physical Education (MPE) (EC dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001) 136-136
XXIII–D Master of Fine Arts (MFA)

(Deleted) (A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015) 136-136
XXIII–E MA/M.Sc. (Maths) (OM LD(C) 1292 dated 20.11.2002) 136-136

XXIII–F MA/M.Sc. (Under Semester System) 137-142

(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005)
XXIII–G M.Com. (Semester System) 143-148

(OM No.XM/SPA/II-196 dt. 24/30.10.2005)
XXIII–H M.A (in the F/o Arts & Social Sciences) (Semester System) 149-155
(OM.XM/PS/FN63/II-77 dated 6.4.2005)
XXIII–J MFA (Semester System) 156-159

(OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 dt 24/30.10.2005)
XXIII–K MPE (Semester System) (OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 dt 24/30.10.2005) 160-160

XXIII–L M.Sc. (Agriculture) (wef 2005 – 2006) 161-166

XXIV M.Phil (EC dated 16.10.85) 167-169
XXIV-A M.Phil 170-174
XXV Ph. D (Deleted) 175-175

XXV–A Ph.D (EC dated 5.7.1997) 176-179
XXV–B Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) & regulations for M.Phil/Ph.D. courses 180-196
XXVI D.Lit/ D.Sc./L.L.D./D.Th. 197-197
XXVII Bachelor or Theology (B.Th.) 198-198

XXVIII Master of Theology (M.Th.) (EC dated 27.3.1987) 198-198

XXIX LLB (2–Year Course) (Abolished) (EC dated 7/8.2.1978) 198-198

iv
XXIX–A BA – LLB (Hons) (5–Year Integrated Course) 199-202

(EC dated 5.7.97)
XXX LLB (3–Year Course) (Deleted)

(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord./II–139 dated 8.7.2005 203-203
XXXI LLM (EC dated 16.3.1985) 203-203

XXXI–A LLM (Semester System) 204-206

(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord./II–139 dated 8.7.2005)
XXXII B.Ed. 207-207

XXXII – A Bachelor of Education (B.Ed) (Semester System) 208-212

XM/RU/F.No.005/14/12 dated 14.5.2014
XXXIII M.Ed. (EC dated 21/22.2.1981) 213-213

XXXIII–A M.Ed. (Semester System) 214-215

(OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 dt 24/30.10.2005)
XXXIV B.Sc. in Engg. (Deleted) 216-216

(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord. 57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005)
XXXIV–A B.Sc. in Engg. (Deleted) 216-216

XXXIV–B B.Sc. in Engg. (Deleted) 216-216

XXXIV–C B.Sc. in Engg. (Deleted) 216-216

XXXIV–D B.Sc. in Engg. and BE (4 – Year Course) (OM XM/AC – IV/2759 216-216
dated 7.2.95)
XXXIV–E B.Tech. (Semester System) 217-239

(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001)
XXXIV-F B.Tech. (effective from the session 2011-12) 240-250
XXXV B.E. (Seven Semester Course) (Deleted) 251-251

v
XXXV–A B.E. (Three & a Half Year Course) (Deleted) 251-251

XXXV–B Not existing 251-251
XXXV–C BE (Three and a Half Year Course) (Deleted) 251-251

XXXV–D BE (Four Year Course) 252-258

(OM NO XM/AC IV/2759 dated 7.2.95)
XXXV (E) Bachelor of Engineering (Evening) in the Faculty of Engineering & 259-269
Technology (Semester System)
XM/RU/F.No.003/14/11 dt. 06.5.2014
XXXVI M.Sc. in Engg. (Four Semester Course) (Deleted) 270-270

XXXVI–A M.Sc. in Engg. (Three Semester Course) (Deleted) 270-270

XXXVI–B M.Sc. in Engg. (Three Semester Course) (Deleted) 270-270

XXXVI–C M.Sc. in Engg. (Three Semester Course in Petroleum Processing/ 270-270

Petrochemicals)(Deleted) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005)
XXXVI–C M. Tech (Three Semester Course) (Civil/Chemical/Electrical/Electronics/ 270-270

Mechanical/Petrochemical Engg.) (Updated till 27.2.1999)
XXXVI–D M.Tech. (Four Semester Course) (Civil/Chemical/ 271-274

Computer Sc. & Engg. /Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical/
Petrochemical Engg.) (wef from the session 2003-2004)
(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dt 8.7.2005)
XXXVI-E Master of Technology in the F/o Engg. &Tech. 275-285
XXXVII Diploma in Engg. (Deleted) 286-286

(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139 dated 8.7.2005)
XXXVII–A Diploma in Engg. (Deleted) 286-286

XXXVII–B Diploma in Engg. (wef 1996-97) 286-286

(OM/AC-IV/PA/Ord/224 dated 6.2.1997)
vi
XXXVII–C Diploma in Engg. (Architecture, Civil, Design & 287-290

Constructional Technology, Design & Production Engg.,
Electrical, Instrumentation & Control and Mechanical)
(3 year courses) (wef 2002–2003)
XXXVII–D 3–Year Diploma Courses in University Polytechnic 291-294

(OM. No. XM/SPA/ FN-68/II-341 dated 10.6.2006)
XXXVII (E) 3-Years( 6-Semesters) Diploma in Engineering /Technology Programmes 295-300

University Polytechnic (Boys) & University Women’s Polytechnic
Faculty of Engineering and Technology (Semester System)
XM/RU/F.No.003/14/11 dt. 06.5.2014
XXXVIII Diploma in Catering & Food Technology, Architecture 301-301

Assistantship, Electronics Engineering Costume Design &
Dress Making and Office Assistantship & Secretarial Practice
(For Women Only) (Deleted) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139
dated 8.7.2005)
XXXVIII–A 3-Year Diploma in Engg. (Electronics/Electronics 301-301

(TV Tech)/Computer) and 2-Year Diploma in Costume Design
& Garment Technology and Diploma in Office Assistantship &
Secretarial Practice (wef 1996-1997)
(AC-IV/PA/Ord. 22, dated 6.2.97/EC dated 5.7.97)
XXXVIII–B Diploma in Engg.(Electronics/Information 301-301

Technology/Computer) (3 Year Courses)
Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology
and Diploma in Office Assistantship & Secretarial Practice
(2 Year Courses) (wef 2002–2003)
XXXVIII–C 3 Year Diploma in Engineering in Women’s Polytechnic 302-305

(OM No. XM/SPA/FN-68/II-341 dated 10.6.2006)
XXXVIII–D 2 Year Diploma in Costume Design & Garment 306-308

Technology/Secretarial Practice in Women’s Polytechnics)
(OM No. XM/SPA/ FN-68/II-341 dated 10.6.2006)
XXXVIII (E) 2-Years Advance Diploma in Food Technology Programme University 309-314
Polytechnic (Boys) Faculty of Engineering and Technology
AND
vii
2-Years Diploma in Secretarial Practice/Costume Design & Garment

Technology Programmes
University Women’s Polytechnic Faculty of Engineering and Technology
(Semester System)
XM/RU/F.No.003/14/11 dt. 06.5.2014
XXXIX Certificate in Mechanical/Civil Draftmanship (Deleted) 315-315

XL BUMS and Transitory Ordinances (Deleted) 315-315

XL BUMS (EC : dated 21/22.2.81 & 27.3.1987) 315-315

XL–A BUMS (EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 316-323
XLI MD (Ilmul Advia) (Deleted) 324-324

XLI–A Mahir-e-Tib (MD) (Unani) (EC dated 27.3.1987) 324-324

XLI–B Mahir-e-Tib/(MD/MS–Unani) (Effective from 2001-Batch) 325-330

XLII Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) 331-331

XLII–A Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) 332-336

(Effective from 1997-Batch) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139
dated 8.7.2005)
XLII–B Bachelor of Dental Surgery (BDS) (EC dated 9.3.2000) 337-337

XLII–C B.D.S. (OM No. XM/SPA/FN-75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006) 338-341
XLIII MD/MS (Deleted)

(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139 dated 8.7.2005) 342-342
XLIII–A MD/MS and Diploma Courses (EC dated 27.2.1999) 343-347
XLIV Diploma in Ophthalmology (D.O) (Deleted) 348-348

viii
XLV Diploma in Orthopaedic Surgery (D.O.S.) (Deleted) 348-348

XLVI Diploma in Laryngology & Otology (D.L.O.) (Deleted) 348-348

XLVII Diploma in Anaesthesiology (D.A.) (Deleted) 348-348

XLVIII Diploma in Medical Radio Diagnosis (DMRD) and 348-348

Diploma in Medical Therapy (D.M.R.T.) (Deleted)
XLIX Diploma in Gynaecology & Obstetrics (D.G.O.) (Deleted) 348-348

L Diploma in Child Health (D.C.H.) (Deleted) 348-348

LI Diploma in Clinical Pathology (D.C.P.) (Deleted) 348-348

LII B.Lib. & I.Sc. (EC dated 12/13/15.7.1980) 348-348

L-II (A) Bachelor of Library and Information Science (B.L.I.Sc.) 349-351

(2-Semester Programme)
E.C. Item No. 11,dated: 12.07.2014
LIII M.Lib. & I.Sc. 352-352

LIII–A MLI Sc. (Semester System) (OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 353-354

(dt. 20/30.10.2005)
LIV M.B.A. (Deleted) 355-355

LIV–A M.B.A. (EC : dated 9.9.96 & 3.5.97) 355-355

LIV–B M.B.A. (wef 2001 – 2002) 356-357

(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001)
ix
LIV–C MIBM (EC dated 9.9.96 & 3.5.97) 358-358

LIV–D MIBM (wef 2001 – 2002) 358-358

(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001)
LIV–E MBA (IB) (OM XM/SPA/FN-75/278 dated 27.28.3.2006) 359-360
LV DBA (EC dated 9.3.2000) 361-361

LVI Diploma in Secretarial Work (Deleted) 361-361

LVII Diploma in Steno Typing 361-361

LVIII Advanced Diploma in Professional Psychology (Deleted) 361-361

LVIII–A P.G. Diploma in Rehabilitation Psychology (wef 2002-2003) 362-362

LIX Diploma in Foreign Affairs (Deleted) (EC dated 16.3.1985) 362-362
LX Diploma in Public Administration (Deleted) 362-362

LXI P.G. Diploma in West Asian Studies 363-363
LXII Advanced Diploma in Mathematics (Deleted) (EC dated 16.3.1985) 364-364
LXIII P.G. Diploma in Hydrogeology 365-365
LXIV Diploma in Statistics 366-366

LXV (A) Certificate of Proficiency in Language 367-368

(B) Diploma of Proficiency in Language
(EC dated 21/22.2.1981)
LXVI Diploma in Linguistics 369-369
LXVII Certificate in Qir’at 370-370

x
LXVII–A Certificate in Shia Theology 371-371

LXVIII Diploma in Qir’at 372-372
LXVIII–A Diploma in Shia Theology (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 373-373

dated 8.7.2005)
LXIX Diploma in Professional Courses (Deleted) 373-373

LXIX–A One-Year Diploma in Professional Courses 374-376

(EC dated 6.4.96)
LXIX–B Two-Year Diploma in Professional Courses 377-378

LXIX–C Three-Year Diploma in Physiotherapy & Rehabilitation 379-380

LXX P.G. Diploma in Computer Science (Deleted) 381-381

LXXI Diploma in Teaching (Urdu Medium) (EC dated 28.9.1986) 381-381

LXXI-A Diploma in Teaching (Semester System) 382-389
LXXII Diploma in Forensic Medicine (Deleted) 390-390

LXXIII Diploma in Tuberculosis & Chest Diseases (Deleted) 390-390

LXXIV M.CH (Plastic Surgery) (EC dated 12/13/15.7.1980) 390-390

LXXIV-A DOCTOR OF MEDICINE (DM) / MAGISTER CHIRURGIAE (M.Ch.) 391-393

O.M.D.No.XM/RU/F.No.008/14/25 dated 24.7.2014
LXXV Diploma in Drafting & Designing (Civil/Mech.) (Deleted) 394-394

LXXVI P.G. Diploma in Petroleum Processing (Deleted) 394-394

(EC dated 24.9.94)
xi
LXXVII Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science & Application 394-394

(PDCA) (EC dated 19.4.1986)
LXXVII–A Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science & Application 394-394

(PDCA) (Semester System) (wef 2003-2004)
LXXVIII Master in Computer Science & Application (MCA) (EC dated 24.9.94) 394-394
LXXVIII–A Master in Computer Science & Application (MCA) 395-399

(EC dated 24.9.94) (Semester System) (wef 2003-2004)
LXXIX Certificate in Urdu Calligraphy (Deleted) 400-400

LXXX Diploma in Urdu Calligraphy (Deleted)

(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 400-400
LXXXI M.Tech (Applied Geo-Physics) (Deleted)

(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 400-400
LXXXII M.Tech (Remote Sensing Application) (Deleted) 400-400

LXXXII–A Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology (EC dated 14/15.9.91) 401-401
LXXXIII P.G. Diploma in Teaching of English Language & Literature 402-402

(Deleted) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005)
LXXXIV Certificate in Professional Skills (for Women) 403-403

(EC dated 27.3.1987)
LXXXV P.G. Diploma in Marketing Management (EC 10/11.12.1988) 404-404
LXXXVI P.G. Diploma in Personnel Management 405-406

LXXXVI–A PG Diploma in Business Finance 407-408

(Part-Time Evening Course) (wef 1997-1998)
LXXXVII Diploma in Drafting & Designing (Civil/Mech) & 409-409

Transitory Ordinances (Deleted)
xii
LXXXVIII P.G. Diploma in Urdu Translation (Deleted) 410-410

LXXXIX P.G. Diploma in Applicable (Industrial) Mathematics 411-411

(OM XM/AC–IV/1187 dated 5.7.1988)
XC P.G. Diploma in Portfolio Management (Deleted) 411-411

XCI P.G. Diploma in Cooperation and Rural Development 411-411

(Deleted) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005)
XCII B.Arch. (OM No. XM/AC-IV/2759 dated 7.2.1995) 411-411

XCII–A B.Arch. (Under Semester System) (EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 412-434
XCII–B B.Arch. (Effective from 2011-12) 435-446
XCIII Master of Social Work (MSW) (EC dated 5.7.1997) 447-447

XCIII–A Master of Social Work (MSW) (EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 447-447
XCIII-B Master of Social Work (MSW) Semester System 448-451
XCIII-C Master of Social Work (MSW) (Effective from the session 2013-14) 452-454
XCIV P.G. Diploma in Human Rights (AC dated 19.6.1997) 455-455

XCIV–A P.G. Diploma in Human Rights (OM No XM/SPA/II-196 455-455

dated 24/30.10.2005)
XCIV–B P.G. Diploma in Women’s Studies 456-457

(OM. No. XM/SPA/FN-75/II-278 dt. 27/28.3.2006)
XCV Master in Journalism & Mass Communication (MJMC) 458-458

(EC dated 27.2.1999)
XCV–A Master in Journalism & Mass Communication (MJMC) 458-458

(EC dated : 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001)
xiii
XCV–B MJMC (Semester System) (OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 458-458

dated 24/30.10.2005)
XCV–C MA (Mass Communication) (Change of Nomenclature from 459-462
MJMC to MAMC/EC dated 4.10.2005)
XCVI M.Sc. (Museology) 463-465

XCVI–A Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology(OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 466-467

dated 29/30.102005)
XCVII Master of Finance & Control (MFC) (AC dated 27.7.1999) 468-470
XCVIII Master of Tourism Administration (MTA) 471-473

(AC dated 27.7.1999)
IC (XCIX) M.Tech. (Computer Science & Technology) 474-474

C Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering (EC dated 13.3.2001) 475-476
CI Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management & 477-478

Application (OM No. XM/SPA/FN-68/II-341 dated 10.06.2006)
CI-A 1-Year Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering Programme at 479-484

University Polytechnic (Boys) Faculty of Engineering and Technology
AND
1-Year Advance Diploma in Multimedia Systems/Interior Decoration
Programmes University Women’s Polytechnic Faculty of Engineering
and Technology
XM/RU/F.No.003/14/11 dt. 06.5.2014
CII Ph.D. (Business Administration) Revised vide 485-488

O.M. No. (C)/1802 dt.27.4.2006 from the office of Registrar
CIII P.G. Diploma in Banking, Risk and Insurance 489-491

Management (O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.No. 57(xiii)/II-516 dt. 21.2.2007)
CIV Bachelor of Theology (Hons.)/B.Th. (Hons.) (Sunni/Shia) 492-496

(3-year Degree Programme)
A.C. dated 14.7.2009
CV Advanced Diploma in Translation 497-498

(Effective from the session 2011-2012)
O.M. XM/RU/F.N.002/13/1446 dated 21.5.2013
xiv
CVI 6 Course of Distance Education 499-503

A.C. dated 14.7.2009
CVII Bachelor of Library & Information Science (BLIS) 504-506

(Under Distance Education Programme)
A.C. Item No. 8 dated 14.7.2009
CVIII B.Com. (Hons.)/B.Com (Pass) 507-510

A.C. dated 14.7.2009
CIX Certificate in Urdu Electronic Media 511-511

Diploma in Urdu Electronic Media
A.C. dated 19.1.2010
CX Master of Dental Surgery (M.D.S) 512-515

A.C. Item No. 2, dated 25.8.2010
CXI P.G. Diploma In Islamic Banking And Finance 516-517

A.C. dated 19.01.2010
CXII Post-Graduate Diploma in Conflict Resolution and Peace Studies 518-519

O.M. XM/RU/F.No.13/12/1433 dated 14.3.2012
CXIII Five Certificate Courses in the Quranic Centre 520-521

• Certificate in Recitation of Quran (Tajwid)
• Certificate of Recitation of Quran (Qirat)
• Certificate in Learning Quran (Language Lab)
• Certificate in Introduction in Qur’anic Sciences
• Certificate in Quranic Arabic
CXIV Bachelor in Social Work (BSW) 522-524

(Annual System)
CXIV-A Bachelor of Social work (BSW) 525-531

(Semester System)
CXV Part-time Diploma in Educational and Vocational 532-533

Counselling (For Women only)
O.M. XM/RU/F.N. 001/13/1444 dated 22.4.2013.
CXVI Five Years Bachelors of Dental Surgery (B.D.S.) Programme 534-538

O.M. XM/RU/F.No.0008/09/1409 dt. 22.8.2009
CXVII Advanced Diploma in Food Technology 539-541

A.C. dated 14.7.2009
xv
CXVIII Post-Graduate Diploma in Mass Communication (Urdu) 542-543

PGDMC (U)
(3-Semester Programme) (in the Faculty of Arts)
A.C. dated 14.7.2009
CXIX POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN THE LANGUAGE OF 544-545

ADVERTISING MEDIA AND MARKET (PGDLAMM)
(One Year Programme in the Faculty of Arts)
OM. No. XM/RU/F.No.0006/09/1392 (Internal) dt. 07.03.2009
CXX Advanced P.G. Diploma in Nanotechnology 546-547

(Two Semester Course)
OM. No. XM/RU/F.No.0003/08/2774 dt. 28.11.2008
CXXI Post Graduate Diploma in Biodiversity Management and Conservation 548-548

OM. No. XM/RU/F.No.0004/09/1387(Internal) dt. 07.02.2009
CXXII 1. Certificate In Remote Sensing & GIS Application in 549-550

Environmental Studies
2. Certificate in Wildlife Ecology and Management
3. Certificate in Biodiversity Management & Conservation
CXXIII Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering One Year Course 551-552
CXXIV M.Sc. Polymer Science And Technology 553-554
CXXV Post Graduate Diploma in Hindi Translation 555-556

D.No. XM/RU/F.No.002/10 dated: 01.04.2014
CXXVI Post - M.A. Diploma in Modern Persian (Translation and Interpretation) 557-558
CXXVII 1. Diploma in Quranic Studies 559-560

2. Diploma in Calligraphy & Graphic Design
CXXVIII Bachelor in Radiation Therapy Technology (BRTT) 561-564

1
ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY
ORDINANCES (ACADEMIC)
UNDER THE
A.M.U. (AMENDMENT) ACT, 1981
(AMENDED upto January, 2015)
CHAPTER – I
FACULTIES
(Statutes 20 and 21)
1. The assignments of the Departments of Studies to the various Faculties shall be as follows:
(a) Dean Faculty of Arts:
(i) Department of Arabic

(ii) Department of English
(iii) Department of Hindi
(iv) Department of Linguistics
(v) Department of Persian
(vi) Department of Philosophy
(vii) Department of Sanskrit
(viii) Department of Urdu
∗
(ix) Department of Modern Indian Languages
†
(x) Department of Fine Arts
(b) Dean Faculty of Social Sciences:
(i) Department of Economics

(ii) Department of Education
(iii) Department of History
(iv) Department of Islamic Studies
(v) Department of Library *and Information Science
(vi) Department of Political Science
∗
Ref. Ministry of Education & Culture No. F.3-5/81 Desk (U) dated 27.7.1984.
†
E.C. Res. No. 4 (para 22 2 of Appendix ‘C’) dated 9.4.1988.
*
HRD No. F.3-47/91 Desk (U) dated 5.3.92.
2
(vii) Department of Psychology

(viii) Department of Sociology *and Social Work
(ix) Centre of West Asian Studies
†
(x) Department of Physical Health & Sports Education
‡
(xi) Department of Mass Communication
(c) Dean Faculty of Commerce:
(i) Department of Commerce
(d) Faculty of Law:
(i) Department of Law
(e) Faculty of Theology:
(i) Department of Sunni Theology

(ii) Department of Shia Theology
§
(f) Faculty of Science:
(i) Department of Chemistry

(ii) Department of Geography
(iii) Department of Geology
(iv) Department of Mathematics
(v) Department of Physics
(vi) Department of Military Science
(vii) Department of Statistics and Operations Research.
**
(viii) Department of Computer Science
**
(g) Faculty of Life Sciences:
(i) Department of Botany

(ii) Department of Zoology
**
(iii) Department of Bio-Chemistry
**
(iv) Centre of Wildlife and Ornithology
∗∗∗
(v) Department of Museology
(h) Faculty of Medicine:
(i) Department of Anatomy

(ii) Department of Physiology
(iii) Department of Bio-Chemistry
*
HRD No. F. 3-10/99 Desk (U) dated 24.5.99
†
M/O No. Education & S.W. No. F.3-5/81 Desk (U) dated 13.9.85.
‡
M/O HRD No. F. 3-28/91 Desk (U) dated 11.11.96./Change of nomenclature from MJMC to MAMC vide EC dated 4.10.2005 and
University Court dated 12.2.2006.
§
E.C. Res. No. 9(49) dated 30.7.1987.
**
E.C. Res. No. 4 (para 222) dated 9.4.1988.
∗∗∗
EC dated 21/22.11.1987.
3
(iv) Department of Pharmacology

(v) Department of Pathology
(vi) Department of Microbiology
†
(vii) Department of General Surgery
‡‡
(viii) Department of Radio-Diagnosis
(ix) Department of Forensic Medicine
(x) Department of Medicine
(xi) Department of Paediatrics
§
(xii) Department of Community Medicine
(xiii) Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology
(xiv) Department of Ophthalmology
†
(xv) Department of Orthopaedic Surgery
†
(xvi) Department of Anaesthesiology
†
(xvii) Department of Otorhinolaryngology (ENT Surgery)
*
(xviii) Department of Dental Surgery
††
(xix) Department of Tuberculosis & Chest Diseases
††
(xx) Department of Dermatology
††
(xxi) Department of Psychiatry
‡‡
(xxii) Department of Radio-Therapy
§§
(xxiii) Department of Prosthodontics/Dental Material
§§
(xxiv) Department of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
§§
(xxv) Department of Oral & Dental Pathology & Microbiology/ Oral Medicine & Dental
Radiology
§§
(xxvi) Department of Periodontia & Community Dentistory
§§
(xxvii) Department of Othodontia/Human Dental Anatomy
§§
(xxviii) Department of Pedodontia
§§
(xxix) Department of Conservative Dentistry including Endodontics
(i) Faculty of Engineering & Technology:
(i) Department of Electrical Engineering

(ii) Department of Mechanical Engineering
(iii) Department of Civil Engineering
(iv) Department of Technology
***
(v) Department of Chemical Engineering
†††
(vi) Department of Applied Chemistry
†††
(vii) Department of Applied Mathematics
†††
(viii) Department of Applied Physics
****
(ix) Department of Electronics Engineering
§
(x) Department of Computer Engineering
†
E.C. Res. No 20(5) (b) dated 18/19/20 Feb., 1984.
‡‡
M/O Education & Social Welfare, No. 3-40/72 U-2 dated 24.10.72.
§
E.C. Res. No. 27 dated 19.4.1986.
*
E.C. Res. No. 9(49) dated 30.7.87.
††
M/O HRD No. F.3-16/92 Desk (U) dated 14.7.92.
§§
M/O HRD No. F.3-24/99 Desk (U) dated 28.6.2000.
***
EC dated 12/13/15.7.1980.
†††
EC dated 28.9.1986.
****
EC dated 9.4.1988.
§
4
**
(xi) Department of Petroleum Studies.
††
(xii) Department of Architecture.
‡‡
(j) Faculty of Unani Medicine:
(i) Department of Ilmul Advia

(ii) Department of Kulliyat (including Tashreeh)
(iii) Department of Moalijat (including Niswan-o-Atfal)
(iv) Department of Jarahat
§§
(v) Department of Tashreeh-wa-Munafeul Aza
§§
(vi) Department of Amraz-e-Niswan-wa-Atfal
***
(vii) Department of Hifzan-e-Sehat-wa-Tibbi Samaji
†††
(k) Faculty of Agricultural Sciences:
†††
(i) Department of Post-Harvest Engineering & Technology
†††
(ii) Department of Plant Protection.
†††
(iii) Department of Agricultural Economics & Agricultural Business Management.
†††
(iv) Department of Agricultural Micro-biology.
‡‡‡
(l) Faculty of Management Studies & Research:
‡‡‡
(i) Department of Business Administration.
2. In addition to the provisions made by Statute 21, the Faculties shall:
(a) Recommend to the Academic Council, schemes for improvement in academic standards.
(b) Consider and make such recommendations to the Academic Council on any question
pertaining to their respective sphere of work as may appear to them necessary.
3. (a) The meeting of the Faculties shall be either Ordinary or Special;
(b) Ordinary meetings shall be held in the months of August, October, December, February and
April in every academic year as far as possible;
(c) Special meetings shall be called by the *Registrar at the suggestion of the Vice-Chancellor
or the Dean of the Faculty concerned.
Provided that the Registrar shall convene a special meeting at the written request of at least one-
third of the members of the Faculty concerned within 10 days of the receipt of such request;
**
††
HRD No. F.3-15/99-Desk (U) dated 8.12.1999.
‡‡
E.C. Res. No. 9(60) dated 30.7.1987.
§§
HRD No. F.3-14/99-Desk (U) dated 19.4.2000.
***
M/O HRD No.3-12/99 Desk (U) dated 21.6.99.
†††
M/O HRD No. F.3-25/99 (U) dated 31.5.2000.
‡‡‡
M/O HRD letter No. F.3-33/91 Desk (U) datd 30.1.96.
*
E.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.
5
*
(d) Notice for Ordinary meeting and Special meeting shall be issued by the Registrar at least
fourteen days before the date fixed for the ordinary meeting and at least seven days before
the date fixed for the special meeting.
(e) No item other than those notified earlier shall be discussed at the special meeting;
(f) Quorum of the meeting of the Faculty shall be at least one-third of its membership.
4. The Dean of the Faculty, in addition to the powers and functions prescribed in Statute 7(7) shall:
(a) take suitable steps to have the meetings of the Faculty convened;
(b) supervise and coordinate teaching and research in the Faculty through the Chairman of
Departments, and take steps to promote inter-disciplinary teaching and research wherever
necessary;
(c) take suitable steps to give effect to the decisions/recommendations of the Faculty;
(d) perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Academic Council and the
Executive Council.
Provided that in the case of Colleges and other Institutions maintained by the University, the duty
of supervising and coordinating teaching and maintaining discipline in the class rooms and
laboratories shall be performed by the Principals of the Colleges or the Heads of the Institutions
concerned.
5. The Dean shall, as early as practicable, after the commencement of the academic session, constitute
the Students Advisory Committee of his Faculty, in the manner prescribed by the Regulations.
*
A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.
6
CHAPTER – II
DEPARTMENTS/BOARDS OF STUDIES
[Statute 20(2)(d) and 22]
1. Each Department of Studies shall consist of the following:
(a) persons specified under Statute 20(2)(d)(i to iv);
(b) teachers at the Women’s College maintained by the University engaged in teaching the
subject or subjects assigned to the Departments;
Provided that when the Department functions as Board of Studies, the following shall also be its
members:
(i) two persons engaged in teaching allied or cognate subjects in the University, to be assigned
by the Academic Council for a period of two years;
Provided further that no person shall be assigned to more than two Departments;
(ii) two persons not engaged in teaching in the University, having expert knowledge of the
subject or subjects taught in the Department to be co-opted by the Department for a period of
two years.
2. In addition to the provisions made in Statute 22(3), the Boards of Studies shall:
(a) recommend to the Faculty concerned the names of Moderators for all examinations.
(b) recommend to the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research of the Faculty concerned
the applications for admission to the Ph.D. course and the names of the supervisors;
(c) perform such other functions as may be assigned by the Faculty concerned or the Academic
Council or the Executive Council;
(d) approve subjects for dissertation.

*
Provided that the functioning of Departments of Applied Chemistry, Applied Mathematics, and
Applied Physics shall be coordinated with the Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics
respectively by separate committees to be constituted by the Academic Council consisting of the
members of the Faculties of Science and Engineering & Technology for purposes of avoiding
duplication in research, postgraduate courses, equipments and other related matters.
3. Quorum for the meeting of the Departments/Boards of Studies shall be one-third of its total
membership.
†
4. (a) Subject to the provisions of Statute 8(1) of the Statutes of the University, the Chairman of a
Department shall be appointed in the following manner, to wit:-
*
E.C. Res. No. 30(b) dated 30.8/27 & 28.9.1986.
†
E.C. dated 30.11.95, 16/17.12.95, 6.4.96.
7
(i) In a Department where there is one Professor and no Reader, he shall be appointed Chairman
for a period of three years.
(ii) In a Department where there are more Professors than one, the Professors shall be appointed
Chairman in rotation according to their seniority in the grade of professor, each for a term of
three years;
‡
(iii) In a Department where there is one Professor and one Reader, the Professor shall be
appointed first as Chairman of the Department and thereafter, the Reader shall be appointed
for a period of three years.
(iv) In a Department where there is one Professor and more Readers, the Professor shall be
appointed first as Chairman of the Department and thereafter the senior Reader from amongst
the two senior most Readers by rotation for a period of three years ••or till another professor
is appointed, whichever is earlier.
(v) In a Department where there is no Professor, Readers in the Department shall be appointed
Chairman in rotation according to their seniority in the grade of Reader, each for a period of
three years.
*
(b) The cycle of rotation under the provisions of sub-clause (a) above shall begin from the date
to be notified by the Vice-Chancellor (hereinafter called the notified date), but if the person
to be appointed Chairman under these Ordinances has been serving as Chairman during the
period immediately preceding the notified date, his term shall be counted from the date he
has been continuously holding office as Chairman of the Department, and if he has already
continuously served for three years or a longer period as Chairman of the Department before
the notified date, he shall cease to be Chairman on the notified date, and the person who
would have been appointed Chairman after him under the provisions of sub-clause (a) above
shall there upon take office in succession to him;
Provided that a person shall be eligible for re-appointment as Chairman, if, subsequent to his
holding that office either there is no other person entitled to be Chairman, or all other persons
entitled to be so appointed after him have duly held office in rotation and a new cycle of
rotation has begun, in accordance with the provisions of sub-clause (a) above.
∗
(c) When the office of the Chairman is vacant or when the Chairman is, by reason of illness,
absence or any other cause, unable to perform the duties of his Office, the duties of the Office
shall be performed by a person to be appointed as Acting Chairman by the Vice-Chancellor
on the basis of seniority from among the Professors (and in case there is no Professor from
among the Readers) of the Department.
Provided that in case the Chairman of a Department appointed under sub-clause (a) is absent
from duty for any reason, or proceeds on leave, for a period of one year or longer, his
appointment as Chairman shall come to an end with effect from the date of his absence and
the next senior person shall be appointed as Chairman for a term of three years under sub-
clause (a), with effect from the same date.
†
(d) In the Faculty of Medicine, no person who does not have the medical qualifications
prescribed by the Medical Council of India as essential qualifications for being appointed as
a Chairman or Head of the Department shall be appointed as Chairman of a Clinical
‡
E.C. Res. Dated 31.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.
••
A.C. dated 14.7.2009
*
E.C. Res. No. 7 dated 30.7.1987 (Special Meeting).
†
E.C. Res. Dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.
8
Department; and any such person who has been appointed Chairman/Director prior to the
commencement of this amendment shall be deemed to have completed his term and cease to
be the Chairman of the Department or Director of an Institute with the commencement of this
amendment;
Provided that no person who does not have the qualifications in Unani Tib as prescribed by
the Central Council of Indian Medicine as essential qualifications for being appointed as
Chairman or Head of the Department, shall be appointed as Chairman of any Department in
the Faculty of Unani Medicine (except the Department of Jarahat).
≈
(e) Notwithstanding the provisions contained in sub-clause (a) to (d), the Vice Chancellor may
appoint Reader-in-Charges of various Sections in University Polytechnic (Boys) and
Women’s Polytechnic in the manner prescribed below:
(i) Provided that in Sections where there is only one Professor/Reader/Associate
Professor, she/he will continue to function as Reader-in-Charge till such time other
Reader(s) is/are appointed.
(ii) Provided that in Sections where ther is more than one Professor/Reader/Associate
Professor, the appointment will be made in order of seniority for a period of three
years.
(iii) Provided that fresh cycle of rotation shall start when all the eligible
Professor(s)/Reader(s)/ Associate Professor(s) have availed their chance.
(iv) Provided that a Reader-in-Charge while discharging the duties may resign his office at
any time during his tenure or she/he may decline the offer of appointment as Reader-in-
Charge.
(v) Provided that when the position of Reader-in-Charge is vacant or when the Reader in-
Charge is, by reason of illness, absence or any other cause, unable to perform the
duties, the duties shall be performed by a person to be appointed as Acting Reader-in-
Charge by the Vice-Chancellor on the basis of seniority from among the
Professor(s)/Associate Professor(s)/ Reader(s) of the Section.
(vi) Provided that in case the Reader-in-Charge of a Section proceeds on leave for a period
of one year or longer, his appointment as Reader-in-Charge shall come to an end with
effect from the date of his absence and the next senior person shall be appointed as
Reader-in-Charge for a term of three years with effect from the same date.
(vii) Provided that if there is no Professor/Reader/Associate Professor in a Section, the
Principal of concerned Polytechnic shall act as the Reader-in-Charge of that section.
(viii) Provided further that those Reader-in-Charges, in both the Polytechnics, who have
already completed three or more years of functioning as Reader-in-Charge on the date
of notification of this Ordinance will cease to be Reader-in-Charge and next senior
Reader/Associate Professor in the Section concerned will be appointed as Reader-in-
Charge and therafter the next Reader/Associate Professor and so on till the cycle is
completed.
5. The Chairman of a Department shall under the general supervision of the Dean:-
(a) issue notice for meetings of the Department;

‡‡
Provided that the notices of the meeting of the Department when it has to perform the
functions of Board of Studies shall be issued by the *Registrar.
≈
OM. No.(c)/4190 dated 31.10.2012
‡‡
E.C. Res. No. 13(44) (10)(b) dated 12/13/15 July 1980.
*
A.C. Res. dated 8/9.5.2001.
9
‡‡
Provided that the *Registrar shall convene a meeting of the Board of Studies at the written
request of at least one-third of the members of the Board of Studies concerned within 10 days
of the receipt of such request.
(b) organize teaching work and frame the time-table in conformity with the allocation of
teaching work made by the Boards of Studies;
(c) organize research in the Department;
(d) assist the Dean in coordinating the teaching and research activities of the Department with
the activities of other Departments of the Faculty.
(e) assign to the teachers in the Department such duties as may be necessary for the proper
functioning of the Department; and to assign work and to exercise control over the non-
teaching staff in the Department;
(f) maintain discipline in classrooms and laboratories through teachers;
(g) take suitable steps to give effect to the decisions/recommendations of Board of Studies/
Department;
(h) perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Faculty or the Academic Council
or the Executive Council.
6. Board of Studies for subjects other than those assigned to the Departments of Studies as in Chapter I
shall be assigned as follows:-
7.
(a) Faculty of Arts:
∗
(i) Indian Humanities,
(b) Faculty of Life Sciences:

∗
(i) Home Science
(c) Faculty of Engineering and Technology:

†
(i) deleted.(B.O.S. of Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics, allied Sciences & Humanities
Sections)
(ii) The following sections at the University Polytechnic:-

(i) Civil Engineering Section
(ii) Electrical Engineering Section
(iii) Mechanical Engineering Section
(iv) Applied Sciences and Humanities Section
(v) Architectural Assistantship Section
‡
(iii) The following sections at the Women’s Polytechnic:
(i) Electronics Engineering Section,
(ii) Costume Design and Dress Making Section,
∗
E.C. Res. No. 10 dated 16/17.5.1989.
†
E.C. Res. No. 30(b) dated 30.8/27 & 28.9.1986.
‡
E.C. Res. No. 26(6)2 (6) dated 9.4.1988.
10
(iii) Office Assistantship and Secretarial Practice Section,

(iv) Applied Sciences and Humanities Section
§
(v) Computer Engineering Section
**
7. The Board of Studies for Indian Humanities shall consist of the following:-
(i) (a) Dean, Faculty of Arts (Chairman)
(b) Chairman of the Department of Sanskrit
(c) Chairman of the Department of Arabic
(d) Chairman of the Department of Persian
(e) Chairman of the Department of English
(f) Chairman of the Department of Urdu
(g) Chairman of the Department of History
(h) Chairman of the Department of Philosophy
(i) Two teachers not in the service of the University having expert knowledge of the subject
appointed by the Faculty of Arts for a period of two years.
***
(ii) The Board of Studies for *Home Science shall consist of the following:-
(a) Principal, Women’s College (Chairman)
(b) Dean, Faculty of Life Sciences*
(c) Teachers teaching the subject at the Women’s College
(d) Two persons teaching allied or cognate subjects in the University, to be assigned by the
†
Academic Council for a period of two years.
(e) One person not in the service of the University having expert knowledge of the subject, to
be co-opted by the Board of Studies for a period of two years.
‡
(iii) deleted. (B.O.S. of the Sections in ZH College of Engg. & Tech.)
**
(iv) The Boards of Studies for each Section of the University Polytechnic other than Applied
Sciences and Humanities shall consist of the following:-
(a) Principal of the Polytechnic (Chairman)
(b) All the teachers of the concerned Section concerned at the University Polytechnic
excluding Guest Faculty and those engaged on EDA basis.
(c) Two teachers engaged in teaching the subjects in the University to be assigned by the
Faculty for a period of two years.
(d) Two persons not in the service of the University appointed by the Faculty for their special
knowledge of the subjects, for a period of two years.
∗∗
(v) The Board of Studies for the Applied Sciences and Humanities Section at the University
Polytechnic shall consist of the following:-
(a) Principal of the University Polytechnic (Chairman)
§
E.C. dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001.
**
E.C. Res. No. 16 dated 10/11.12.1988.
***
E.C. Res. No. 16 dated 10/11.12, 1988. (E.C. Res. No. 3(b) dated 30.8./27-28.9.1986).
*
E.C. Res. No. 10 dated 16/17.5.1989
†††
E.C. Res. No. No. 10 dated 16/17.5.1989.
†
OM No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.
11
(b) Teachers of the subjects at the Polytechnic assigned to the Section

(c) Two teachers engaged in teaching the subjects in the University to be assigned by the Faculty
for a period of two years.
knowledge of the subjects assigned to the Section, for a period of two years.
*
(vi) The Board of Studies for each Section of Women’s Polytechnic shall consist of the following:-
(a) Principal of the Women’s Polytechnic (Chairman)
(b) Teachers of the subjects at the Women’s Polytechnic assigned to the Section.
(c) Two teachers engaged in teaching allied or cognate subjects in the University to be assigned
by the Faculty for a period of two years.
knowledge of the subjects assigned to the Section for a period of two years.
8. (i) The Boards of Studies as in clause 7 above shall perform the functions as provided in Statute 22
and Ordinances made there under;
Provided that there shall be a Reader-in-Charge of each Section at the University Polytechnic who
shall, under the general supervision of the Principal:-
(a) organize teaching in the section;
(b) maintain discipline in the class rooms and laboratories through teachers;
(c) assign to the teachers in the Section such duties as may be necessary for the proper
functioning of the Section; and
(d) perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Principal of the Polytechnic, the
Faculty, the Academic Council or the Executive Council;
§
Provided further that the Principal shall be Incharge of the Applied Sciences and Humanities
Section
†
(ii) The Board of Studies as in Clause 7(vi) above shall perform the functions as provided in Statute 22
and Ordinance made there under;
Provided further that there shall be a Reader-in-Charge of each Section at Women’s Polytechnic
who shall, under the general supervision of the Principal:
(a) organise teaching in Section;
(b) maintain discipline in the class rooms and laboratories through teachers;
(c) assign to the teachers in the Section, such duties as may be necessary for the proper
functioning of the Section; and
*
E.C. dated 3.8.91/14-15.9.91.
§
E.C. Res. No. 74(74)3) dated 12/13/15 July 1980.
†
E.C. Res. dated 3.8.91/14-15.9.91.
12
(d) perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Principal of the Women’s
Polytechnic, the Faculty, the Academic Council or the Executive Council;
Provided further that if there is no Reader in any Section at the Women’s Polytechnic, the Principal
shall be Incharge of that Section.
9. The Board of Studies in Professional Courses shall consist of the following:

‡
(i) Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)
(ii) Coordinator, Professional Courses (Convener)**
(iv) Coordinator, General Education Centre.
(v) Chairman of the Departments /Incharge of the Course**/ Centres where instruction in the
courses concerned will be imparted.
(vi) Five §teachers of the University of whom at least three may be teachers of the Professional
Courses to be assigned by the Academic Council for a period of two years.
(vii) Four persons nominated by the Academic Council from among its own members other than
those mentioned in Clause (v) above for a period of two years.
(viii) Four persons not engaged in teaching in the University having expert knowledge of the
subjects taught in Professional Courses to be co-opted by the Board of Studies of the Centre
of Professional Courses for a period of two years.
10. The above Board shall:-

(a) recommend to the Academic Council courses of studies and syllabi;
(b) recommend to the Academic Council names of Examiners and Moderators;
(c) arrange teaching work for the Professional Courses; and
(d) perform such other functions as may be assigned to it by the Academic Council.
*
11. There shall be a Board of Studies for †Interdisciplinary Bio-technology Unit consisting of the
following:
(a) The Coordinator of †Interdisciplinary Bio-technology Unit (Chairman)
(b) The Deans of the Faculties of Medicine, Science, Life Sciences and Engineering &
Technology.
(c) Three members of the Board of Management of the Interdisciplinary Bio-technology Unit
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor from amongst the Professors of the University;
**
(d) Teachers of the staff of Interdisciplinary Bio-technology Unit.
‡
E.C. dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001.
**
E.C. dated 28.8.94 & 24.9.94.
*
E.C. Res. No. 2 (Appendix 1(a) para 157) dated 16.3.1985.
†
E.C. dated 28.8.94/24.9.94.
13
**
(e) Two members to be appointed by the Academic Council; and
**
(f) Two persons not in the service of the University to be co-opted by the Board of Studies for a
period of two years.
*
12. The Board shall:
(b) consider and recommend to the Academic Council applications for M.Phil, and Ph.D. courses
and appoint supervisors for the candidates;
(c) recommend to the Academic Council names of Examiners and Moderators;
(d) recommend to the Academic Council the appointment of Examiners for the M.Phil. and
Ph.D. degrees and for the viva-voce examination of the candidates;
(e) consider reports of examiners and make suitable recommendations thereon;
(f) consider and recommend applications for study leave;
(g) consider and approve the award of University Scholarships and Research Fellowships;
(h) consider the problems and development of research in the Unit particularly the development
of interdisciplinary research and suggest suitable measures for the advancement; and
(i) perform such duties as are performed by Board of Studies under these Ordinances or as may
be assigned to it by the Academic Council.
**
13. Deleted. (B.O.S. for Institute Of Petroleum Studies and Chemical Engg.)
**
14. Deleted. (BOS for Agriculture Centre).
†
15. Deleted. (BOS for Remote Sensing Application Centre)
†
16. Deleted. (Functions of BOS under Clause (15)).
‡
17. The Board of Studies of the Career Planning Centre shall consist of the following:
1. Director, Career Planning Centre (Chairman)
2. Principal, Women’s College
3. Asstant Director, Career Planning Centre
4. Councellors in the Career Planning Centre
**
OM No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005
†
E.C. dated 19.9.98.
‡
E.C. Res. No. 63 dated 21/22.2.87 & 27.3.87.
*
E.C. Res. No. 2 (Appendix 1(a) para 157) dated 16.3.1985.
14
5. Two persons teaching allied or cognate subjects in the University to be assigned by the
Academic Council for a period of two years.
6. Four persons, at least, two of whom not engaged in teaching in the University, having expert
knowledge of the skills/subjects taught at the Career Planning Centre to be co-opted by the
Board of Studies of the Centre for a period of two years.
*
18. The above Board shall:-
(a) recommend to the Academic Council the courses of studies and the syllabi;
(b) recommend to the Academic Council the names of Examiners and Moderators;
(c) arrange for imparting teaching/training at the Centre; and
(d) perform such other functions as may be assigned to it by the Academic Council.
∗
19. There shall be a Board of Studies for the Centre of Cardiology and Cardiovascular Research
consisting of the following:
(a) The Director of the Centre (Chairman)
(b) Three members of the Board of Management of the Centre nominated by the Vice-
Chancellor from amongst the Professors of the University;
(c) Teachers of the Centre of Cardiology and Cardiovascular Research;
(d) Two members to be appointed by the Academic Council; and
(e) Two persons not in the Service of the University to be co-opted by the Board of Studies for a
*
(20) The Board shall:
(b) consider and recommend to the Academic Council applications for M.Phil. and Ph.D. and
other courses and recommend appointments of supervisors of the candidates;
(c) recommend to the Academic Council names of Examiners and Moderators;
(d) recommend to the Academic Council the appointment of examiners for the M.Phil, Ph.D. and
other courses and for viva-voce examination of the candidates;
(e) consider reports of Examiners and make suitable recommendation, thereon;
(f) consider and recommend applications for study leave;
(g) consider and recommend the award of University Scholarships and Research Fellowships;
*
E.C. Res. No. 63 dated 21/22.2.87 & 27.3.87.
∗
E.C. Res. No. 9(60) dated 30.7.1987.
15
(h) consider the problems and development of clinical service, teaching and research in the
Centre particularly the development of interdisciplinary research and suggest suitable
measures for the advancement; and
(i) perform such duties as are performed by the Board of Studies under these Ordinances or as
may be assigned to it by the Academic Council.
∗∗
21. There shall be a Board of Studies for the Centre of Comparative Study of Indian Languages and
Culture consisting of the following:
(a) Director of the Centre (Chairman)
(b) Dean, Faculty of Arts
(c) All teachers of the Centre
(d) Two persons engaged in teaching allied or cognate subjects in the University, to be assigned
by the Academic Council for a period of two years, one of them being Chairman of the
Department of Urdu.
(e) Two persons not engaged in the teaching in the University having expert knowledge of the
subjects taught in the Centre to be co-opted by the Board of Studies for a period of two years.
∗∗
21A. Deleted (BOS for Physical Heath and Sports Education)
•••
21B. There shall be a Board of Studies for the Cenre of Women’s Studies under the Faculty of Social
Sciences, consisting of the following members.
1. Director, Centre of Women’s Studies (Chairman)
2. Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences.
3. Two persons engaged in teaching and/or research in cognate subjects in the University assigned
by Academic Council for a period of two years.
4. Two experts not in the service of the University co-opted by the Board of Studies for a period of
two years.
5. Teachers engaged in teaching/research at the Centre.
∗∗
22. The functions of the above Board of Studies other than those of the Departmets will be the same as
of the Board of Studies of the Departments.
**
22A. Deleted (Functions of BOS under Clause (21A))
‡
23. There shall be no separate Boards of Studies for the B.E. Degree Programme. All the academic
matters relating to the B.E. Degree Programme will be considered by the Boards of Studies of the
following Departments of Studies in the Faculty of Engineering & Technology as constituted under
Statute 22 of the Statutes of the University:-
1. Department of Civil Engineering
2. Department of Electrical Engineering
∗∗
E.C. Res. No. 26 dated 16/17.5.1989.
∗∗
•••
OM. No. XM/SPA/II-193 dated 22/25.10.2005.
‡
Ref. O.M. No.XM/AC-III/8564 dated 12/15,6,1990.
16
3. Department of Mechanical Engineering

4. Department of Applied Chemistry
5. Department of Applied Mathematics
6. Department of Applied Physics
Provided that the Coordinator of the B.E. Degree Programme and the teachers of the University
Polytechnic involved in the B.E. Degree course work shall be invited to participate in the meeting
of the Boards of Studies as special invitees when the issues relating to the B.E. Degree Programme
are on the agenda.
†
24. The Coordinator of B.E. Degree Programme shall be appointed by the Executive Council for a
period of 2 years from among the senior members of the Faculty of Engineering & Technology.
‡
25. Deleted. (BOS for Centre of Strategic Studies)
‡
26. Deleted. (Functions of BOS under Clause (25))
**
27. Deleted. (BOS for Computer Engg. Department)
**
28. Deleted. (BOS for Architecture Department)
**
29. Deleted. (BOS for the Institute of Agriculture)
**
30. Deleted (BOS for the Master’s Course in International Business)
*
31. There shall be a Board of Studies for the Interdisciplinary Brain Research Centre consisting of the
following:
(a) The Coordinator of the Centre (Chairman)
(b) Three members of the Board of Management of the Centre nominated by the Vice-
Chancellor from amongst the Professors of the University;
(c) Teachers of the Interdisciplinary Brain Research Centre;
**
(d) Two members engaged in teaching in the University to be assigned by the Academic Council
for a period of two years and
(e) Two persons not in the service of the University to be co-opted by the Board of Studies for a
*
32. The Board shall:-
(a) recommend to the Faculty courses of studies and syllabi;
(b) consider and recommend to the Faculty applications for M.Phil. and Ph.D. and other courses
and recommend appointment of Supervisors of the candidates;
†
Ref. O.M. No. XM/AC-III/8564 dated 12/15,6,1990.
‡
EC dated 21.2.98.
*
E.C. dated 9.9.96 & 3.5.97.
**OM No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.
17
(c) recommend to the Faculty names of Examiners and Moderators;
(d) recommend to the Faculty the appointment of Examiners for the M.Phil Ph.D. and other
courses and for viva-voce examination of the candidates;
(e) consider reports of Examiners and make suitable recommendations thereon;

••
33. Deleted (BOS for Hifzane-Sehat-Wa Tabbi Samaji)
••
33A. Deleted (BOS for Diploma in Computer Engineering)
*
34. The Board of Studies of Professor K.A. Nizami Centre for Quranic Studies shall consist of the
following:
(a) Director of K.A.N. Centre for Quranic Studies (Chairman)
(b) All teachers of the Centre for Quranic Studies
(c) Two persons not in the service of the University to be co-opted by the Board of Studies for a
period of two years
(d) One teacher of the University, related to the teaching of courses/operation of the Centre
including ICT facilities, to be co-opted by the Board of Studies for a period of two years
****
35. The above Board of Studies shall:
(a) Arrange imparting instructions in learning Quran
(b) Recommend to the Academic Council courses of study and syllabi
(c) Recommend to the Academic Council names of examiners and moderators
(d) Consider and recommend to A.C./E.C. matter/schemes which have to be taken up by the Centre
and/or advised by the Board of Management of the Centre to meet the broad objectives of the
Centre as mentioned in the Chapter XXXVIII of the Executive Ordinances.
•
36. Board of Studies of Community College shall consist of the following:
1. Nodal Officer of Community College (Chairman)
2. Principals of Colleges/Polytechnics offering courses
3. Chairmen of the Department offering courses
4. Coordinators/Incharges offering courses
5. Two persons not in the service of the University to be Co-opted by the BOS for a period of
two years
6. Two persons engaged in teacing allied or cognate subject in the University to be assigned by
the Academic Council for a period of two years
7. Special invites as required from relevant Industries
•
37. The above Board of Studies shall:
(a) Work as any other BOS of Departments of the Unversity
(b) Recommend to the Academic Council Courses of the Studies and Syllabi
(c) Recommend to the Academic Council name of the examiners and moderators
(d) Consider and recommend to A.C./E.C. matters/Schemes which have to be taken up by the
College and/or advised by the Board of Management of the College to meet the broard
objectives of the College
••
*
OM No. XM/RU/F.14/12/1434 dated 14.03.2012.
•
OM No.(C)/6036 dated 22.08.2013.
18
*
CHAPTER – III
CLASSIFICATION AND EMOLUMENTS OF TEACHERS
[Act 2(k) and 29(I)(k)]
1. (a) The classification and scales of pay of teachers in all Faculties in the University shall be as
follows w.e.f. 1.1.1996:
Lecturers 8000-275-13500
Lecturers (Sr. Scale) 10000-325-15200
Lecturers (Sel. Grade) 12000-420-18300
Readers 12000-420-18300
Professors 16400-450-22400
Provided that the minimum qualifications required for appointment of teachers will be such
as are recommended by the Academic Council and approved by the Executive Council of the
University from time to time.
(b) In addition to the above, the following shall also be designated as teachers and their
classification and emoluments shall be as follows:
(A) Senior Resident in Medical College/Tibbiya College:
Senior Resident 10940-355-11650
The Senior Residents will be paid Rs.10,940/- p.m. in the first year, Rs.11,295/- p.m. in the
second year and Rs. 11,650/- p.m. in the third year of their Residency, which is inclusive of
NPA. The emoluments of Senior Residents having only Post-graduate Diploma will be
reduced by Rs.325/- and the same will be reduced b y Rs.650/- in the case of those Senior
Residents who do not have any Post-graduate degree or Diploma.
(B) Librarian, M.A. Library 16400-450-20900-500-22400
(C) Research Assistant, Department of History 5500-9000

•
(D) Principals of Colleges/University Polytechnics.
**
(E) Director, Academic Staff College.
(c) For the teachers of the Faculty of Medicine/Unani Medicine the NPA to Doctors will be
given at the uniform rate of 25% of the basic pay subject to the condition that the pay plus
NPA does not exceed Rs.29500/-.
(d) Honorary Professors, Emeritus Professors and Visiting Professors may be appointed by the
Executive Council, on the recommendation of the Academic council, in accordance with
such regulations as may be prescribed.
*
E.C. dated 9.3.2000.
•
OM No. (C)/396 dated 16.3.2002.
**
OM No. RU/F.N.001/14/01 dated 04.01.2014.
19
CHAPTER –IV
*
BOARD OF SECONDARY EDUCATION
1. There shall be a Board of Secondary Education consisting of the following:
(a) The Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)
(b) The Pro-Vice-Chancellor
(c) Deans of the Faculties,
(d) Dean of the Student’s Welfare,
(e) Chairman, Department of Education,
(f) Managers of the Secondary Schools and †Senior Secondary Schools maintained by the
University,
(g) Principal, University Polytechnic,
(h) Principals of the Secondary Schools and †Senior Secondary Schools maintained by the
University.
**
(i) Deleted.
(j) Two persons appointed by the Academic Council from amongst its own members with interest
in or experience of School education.
(k) Two persons appointed by the Executive Council with interest in or experience of School
education, one of whom shall be a person not engaged in teaching in the University.
(l) Two experts in vocational education to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.
(m) One teacher engaged in teaching Secondary Classes from each of the Secondary Schools
maintained by the University to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor for a period of two years.
(n) One teacher engaged in teaching of †Senior Secondary Classes from each of the Senior
Secondary Schools maintained by the University to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor for a
(o) Controller of Examinations (Member Secretary)
2. Members appointed under clause (d) to (l) above shall hold office for two years and shall be eligible
for reappointment.
*
E.C. Res. No. 22(5) dated 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.
†
E.C. Res. No. 25 dated 10/11.12.1988.
**
O.M. No. Admin/LD/4680 dated 31.8.1988.
20
3. Subject to the approval of the Academic Council and Executive Council the Examiners and
Moderators for the Secondary School Certificate Examination and Senior Secondary School
Certificate Examination shall be appointed by the Board.
4. Subject to the general control of the Academic Council, the duties of the Board shall be:-
(a) to supervise and conduct Secondary School Certificate Examination and Senior Secondary
School Certificate Examination.
(b) to consider the application for condonation of deficiency in attendance of candidates for the
Certificate Examinations as required under Clause 2, Chapter XVII of the Academic
Ordinances;
(c) to prescribe conditions under which private candidates shall be permitted to appear at the
Examinations;
(d) to declare the result of the Examinations;
(e) to take penal action against candidates using unfair means and/or resorting to disorderly
conduct in the Examinations or contravening in any other manner, the rules framed for the
conduct of the Examinations;
(f) to supervise the academic matters of the schools and to effectuate measures for improvement
of academic standard; and
(g) to perform such other duties as may be assigned to it by the Academic Council.
Provided that the Board may delegate any or all of its powers mentioned in paras (a) to (e) above to
the Controller of Examinations and/or any of its members and/or the Superintendent of Examination
Centres and/or the Head invigilators and such other duties as may be assigned to it by the Academic
Council.
5. Subject to the approval of the Board and the Academic Council the syllabus for the Secondary
School Certificate Examination *or Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination (as the case
may be) in each subject shall be drawn up by a Committee consisting of:
(a) Chairman of the Department of Studies concerned or a teacher in the Department nominated by
him,
(b) Chairman of the Department of Education,
(c) Principals of the Secondary Schools or the Senior Secondary School (as the case may be)
maintained by the University.
(d) One teacher from each of the Secondary Schools or the Senior Secondary Schools (as the case
may be) maintained by the University nominated by the Principal of the School.
Note: (i) The Chairman of the Department of Studies concerned or his nominee shall be the convener.
(ii) The convener for such subjects which are not taught at the University level shall be the
Chairman, Department of Education.
*
A.C. Res. No. 17 dated 8/9.5.2001.
21
6. The quorum for the meeting shall be one-third of the total membership.
*
7. The meeting of the Board shall ordinarily be held in the months of February and August every year.
*
8. Notice for the meeting shall be issued by the Member-Secretary at least fourteen days before the date
fixed for the meeting.
*
E.C. Res. No. 25 dated 10/11 Dec. 1988
22
CHAPTER – V
COMMITTEE OF EXAMINATIONS
[Act 29 (f & m)]
1. There shall be a Committee of Examinations consisting of:
(a) Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)

(b) Pro-Vice-Chancellor;
(c) Deans of the Faculties;
(d) Dean, Students’ Welfare; and
(e) Three persons appointed by the Academic Council;
2. The members appointed by the Academic Council shall hold office for two years and shall be
eligible for re-appointment.
3. Four members of the Committee of Examinations shall form a quorum.
4. Subject to the general control of the Academic Council the duties of the Committee of Examinations
shall be:
(a) to supervise the conduct of all examinations except High School, Secondary School
Certificates, Senior Secondary School Certificate, Master of Philosophy and Doctorate
Examinations and frame rules for the same;
(b) to prepare in accordance with any rules that the Committee may make, and to declare the
results of such examinations;
(c) to submit to the Academic Council annual report on the working of the University
Examinations; and
(d) to take action against candidates using unfair means in examinations or contravening in any
other manner the rules framed for the conduct of examinations; such actions may include the
cancellation of the examination of the said candidates and the expulsion and debarring of the
candidates from all or any subsequent examinations in the University.
*
Provided that the Committee of Examinations may delegate any or all of its powers mentioned in
paras (a) to (d) above to the Controller of Examinations and/or any of its members and/or any person
as the Committee or the Vice-Chancellor may deem fit under such rules as may be framed by it.
†
5. If an examinee is in doubt or not satisfied with the marks obtained in any theory paper (s) in a
subject or subjects, he / she may apply for Re-evaluation of his / her answer book (s). There will be
no Re-evaluation in case of practical, viva-voce examination, field work, dissertation and Sessional
of all the courses and Foundation course / objective papers;
Provided that Re-evaluation will not be permitted in more than one fourth of the total papers of the
examination in which candidate has appeared;
Provided further that there will be no Re-evaluation of answer books for supplementary
/compartmental /re-sit / second examination.
*
E.C. dated 16.3.1985.
†
O.M. XM/Re-Ev./1596 dated 14.1.2015
23
*
6. Every application for Re-evaluation alongwith a cash receipt of Rs. †300/- for each paper should
reach to the Office of the Controller of Examination within 10 days after the issue of the marksheet.
†
However, in genuine cases, the Controller of Examination may condone the delay upto 10 days.
*
7. The result of Re-evaluation shall be final and binding on the candidate and no complaint or appeal
against the revised award shall lie in any Court of Law, nor will the candidate claim any privilege
deviating from the existing Ordinances, rules and regulations. A declaration to this effect shall be
signed by the candidate while applying for Re-evaluation.
*
8. Separate application forms will be submitted for Re-evaluation of each answer book. The original1
marksheet / grade transcript and photocopies of the Cash receipts will be submitted along with the
application forms.
*
9. The Re-evaluation will be done in the following manner :-
(i) The Re-evaluation request will be sent to the Chairman concerned.
(ii) The answer books will be re-evaluated in the Department concerned within 7 days of the
receipt of information from the Controller’s Office under the supervision of Chairman who is
one of the members of the Board of examiners. Marking of the awards in the answer books
will be done in the Departments of studies / Principal of Polytechnics / Directors /
Coordinators as the case may be. The title cover of the answer books will be removed and
replaced by coded title cover. The answer book shall be coded and after re-evaluation decoded
by the Chairmen / Principals of Polytechnics / Directors / Coordinators.
Provided that the answer books of all courses of the University Polytechnics (Boys & Girls)
and Centers for Professional Courses etc. will be re-evaluated by the Board of two Examiners
to be appointed as given above (one will be appointed by the BOS and other one will be
appointed by the Dean). The Principals / Coordinators will only act as Coordinator of Board
of the Examiner. They will supervise the conduct of Re-evaluation, Coordinate between
examiners, sign the award list and ensure the submission of award lists and answer books in
the prescribed manner within seven days.
(iii) Every answer book shall be Re-evaluated by a Board of Examiners of three members
consisting of the following :-
(a) Chairman, Department concerned who will act as Coordinator.
(b) In the meeting of BOS, while appointing examiners / paper setters / moderators, examiner
for re-evaluation of each paper / course shall also be appointed. Such an examiner will be
different from the examiner who originally corrected the answer copy.
(c) One Examiner for Re-evaluation of every Course shall be appointed by the Board of
Studies. In case said examiner is not available for Re-evaluation the Chairman will be
authorized to appoint another person as Examiner.
(d) One Examiner for Re-evaluation of every Course / Subject shall be appointed by the
Dean of Faculty concerned. In case said examiner is not available for Re-evaluation of
the answer book the Dean will appoint another person as an Examiner.
*
O.M. XM/Re-Ev./1596 dated 14.1.2015
†
D.No. XM/Re-eval/1663 dated 23.2.2015
24
(e) If a Chairman himself is an original examiner, the next senior most person in the
Department will replace the Chairman in the Board.
(iv) The original examiner will not be a part of the Re-evaluation process.
*
10. The re-evaluated marks will be awarded by consensus by the Board of the examiners. If the
members of the Board have divergence of opinion in awarding the marks, then the mean of awarded
marks will be awarded to the examinee. The Dean of the Faculty concerned shall approve the same
under authorization of the Vice-Chancellor and will send to the Controller of Examinations for
declaration of the result. The new marks shall be treated as the final award.
*
11. The each Member of the Board of examiners for Re-evaluation shall be paid Rs.100/- per answer
book.
*
12. The marks obtained as a result of Re-evaluation shall not be counted towards determining the
position in order of merit and award of Prize / Medal in the current Semester / Prof. / Year
Examination.
*
13. All cases of Re-evaluation of the answer book shall be reported to the Committee of Examinations.
•
14. Rules/procedure for re-evaluation of answer-books for Senior Secondary School Certificate,
Secondary School Certificate and High School (for Women Private Candidates) Examinations:
(a) If an examinee is in doubt or not satisfied with the marks obtained in any theory paper or papers
in a subject or subjects, he/she may apply for re-evaluation of his/her answer books. There will
be no re-evaluation in case of practical and sessional examinations:
Provided that re-evaluation will not be permitted in more than one fourth of the total papers of
the examination;
Provided further that there will be no-evaluation of answer-script for supplementary/
compartmental examination;
Provided further that the examinee may apply in writing to the Controller for withdrawal of his
application for re-evaluation and refund of fees within a week of last date prescribed for
submission of the application of re-evaluation of answer-books(s). Thereafter, no withdrawal of
application for re-evaluation may be allowed in any case. Application once withdrawn cannot
be re-considered.
(b) Every application for re-evaluation along with a cash receipt for Rs. 300/- for each paper should
reach to the Office of the Controller of Examinations within 10 days after the issue of the
marksheet. In genuine cases, the Controller of Examinations may condone the delay upto 10
days.
(c) (i) The original marks of the candidate will not be shown to the examiner engaged for
re-evaluation.
(ii) The original examiner will not be part of the re-evaluation process.
(iii) There will be one examiner appointed by the Vice-Chancellor for re-evaluation.
*
O.M. XM/Re-Ev./1596 dated 14.1.2015
•
OM NO XM/PA/II-91 dated 25/27.4.2005
25
(d) The answer-books will be re-evaluated centrally in the Controller’s Office after coding and
changing the title cover of the answer-book by the Controller’s Office.
(e) (i) In cases where the variation in marks between the earlier evaluation and that of the
re-evaluation is within 10% of the maximum marks of the concerned paper, the average
of the original marks and the re-evaluation marks shall be considered as the final award.
The Controller of Examinations shall approve the same under authorization of the
Vice-Chancellor for the declaration of the result of the candidate.
Explanation:
Original marks Re-evaluation marks Average marks

40/100 50/100 (40+50)/2=45/100
(ii) In cases where the variation in the marks after re-evaluation is above 10% of the
maximum marks of the paper, the answer-book shall be re-evaluated by the third
examiner for second re-evaluation after coding of the answer-book and removing all the
marks etc. After second re-evaluation the original marks and the marks obtained by the
candidate in first and second re-evaluation will be placed before the Vice-Chancellor for
final decision.
(f) The marks obtained as a result of re-evaluation shall not counted towards determining the
position in order of merit and award of Prize/Medal.
(g) The examiners appointed for re-evaluation shall be paid Rs. 40/- per answer book with a
minimum of Rs.100/-
(h) The result of re-evaluation shall be final and binding on the candidate and no complaint or
appeal against the revised award shall lie in any Court of law. Nor will the candidate claim any
privilege deviating from the existing Ordinances, rules and regulations. A declaration to this
effect shall be signed by the candidate while applying for re-evaluation.
(i) All cases of re-evaluation shall be reported to the Committee of Examinations.
∗∗
15. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances (Academic) or elsewhere, the Vice-
Chacellor in special circumstances on reasonable grounds may direct re-examination of answer
script(s) of a theory paper/course/subject by another examiner and take other appropriate action.
∗∗
O.M. No. XM/SPA/159A dated 13.8.2005
26
*
CHAPTER – VI
COMMITTEE FOR ADVANCED STUDIES AND RESEARCH
[Act 19(1)(a) and (m)]
1. There shall be a Committee for Advanced Studies and Research for each Faculty.
2. Each Committee shall consist of the following:

(i) The Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)
(ii) The Pro-Vice-Chancellor
(iii) Dean of the Faculty (Secretary)

†
(iv) Chairmen of Departments in the Faculty;
(v) Three persons from among the teachers of the University not below the rank of a Reader
elected by the Faculty who shall hold office for two years and shall be eligible for re-
election; and
(iv) Two experts not in the service of the University to be co-opted by the Committee of
Advanced Studies and Research for a period of two years.
3. The Committee for Advanced Studies and Research shall:

(i) consider and recommend to the Faculty applications for admission to the Ph.D. course and
appoint supervisors for the candidates on the recommendation of the Board of Studies;
(ii) Consider and recommend to the Faculty, the M.Phil programmes of candidates in the
Faculty;
(iii) consider applications for grant of exemption from residence at Aligarh, and for permission to
reside outside Aligarh for the purpose of collecting materials for thesis;
(iv) recommend the appointment of Examiners for the M.Phil degree and for the research work
submitted by candidates for the Doctorate Degrees and for the viva voce examination of such
candidates.
(v) consider reports of the Examiners and make suitable recommendations;
(vi) consider and recommend applications for study leave;
(vii) consider and approve the award of University Research Scholarships and Research
Fellowships;
(viii) consider the problems of development of research in the Faculty particularly the development
of interdisciplinary research and suggest suitable measures for its advancement; and
(ix) perform such other duties as may be assigned to it by the Academic Council or the Faculty.
4. The quorum for the meeting shall be one-third of the total membership
*
E.C. Res. No. 14 dated 12/13/15 July 1980.
†
AMU (Amendment) Act, 1981.
27
CHAPTER – VII
LIBRARY COMMITTEE
(STATUTE 28)
1. There shall be standing committee of the Academic Council called the Library Committee. The
Library Committee shall consist of the following:-
2.
(a) Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)
(b) Pro-Vice-Chancellor
*
(c) Director Academic Programme
(d) Finance Officer
(e) Librarian (Secretary)
(f) Deans of Faculties
(g) Dean, Students’ Welfare
(h) Principals of Colleges and the University Polytechnics†
(i) One person from each of the Faculties elected by the Academic Council;
(j) The Mutawalli of the Waqf founded by the late Maulvi Habibur Rahman Khan Sherwani
Nawab Sadr Yar Jung; and
(k) Three Research Scholars to be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor
3. The elected and nominated members of the Committee shall hold office for two years.
4. The Library Committee shall:
(a) frame rules for the management of the Library, subject to the approval of the Academic
Council;
(b) arrange for the stock taking of the Library;
(c) prepare an annual report on the working of the Library for submission to the Academic
Council, by the end of October every year;
(d) prepare the annual budget estimates of the Library for submission to the Executive Council;
and
(e) recommend to the Academic Council, allocation of the annual grant for the purchase of
books, journals and periodicals.
5. One – third of the members shall form a quorum.
*
E.C. dated 12.10.93.
†
E.C. Res. No. (21) dated 16.3.1991.
28
CHAPTER – VIII
ADMISSION OF STUDENTS TO THE UNIVERSITY AND TO UNIVERSITY
LECTURES
[Act 29(1)(a)and(m)]
1. Applications for admission to the University shall be made to *Controller of Examinations in such
form as may be prescribed.
2. The Admission Committee shall consist of the following:
(a) The Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)

(b) The Pro-Vice-Chancellor
(c) Deans of the Faculties
(d) Dean, Students’ Welfare
(e) Provosts
(f) The Proctor, and
(g) Principals of Colleges and Institutions maintained by the University.
3. The Admission Committee shall decide whether applicant is to be admitted, and if so, to which
course of study he shall be admitted.
3-A. All admissions granted, shall, in the first instance, be deemed to be provisional. The Committee
may also refuse admission in any individual case, and no candidate shall be entitled to claim
admission as of right.
3-B. The Admission Committee may for any reason cancel the admission granted provisionally or
otherwise, to any student.
4. The Admission Committee may admit such candidates only as have passed an examination of an
Indian University incorporated by any law for the time being in force, or such other examination as
has been recognized under Statute 19(f).
5. The Admission Committee may, on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department
concerned, permit any person who has not passed any of the examinations mentioned in Clause 4 to
attend a course of lectures in any Department of Studies. Such students shall not be entitled to
appear any examination of the University, but Certificate of having attended a course of lectures in
the subject may be granted to them.
6. Every student, on admission to the University, shall be required to be registered formally as a

student in the University Office in the manner prescribed by the Regulations.
7. The Academic Council, may on the recommendation of the Admission Committee, recognize the
attendance of students in an Indian University incorporated by any law for the time being in force,
or in a College affiliated to such University or to a Board incorporated by the law or order of
Government for the time being in force; but such recognition shall not be given for a period
exceeding one academic year.
*
E.C. Res. No.2 (para 20 of appendix (b) dated 16.3.1985.
29
*
7-A.Notwithstanding anything contained in this Chapter or in Clause 1 of Chapter IX of these Ordinances,
the Admission Committee may, from time to time and with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor
delegate to the Controller of Examinations, the Dean of a Faculty, or any of its members or any Sub-
Committee constituted by it such of its powers and functions as it may specify and these shall be
exercised in accordance with such directives or rules as may be given or made as the case may be by
the Vice-Chancellor or the Admission Committee.
8. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Ordinances, women students admitted to the Senior
Secondary School Certificate Course, B.A (Hons.), B.Sc. (Hons) and B.Com. (Hons) shall ordinarily
receive instruction and tuition in the Women’s College.
*
E.C. dated 16.3.1985
30
CHAPTER – IX••
Residence of students – Central Allotment Committee
[Act 5(9)(11)(11A), 10 and 29(1)(h)]
1. The Vice-Chancellor shall appoint a Committee which shall be known as Central Allotment
Committee (CAC).
2. The CAC shall comprise of the Chairman of the committee, DSW, University Registrar, University
Proctor besides 3 members. The chairman and members of the CAC shall be nominated by the Vice-
Chancellor among the senior teachers of the university ordinarily for a period two years. The Vice-
Chancellor at any time may however re-constitute the committee at any given time.
3. No serving Provosts or Wardens shall be a member of the CAC. Dean Student’s Welfare shall be the
ex-officio Convener of the CAC and Office of the DSW shall also function as the Office of the
Committee.
4. The Central Allotment Committee shall lay down policies:
a. to decide whether a student shall reside in a Hall of Residence or whether he shall remain as a
non-resident student.
b. for allotment of rooms in various Halls of residences and oversee that the allotments are made
in a transparent manner.
c. for re-allotment of rooms in the Halls of residences as and when required.
Provided that it shall exercise any other power incidental to discharge of its functions adopting a
transparent procedure for the purpose.
Guidelines of allotment of accommodation in Halls of residence
1. Deans of the Faculty shall provide a soft copy of the data of all students of the faculty as per their
Roll and provide the same to the Chairman of the CAC. In case of new admissions Dean Students
Welfare shall provide the details.
2. The details shall include Enrolment No., Name as per Matriculation Certificate, Father’s Name,
Address, Telephone number, City, District, State, Class, Year and Room No. Hotel and Hall of
residence (except for new admissions).
3. CAC under the guidance of the Chairperson shall consolidate the list and prepare a comprehensive
database of all the students as per the admission register which will be updated at the beginning of
each academic session.
4. Based on the availability of accommodation in of each Hall of residence, provided by the Provosts
and on recommendation of the provost, attempts shall be made to ensure optimum utilization of the
available accommodation.
••
A.C. Item No. 28 dated 30.07.2011
31
5. The allotment of Hall of Residence shall be Faculty-wise and made provisionally for one academic
session. Every student shall vacate the room, allotted to him, on the day of the closure of the
University at the end of each academic session or till his regular examinations of the academic
session are over and report to the respective Provost of the Hall of residences. Further, all final year
students shall submit in writing their possible requirement of Hostel in next session before vacating
the Hall.
6. Based upon the laid down policy, new room No., Hostel shall be allotted to each student in the Hall.
In order to create a friendlier, interactive and inclusive hostel life, attempts shall be made to ensure a
right mix of students (based on religion, language, region, etc.) in each hostel and each room to the
possible extent.
7. Allotment list as approved by the Central Allotment Committee shall be available at the Office of the
Provosts prior to the arrival of students for occupation of the room. This list with photograph of the
students shall also be displayed prominently on the Notice Board of the respective Halls & Hostels.
8. The database on re-allotment shall be posted on the interactive website, to enable students to obtain
information regarding his accommodation details by typing his/her enrolment number.
9. Copy of the final Allotment Orders bearing the photograph of the allottees shall be given to the
respective Provosts by the DSW.
10. Once all re-allotments are approved by the CAC, on the basis of information provided by the
provost, the allotment list shall be provided to the Provosts of various Halls given the details of
students to be accommodated in his Hall or to be shifted to other Halls.
11. Based on the above, the Provosts of various Halls shall send personal files of each student
maintained at their Hall to the new Hall that has been allotted to him.
12. Enrolment No. shall be used as unique key/code for all purposes.
13. Students shall ordinarily report to the University only on the announced date.
14. On arrival in the campus, the students who have been allotted a room shall be asked to report to the
Office of the Provost, collect the allotment slip and occupy the allotted room. He will be required to
sign an undertaking to the effect that no outsider will be allowed to stay in the room without written
permission of the provost.
15. A student who is allotted accommodation in a Hall of residence and informed but fails to occupy nor
report to the concerned Provost within one month from the date of allotment, may be shifted to
NRSC and fresh allotment may be made in his place as per policy.
16. For allotment of privileged accommodations like back room in S.S. Hall or a single seated room in
other Halls to the senior students, number of years of continuous stay in the University shall be used
as criterion and enrolment number shall ordinarily serve this purpose.
17. Ph.D. students, who complete 3 years of residence in a Hall may be allowed to stay in the same Hall
till their thesis is submitted and viva-voce examination held or till they complete five years from the
date of registration whichever is earlier.
32
18. Accommodation shall be provided to the Interns of the Faculties of Medicine and Unani Medicine
for not more than twelve months.
19. All students whose names have been removed from the rolls of the University by respective
Deans/Principals shall vacate the Halls of residence immediately. The Dean Student Welfare shall
co-ordinate with the Dean/Principals to provide the list of students whose names are removed from
the University rolls to the Provosts concerned at the earliest.
20. Students, whose names were removed from the rolls of the University because of shortage of
attendance in an academic session, shall remain NRSC for the session. However, they will be
eligible to apply for accommodation in halls in the next session provided they successfully pass the
class and fulfil all other eligibility criteria for allotment of Hall.
21. Rusticated students shall not be admitted to the Hall of Residences.
22. Students suspended from the rolls of the University and later whose suspension is revoked will be
provided accommodation in the same hall of residence and their status will remain same (as it was
before his suspension) unless there is a specific order to the contrary. If such student was residing in
a room prior to his/her suspension and after revocation of his suspension the accommodation is not
available he/she will be given top priority in allotment of a room as and when accommodation
becomes available.
23. Hall wise identity cards in different colours shall be issued to the students by the DSW through
Provosts.
24. A Hall-wise waiting list shall be prepared and notified for the information of all the students. Those
on the waiting list shall be accommodated in the order of the seniority as and when vacancies arise
or the following year. The information shall be sent to all concerned students in advance so that they
come prepared for staying on their own in private accommodations.
25. Dining hall facility shall only be extended to students who have an allotted room in the Hal or
residence but not to those who are in waiting list.
26. No students shall be allowed to leave luggage/baggage in the hostel room while vacating the same.
27. Two wheelers/four wheelers shall not be allowed inside the Halls of Residences except where
parking facilities in Hall premises are provided.
28. All students of the University shall wear/carry identity cards issued to them. Valid identity cards
shall be carried by each student and produced on demand by an employee/officer of the University
authorized for the purpose.
29. The gate of the Halls of Residences for boys shall be closed at 9.00 p.m. and those reporting late
shall enter their names in the Register kept with the Gate Keeper before they enter the Hall.
30. The gate of Halls of Residences for Girls shall be closed at 6.30 p.m. Those reaching the Halls late
shall enter their names in the register kept for the purpose. Permission for staying beyond 6.30 p.m.
in the Department etc. should be obtained from Head of the Department.
31. Food shall not be served in the hostel rooms and staff found violating the direction will be liable for
disciplinary action.
33
32. Possession or use of any weapon such as firearms, knives, rods, chains, sticks, etc. in the University
premises is strictly prohibited under law and those found flouting the direction shall face disciplinary
action.
33. As far as possible teachers of the University shall be appointed as wardens.
34. Teachers who wish reside inside the Abdullah Hall premises shall serve as Warden, if required by
the Provost.
35. It is obligatory on the part of all inmates of the Halls to report to the Proctor, Provost, DSW or the
Dean of the Faculty or the Registrar of any unlawful activity in the Hall premises that may come to
their notice.
36. Use of electrical appliances such as Irons, heater etc. in hostel rooms in strictly prohibited.
37. All resident members shall deposit their dining hall charges regularly every month and defaulters
may not be served food if the payment is delayed.
38. Resident members shall refrain from use of abusive intimidating or derogatory language. Ragging in
the Hall premises is an offence by law of land those involved in ragging will face serious
disciplinary action.
39. Possession or consumption of any intoxicant is strictly prohibited and punishable.
40. Residents of Halls shall not participate in any kind of Dharna/procession/protest which threatens to
disrupt the peace of the campus.
41. Accommodating any unauthorized person including students from another Hall shall not be allowed.
Any resident member fond facilitating the stay of any unauthorized person in his/her room shall face
very strict disciplinary action.
42. Any resident member found encouraging or colluding with unauthorized individual in disturbing the
peace in the Halls will be summarily debarred from hostel accommodation and further disciplinary
action may be taken against such students.
34
CHAPTER – X
FELLOWSHIPS AND SCHOLARSHIPS
[Act 5(8) Statute 17(7)(xvi) and (m)]
1. The Academic Council may award Fellowships and Scholarships carrying such remuneration as
may be fixed by the Executive Council on the recommendation of the Academic Council.
2. Fellowships shall be tenable for two years in the first instance, but may, in special cases be extended
for a further period of one year.
3. Conditions for the award of Fellowships and Scholarships shall be prescribed by the Regulations.
35
CHAPTER – XI
DISCIPLINE COMMITTEE
[Act 29(1)(m)]
1. There shall be a Discipline Committee appointed by the Vice-Chancellor which shall perform such
functions and exercise such powers as may be delegated to it by the Vice-Chancellor from time to
time.
36
CHAPTR – XII
CONVOCATION FOR CONFERING DEGREES
[Act 5(3) 29(c) and Statute (37)]
1. Convocation for admitting candidates to various degrees shall be held annually at Aligarh on such
date as the Chancellor may fix.
2. Special Convocation for conferring degrees may be held on such dates as may be fixed by the
Chancellor on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor.
3. At the Annual Convocation the Vice-Chancellor shall present a report of the year’s work in the
University.
4. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Chapter, if for unavoidable reasons the Annual
Convocation is not held, the Academic Council may approve the conferment of degrees, and the
award of diplomas, certificates and other academic distinctions.
5. The procedure to be followed at the Convocation shall be laid down by the Regulations.
37
CHAPTER – XIII
FEES
[Act 5(10) and 29(1)(d)]
1. The Executive Council on the recommendation of the Academic Council shall, from time to time,
prescribe the fees payable by students other than those prescribed in the following clauses:-
*
2. (a) The Tuition & Examination Fees shall be as follows:-
S.No. Course Tuition Fee Exam.Fee (including
p.m. Mark Sheet)
(Rs.) (Rs.)
1. SSSC (XI&XII) 15 50
2. B.A./B.Sc./B.Com/BCA/BFA / 20 60
BPE/BTh/B.Ed.
3. B.L. & I.Sc. 30 50
4. B.A.L.L.B. 30 100
5. B.Tech. 50 100(III/IV),50 (I,II)
6. B.Arch. 300 100(III/IV/V), 50(I/II)
7. B.E. (Evening) 100 100(III/IV), 50(I/II)
8. MBBS 60 150(II,III), 100(I)
9. BDS 150(II/III), 100(I)
10. BUMS 30 50
11. Pre-Tib. 25
12. M.A/M.Sc./M.Com./ 30 60
M.Th/MFA/MPE/M.Ed/M.A
(ELT).
13. M.S.W. 30 100
14. M.L. & I.Sc. 50 50
15. LL.M. 50 100
16. M.Tech. (Regular) 100 150 per Semester
17. M.Tech. (Part time) 50
18. M.J.M.C. 60
19. MFA/MTA 80 50 per Term
20. MCA/PDCA 75 100
21. M.B.A. 50 50 per Term
22. MIBM 500 50 per Term
23. M.Sc. (Agriculture) etc. 250 60
24. MCH/MD/MS (Medicine) 100 400
25. MD/MS (Unani Medicine) 100 100
26. M.Phil. 50 150
27. D.Lit./LLD/D.Sc/D.Th/ Ph.D 50 400
28. PG Diploma in 50 100
Hydrogeology
29. P.G. Diploma in Museology 25 50
30. Post M.Sc. Diploma in 25 100
Museology
*
E.C. dated 20.8.95.
38
31. PG Diploma in Business

Finance/Marketing
Management/Personnel 100
Management
32. PG Diploma in Taxation/
Public Relations/Company
Law Banking & Insurance / 25 50
Criminology & Criminal
Administration / Labour
Laws & Labour Relations.
33. PG Diploma in Human 200
Rights
34. PG Diploma in Horticulture/
Pest Management /
Pesciculture/ Gem Testing & 10 50
Art of Lapidary
35. Post Diploma in - 50 per Semester
Environmental Engg.
36. PG Diploma Computer 10 50
Programming/Electronic
Data Processing & Machine
Operation/ Electrical
Maintenance/Lab.
Technology (Physical/
Chemical)
37. PG Diploma in Linguistics 10 30
38. PG Diploma in Translation 10 100
(Hindi)
39. PG Diploma in Journalism/ 10 50
Applied Arts
40. PG Diploma Orthoptics 10 50
41. PG Diploma in 100 400
Anaesthesiology (DA)/ Child
Health (DCH)/ Medical
Radio Therapy
(DMRT)/Gynaecology &
Obstetrics (DGO)/
Ophthalmology(DO)/
Orthopaedic Surgery (DOS) /
Medical Radio Diagnosis
(DMRD)
42. Post M.Sc. Diploma in 50 100
Applicable Maths (Industrial
Maths)
43. Post MA Diploma in Urdu 100
Translation
44. Post B.Sc. Diploma in 25 60
Computer Sc. & Application
(PDCA)
39
45. Diploma in Qirat/Shia 5 15

theology
46. Dip. In Teaching (Urdu 10 50
Medium)
47. Dip. in West Asian Studies 10 20
48. Dip. in West Asian Studies 20 50
49. Diploma in Turkish 10 20
50. DBA 25 50
51. Dip. in Steno-typing 10 30
52. Dip. in Office Assistantship 40(II), 30(I)
& Secretarial Practice
53. Dip. in Costume Design & 40(II), 30(I)
Garment Technology
54. Diploma in Engineering 25 50(III),40(II) 30(I)
55. Dip. in Statistics 10 20
56. Dip. in Pharmacy/ Dialyson 10 50
Techniques /Medical Lab
Tech. (Radiology/Pathology/
Microbiology/
Biochemistry)/ Operation
Theater Management/
Ophthalmic Assistance/
Physiotherapy &
Rehabilitation.
57. Cert. In Qira’at /Shia 5 15
Theology
58. Cert. of Proficiency in 10 20
Languages/Turkish/
Linguistics
59. Cert. in Functional Hindi 10 50
60. Cert. in Dental Hygiene 10 50
61. SSC (IX,X) - 50
62. SSC/ SSSC /BA (I/II) - 25
English Only
63. M.Tech. (Per backlog - 25
course)
64. B.Tech./B.Arch/BE (Per - 25
backlog course)
65. Dip. in Engg. etc. (Per - 25
backlog course)
66. MA/M.Sc./B.Com. etc. (Per - 25
backlog course)
67. B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. etc. (Per - 25
backlog course)
* Part-Time Courses $ Private Candidates
Note: (i) Teachers of the J.N. Medical College and A.K. Tibbiya
College shall be exempted from the payment of Tuition Fee for M.D./M.S. etc.
(ii) The number of months for which tuition fees will be charged shall be as
prescribe by the University.
40
CATEGORY ‘A’ OTHER THAN TUITION FEE

(ANNUAL CHARGES)
S.No. Nature Course Fee*

1. Enrolment Fee - 20
2. University Admission Fee - 20
3. University Admission Fee Dip.in Engineering 25
4. University Admission Fee B.Tech./M.Tech. 30
5. Univ. Library (Admission) - 5
Fee
6. Med. Exam.(Admission) Fee - 10
1. Hostel Fee from Residents
(Including Ph.D.): (p.a.)
(a) Single Seated per student - 385
(b) Double Seated per student - 330
(c) Triple or more seated per
student - 275
8. Medical Exam. Fee Residents 25
*
9. Medical Exam. Fee From Ph.D. Students 35
including Non-
Residents
10.(a) Kitchen Establishment Residents only 75
*
(b)Hall Establishment Fee Non-Residents only 20
11. (a)Kitchen Establishment Ph.D. only 150
*
(b)Hall Establishment Fee Non-Residents Ph.D 40
12. Student’s Aid Fund All students except 10
Ph.D.
13. Student’s Aid Fund Ph.D. only 20
14. Annual Fee Residents only 20
15. Annual Fee Ph.D. only 40
16. Mid Term Examination SSSC only 50
Fee
17. Mid-Semester Exam. Fee B.Tech./B.Arch. -
18. Registration & Admission All eligible students -
Fee for Ex-students
CATEGORY ‘A’ EXAMINATION RELATED FEE
S.No. Nature of Fee Fee (Rs.)

1. Migration Certificate 20
2. Provisional Certificate (Except Law) 05
3. Provisional Certificate (For Law) 20
4. Any Certificate (Not specified above) 10
5. Copies of Examiner Report (Doctoral Level) 25
6. Post Doctoral Level 50
*
E.C. dated 20.8.95.
41
7. Duplicate Copy of Marks Certificate 50*

8. Duplicate Certificate 75
9. Triplicate copies of Certificate 500*
10. Duplicate Diplomas/Degrees 200
11. Dispatch of Documents(by Registered Post) 20
12. Registration Fee Private Candidates (Male) 50
13. Registration Fee Private (Women’s Candidate) 10
14. Re-evaluation Fee per paper 150
15. Lamination Fee per Degree/Certificate 20
(Optional)
CATEGORY ‘D’ – DEPOSITS, CAUTION MONEY
S.No. Head Nature Fee(p.a.)†

1. Science Deposit Deposit 50
2. Library Deposit Deposit 50
3. B.Ed. Book Deposit Deposit 50
4. Resident Students Caution Money 100
5. Non-Resident Students Caution Money 50
6. Non-Resident Students Caution Money 50
(Engg.& Poly.)
7. Research Students Caution Money 100
8. MBBS Students Caution Money 100
(Damage of Equipment)
(b) Students who join the University on transfer from other institutions shall pay the tuition fee
with effect from the month in which they are admitted.
3. (a) Exemption from the payment of tuition fee may be granted to not more than 25% of the
regular men students on the rolls by the Provost concerned.
(b) Exemption from the payment of tuition fee may be granted to not more than 25% of the
regular women students on the rolls by the Provost, Abdullah Hall, or Sarojini Naidu Hall.
4. Exemption from payment of tuition fee may be granted to students pursuing for the Ph.D., M.Ed.,
B.Ed., M.Th. or B.Th. degree, by the Provost concerned on the recommendation of the Chairman of
Department concerned.
Students granted such exemption shall be in addition to those granted exemption under Clause 3
above;
5. Provided that in addition to the fees prescribed above, all candidates, except those appearing for
Honours and Master’s degree courses in the Faculties of Arts, Social Science, Science and
Commerce, appear at a Examination shall pay a fee of Rs 2/- for the statement of marks obtained by
*
As per AC Resolution dated 31.7.1993/3.11.1993/11.11.1993 and E.C. Resolution dated 28.8.1994/24.9.1994 as circulated vide
No.C-III, E.C. (593)-3/3044 dated 9.11.1994.
†
E.C. dated 20.8.95.
42
them at the examination which will be supplied to them soon after the announcement of the result of
the examinations;
Provided further that all candidates for Honours and Master’s degree in the Faculty of Arts,
Social Sciences, Science and Commerce shall have to pay a fee of Rs. 5/- to obtain a copy of their
course cards;
Provided further that private candidates shall pay a registration fee of Rs. 10/- per
examination.
43
CHAPTER – XIV
EVENING CLASSES AND CERTIFICATE COURSES
[Act 5(5)]
1. The Academic Council may make special arrangements for:
(a) holding evening classes for such courses of study as it may specify from time to time, and for
such categories of students as it may decide to admit to the courses so specified, and
(b) imparting instruction for courses leading to the award of Certificate or Diploma to such
categories of students, who will not deemed to be members of the University as may be
admitted to courses so specified.
2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Chapters of these Ordinances, the provisions
of this Chapter shall be applicable to the courses and, or the categories of students mentioned in
Clause (1) above.
3. Such students shall neither be members of a Hall of Residence nor of the NRSC nor of the Women’s
College.
4. Exemption from the payment of tuition fee may be granted to not more than 20% of the students
enrolled for the evening classes for the courses mentioned above by the Dean of the Faculty
concerned or by the Principal of the Institution imparting such instruction;
Provided that the Dean or the Principal, as the case may be, may award two half exemptions in lieu
of one full exemption, if the circumstances of the students so required.
5. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 2(b) of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances, a student of the
Evening classes of the Certificate or Diploma courses defined under Clause 1 above shall be
required to obtain a certificate of satisfactory conduct from the Dean of the Faculty concerned, or
the Principal of the Institution imparting such instruction.
6. Applications of such students for permission to appear at a University Examination shall be

submitted through the Dean of the Faculty or the Principal concerned. Ex-students of these classes
as defined in Clause 5 of the Chapter XVII shall also submit their applications through the Dean of
the Faculty or the Principal concerned.
7. The Academic Council may, from time to time, make such rules for the categories of students
mentioned above as it deems fit.
44
CHAPTER – XV
APPOINTMENTS OF EXAMINERS AND MODERATORS
[Act 29(f) and Status 17(2)(xi)]
1. The list of examiners and moderators for all examinations, except the High School/Secondary
School Certificate** Examination or the Examination for Doctorate and Master of Philosophy, shall
be drawn up by the Department of Studies or the Board of Studies, where so authorized by these
Ordinances or Statutes and submitted to the Faculty concerned. The Faculty may scrutinize the list
and forward the same to the Executive Council through the Academic Council for final approval.
*
Provided that examiners and moderators shall be recommended by the Board of Studies of the
Departments for the examinations of the next one academic session only.
*
Provided further that the Demonstrators/Research Assistants and Registrars (Medical Faculty) shall
not attend the meeting of the Board of Studies of the Department when the appointment of
examiners for their M.D./M.S./Diploma examinations is being considered.
2. The Examiners and Moderators for the High School / Secondary School Certificate** Examination
shall be appointed by the Executive Council on the recommendation of the Board of High
School/Secondary Certificate Examination and the Academic Council.
3. The Examiners for the examination for Doctorate and Master of Philosophy, shall be appointed by
the Executive Council on the recommendation of the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research
concerned, the Faculty concerned, and the Academic Council.
4.** Except for the examinations mentioned in clauses, 5,6,7,8,9 & 10 below, question papers of all
examinations in each subject shall be moderated by a Committee consisting of:-
(a) Chairman of the Department concerned and
(b) Not less than one and not more than two other persons provided that one of the moderators
may be an examiner in a degree examination not engaged in teaching in the University.
†
Provided that there shall be separate moderation committees for under-graduate and post-graduate
examinations.
Provided further that the external moderator of the Committee of Moderators for any subject of the
MBBS Examination may not be an examiner.
‡
5. Question papers in each of the Courses in the University Polytechnic and the Women’s Polytechnic
shall be moderated by a Committee consisting of the following members:-
(a) Reader-in-Charge of the Section concerned or the senior most Reader in that Section,
wherever the post of Reader-in-Charge is not provided.
(b) One Senior Teacher of the Section for each broad area of specialization.
(c) One person not engaged in the teaching in the University.
*
E.C. Res. No. 25(6) dated 30.8.1986 & 27/28.9.1986.
†
E.C. Res. No. 15(43)(3A) dated 16.10.1985.
**
‡
E.C. Res. No. 63(Appendix) dated 21/22.2.1987 & 27.3.1987.
45
6. The question paper in each subject in the High School Examination shall be moderated by a
Committee consisting of not less than two and not more than four persons, one of whom shall be
the Chairman of the Department concerned or a teacher in the Department nominated by him.
7. The question paper for the Law examination shall be moderated by a Committee consisting of:-
(a) Chairman of the Department of Law; and
(b) Three persons, at least one of whom shall be a Judge of a High Court.
8. Question papers in Home Science and Music shall be moderated by a Committee for each of the
subjects consisting of the following:-
(a) Principal, Women’s College
(b) One teacher of the subject concerned, at the Women’s College and
(c) One person not engaged in teaching at the Women’s College.

*
9. (i) Ordinarily, theory courses of B.Tech./B.E./B.Arch. Examination may be internally evaluated
by the Examiner(s) to be appointed by the Board of Studies concerned. For Final University
Examination of practical/project courses of B.Tech./B.E. and that of IE-courses of B.Arch.,
there may be Internal and External Examiners to be appointed by the Board of Studies
concerned.
The Chairman of the Department concerned may recommend one or two Internal Examiners,
already appointed by the Board of Studies to conduct the supplementary examinations of
practical/project courses of B.Tech./B.E. and that of IE-courses of B.Arch.
The Final University Examinations of JE-Courses in B.Arch, shall be through written papers,
viva-voce examination etc., to be conducted by a Jury consisting of Internal and External
Examiners, of which at least one shall be External Member to be appointed by the Board of
Studies concerned.
The Final University Examinations of Project/Dissertation of B.Arch., shall be through

Seminar and Viva-Voce Examination to be conducted by a Jury of Internal and External
Experts (Examiners) of which at least one shall be External Member to be appointee by the
Board of Studies concerned.
(ii) There shall be a Moderation Committee consisting of the following members to moderate the
question papers of B.Tech./B.E./B.Arch. Examinations.
(a) Chairman of the Department concerned – Convener.

(b) A senior teacher of the Department concerned for each broad area of specialization.
However, the Teacher Incharge/Examiner(s) of the course concerned may be invited,
if necessary, to clarify the necessary details of the question paper.
*
O.M.No.XM/AC IV/2759 dated 7.2.95.
46
*
(iii) There shall be a Result Moderation Committee of the Department consisting of the following
members to moderate the course-wise results in accordance with the Regulations in this
behalf.
(a) Chairman of the Department concerned – Convenor.
(b) One senior teacher of the Deportment in each area of specialization to be

recommended by the Board of Studies of the Department.
(c) The Teacher Incharge/Examiners of the course concerned.
(iv) There shall be a Review Committed consisting of the following members to scrutinize the
class-wise results declared for the academic year:
(a) Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. – Convener
(b) Principal, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech.
(c) Chairmen of the Departments
(d) Controller of Examinations
(e) Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech. and
(f) A nominee of the Vice-Chancellor from the Faculty.
The Committee shall review and scrutinize the results declared and forward its
recommendations to the respective Departments for appropriate action.
*
Regulations to Moderation Committee as per
Clause (9) of Chapter XV of Academic (Ordinances)
(a) (i) When a course is being taught by more than one teacher to various groups/sections,
the course work, sessional assessment, question paper setting, evaluation etc. should
be on a common standard. They may mutually consult each other and the Chairman of
the Department concerned to maintain the uniformity in all aspects of the academic
standard.
(ii) The Moderation Committee shall moderate the question papers of the courses and
ensure that syllabus is well covered by question papers.
(iii) The Examiner(s) of the course are supposed to submit the final Grade Award Lists
and evaluated Answer Scripts etc. within one week after the University Examination
for the course has been held. The Chairmen of the Departments shall ensure that this
one week time limit is strictly observed.
(b) The Result Moderation Committee shall be convened ordinarily within one week after the
Examination.
*
O.M. LD No.C/57 dated 9.1.97.
47
(c) In case of abnormal distribution of students population, the grades awarded to the candidates
in a course may be modified by the Result Moderation Committee by modifying the grade
ranges of the course and/or by awarding grace marks to the candidates. Further provided that
the grades so awarded, may be modified by awarding grace marks upto a maximum of three
marks in border line cases to clear the course and upto a maximum of two marks in case of
improvement of grade in a course.
(d) There shall be moderation of results of Annual as well as Supplementary Examinations. The
procedure for the award of grades adopted at Annual Examination shall be followed for
subsequent Supplementary Examination results.
(e) If the sessional marks of promoted or ex-students in a course are not available with the
Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner, he may approach the Chief Tabulator (Engg.
College) for the previous available sessional marks for the purpose of awarding grades.
(f) The Chief Tabulator (Engg. College) under the supervision of the Dean of the Faculty shall
prepare & submit a summary report of Examination Results of various classes for
consideration before the Review Committee.
**
Clause (10) of Chapter XV of the Ordinances (Academic)
Moderation Committee for B.E. Courses
(Under Grading System)

(Effective from the session 2000-2001 for B.E. only)
10. (i) Ordinarily, Theory Courses of B.E. Examinations may be internally evaluated by the
Examiner(s) to be appointed by the Board of Studies concerned. For Final University
Examinations of Practical/Project courses, there may be Internal and External Examiners to
be appointed by the Board of Studies concerned.
The Chairman of the Department concerned may recommend one or two Internal Examiners,
already appointed by the Board of Studies to conduct the Supplementary Examinations of
Practical/Project courses.
(ii) There shall be a Moderation Committee consisting of the following members to moderate the
question papers of B.E. Examination.
(a) Chairman of the Department concerned - Convener
(b) A senior teacher of the Department concerned for each broad area of specialization.
However, the Teacher Incharge/Examiner(s) of the course concerned may be invited,
if necessary, to clarify the necessary details of the question paper.
*
(iii) There shall be a Result Moderation Committee of Department consisting of the following
members to moderate the course-wise results in accordance with the Regulations in this
behalf.
**
*
O.M. LD No. (C)/57 dated 9.1.97.
48
(a) Chairman of the Department concerned.. Convener
(b) One senior teacher of the Department in each area of specialization to be

recommended by the Board of Studies of the Department.
(c) The Teacher Incharge/Examiner(s) of the course concerned.
(iv) There shall be a Review Committee consisting of the following members to scrutinize the
class-wise results declared for the academic year:-
(a) Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. - Convener
(b) Principal, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech.
(c) Chairmen of the Departments
(d) Controller of Examinations
(e) Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech. and
(f) A nominee of the Vice-Chancellor from Faculty.
The Committee shall review and scrutinize the results declared and forward its
recommendations to the respective Departments for appropriate action.
**
Regulations for Moderation Committee as per
Clause (10) of Chapter XV of Academic (Ordinances)
(Effective from the Session 2000-2001 for B.E. only)
(i) (a) When a course is being taught by more than one teacher to various groups/sections,
the course work, sessional assessment, question paper setting, evaluation etc. should
be on a common standard. They may mutually consult each other and the Chairman
of the Department concerned to maintain the uniformity in all aspects of the academic
standard.
(b) The Moderation Committee shall moderate the question papers of the courses and
ensure that the syllabus is well covered by question papers.
(c) The Examiner(s) of the course are supposed to submit the final Grade Award Lists
and evaluated Answer Scripts etc. within one week after the University Examination
for the course has been held. The Chairmen of the Departments shall ensure that this
one week time limit is strictly observed.
(ii) The Result Moderation Committee shall be convened, ordinarily, within one week after the
examination.
(iii) In case of abnormal distribution of students population, the grades awarded to the candidates
in a course may be modified by the Result Moderation Committee by modifying the grade
ranges of the course and/or by awarding grace marks to the candidates. Further provided that
**
49
the grades so awarded, may be modified by awarding grace marks upto a maximum of three
marks in border line cases to clear the course and upto a maximum of two marks in case
improvement of grade in a course.
(iv) There shall be moderation of results of Annual as well as Supplementary Examinations. The
procedure for the award of grades adopted at Annual Examination shall be followed for
subsequent Supplementary Examination results.
(v) If the sessional marks of promoted or ex-students in a course are not available with the
Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner, he may approach the Chief Tabulator (Engg.
College) for the previous available sessional marks for the purpose of awarding grade.
(vi) The Chief Tabulator (Engg. College) under the supervision of the Dean of the Faculty shall
prepare & submit a summary report of the Examination Results of various classes for
consideration before the Review Committee.
*
11. The question papers for the M.Phil Examination shall be moderated by a Committee consisting of
the following:-
(i) Chairman of the Department;
(ii) Supervisor of the candidate and
(iii) A nominee of the Chairman of the Department.
12. The question papers shall be moderated in accordance with the Regulations.
†
13. The Examiners for M.D./M.S. Examination shall be appointed as under:-
(i) Only P.G. Teachers $as defined in Clause 7(a) (i) & (ii) of Chapter XLIII(A) of the
Ordinances (Academic) shall be appointed as Examiners in M.D./M.S. Examinations.
••
14. Examiners and Moderators in all the subjects for all the Professional Examinations in the Faculty of
Medicine shall be appointed by the Executive Council, on the recommendations of the Faculty and
the Academic Council, out of the list of examiners and moderators drawn by the Board of Studies in
the subject concerned;
Provided that the Faculty may scrutinize the list before onward transmission to the Academic
Council.
(i) In examinations other than theory papers:

(a) There shall be at least four examiners for 100 students, out of whom not less than 50% shall
be external examiners of the four examiners, the senior most internal examiner will act as the
coordinator of the whole examination programme in that subject. Where candidates
*
E.C. Res. No. 25(6) dated 30.8.1986/27 & 28.9.1986.
†
E.C. Res. No. 6(15) dated 22.12.1980 and 21/22.2.1981.
••
$
OM No. XM/RU/F.No.008/14/25 dated 24.7.2014.
50
appearing are more than 100, one additional examiner, for every additional 50 or part thereof,
be appointed.
Provided that the external examiners shall not be from this University and preferably be from
outside the state;
Provided further that the internal examiner in a subject shall not accept external examinership for a
college from which external examiner is appointed in his subject in the same session.
(b) External examiners shall be appointed for two examinations provided that the external
examiner shall not be re-appointed immediately and there shall be a gap of atleast two years.
(c) All the teachers with the rank of Readers and above shall be appointed as internal examiner
for two examinations by rotation according to seniority.
(ii) An examiner/moderator in any of the subject of all the professional examinations should
possess the requisite qualification as prescribed by the Academic Council in this behalf.
Provided that non-medical scientists engaged in the medical teaching as whole time teachers
(Readers/Professors) may be appointed examiners in their concerned subjects provided they possess
requisite qualification and experience.
•
15. Qualifications for appointment of Examiners for B.D.S.
I. The extened and internal examiners for B.D.S. Examinations should be those holding the
post of Reader or an equivalent post or above in a Dental Institution approved/recognized by
the Dental Council of India for B.D.S. Course and possess at least 3 years teaching
experience in that particular/allied subject to B.D.S. students. The University may relax these
requirements in case of Community Dentistry.
II. 50% of examiners appointed shall be external from Medical Colleges/Dental Institutions
approved/recognized by the Dental Council of India for B.D.S Course, from other
Universities, preferably from outside the state.
No person shall be an external examiner for more than 3 consecutive years. However, if there is a
break of one year, the person can be reappointed.
•
OM No. XM/SPA/FN75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.
51
CHAPTER – XVI
REMUNERATIONS TO EXAMINERS, INVIGILATORS ETC.
(Act 29(g))
1. The Executive Council, on the recommendations of the Academic Council, shall, from time to time
prescribe the rate of remuneration to be paid to Examiners, Moderators, Invigilators; other than
those prescribed in the following Clauses:-
*
2. (i) Remuneration to Examiners:
(Effective from the ensuing examination vide O.M.No.(c) 1367 dated 2.11.1999).
S.No Name of the Examination For Setting For Marking For Viva- Minimum
a paper Answer Voce/Practical (if any)
Book Exam. per
Candidate
(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)
1. PG Dip. in Urdu 490 24 24 490
Translation/ Post M.A.
Dip. in Teaching of
English Language &
Literature /PG Dip. in
Hydrogeology/ M. Tech/
MCA/ PDCA/Post M.Sc.
Dip. in Applied Maths/
Museology.
2. MBA/MIBM/ 490 12 12 490
†
MAEBM/
MJMC/DBF/ MTA/MFC
3. Dip. in Personnel
Management/
Marketing Management/ 490 12 12 240
Pest Management
4. LL.M. 490 12 10 370
5. DO/D.Orth/DLO/DA/
DGO/DCH/DMRD/ 390 15 24 490
MMRT
6. MBBS/Pre-Tib./ BUMS/ 370 10 10 370
BDS 24 (clinical & v.v.)
7. B.Tech/BE/ B.Arch. 370 10 10 300
(III,IV & Final Year)
8. B.Tech/BE/B.Arch.
(I & II Year)/Post 300 7 7 240
Diploma in Env. Engg.
9. B.Ed/B.L.& I.Sc. 300 7 10 370
10. B.Th. 240 6 10 240
11. Dip. in Engg. (IIIYr)
*
OM NO (C)/ 1367 dated 2.11.1999.
†
E.C. dated 9.9.96/3.5.97.
52
(Women’s &Boys)/ B.A./

(Eng. Only)/BA/B.Sc/
B.Com./BFA/BPE 240 6 6 240
Dip. & Cert. in
Calligraphy/ Linguistics
12. Dip. in Engg.(I & II Yr.)/
SSSC (I&II)/ DWAS/
Dip. in Office
Assistantship &
Secretarial 200 5 5 200
Practice/Costume Design
& Garment Tech./Dip. &
Cert. in Professional
Courses/Dip. & Cert.
in Proficiency in
Languages
13. Dip. in Statistics 220 6 6 180
14. HS/ SSC / (I & II) 150 4 4 150
15. Dip. in Stenotyping 170 5 5 170
16. Cert. & Dip. in Qirat 150 5 5 150
17. M.Phil. (per 400 15 370 -
candidate/Examiner
18. MS/MD/M.CH./MS/MD 490 24 490 per day/ -
(Unani) Examiner
ADMISSION TEST (OBJECTIVE TYPE)
S.No. Name of the Examination For setting Question Minimum

Bank
(per item)
(Rs.) (Rs.)
43. MBBS(PMT)/BUMS (G.K.only)/ 10.50 350
B.Tech./ Dip. in Engg./MBA/
BE/MIBM/MAEBM/ Dip. in
Personnel Management/Dip. in
Marketing Management/Pest
Management/ M.Sc. Dip. in
Applicable Math./Dip. in
Hydrogeology/B.Ed./B.L. &
I.Sc./M.Tech./MD/ MS/Primary
Teacher Recruitment and all other
Objective Type Admission Tests
44. University Examinations other than 10.50 350
Admission Tests
45. Moderation for Objective Type 10.50 350
Question papers
53
ADMISSION TEST (SUBJECTIVE TYPE)
S.No. Name of the Examination For paper setting For marking Answer
/Writing Books
(Rs.) (Rs.)
46. M.D.(Unani)/ M.L.& I.Sc./ 370 10
M.Ed./M.Sc. (Bio Tech.) and
other equivalent course
47. B.U.M.S. 200 10
48. Remuneration for Writer 50 -
(per candidate per paper)
NOTE:
1. Contingent or postal expenses are payable to External Examiners on production of postal receipt
only.
2. If more than half a question paper is changed by the Board of Moderators, the Vice-Chancellor
may on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department concerned direct that no
remuneration be paid for setting the paper. (Resolution No. 7 to the Academic Council dated 11
November, 1979).
3. In case, a question paper is rejected by the Board of Moderators, the examiner concerned shall not
be entitled to any remuneration and a fresh examiner for marking the answer-books may be
appointed on receipt of a written report from the Board of Moderators (Resolution No.9 of the
academic Council dated 12th January, 1931)
4. In case, there are more than one Internal Examiner in Practical or Viva-Voce Examinations, the
remuneration per examiner shall be half of the External Examiner.
5. Sanction of competent authority regarding the appointment of Internal Examiner as External

Examiner has to be attached with the bill or the reference to the sanction letter is to be given.
6. For setting a question paper/marking the answer-books by more than one Internal Examiner, the
remuneration shall be divided equally amongst them.
7. Minimum of Rs. 60/- for marking answer-book.

*
RATES FOR TABULATION, CODING AND SCRUTINY
Remuneration for Manual Tabulation Work per Tabulator
I 1. Non-Semester (All Classes) Rs. 6/- per candidate per Tabulator or a

minimum of Rs. 100/-.
2. Semester (All Classes) (a) Rs. 7/- per candidate per Tabulator.
(b) Rs.15/- per candidate per Tabulator for the
Final Semester.
*
O.M. No. XM No. (C) 1367 dated 2.11.1999.
54
3. For B.E. (Under Grading System) (a) Rs.7/- per candidate per Tabulator (I Yr.
B.E.)
(b) Rs.10.50 per candidate per Tabulator (II &
III Yr. B.E.)
(c) Rs.14 per candidate per Tabulator (Final
Yr. B.E.)
4. For preparing a Duplicate Grade Sheet Rs.10 per Grade Sheet per Tabulator.
of B.E. students (Under Grading
System)
5. For preparing Grade Transcripts of B.E. Rs.40 per Transcript per Tabulator.
(4-Year Degree Course) (Under Grading
System)
II For B.Arch./B.Tech./M.Tech. (Under Semester System)
Description Rate of Remuneration
Manual (Current & Backlog Courses Rs. 7/- per Candidate per Tabulator
together) (Under Grading System)
(1) For tabulation work & preparing

Grade Transcripts of I/III/V/VII
semester B.Arch./ B.Tech. and IX
semester B.Arch.
(2) For tabulation work & preparing Rs. 11/- per Candidate per Tabulator
Grade Transcripts of I & II/III & IV/V &
VI semesters of B.Arch./B.Tech./VII &
VIII semesters of B.Arch.
Grade Transcipts of VII & VIII
semesters of B.Tech. and IX & X
semesters of B.Arch./ (Final Year)
mark sheet of I/III semester M.Tech.
(5) For tabulation work & preparing Rs.10/- per Candidate per Tabulator
mark sheet of I & II semesters of
M.Tech.
mark sheet of Final M.Tech. (all four
semesters)
(7) For preparing complete Grade Rs. 40/- per Candidate per Tabulator
Transcript from I Semester to Final
Semester of B.Arch./ B.Tech. (after
accumulating requisite number of
Earned Credits for the award of Degree)
(8) For preparing Duplicate Grade Rs. 10/- per Candidate per Tabulator
Transcripts of each year of B.Arch./
B.Tech./M.Tech.
REMUNERATION FOR CODING WORK
(1) For Answer-books of Admission Test Rs.2.50 per answer book or a minimum of
Rs.350/-
(2) For answer-books of other University Re.0.80 per answer book.
Examination
55
M I S C E L LA N E O U S
(1) Scrutiny for Admission Forms/ : Rs.5 per candidate.

Verifying original documents/
Verification of Tabulation(for Admission only)
(2) Scrutiny of Computerized Data Entries Rs.2 per candidate
related to results of SSC/SSSC/BA/B.Sc./
B.Com./M.A./M.Sc./M.Com.
(3) Compulsory Scrutiny of evaluated answer Rs.2/- per answer script to
scripts (w.e.f Examination 1991) Scrutiny Officer; Rs. 0.50
per answer script to Chief
Secrunity Officer.
REMUNERATION FOR EVALUATION OF THESIS/DISSERTATION/PROJECT ETC.
1. Dissertation for LL.M., MSW, MPE Rs.370/- per candidate.
2.Project/Design/Lab. Report for M.Tech. Rs.24/- per candidate or a minimum of Rs.490/-

Examination per Examiner.
3. Project or Design report of B.Tech. /B.E./B.Arch. Rs.24/- per candidate or a minimum of Rs.240/-
(Final Year) per Examiner.
4. Dissertation/Project/TPR for MBA/ MIBM /DPM Rs.240/- per candidate or a minimum of Rs.490/-
DMM/MAEBM*
5. Dissertation or project report of M.L. & I.Sc./ Rs.80/- per candidate or a minimum of Rs.370/-
MA/M.Com./M.Ed.
6. Project for Dip. in Engg. (Final Year) Rs.12/- per candidate or a minimum of Rs.240/-
per Examiner.
7. Dissertation/Project of P.G. Dip. In Hydrogeology/ Rs.490/- per candidate per Examiner.
Computer Sc./MCA/PDCA/ MS, MD, M.CH. for
thesis.
8. Additional Remuneration to the Head Examiner of The Head Examiner of the High School/SSC (I &
the High School/SSC (I&II) Examination. II) Examination shall be paid an additional
remuneration of Rs.240/- provided that Asstt.
Examiner/Examiners are appointed for the
Examination.
9. Remuneration to the Teacher-Incharge of the The Teacher-Incharge of the School Laboratory, if
School Laboratory if he is not an Examiner. he is not an Examine be paid remuneration of
Rs.240/- per practical examination per centre in
the School Laboratory concerned.
10. Translation for High School SSC (I & II) Rs. 24/-per Translation for High School SSC (I &
Examination papers. II) Examination paper.
11. M.Sc. Project/Dissertation (for Faculty of Sc. Rs.24/- per student for evaluation of the Project
Only) and Rs.24/- per students for Viva voce
Examination subject to a minimum of Rs. 610/-per
external Examiner and Rs. 240/- per Internal
Examiner.
12. M.Tech. Dissertation (Evaluation and Viva-voce Rs. 490/- per candidate per Examiner.
*
E.C. dated 9.9.96.
56
Examination).
13. Honorarium to the External Member of the An Honorarium of Rs.490/- to the External
Moderation Committee. Member of the Moderation Committee irrespective
of the days spent in moderation work.
14. Remuneration for the Re-Evaluation of answer Rs.40/-per answer script or minimum of Rs.100/-
books by Internal Examiners and an Examiner invited for the Re-Evaluation of answer script for Internal
from out side Aligarh. Examiners and an Examiner invited from out side
Aligarh shall be paid T.A. and D.A. as per rules of
the University and Rs. 200/- as minimum
remuneration.
15. Thesis for M. Phil (Evaluation) Rs. 370/-per candidate/Examiner
16. Thesis for Ph.D./D.Lit./D.Sc.(Evaluation) Rs. 740/- per candidate/Examiner
17. Thesis for Ph.D./D.Lit./D.Sc.(V.V.Exam) Rs. 490/- per candidate/Examiner
REMUNERATION TO SUPERINTENDENT AND ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENTS

OF EXAMINATION CENTRES
S.No. Designation Revised Rates including Conveyance per day per

session for Admission Tests/beyond normal duty
hours/per session during Vacations/Sundays/Holiday.
1. Superintendent of Examination Centre Rs. 110
2. Assistant Superintendent of Rs.100
Examination Centre
3. Head Invigilator Rs.100
4. Invigilator Rs.80
57
CHAPTER – XVII
EXAMINATIONS
[Act 5(3), 29(f) 29(g), 33 and Statute 5A(4)(I)]
1. Examinations of the University, other than the Doctorate examination, shall be open to the following
categories of candidates:
(a) regular students, i.e. candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in University
or an Institution maintained by the University for a period specified for the course of study;
(b) private candidates as defined in Clause 4 below.
(c) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 below.
2. A candidate shall be deemed to have undergone a regular course of study for the period specified
for the course to be eligible to appear at the examination, if he has fulfilled *following attendance
requirements:
1. Attendance of all the newly admitted students will be computed from the date of their
admission.
2. Attendance of all the students seeking continuation / re-admission will be computed from the
date of commencement of classes. However, the attendance of students whose continuation
has been delayed due to non-declaration of their previous year’s result, shall be counted
from 6th day after the declaration of result. Attendance of foreign students as well as sports
persons will be computed from the date of their continuation / re-admission.
3. There shall be only one Ordinance (Academic) relating to computation of attendance for all
the courses except for the Faculty of Medicine and Faculty of Unani Medicine. In these
Faculties, norms of regulatory bodies shall be applicable.
4. Attending 75% classes in each (subject) course of study will be compulsory.
5. There shall be no condonation of attendance. Students have to put in 75% Physical attendance
in each course separately to be eligible to appear in the Examination of that course. The
concession of 25% attendance includes absence due to medical related issues and unforeseen
emergencies.
6. The percentage of attendance obtained by a candidate falling short by a decimal fraction shall
not be rounded off to the next whole number.
7. If a student becomes eligible for promotion to next semester / year after the commencement
of classes due to re-evaluation, the attendance of such student shall be computed from the
next day of declaration of his / her re-evaluation result.
8. If a student is permitted by the Vice-Chancellor / Academic Council on mercy grounds to
continue his / her study, the attendance of such a student shall be computed from the next
day of such permission.
9. If the attendance of a student is computed from a date other than the date of commencement
of classes due to late admission / permission by Vice-Chancellor, he / she will have to fulfill
the attendance requirements from that date only. However, he / she will also have to ensure
physical attendance of at least 55% of the total attendance computed from the date of
commencement of classes in each course separately to be eligible to appear in the
examination of that course.
10. If a student participates in a local / out-station event relating to sports, games, tour, camp,
social, cultural or literary event with the prior permission of the Vice-Chancellor and
submits a proof of participation in the aforesaid event within two weeks of close of the event
to the Dean of the Faculty concerned, such a student shall be deemed to have been present
for the duration for which the permission was granted.
*
Office Memo D.No.(c)/8101 dated 10.11.2014
58
Explanation: A student will be awarded all attendance for the classes held during the period
of participation. No attendance will be awarded for participation on Sundays / Holidays or the
days in which classes were not held
11. Attendance for Sessionals / Mid- Semester Examinations shall be marked and considered in
computation of total attendance in a similar manner as that of regular classes even if the
Sessionals / Mid- Semester Examinations are conducted by suspending the classes.
Explanation: A student who was present in a Sessional / Mid- Semester Examination of a
course of one hour duration will be awarded one attendance in that course and so on.
12. If a student has been suspended from the rolls of the University and:
i. has subsequently been exonerated, the attendance during the period of suspension shall
be deducted from the total attendance while computing his / her attendance.
ii. has subsequently not been exonerated, but allowed to continue his / her studies, the
period of suspension shall be treated as period of absence while computing his / her
attendance.
(a) The candidate has obtained a certificate of satisfactory conduct and clearance of dues from
(1) Provost concerned (2) The Dean of the Faculty concerned in case of students of Evening
Classes.
3. (Deleted)**
*
4.(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Ordinances, teachers and women candidates (only Indian
Citizens) may be permitted by the Examination Committee to appear as private candidates at the
†
Senior Secondary School Certificate (Arts, Social Sciences, Science or Commerce), B.A, B.Sc.,
B.Com. (Pass) or (Hons), M.A., M.Sc. (in Mathematics, Geography and Psychology only) M.Com,
‡
B.Th., and M.Th. examinations held by the University under the following conditions:
For Teacher Candidates For Women Candidates

(i) They must have continuously been (i) They have not studied in any recognized
teacher in a recognized institution for Institution during the academic year at the end of
a period of at least two academic which they wish to appears at the examination.
years prior to their appearance at the
examination, and they must be
teachers at the time of appearing at
the examination.
(ii) Their examination forms are (ii) Their forms are certified by the Principal of a
certified by the Head of the College, Inspector of School, the Head of a
Institution, in case of teachers of the recognized High School or a First Class Magistrate.
institutions maintained by the
University/ Principal of a Degree
College or the District Inspector of
Schools concerned in the case of
others.
*
E.C. Res. No. 19(17) dt. 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.
†
E.C. Res. No. 2 (para 17 of Appendix I(b) dt. 6.3.1985.
‡
E.C. Res. No. 16(42)(3) dt. 26.10.1985.
**
O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.
59
Provided that no permission shall be given to appear at the examination in a subject for which a
practical examination is also prescribed unless the Dean of the Faculty concerned is satisfied that the
candidate has done practical work at a suitable place.
(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, University employees (Non-teaching staff)
may be permitted by the Committee of Examinations to appear as private candidates at all
examinations at which teacher candidates are eligible to appear under these Ordinances, under the
following conditions:-
(i) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least two years
prior to their appearance at the examination and they must be in the service of the University
at the time of appearing at the examination.
(ii) Their examination forms are duly certified by the Head of the Department/Office/Institution
where they have been serving.
*
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, University employees (Non-
teaching staff) may be permitted by the Board of Secondary Education to appear as private
candidates at the †Secondary School Certificate Examination, under the following conditions:
conditions:
(i) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least two
years prior to their appearance at the examination and they must be in the service of
the University at the time of appearing at the examination.
(ii) Their examination forms are duly certified by the Head of the Department/ Office/
Institution where they have been serving.
*
(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who have passed an
Oriental Examination recognized by the University, may be permitted by the Examination
Committee to appear as private candidates at the Senior Secondary School Certificate
†
examination (in English only) or the B.A. Examination (in English only).
•••
(e) Notwithstanding anyting contained in these Ordinances, the women candidates of XII
(Arts/Social Sciences/Commerce), B.A./B.Com. and M.A./M.Com., who are compelled to
discontinue their studies due to marriage or specific debilitating diseases may change their
status from regular to private subject to the condition that they do not have the backlog
paper(s) and they should complete the course within the period as specified in the Ordinances
(Academic) of the concerned course.
5. A candidate who –
Either
(a) fails to pass an examination of the University or is unable to appear at an examination after
having undergone a regular course of study.
(b) has passed the †Secondary School Certificate, and S.S.S. Certificate** (Arts or Science)
examination of the University and wishes to appear at the same examination in one or more
subjects prescribed for that examination, other than those in which he has already passed;
*
E.C. Res. No. 62 dt. 22.12.1980 and 21/22.2.1981.
†
E.C. Res. No. 2 (para 17 of appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.
•••
OM. XM/RU/FN 0008/10/1413 dt. 07.01.2010
**
E.C. Res. No. 6(64)(b) dt. 22.12.80 and 21/22.2.1981.
60
OR
(c) having passed the M.A. or M.Sc. examination of this University in a subject wishes to appear
at another subject at the M.A. examination or at the M.Sc.. examination in Mathematics,
Geography or Psychology;
OR
(d) having passed the M.Com. examination wishes to appear at the M.A. examination in
Economics;
OR
(e) having passed the M.A., M.Com., or M.Sc. examination of this University in a subject wishes
to appear at one or more semester courses of the subject, prescribed for the examination, in
which he has not already appeared;
OR
(f) having passed LL.M. examination of this University wishes to appear in any optional group
prescribed for the examination, in which he has not already appeared;
OR
(g) having passed the M.A. Examination in Arabic or Islamic Studies from this University as
well as B.Th. examination wishes to appear at the M.Th. examination;
OR
*
(h) having passed the LL.M./M.B.A./M.C.A. examination of the University as a regular
candidate wishes to appear in a subject at the M.A. examination or at the M.Sc. examination
in Mathematics, Geography or Psychology,
may be permitted to appear at that †subsequent examination as an ex-student without further
attendance provided that he keeps his name on the rolls of the University in accordance with
the regulations that may be framed in this behalf;
Provided that permission to appear as an ex-student shall be granted only for such
examinations where the Ordinances specifically provide that ex-students are eligible to
appear at the examination concerned.
6. Applications for permission to appear at any examination shall be submitted to the Controller of
Examinations through –
(a) the Provost concerned;

OR
(b) the Head of the Institution maintained by or admitted to the privileges of the University in
which the candidate is studying;
OR
(c) in case of ex-students, the Provost or the Head of the Institution concerned;
Provided that private candidates shall submit their applications to the ‡Controller of Examination
directly.
*
O.M.No.XM/AC IV/1187 dt. 5.8.1988.
†
E.C. Res. No. 2(para 17 to app. 1(b) dated 16.3.85.
‡
E.C. Res. No. 2 (para 20 of Appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.
**
61
**
7. (a) An application by a candidate for permission to appear at an examination shall reach the
Controller of Examination not later than the date specified by the Vice-Chancellor from time
to time;
Provided that the applications of ex-students and private candidates submitted later than the dates
specified for them, but not later than the date fixed for the regular students, may be entertained on
payment of late fee as specified by the University.
(b) Application for permission to appear at an examination should be submitted alongwith the
fees prescribed for that examination.
8. A candidate whose application has been accepted shall be given an admit card. Admission to the
Examination Hall shall be given only to a candidate who present the above mentioned card.
9. Notwithstanding anything contained in clauses 6, 7, and 8 above the Controller of Examinations

may prescribe the procedure for application to appear at the Semester Examinations in the Faculty of
Arts, Commerce, Science and Social Sciences.
10. A candidate who fails to appear at an examination shall not be entitled to a refund of the
examination fees paid by him;
Provided that the Controller of Examinations may, for sufficient cause, permit such candidate to
appear at the next examination without further payment of fees.
11. The *Controller of Examinations shall notify at the commencement of each academic year Titles of
the Semester Courses and Ordinances pertaining to different courses of study;
Provided that the syllabi and the text books, if any, prescribed for semester courses in the Faculty of
Arts, Social Sciences, Science and Commerce shall be notified by the Chairman of the Department
concerned before the commencement of each semester;
Provided further that for the courses other than semester courses of the relevant Ordinances and
titles of papers/subjects shall be notified by the Controller of Examinations at the commencement of
every academic year.
12. Question papers for all examinations shall be set and answered in English language subject to the
following conditions:
(a) question paper for all examinations in English, Urdu and Hindi shall be set and answered in
the respective languages;
(b) candidates appearing at an examination in languages other than those mentioned in clause (a)
above may be asked to answer a part of the question papers in the language concerned;
(c) subject to the provisions made in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above, question papers for the
Secondary School Certificate Examination† shall be set in English, Urdu and Hindi and the
candidates shall have the option of answering them in English, Urdu or Hindi;
(d) subject to the provisions made in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above, candidates for the Senior
Secondary School Certificate Examination in Arts and Commerce and for B.A. and B. Com.
(Honours) Examinations may answer the question papers in all subjects in either English or
Urdu or Hindi;
*
†
E.C. Res. No. 2(para 17 of appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.
62
(e) subject to the provision made in sub-clause (b) above, candidates offering Arabic or Persian
or Islamic Studies for the B.A. Examination may answer question papers in that subject either
in English or Urdu and those offering Sanskrit may do so either in English or Hindi;
(f) subject to the provision made in sub-clause (b) above, candidates offering Arabic or Persian
for M.A. Examination may answer question papers either in English or Urdu, and those
offering Sanskrit may do so either in English or Hindi;
(g) question papers in Muslim Theology shall be set in English, Urdu and Hindi and answered in
any one of the above languages.
(h) Subject to the provision made in sub-clause (a) and (b) above, question papers for the
*
Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat Examination (Bachelor of Unani Medicine & Surgery) shall be set
and answered in Urdu.
13. All examinations of the University shall be held at Aligarh on such dates as may be fixed by the
Academic Council;
Provided that the Academic Council may, in a special case, on the recommendation of the
Committee for Advanced Studies and Research allow the Viva Voce Examination of a candidate for
the Doctorate of Philosophy to be held at a centre of higher learning outside Aligarh.
†
14. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Ordinances, a candidate who has passed the SS
Certificate**/S.S.S.Certificate / B.A. (Hons.) / B.Sc.(Hons) /B.Com.(Hons),M.A. /M.Sc ./M.Com./
M.Ed./B.Lib.& I.Sc./BALLB./LL.M. Examination and wishes to improve his/her performance, may
be allowed to do so, without hostel accommodation within a period of one year of the declaration of
the result of the examination concerned, by the Dean of the Faculty concerned, by appearing
subsequently only once at the examination prescribed for the course as an ex-student/private
candidate, as the case may be.
It was further recommended that the above provisions be given effect from the examination of
1981-82;
‡
Provided that the marks obtained by such candidates for the sessionals/practicals/viva-
voce/dissertation work (wherever prescribed) during his regular course of study shall be taken into
account at the subsequent examination;
Provided further that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate shall not
have joined any higher class in the mean-while;
§
Provided further that in case of a course/class where supplementary examination is provided
candidates who have joined a higher class may take the Supplementary Examination of the same
year to improve the performance.
‡
Provided further that if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance at such second attempt,
the Certificate/Degree awarded to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn.
**
15. (Deleted)
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES
(deleted)**
*
†
E.C. Res. No. 21(II)3 dt. 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.
‡
E.C. Res. No. 74(90) dt. 12/13/15 July 1980.
§
E.C.Res. No. 17(5)(5) dt. 26.10.85.
**
63
CHAPTER – XVII(A)**
EXAMINATION (SEMESTER SYSTEM)
*
(Deleted)
**
*
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
64
CHAPTER – XVII(A)**
EXAMINATION (SEMESTER SYSTEM) (REVISED)•
M.A./M.Sc./M.Com or any other P.G. Course Examination of the Faculty of Arts/Commerce/ Social
Sciences/Science/Life Sciences of the University shall be open to the following categories of candidates:
a. Regular students as defined in Clause (1), given below

b. Private candidates as defined in Clause (4), given below
c. Ex-students
1. Regular students i.e. candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for
a period specified for the degree programme.
2. A candidate shall be deemed to have undergone a regular course of study for the period specified to
be eligible to appear at the examination, if he/she has fulfilled the requirement of 75% attendance in
each semester separately.
Provided that the Academic Council may, in special circumstances, condone any shortage in such
attendance:
Provided further that he/she has obtained a clearance of dues from the Provost concerned.
3. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Ordinances, the name of a student studying for a
Master’s degree in the Faculty of Arts/Commerce/Social Sciences/Science/ Life Sciences may be
removed by the Dean of the Faculty concerned if the student fails to report to classes continuously
for one month without valid reasons. Such students may get re-admitted in the next academic
session after due payment of prescribed re-admission and other fees, if allowed by the Dean of the
Faculty concerned.
4. Teachers, women candidates (only Indian citizens) and non-teaching University employees
(wherever applicable) may be permitted by the Examination Committee to appear as Private
candidates at the M.A. (in the Faculty of Arts/Social Sciences)/M.A. (Mathematics, Geography,
Statistics and Operations Research)/M.Com. Examination held by the University, provided they
fulfil the eligibility condition prescribed for admission to regular candidates, under the conditions:-
a. For teacher candidates
i) They must have continuously been teachers in a recognized institution for a period of at least two
academic years prior to their appearance at the examination and they must be teachers at the time of
appearing at the examination.
ii) Their examination forms are certified by the Head of the Institution in case of teachers of the
institution, maintained by the University, Principal of a Degree College or the District Inspector of
Schools concerned in the case of others.
b. For women candidates
i) They have not studied in any recognized institution during the academic year at the end of which
they wished to appear at the examination.
**
•
O.M. No. XM/SPA/II-196 dated 24/30.10.2005.
65
i) Their forms are to be certified by the Principal of a duly recognized College, Inspector of Schools or
a First Class Magistrate.
c. For Non-teaching university employees
i) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least two years prior to
their appearance at the examination and they must be in the service of the University at the time of
appearing at the examination.
ii) Their examination forms are to be duly certified by the Head of the Office/ Institution where they
have been serving.
5. Private candidates (wherever applicable) shall not be given permission to appear at the examination
in a subject for which a practical examination is also prescribed, unless the Dean is satisfied that
they have done practical work at a suitable place.
6. A candidate who fails to pass an examination or is unable to appear at an examination after having
undergone a regular course of study and after having fulfilled attendance requirements, may be
permitted to appear in a subsequent examination as an ex-student without fulfilling further
attendance requirements provided that he/she does not get his/her admission in the course cancelled.
The marks awarded in the sessional/practical work during his/her regular course of study shall be
carried forward to the subsequent examination taken by the candidate.
7. (a) Applications for permission to appear at any examination shall be submitted to the Controller of
Examinations through the Provost and/or Dean of the Faculty concerned;
Provided that private candidates shall submit their applications to the Dean, of the concerned
Faculty directly.
(b) An application by a candidate for permission to appear at an examination alongwith the fee
prescribed for that examination should reach the Controller of Examinations not later than the date
notified by the University from time to time.
(c) A candidate whose application has been accepted shall be given an Examination Card (Hall Ticket).
Admission to the examination hall shall be given only to a candidate who presents the above
mentioned card.
(d) Question papers for all examinations shall be set and answered in English language only. Private
candidates/ex-students shall take the same examination as that for regular students.
However, question papers of M.A. in Urdu, Hindi, Arabic, Persian, Sanskrit and Modern Indian
Languages may be set and answered in English and/or respective languages as recommended by the
Faculty concerned.
(e) Candidate who are not satisfied with the evaluation of the answer script of semester examination,
may apply to the Controller of Examinations for re-evaluation in accordance with the rules laid
down by the University.
(f) A candidate shall be entitled to Discretionary Marks (DM) for improvement in Division as per
University rules approved by Academic Council.
66
*
CHAPTER – XVIII
HIGH SCHOOL EXAMINATION
(For Women Private Candidates)
1. The High School Examination shall comprise the following subjects:-

(i) Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) 50 marks
OR
History of Civilization
(ii) Urdu with Compulsory Hindi 100 marks

OR
Hindi with Compulsory Urdu (67+33)**
Provided that candidates from areas where Hindustani is not spoken may offer instead of
Urdu with Compulsory Hindi or Hindi with Compulsory Urdu, either Elementary Urdu or
Elementary Hindi.
(50 Paper + 50 V.V.)
(iii) English 100marks
(iv) Home Science and Tailoring 100marks
(v) General Science and Health Education 100 marks

**
(vi) Social Sciences (History, Geography Civics and Economics)
(35+35+20+10) 100 marks
(vii) Any one of the following subjects: 100 marks
(a) Arabic
(b) Persian
(c) Sanskrit
(d) Commerce
(e) Economics
(f) Art
†
(g) Mathematics Total: 650
A candidate who passes in one or more of the subjects, but fails in the examination as a
whole, shall not be required to pass in those subjects again at a subsequent Supplementary or
Annual Examination.
**
2. To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain at least 33% of the marks in each subject.
3. Candidates securing 60% of the marks or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the First Division;
those securing less than 60% but not less than 45% in the Second Division and those securing less
than 45% but not less than 33% in the Third Division. Candidates who obtain 75% of the marks or
more in a subject, shall be declared to have obtained distinction in that subject.
*
E.C. Res. No. 9(57) (2) dt. 30.7.1987.
**
OM: XM/PA/Ord. F/1423 dated 1.6.2003.
†
Proposal recommended to the A.C. by the B.S.E. vide item No.(3) of its meeting dt. 11.11.95.
67
*
4. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a Supplementary Examination shall be
held for the High School candidates not more than 4 months after the Annual Examination. The
Examination Fee and the rules of the conduct of this Examination shall be the same as of the Annual
Examination.
The Supplementary Examination shall be open to candidates who fail at the Annual Examination, or
who fail to appear at the Annual Examination for reasons approved of by the Board of Secondary
Education.
5. Certificate granted to successful candidates of the High School Examination shall contain their date
of birth as recorded in the application form and certified by the certifying authority. No change shall
be effected in this entry unless the candidate files an affidavit certified by a First Class Magistrate
and recommended by the authority who certified his original entry in the form.
Provided that this change shall not be effected after the certificate has been issued to the candidate.
Provided further that this change shall in no case be effected after one year of the passing of the
examination by the candidate, irrespective of the fact whether the certificate has been issued or not.
6. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a candidate who has passed the High
School Examination, as a private candidate from this University may appear again in the
examination, but once only to improve her performance. If the student has joined any higher class in
the meanwhile, she will not be eligible to appear at the subsequent examination for improvement of
performance.
Provided that if the candidate fails at such second attempt the certificate awarded to her earlier shall
not be withdrawn.
*
OM:XM/PA/Ord. F/1423 dated 13.6.2003.
68
*
CHAPTER – XVIII(A)
SECONDARY SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
1. (i) The Secondary School Certificate Examination shall consist of two parts and shall be held at
the end of the session in classes IX and X.
The Secondary School Certificate Examination part I (Class IX) shall be open to candidates who have
undergone a regular course of study in class IX for one academic year at a School maintained by the
University. The expression
(ii) “regular course of study” means that a student must have put in at least 75 per cent of
attendance counted from the first day of the session till the last working day for the class.
••
Provided that shortage of attendance upto 10 per cent may, in genuine cases, be condoned
by the Board of Secondary Education on the recommendation of the Standing Condonation
Committee consisting of: (a) Manager of the School, (Chairman), (b) The Principal, and
(c) One senior teacher of the concerned School appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.
(iii) The Secondary School Certificate Examination Part-II (Class X) shall be open to:
(a) Candidates who have passed at least one year previously the Secondary School Certificate
part-I (Class IX) Examination and have undergone a regular course of study in Class X
for one academic year at a School maintained by the University. The expression “regular
course of study” means that a student must have put at least 75 per cent of attendance
counted from the first day of the session till the last working day for the class.
••
Provided that shortage of attendance upto 10 per cent may, in genuine cases, be
condoned by the Board of Secondary Education on the recommendation of the Standing
Condonation Committee consisting of: (a) Manager of the School, (Chairman), (b) The
Principal, and (c) One senior teacher of the concerned School appointed by the
Vice-Chancellor.
(b) Women candidate and University employees (Non-teaching Staff) as per conditions
prescribed below:
(i) Women candidates may be permitted by the Board to appear as Private Candidates at
the Secondary School Certificate Examination (class IX and X separately) under the
(1) They must not have studied in any recognized school during the academic year
at the end of which, they wish to appear at the Examination.
(2) Their examination forms are certified by one of the following officials:
(a) A first class Magistrate
(b) Principal of a Degree College;
*
E.C. Res. 2 (para 18 of appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.
••
OM XM/SPA/FN-76/II 290A dated 17.4.2006
69
(c) Principal of a High School/ Secondary School/Senior Secondary

School/Intermediate College and countersigned by the District
Inspector of Schools.
Note: No countersignature is required if the examination form has been certified by the Principal of
an Institution/School maintained or run by the University.
(c) University employees (Non-teaching Staff) may be permitted by the Board to appear
as Private Candidates at the Secondary School Certificate Examination (Class IX and
X separately) under the following conditions:
(1) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least 2
years at the time of appearing at the Examination.
(2) Their examination forms are duly certified by the Head of the
Department/Office/ Institution where they have been serving;
(3) Necessary permission has been granted by the Registrar.
(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Ordinances, candidates, who have passed
in the Adib Examination of the Jamia Urdu, Aligarh, or any other Oriental
Examination recognized by the University for the purpose, may be permitted by the
Board to appear as Private Candidates, at the Secondary School Certificate
Examination (Class IX and X together ) in English only.
Successful candidates will be given a certificate of having passed the Examination in

English only.
2. A candidate, who has failed at the Secondary School Certificate Examination (Class X) of this
University.
OR
after having undergone a regular course of study is unable to appear at the Examination (Class X).
OR
having passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination (Class X) of the University, wishes to
appear at the examination in one or more subjects other than those in which he has already passed,
may be permitted to appear at a subsequent examination as an ex-student without further attendance
provided that he has not joined a higher class. Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to
continue as an ex-student three years after first appearing at the examination.
Provided further that a candidate who has failed in class IX Examination shall not be entitled to
appear later in the same Examination as an ex-student.
3. The following shall be the subjects of study in Class IX and X:
(i) Muslim Theology (Sunni/Shia) or History of Civilization;
(ii) English (Course A or Course B);
(iii) Urdu with Compulsory Hindi/Hindi with Compulsory Urdu.

OR
70
Elementary Urdu/Elementary Hindi (for students from Non-Urdu and Non-Hindi speaking
areas).
OR
Indian History and Culture (for foreign students only).
(iv) Mathematics (Course A or Course B).
(v) Science (Course A or Course B).
(vi) Social Sciences (History, Civics and Geography).
(vii) Social Useful Productive Work.
(viii) Physical and Health Education / Arabic / Persian / Sanskrit / Commerce / Economics / Home
Science / Malayalam / Tamil / Telugu / Bengali.
4. The following shall be the broad distribution of periods per week for instruction in different
subjects, each period being of 40 minutes duration:
Subjects No. of periods/week
(i) Muslim Theology/History of 2

Civilization.
(ii) English (Course ‘A’ or Course ‘B’) 6
(iii) Urdu with Compulsory Hindi/Hindi with 6(4+2)

Compulsory Urdu/Elementary Urdu/
Elementary Hindi/Indian History and Culture.
(iv) Mathematics (Course A or Course B) 9
(v) Science (Course A or Course B) 9
(vi) Social Science (History, Civics, & Geography) 8(3+2+3)
(vii) Socially Useful Productive Work 3
(viii) (a) Physical and Health Education/Arabic/ 3

Persian/Sanskrit/Commerce/Economics/
Home Science/Malayalam/Tamil/Telegu/
Bengali.
(b) Co-curricular and other activities. 1
5. (a) (i) Only regular candidates shall be required to offer Socially Useful Productive Work.
(ii) There shall be continuous assessment for Socially Useful Productive Work. The School
will maintain a record of the performance of each candidate and forward the same to the
Controller of Examination at least 15 days before the start of the Examination.
71
(iii)The result of Socially Useful Productive Work shall be given as following in terms of
grade on a five point scale:
Grade Description Marks range

A Excellent 75% and above
B Very good 60% - 74%
C Good 45% - 59%
D Average 33% - 44%
E Poor Below 33%
(iv) Candidates having physical disability or otherwise unable to do Socially Useful

Productive Work may be granted exemption from offering the subject by the Board of
Secondary Education on the recommendation of the Principal of the School concerned.
Provided that request for such exemption should be supported by a Certificate from a
Medical Officer not below the rank of an Assistant Surgeon.
(b) The University will conduct the Secondary School Certificate Examination in the
following subjects at the end of Classes IX and X each year.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Class IX and Class X
S.NO SUBJECT PAPER MAX.MARKS DURATION IN

. HOURS
1 Muslim Theology/History of One 50 2½
Civilization
2. English (Course A or B) One 100 3
3. Urdu with Compulsory Hindi Two Urdu-70; Compulsory 3+1 ½
OR Hindi-30
Hindi with Compulsory Urdu Two Hindi70; 3+1 ½
OR Compulsory Urdu-30
Elementary Urdu only One Paper-50; 2½
OR Viva-Voce-50.
Elementary Hindi only One Paper-50; 2½
OR Viva-Voce-50.
Indian History & Culture. Two 50 marks each. 2½
4. Mathematics One 100 3

(Course A or B)
5. Science (Course A or B) Three Paper-I Physics: 50 2½
marks; Paper-II
Chemsitry:50 marks; 2½
Paper III-Life
Sciences: 50 marks; 2½
Practical-One
combined paper for
Science:50 marks
(Physics-15,
72
Chemistry- 15, Life

Science -15 & Project
Work-5) (200 marks
to be reduced to 100
marks.)
6. Social Sciences Two Paper-I: History & 2½
Civics: 60 marks
(40+20)
Paper II: 1½
Geography: 40 marks
7. Optional:Any one of the One 100 3

following:
Arabic/Persian/Sanskrit/Com-
merce/Economics/
Malayalam/Tamil/Telegu/
Bengali
OR
Home Science/Physical Health One Paper-50; 2½
Education Practical-50.
6. (a) For obtaining permission to appear at the examination, every regular candidate shall fill in
the prescribed form and submit it, along with the required documents and prescribed fees, to
the Principal of the School concerned by the specified date. The Principal shall forward all
such forms to the Controller of Examinations.
(b) For obtaining permission to appear at the examination every woman private candidate or a
University employee (Non-teaching Staff) shall fill in the prescribed form and submit it along
with the required documents and prescribed fees, to the Controller of Examination by the
specified date.
specified for them, but no later than the dates fixed for the regular students, may be entertained on
payment of the prescribed penalty fee.
7. A candidate, whose application has been accepted and found in order, shall be given an Admit card.
Admission to the Examination Hall shall be allowed only to a candidate who presents the said card.
8. Question papers for the examination shall be set and answered in the English, Urdu and Hindi
languages subject to the following conditions:-
(a) Question papers for examination in English, Urdu and Hindi shall be set and answered in the
respective languages;
(b) Candidates appearing at an examination in a language other than those mentioned in Clause
(a) above, may be asked to answer a part of the question paper in the language concerned.
73
(c) Subject to the provisions made in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above, candidates may answer the
question papers in all subjects, in English, Urdu or Hindi;
9. The result of the Secondary School Certificate Examination (Class IX and X separately) shall be
furnished in terms of marks for each subject at the University Examination. However, for internal
assessment in Socially Useful Productive Work, the result will be furnished in terms of grades.
10. (i) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 33 per cent marks in each subject and at
least Grade D in Socially Useful Productive Work.
*
(ii) Women private candidates, University employees (Non-teaching Staff) and those regular
candidates, who are exempted from offering Socially Useful Productive Work shall be required to
obtain at least 33 per cent marks in each of the remaining subjects in order to pass the examination.
(iii) No division shall be awarded at the Class IX Examination. However, a transcript of the
performance at the Class IX examination will be given in the mark sheet issued at the end of Class X
Examination.
(iv) Candidates securing 60 per cent of the marks or more in the aggregate of Class X Examination
shall be placed in the First Division; those securing less than 60 per cent marks but not less than
45 per cent in the Second Division and those securing less than 45 per cent but not less than
33 per cent in the Third Division. Candidates who obtain 75 per cent of the marks or more in a
subject shall be declared to have obtained distinction in that subject.
11. A candidate who fails to appear at an examination shall not be entitled to refund of the examination
fee paid by him.
Provided that the Controller of Examinations may, for sufficient reasons, permit such a candidate to
appear at the next examination without further payment of fees.
12. Notwithstanding any thing contained in these Ordinances, a Compartmental Examination shall be
held for classes IX and X not later than three months after the Annual Examination. The
examination fee for the Compartmental shall be the same as for the Annual Examination.
The Compartmental Examination shall be open to candidates who fail at the Annual Examination in
not more than two subjects.
*
Provided that candidates who fail in the internal assessment will be examined by the School
concerned in the following July for the first chance and the February next for the second chance.
The result of internal assessment will be intimated by the School to the Controller of Examinations
for working out the result of the Examination.
Provided further that -
(a) candidates failing in Class X Compartmental Examination may be permitted to appear at the next
Annual Examination in the subject(s) in which they appeared at the Compartmental Examination.
Candidates of class X who fail in the Annual Examination shall be required to appear in all the
subjects at the next Annual Examination.
*
E.C. Res. No. 22(13) dt. 19.4.1986.
74
(b) candidates of Class IX Examination shall have only one chance to appear in the Compartmental
Examination to be held following the Annual Examination.
(c) The Compartmental candidates shall have the option of appearing in all the subjects in the
Annual Examination subject to the condition that their performance in the previous examination
shall be deemed as cancelled.
13. Certificates will be granted to successful candidates of the Secondary School Certificate
Examination at the end of Class X in the format approved by the Board. The date of birth entered in
the Certificate will be the same as recorded in the Examination Form and certified by the Certifying
Authority. No Change shall be effective in the entry of the date of birth unless the candidate files an
affidavit certified by a First Class Magistrate and recommended by the Authority who has certified
his original entry in the form.
Provided that such change shall not be effective after the certificate has been issued to the candidate.
Provided further that such change shall, in no case, be effective one year after the passing of the
Examination by the candidate, irrespective of the fact whether the certificate has been issued or not.
*
14. A candidate who has passed the Secondary School Certificate Part II (Class X) Examination of this
University and wishes to improve his performance, may be allowed to appear in one or more
subjects as an ex-student within one year of the declaration of result of the examination.
Provided that the candidate who has passed the Secondary School Certificate part II (Class X)
Examination and wishes to improve his performance the same year, may be allowed to appear in
two subjects only at the immediately following compartmental examination of the same year in
which he has passed the examination.
Provided further that : -
(i) the marks obtained by the candidate for practical/viva voce examination (where prescribed)
during his regular course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination;
(ii) such permission shall be granted only once on the condition that the candidate has not joined
any higher class in the mean while;
(iii) if a candidate fails to improve, his performance in a subject or paper, the original marks
awarded to him in that subject or paper earlier shall stand.
TRANSITORY ORDINANCE TO CHAPTER XVIII-A

OF THE ORDINANCES (ACADEMIC)
(Deleted)**
*
E.C. dated 9.9.96/3.5.97.
**
75
*
CHAPTER – XIX
Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination
1. Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination shall consist of two parts (Part I and Part II) and
shall be held at the end of the session in Classes XI and XII respectively.
2. (a) The Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination Part I shall be open to candidates who
have undergone a regular course of study for a period of one academic year in class XI at a
School maintained by the University. The expression “regular course of study” means that a
student must have put in at least 75% of the attendance counted from the opening of the
class.
••
Provided that shortage of attendance upto 10% may be condoned, in genuine cases, by the
Board of Secondary Education on the recommendation of the Standing Condonation
Committee consisting of: (i) Manager of the School, (Chairman), (ii) The Principal, and
(iii) One senior teacher of the concerned School appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.
(b) No candidate shall be admitted to the Part I Examination unless he has passed, at least one
year previously, the High School/Secondary School Certificate Examination of the
University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent.
••
(c) The Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination, Part II shall be open to candidates,
who have passed at least one year previously the Part I Examination and have undergone a
regular course of study for a period of one academic year in Class XII at a School maintained
by the University. The expression “regular course of study” means that a student must have
put in at least 75% of the attendance counted from the opening of the classes.
Provided that shortage of attendance upto 10% may be condoned, in genuine cases, by the
board of Secondary Education on the recommendation of the Standing Condonation
Committee of the School concerned consisting of: (a) Manager of the School, (Chairman),
(b) The Principal, and (c) One senior teacher of the concerned School appointed by the Vice-
Chancellor.
(i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, teachers and women candidates
may be permitted by the Board to appear as private candidates at the Senior Secondary
School Certificate Examination under the following conditions.
For Teacher Candidates For Women Candidates
(1) They must have continuously (1) They must not have studied (in any
been teachers in a recognized recognized institution) during the
institution for a period of at least academic year at the end of which
two academic years at the time of they wish to appear at the
appearing at the examination. examination.
(2) Their examination forms are (2) Their examination forms are certified
certified by: by:
(i) Principal of a Degree College or (i) a First Class Magistrate,
(ii) Principal of a High School or an
*
E.C. Res. No. 22(5) dt. 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.
••
OM XM/SPA/FN-76/II 290A dated 17.4.2006
76
Intermediate College and (ii) Principal of a Degree College or

countersigned by the District
Inspector of Schools. (iii) Principal of a High School or an
(iii) In the case of teachers of Intermediate College and
University Schools, their forms countersigned by the District
are to be certified by the Head of Inspector of Schools.
the Institution concerned.
Provided that the teacher and women candidates must have passed the High School/Secondary
School Certificate Examination of this University or an equivalent examination at least one year
previously.
Provided further that no permission shall be given to appear at the examination in a subject for
which a practical examination is also prescribed.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, University employees (Non-

teaching Staff) may be permitted by the Board to appear as private candidates at the Senior
Secondary School Certificate Examination in subjects not involving practical work under the
following conditions:-
(1) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least two
years at the time of appearing at the examination.
(2) Their examination forms are duly certified by the Head of the Department/Office/
Institution where they have been serving;
(3) Necessary permission has been granted by the Registrar.
(iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who have passed the
Adib-e-Mahir Examination of the Jamia Urdu, Aligarh or any other Oriental Examination
recognized by the University as its equivalent and the High School/Secondary School
Certificate Examination in English only or in all subjects of this University or an examination
recognized by the University as its equivalent, may be permitted by the Board to appear as
private candidates at the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination in Compulsory
English and Optional English.
(iv) A candidate who has failed at the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this
University:
OR
after having undergone a regular course of study, is unable to appear at the Examination;
OR
having passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of the University,
wishes to appear at the examination in one or more subjects other than those in which he has
already passed, may be permitted to appear at a subsequent examination as an ex-student
without further attendance provided that he has not joined higher class;
Provided further that no candidate shall be permitted to become an ex-student two years after
appearing at the Examination.
3. The Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination Part-II shall be open to:
(a) Candidates who have passed at least one year previously the Part I Examination and have
undergone a regular course of study for a period of one academic year at a School maintained
by the University.
77
Provided that a candidate, who has failed in compulsory subjects other than English, shall
have to clear these subjects at the Part II Examination.
(b) teachers, women candidates, ex-students and University employees (Non-teaching Staff) as
per conditions prescribed in clause 2(b).
4. The Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination shall comprise the following subjects:
PART-I
A – COMPULSORY SUBJECTS:
(a) English
(b) Muslim Theology or History of Modern Civilization
(c) Advanced Urdu (for those who have passed High School or Secondary School Examination
with Advanced Urdu)
OR
Elementary Urdu (for those who have passed High School or Secondary School Examination
with Elementary Urdu/Urdu as Third language).
OR
*
Non-mother tongue Urdu (for foreigners and for those who come from non-Hindi speaking
states).
Provided that those who offer Urdu as one of the elective subjects in the Senior Secondary
School Examination will be required to offer Elementary Persian/Elementary Hindi instead
of the above mentioned courses.
Provided further that those who offer Persian as one of the elective subjects, will be required
to offer Elementary Hindi instead of the above mentioned courses.
OR
Indian History and Culture (for foreign students only).
B – OPTIONAL SUBJECTS :
(a) General Education Courses:

Any three of the following subjects:
Accountancy
Arabic/Persian/Sanskrit
Biology
Chemistry
Commerce
Economics
English
Fine Arts
*
OM No. XM/AR-I/2049/2049 dated 14.9.1984.
78
Geography
Hindi/Urdu
History
Home Science (for women students only)
Islamic Studies
Mathematics
Physics
Political Science
(b) Vocational Courses:

Any one of the following groups:
(i) Commerce Group:
1. General Foundation Course
2. Office Management and Secretarial Practice
3. Typewriting
4. Stenography
(ii) Engineering Group:

2. Basic Electrical Technology
OR
Basic Electronic Technology
OR
Basic Woodwork Technology.
OR
Bio-Technology.
(iii) Home Science Group (for women students only):

2. Nutrition and Food Preparation
OR
Dress Designing and Making.
(c) Vocational Courses (for the Blind)
Any one of the following groups:

A – Engineering Group:
1. General Foundation course
2. Press and Plastic Moulding
B – Commerce Group :
2. Steno-typing (English/Hindi)
3. Typewriting (English/Hindi)
C – Music Group:
2. Music (Vocal)
3. Music (Instrumental)
D – Home Science Group (for women students only):

79

2. Nutrition and Food Preparation.
Provided that candidates who have obtained 55% or more marks in the High School/Secondary
School Certificate Examination or its equivalent may be allowed to offer an additional optional
subject.
Provided further that only such combinations of subjects shall be permitted as may be approved by
the Board from time to time.
PART – II
(a) General Education Courses :
1. English
2. Optional subjects offered at the Part I Examination.
(b) Vocational Courses :

1. English
2. Subjects offered at the Part I Examination
5. The number of written papers and the marks allotted to each of these papers and/or practical
examination and/or viva voce examination in each subject shall be prescribed by the Academic
Council on the recommendation of the Syllabus Committee and the Board
*
6. Deleted
7. For permission to appear at the examination, every regular candidate shall fill in the prescribed form
and submit it, alongwith the required documents and the prescribed fees, to the Principal of the
School concerned by the specific date.
specified for them, but not later than the dates fixed for the regular students, may be entertained on
payment of the prescribed penalty fee.
8. A candidate whose application has been accepted and found in order shall be given an admit card.
Admission to the Examination Hall shall be allowed only to a candidate who present the said card.
9. Question papers for the examination shall be set and answered in the English language subject to the
(a) Question paper for examination in English, Urdu and Hindi shall be set and answered in the
respective languages.
(b) Candidates appearing at an examination in languages other than those mentioned in clause (a)
above, may be asked to answer a part of the question papers in the language concerned;
(c) Subject to the provisions made in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above, candidates for the
examination may answer the question papers in all subjects, except Mathematics, Science and
Engineering subjects in English, Urdu or Hindi.
*
EC : dated 30.8.2003.
80
10. To pass the examination a candidate must obtain at least 33 per cent of the marks in each subject
except Advanced Urdu or alternative in which the pass marks shall be 40 per cent.
**
11. A candidate, who obtains 60% or more marks in the aggregate of all subjects at the Part II
Examinations, shall be placed in the First Division. A candidate, who obtains less than 60% but not
less than 45% shall be placed in the Second Division. A candidate, who obtains less than 45% but
not less than 33% shall be placed in the Third Division. A candidate, who obtains 75% or more
marks in a subject, shall be declared to have obtained distinction in that subject.
Provided that if a candidate has passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination with
an additional subject, his division would be determined by taking into account the marks of English,
and three best Optional subjects. The subject in which the candidate has secured the lowest marks,
shall be indicated as the fourth subject in the mark sheet.
12. A candidate who fails to appear at an examination shall not be entitled to refund of examination fees
paid by him.
†
13. (i) A candidate who fails in English or one subject of the General Education Course or one paper
of the Vocational Course in the Part – I Examination shall be eligible for Compartmental
Examination, provided he secures 33% of the marks in the aggregate of the Optional subjects
and English. He may appear at the Compartmental Examination which will ordinarily be held
not later than two months following the Annual Examination.
A candidate , who (1) fails in one subject of the General Education Course/one paper of the
Vocational Course in the Part-II Examination, or (2) has passed all the subjects in the Part-II
Examination but has failed only in Compulsory Urdu, shall be eligible for Compartmental
Examination in the subject concerned. He may appear in the Compartmental Examination
which will ordinarily be held not later than two months following the Annual Examination.
He will be declared to have passed the Compartmental Examination if he obtains at least 33%
(40% in Compulsory Urdu) marks in the subject or paper concerned. The marks obtained by
him at the Compartmental Examination shall be counted for determining the division. He
shall however, not be eligible for a place in the merit list.
(ii) A candidate, who fails in the Compartmental Examination, may be allowed to avail another
chance to clear the subject or paper concerned at the next Annual Examination. The courses
and syllabi for the said examination shall be the same as for the candidate appearing at that
examination in all subjects. A candidate who does not avail of one or both the chances of the
Compartmental Examination. Or having appeared at the Examination, does not pass in the
subject or paper concerned, shall be treated to have failed in examination and required to re-
appear in all the subjects as an ex-student at the next Annual Examination as per the syllabi
and courses laid down for the examination concerned. If he fails, he will not be given another
chance.
(iii) Candidate failing in an additional subject, but otherwise declared successful at the
examination, may be allowed to re-appear in the additional subject in the Compartmental
Examination. This facility however not be available to candidate in Compartmental.
**
E.C. No. 15(29) dt. 26.10.1985.
†
E.C. Res. 20(37) dt. 21/22.2.87 & 27.3.87.
81
••
(iv) The regular students of class XI who, after having failed in the Annual/Compartmental
examination may be allowed continuation in Class XI as regular students in the subsequent
session, if they so desire and are otherwise eligible to remain as regular student. However, no
candidate shall be allowed to be a regular student for more than two sessions.
••
(v) Such students shall have to repeat the course afresh and shall have to take sessional tests and
appear at the Annual Examiantion as fresh students and the marks they obtained previously
in the sessional tests/Annual Examination shall not be counted.
14. A candidate, who has passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination and wishes to
improve his performance, may be allowed to appear in one or more subjects as an ex-student within
one year of the declaration of result of the examination.
*
Provided that candidates who have passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Part-II
(Class XII) Examination and wishes to improve their performance, may be allowed to appear in one
subject only in the Compartmental Examination of the same year in which they have passed the
examination.
Provided further that:-
(ii) the marks obtained by the candidates for practical/viva voce examination (where prescribed)
during his regular course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination;
(iii) such permission shall be granted only once on the condition that the candidate has not joined
any higher class in the meanwhile; and
(iv) if a candidate fails to improve his performance in a subject or paper, the marks awarded to
him in that subject or paper earlier shall stand.
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XIX

(deleted)**
TRANSITORY PROVISION
(deleted)**
••
OM No./XM/PA/820 & 1884 dated 23.8.2004 & 21.11.2004.
••
OM No./XM/PA/820 & 1884 dated 23.8.2004 & 21.11.2004.
*
E.C. Res. No. 15 dt. 26.10.1985.
**
82
*
CHAPTER – XIX(A)
SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION (SSSC)
(UNDER THE PROGRAMME OF DISTANCE EDUCATION)
(1) A candidate desirous of enrolling in the Distance Education Programme should fill the prescribed
form and pay the requisite fee. The Senior Secondly School Certificate Examination shall consist of
two parts (Part I and part II) and shall be held at the end of each academic session of Classes XI and
XII respectively under the programme of Distance Education, A.M.U., Aligarh.
(2) (a) No candidate shall be admitted to Part I Examination unless he/she passed Secondary School
Certificate/High School Examination of this University or an examination recognized by this
University as its equivalent.
(b) Candidates who have passed the Oriental Examination as listed in the Annexure and have
also passed the High School/Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University in
English only will also be eligible for admission to Part I Examination.
(3) I- The Senior Secondary School Certificate (Part I)

Examination shall comprise the following subjects:
A– (a) Compulsory English

(b) Muslim Theology or history of Modern Civilization.
(c) Advanced Urdu for those who have passed High School or Secondary School Certificate
Examination with Advanced Urdu.
OR
Elementary Urdu (Course A and Course B) for those who have passed High School or
Secondary School Certificate Examination with Elementary Urdu/Urdu as a third language.
OR
Non-mother tongue Urdu for foreigners and for whose who come from Non-Hindi or Non-
Urdu speaking states.
Provided that those who offer Urdu as one of the optional subjects will be required to offer
Examination Persian/Elementary Hindi instead of the above mentioned above mentional
course.
Provided further that those who offer Persian as one of the optional subjects will be required
to offer Elementary Hindi instead of the above mentioned courses.
OR
Indian History and Culture (for foreign students)
B- Optional Subjects:
Any three subjects from the subjects approved by the Academic Council and offered by the Centre
for Distance Education.
Provided that combination of optional subjects shall be permitted as may be approved by the Centre
for Distance Education from time to time.
II- The Senior Secondary School Certificate (Part II) Examination shall comprise the following subjects
only:
(1) Compulsory English
*
EC dated 27.2.1999.
83
(2) Optional subjects offered in Part I

(4) The Centre for Distance Education will send well-prepared study material to all candidates by post
in 2/3 installments. This instructional material will cover all the optional and compulsory subjects
offered by the candidates.
(5) The Direction of the Centre for Distance Education may allow change of subjects within two months
from the data of admission to Part I. No change of subjects will be allowed thereafter.
(6) The number of written papers as Part I and Part II Examination and the marks allotted to each of
these papers and/or Viva-voce Examination in each subject shall be in accordance with those
prescribed for the regular students.
(7) A candidate who passes in one or more of the subjects but fails in that examination as a whole, shall
not be required to pass in those subjects again at at a subsequent examination.
Provided further that such candidates shall be required to clear all the courses of Part I and Part II
Examination within five academic sessions from the date of their admission.
(8) For permission to appear at the Examination, every candidate shall fill in the prescribed examination
form and submit the same alongwith the required documents and the prescribed fees to the Director,
Centre for Distance Education by the specified date.
(9) A candidate whose examination form is found in order and has been accepted shall be issued a Hall
Ticket. Admission to Examination Centre shall be allowed only to a candidate who presents the said
Hall Ticket.
(10) The study material for the course and question papers for the Examination shall be set and answered
in Urdu/English/Hindi Languages subject of the following conditions.
(a) The study material for the course and question papers for the Examination shall be set and
answered in the respective languages.
(b) Candidates appearing at an Examination in a language other than those mentioned in Clause (a)
above, may be asked to answer a part of the question papers in the language concerned.
(11) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 33% of marks in each subject except in
Advanced Urdu or alternative in which the pass marks shall be 40%.
(12) A candidate who obtain 60% or more marks in the aggregate of all subjects at the Part II
Examination, shall be placed in the First Division, A candidates who obtains less 60%, but not less
than 45% shall be placed in the Second Division. A candidate who obtains less than 45% but not
less than 33% shall be placed in the Third Division. A candidate, who obtain 75% or more marks in
a subject shall be decleared to have obtained Distinction in that subject.
(13) A candidate who fails to appear at an Examination shall not be entitled to refund of examination fees
paid by him/her.
Provided that the Controller of Examination on the recommendation of the Director of the Centre
may, for suffering reasons, permit such candidate to appear at the next year’s Examination without
further payment of fees.
84
(14) A candidate who has passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination and wishes to
improve his performance may be allowed to appear in one or more subject provided that:
(i) The candidate has passed the SSSC Examination within five years from the date of his/her
admission.
(ii) The permission will be granted only once on the condition that the candidate has not joined any
higher class in the meanwhile, and
(iii) If the candidate fails to improve his/her performance in a subject or a paper, the marks awarded
earlier in that subject or paper shall stand.
ANNEXURE
LIST OF ORIENTAL EXAMINATION
Arabic: 1. Maulvi (U.P., Punjab, Nagpur, Jammu & Kashmir)

2. Al-Faqith (Jamia Saifia, Surat)
3. Alimiat (Al-Jamiat-Us-Salafiah), Markazi Darul Uloom, Varanasi.
4. Alim Examination (West Bengal, Madarsa Eduction Board, Calcutta).
5. Fazil Examination, (Madaras and Muzahirul Uloom, Saharanpur).
Persian: 1. Munshi (U.P., Pubjab, Nagpur, Jammu & Kashmir)
Sanskrit:1. Prajna (Punjbab, Nagpur, Jammu & Kashmir)

2. Prathama (Govt. Sanskrit College, Banaras)
Urdu: 1. Adib (Jammu & Kashmir)

2. Adib (Jamia Urdu, Aligarh)
3. Alim (Jamia Diniyat-Urdu, Deoband)
Hindi 1. Ratna (Punjab, Jammu & Kashmir)

2. Prathma (Hindi Sahitya Sammelan, Allahabad)
3. Kovid Part II Departmental Examination, U.P.
4. Proficieny in Hindi (Ratna Examination of Ajmer Board)
Note: This list is subject to reassessment and revisions.

85
CHAPTER – XX
(PRE-MEDICAL COURSE)
DELETED*
*
E.C.Res. No. 2(para 18 of Appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.
86
CHAPTER – XXI
*
B.A. (HONS) & B.Sc. (HONS)
(Effective from Academic Session 1985-86)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the B.A. (Hons) or B.Sc. (Hons) degree unless he has passed not
less than three years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this
University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a
regular course of study in the University for not less than three years.
2. (i) The Examination for the B.A.(Hons) and B.Sc. (Hons) Degree shall be open to :-
(a) Candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University or in a
College maintained by the University.
(b) Private and Teacher candidates and ex-students as defined in Chapter – XVII.
(ii) The B.A, (Hons) and B.Sc. (Hons) Examination shall be held in three parts, namely, Part-I,
Part-II and Part-III and subject to the provision of Clause 10 of this Chapter. No candidate
shall be eligible to appear at the Part I Examination without one academic year having
elapsed after his passing the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this
University or its equivalent; to appear at the Part II Examination, without having completed
one academic year after fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the Part I Examination and
to appear at the Part III Examination, without having completed one academic year after
passing the Part II Examination.
**
3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.A. (Hons) or B.Sc. (Hons) Degree, a candidate shall have
to pass in the Examination in Compulsory Subjects and Optional (Main and Subsidiary) Subjects.
(a) Compulsory Subjects: 200 marks
1. English 100 marks
2. Urdu or Hindi or any other Modern 50 marks

Indian Language or Indian History
and Culture (last mentioned subject
for foreign students)
3. Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) 50 marks

or Ethics or Indian National
Movement.
**
4. Foundation Courses (Deleted)
Provided that:-
(i) Candidates who have taken English as the Main Subject may be allowed by the Chairman of
the Department of English to take a Modern European Language in place of Compulsory
English.
*
E.C.Res.No. 25(8) dt. 30.8.86 and 27/28.9.1986.
**
As per AC dated 8/9.5.2001& O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.
87
(ii) In the category (2) of the compulsory subjects above, a candidate shall not be allowed to take
the same language as he has studied at an advanced level at the Secondary/Senior Secondary
(b) Optional Subjects:

1. Main Subject 800 marks
2. Two subsidiary Subjects 600 marks
Each subsidiary Subject shall carry 300 marks inclusive of practical wherever prescribed.
The distribution of papers in compulsory and optional subjects (including the viva-voce)
shall be as given in the Annexure.
4. The following may be taken as Main or Subsidiary subjects for the B.A. (Hons) or B.Sc. (Hons)
degree:-
(A) For B.A. (Hons):
1. Applied Arts (Subsidiary only) (for Women candidates only)
2. Arabic
3. Economics
4. Education
5. English literature
6. Fine Arts
7. French (Subsidiary only)
8. Geography
9. German (Subsidiary only)
10. Hindi
11. History
12. Home Science (For Women candidates only)
13. Islamic Studies
14. Language Teaching & Translation (Subsidiary only)
15. Linguistics
16. Library Science (Subsidiary only)
17. Mathematics
18. Malayalam (Subsidiary only)
19. Military Science (Subsidiary only)
20. Persian
21. Philosophy
22. Political Science
23. Psychology
24. Russian (Subsidiary only)
25. Sanskrit
26. Sociology
27. Statistics
28. Tamil
29. Tourism
30. Telugu (Subsidiary only)
31. Turkish
32. Urdu
33. West Asian Studies
•
34. Women’s Studies (Subsidiary Only)
•
O.M. No. XM/SPA/II-193 dated 22.25.10.2005.
88
(B) For B.Sc. (Hons.):

1. Biochemistry
2. Botany
3. Chemistry
4. Geography
5. Geology
6. Home Science (For Women Candidates only)
7. Industrial Chemistry (Subsidiary only)
8. Mathematics
9. Operational Research & Computer (Subsidiary only)
10. Physics
11. Psychology
12. Statistics
13. Zoology
14. Military Science (Subsidiary only)
5. Within six weeks of the commencement of the Part II course, the Dean of the Faculty, on the
recommendation of the Chairman of the Departments concerned, may allow a candidate to change
his Main subject, but only if the new Main subject is one of his Subsidiary subjects as previously
chosen; and upon the change being allowed, his previous Main subject would become a Subsidiary
subject.
6. The subjects and marks allotted to each subject inclusive of sessional work and/or practical
examination and/or viva-voce examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the
recommendation of the Board of Studies of the Department and the Faculty concerned.
**
7. (a) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% of the marks in the individual
papers/practicals (inclusive of sessional work) and 36% of the marks in the aggregate of all the
papers, practicals, sessional work and viva-voce at all the three Parts of the B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.
(Hons.) Examination combined.
A candidate who has passed in individual Papers/Practicals but failed to obtain 36% of marks in
aggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination in
one or more Papers/Practicals so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.
Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his regular course of
study shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 30% of the marks in individual papers/practicals (inclusive of
sessional work) may appear subsequently only at the examination prescribed for the paper or
practical concerned.
Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his regular course of
study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.
Provided further that private candidates, as defined in Chapter XVII, shall be exempted from
sessional work, and the marks obtained by such candidates in the written papers shall be raised
proportionately to such a figure as shall bear the same ratio to the original marks as is borne by the
maximum marks of the written paper together with those of sessional work to the maximum marks
of the written paper only.
**
89
8. Successful candidates who obtain more than 50% of the aggregate of the marks in Compulsory
English and the Optional Subjects and at least 50% in the Main Subject shall be awarded the
B.A./B.Sc. (Honours) Degree. Of such candidates those who obtain 60% of the marks or more shall
be placed in the first division; and the other in the second division.
9. Candidates who pass the Examination but not qualify for the Honours Degree shall be awarded the
B.A. or B.Sc. (Pass) Degree.
Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean of
the Faculty concerned to repeat the Examination in one or more subjects of B.A./B.Sc. Part III only
in order to have his marks revised upward in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of these
Ordinances.
10. Candidate who obtains at least 30% marks in each of at least three-fourths of the papers and
practicals (wherever prescribed) of his Main and Subsidiary Subjects (inclusive of sessionals) , and
at least two-third of the papers of the Compulsory Subjects, in Part I shall be promoted to Part II;
and a candidate studying in Part II who obtains at least 30% marks in each of atleast three-fourth of
the papers and practicals (wherever prescribed) of his Optional Subjects (including sessionals) and
at least two-third of the papers of the Compulsory Subjects of Part II shall be promoted to Part III.
Candidates promoted to Part II in the manner aforesaid and appearing at Part II Examination shall
appear in those papers and practicals, if any, of the Part I Examination in which they have failed.
Sessional marks obtained in the respective papers at B.A./B.Sc. Part I shall be carried over.
∗∗
Provided that unless a candidate promoted to Part II passes the Part I Examination (inclusive of the
Compulsory Subjects) shall not be eligible for promotion to Part III. For the purpose of this proviso,
a candidate should be deemed to have passed if he obtained at least 30% of the marks in each of the
papers (inclusive of sessional) and practicals (wherever prescribed)
Provided further that if a candidate, who is a regular student, fails to pass in the minimum number of
the papers and practicals as prescribed in the first paragraph of this Clause, though he has fulfilled
the necessary attendance requirements, he shall cease to be a regular student. He may appear as an
ex-student only in the paper or practical in which he has failed, at the next Annual Examination and
subject to permission by the Academic Council, at any further subsequent Annual Examinations.
Should a candidate who has thus ceased to be a regular student, pass the minimum number of papers
for promotion to Part II or Part III, as the case may be, he shall register himself as a regular student
for appearing at the Examination of the next higher Part.
Provided further that a regular candidate, (a) who fails to fulfil the minimum attendance
requirements, or (b) who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements, fails to pass in the
papers required for promotion to the next higher part, applies for re-registration as a regular students
shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement a new for all papers of the Part in which he is
studying and notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7(b), he shall again perform sessional work
and practicals (any marks obtained in the preceding year being disregarded) and shall have to
appear in all the papers at the next Examination of that Part. But no candidate shall be permitted to
continue as a regular student for more than two years in any one Part of the B.A./B.Sc. (Hons.)
Course.
Provided further that in case a candidate fails to obtain the degree within five years of his admission
he shall cease to be a regular student. He may be permitted to appear at the two immediately
following Annual including Supplementary Examinations as an ex-student, but only if he has
undergone a regular course of study in part III for one year.
∗∗
90
If a private candidate fails to pass the Examination of any Part within three years of his becoming
eligible to appear at it, his candidatures shall cease and he can appear at a subsequent Examination
of that part only under the permission of the Academic Council but the total duration of his
candidature for the whole course shall not exceed seven years from his date of registration.
11. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the annual Part III examination,
which shall be open to those B.A. and B.Sc. students who were eligible to appear at, but have failed
to pass the B.A./B.Sc. Part III Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist of
B.A./B.Sc. Part III papers only and shall ordinarily be held no more than three months following the
Annual Part III Examination.
12. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study promoted to Part II or Part III, cannot simultaneously
receive instruction or undertake sessional work in any paper or practical of the lower Part (i.e. Part I
or Part II, as the case may be).
13. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances candidates who have passed the Adib-e-
Kamil examination of the Jamia Urdu, Aligarh, or any other Oriental examination recognized by this
University for this purpose and the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination in English
only of this University, or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent (with
English as one of the subjects), may be permitted to appear at the Examination in specially designed
courses in English (Compulsory) and English Literature, for obtaining the certificate of having
passed the B.A. Examination in English only.
Provided that for such candidates the B.A. Examination in English (Compulsory) and English
Literature shall be held in two Annual Parts. The Examination of the First Part shall be open to
candidates who have passed at least one year previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate
Examination of this University in English only or an examination recognized by the University as its
equivalent. The Second Examination shall be open to candidates who have passed the Examination
at the first stage at least one year previously.
*
ANNEXURE
PART-I PART-II PART-III
Subject Paper Marks Subject Paper Marks Subject Paper Marks

E 1 50 E 1 50 -- -- --
L 1 50* -- -- -- -- --
Th/Et/INM 1 50* -- -- -- Comp. Viva 1 50
M 2+P 150 M 2+P 150 M 2+P 150
S1 2+P 150 S1 2+P 150 M 2+P 150
S2 2+P 150 S2 2+P 150 M 2+P 150
Total: 500 500 500
*Not to be counted for the award of Division.
Abbreviations :
E = English
Et = Ethics
F = Foundation Courses
*
On the basis of AC dated 8/9.5.2001.
91
INM= Indian National Movement

L = Language (Urdu/Hindi/any other Modern Indian Language)
M = Main subject
S = Subsidiary subject
P = Practical
Th = Theology
1. Where practicals are not prescribed, each paper shall carry 60 marks for examinations and 15
for sessionals totaling 75.
2. Where practicals are prescribed, each paper shall carry 40 marks for examination and 10 for
sessionals totaling 50. The practical shall carry 50 marks.
3. In part III, addition to the above, there shall be a comprehensive viva-voce carrying 50
marks.
4. In Chemistry, in Part I and Part II (Main/Subsidiary) respectively, there will be three papers
within the prescribed framework.
*
5. In Fine Art, in Part I and part II (Main/Subsidiary) there shall be one theory and two practical
papers, separately, each carrying 40 marks for examination and 10 marks for sessionals. In
Part III, there shall be two theory papers and four practical papers, each carrying 60
examination marks and 15 marks for sessionals; and a comprehensive viva voce of 50 marks.
(Effective for Session 1985-86)
(Deleted)**
*
E.C. Res. No. 63 (Appendix) dt. 21/22.2.87 & 27.3.87.
**
92
CHAPTER – XXI(A)*
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS (B.F.A.)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the B.F.A. Professional Degree unless he/she has passed not less
than four years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University
or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent with at least 50% marks in
aggregate, and has undergone a regular course of study in the University for not less than four years.
Provided that the admission to B.F.A. course (Co-education) shall be based on a Departmental
competitive test comprising such subjects as prescribed by the Board of Studies.
2. The Examination for the B.F.A. Degree shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular
course of four years study in this University.
The Examination for the B.F.A. shall be held in four parts, namely: B.F.A. I Year, B.F.A. II Year,
B.F.A. III year, and B.F.A. IV year and subject to the provision of Clause (6) of this Chapter.
3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.F.A. Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in the subjects
as recommended by the Board of Studies and approved by the Faculty from time to time.
The subjects and marks allotted to each paper/sessional work/practical examination and viva-voce
examination shall also be recommended by the Board of Studies and approved by the Faculty.
**
4. (a) To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain at least 33% of the marks in the individual
paper/practicals (inclusive of sessional work) and 36% of the marks in the aggregate of all the
papers, practicals, sessional work and viva-voce at all the four years of B.F.A. Examinations
combined.
A candidate who has passed in individual Papers/Practicals but failed to obtain 36% of marks
in aggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent
Examination in one or more Papers/Practicals so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.
Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his/her regular course
of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 33% of the marks in individual papers/practicals (inclusive of
sessional work) may appear subsequently only at the Examination prescribed for the paper or
practical concerned.
Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his/her regular
course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.
5. A candidate, who obtains 60% or more marks in the aggregate of all subjects at the Final Year
Examinations, shall be placed in the First Division,. A candidate, who obtains less than 60% of the
marks but not less than 50% shall be placed in the Second Division. A candidate, who obtains less
than 50% of the marks but not less than 36% shall be placed in the Third Division. A candidate,
who obtains 75% or more marks in a subject, shall be declared to have obtained Distinction in that
subject. The candidate who secures highest marks with First Division in B.F.A. will be placed in
First Position in order of merit.
*
EC dated 31.7.2000.
**
93
Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his/her performance, he/she may be allowed by the
Dean of the Faculty concerned on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department to repeat
the Examination in one or more subjects of B.F.A. IV Year only in order to have his/her marks
revised upward in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).
6. A candidate who obtains at least 33% marks in each of at least three-fourths of the papers and
practicals (wherever prescribed) of his/her subjects (inclusive of sessionals) in B.F.A. I Year shall be
promoted to II Year and a candidate studying in Part-II who obtains 33% marks in each of at least
three-fourths of the papers and practicals (wherever prescribed) (including sessionals) shall be
promoted to B.F.A. III Year. Candidate who has cleared all the papers/practicals, sessionals of
I Year, II Year and three-fourths of the papers and practicals (wherever prescribed of his/her
subjects) (inclusive of sessionals), in B.F.A. III Year, shall be promoted to B.F.A. IV Year.
requirements, or (b) who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements fails to pass in the
papers required for promotion to the next higher part, applies for re-registration as a regular student
shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement a new for all papers of the year in which he/she is
studying and notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7, he/she shall again perform sessionals work
and practicals (any marks obtained in the preceding year being disregarded) and shall appear in all
the papers at the next Examination of that year. But no candidate shall be permitted to continue as a
regular student for more than two years in any one class of the B.F.A. course.
Provided further that if a regular student who fails to pass in the minimum number of the papers and
practiclas as prescribed in the first paragraph of this Clause, though he/she has fulfilled the
necessary attendance requirements, he/she shall cease to be a regular student. He/she may appear as
an ex-student only in the papers or practicals in which he/she has failed, at the next annual
examination.
7. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a candidate who fails to obtain the Degree
within six years of his admission, he/she shall cease to be a regular student. He/she may be
permitted to appear at the two immediately following Annual (including Supplementary)
Examinations as an ex-student by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Chairman
and the Dean of the Faculty concerned.
8. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the Annual IV Year Examination,
which shall be open to those B.F.A. students who were eligible to appear at, but have failed to pass
the B.F.A. IV Year Theory Examination.
9. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study, promoted to II Year, III Year, or IV Year cannot
simultaneously receive instruction or undertake sessional work in any paper or practical of the lower
Examination (i.e. I Year, II Year, or III Year as the case may be).
10. The courses, the number of papers and the marks allotted to each practical and theory examination
including sessional work shall be those as prescribed by the Board of Studies and approved by the
Faculty.
11. Academic Course:- In B.A. (Hons) Fine Art (for girl students only) in Part I and Part II
(Main/Subsidiary) there shall be one theory and two practical papers, separately, each carrying
40 marks for examination and 10 marks for sessionals. In Part III there shall be two theory papers
and four practical papers, each carrying 60 marks for examination and 15 marks for sessionals; and a
Comprehensive Viva-voce of 50 marks.
94
CHAPTER – XXI(B)*
BACHELOR OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION (B.P.E.)
†
(Deleted)
*
E.C. dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001.
†
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
95
CHAPTER – XXI(C)∗
B.Sc. (HONS)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science
(from Academic Session 2003-2004)
(For Women Candidates only)
1. No women candidate shall be eligible for the B.Sc. (Hons)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science degree
unless she has passed not less than three years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate
Examination in Science subjects (any three of the subjects namely Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry,
Biology and Home Science) of this University or an examination recognized by the University as its
equivalent and has undergone a regular course of study in the University for not less than three
years.
2. (i) The Examination for the B.Sc. (Hons)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science degree shall be open
to:-
(a) Women candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University or
in a College maintained by the University.
(b) Ex-students as defined in Chapter – XVII.
(ii) The B.Sc. (Hons)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science Examination shall be held in three parts,
namely Part-I, Part-II and Part-III and subject to the provisions of Clause 8 of this Chapter.
No candidate shall be eligible to appear at the Part-I Examination without one academic year
having elapsed after her passing the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this
University or its equivalent; to appear at the Part-II Examination, without having completed
one academic year after fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the Part-I Examination and
to appear at the Part – III Examination without having completed one academic year after
passing the part-II Examination.
3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.Sc. (Hons)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science degree, a
candidate shall have to pass the Examination in Compulsory as well in Main Subjects separately.
2. Urdu or Hindi or any other Modern Indian

Language or Indian History and Culture
(last mentioned subject for foreign students) 50 marks
3. Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) or Ethics or

Indian National Movement 50 marks
≠
(b) Main Subjects 1700 marks
TOTAL: 1800 marks
∗
OM NO XM/PA/FNO 58(O)/1833 dated 3.9.2004.
≠
OM NO XM/SPA/FN-75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.
96
4. The subjects and marks allotted to each subject (Theory Paper/Practical) inclusive of sessional work
shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the
Department of Home Science and the Faculty concerned as per Annexture.
5. (a) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% of prescribed marks (inclusive
of sessional marks) in each subject (Theory Paper/Practical) separately and 36% of the marks in the
aggregate of Compulsory English and all the main subjects (Theory Papers/Practicals) at all the three
parts os B.Sc. (Hons.) in the Science Examination combined.
A candidate who has passed in each subject (Theory Paper/Practical) but has failed to obtain 36% of
the marks in aggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent
examinations in one or more subjects (Theory Papers/Practicals) so as to be eligible for the award of
Degree.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 30% of the marks in individual subject (Theory
Papers/Practicals) (inclusive of sessional work) may appear subsequently only at the examination
prescribed for the subjects (Theory Papers/Practicals) concerned.
6. Successful candidates who obtain more than 50% of the aggregate marks in Compulsory English and
Main Subject (Theory Papers/Practicals) shall be awarded the B.Sc. (Hons) in Home Science degree.
Of such candidates those who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First
Division; and the rest in the Second Division.
7. Candidates who pass the Examination but do not qualify for the Honours Degree shall be awarded
the B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science degree.
Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve her performance she may be allowed by the Dean of
the Faculty concerned to repeat the Examination in one or more main subjects (Theory
Papers/Practicals) of B.Sc. in Home Science Part-III only in order to have her marks revised upward
in accordance with Clause 14 to Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).
8. A candidate who obtain at least 30% marks in each of at least eight of the main subjects (Theory
Paper/Practicals) including Compulsory English and at least one of the remaining Compulsory
subjects of Part-I shall be promoted to Part-II; and a candidate who obtains at least 30% marks in
each of atleast eight of the main subjects (Theory Papers and Practicals) including Compulsory
English of Part-II shall be promoted to Part-III provided that she has cleared all the compulsory and
main subjects of Part-I. Candidates promoted to Part-II or Part-III in the manner aforesaid and
appearing at Part-II or Part-III Examination may appear in those subjects (Theory Papers/Practicals),
of the Part-I or Part-II Examination in which they have failed. Sessional marks obtained earlier in
the respective subjects at B.Sc. Part-I or Part-II as regular candidate shall be carried over.
Provided further that if a regular candidate fails to pass in the minimum number of the subjects
(Theory Papers/Practicals) as prescribed in the first paragraph of this Clause, though she has
fulfilled the necessary attendance requirements, shall cease to be a regular student. She may
however appear as an ex-student only in the subjects (Theory Papers/Practicals) in which she has
failed, at the next subsequent annual examination and subject to permission by the Dean of the
97
Faculty concerned. Should a candidate who has thus ceased to be a regular student, pass the
minimum number of subjects for promotion to Part-II or Part-III, as the case may be, she shall
register herself afresh as a regular student and for appearing at the examination of the next higher
parts.
Provided further that a regular candidate who fails to fulfil the minimum attendance requirements or
who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements, fails to pass in the subjects (Theory
Papers/Practicals) required for promotion to the next higher part, applies for re-registration as a
regular student shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh for all the subjects of the Part in
which she is registered/enrolled and notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 5(b), she shall again
perform sessional work and practicals (any marks obtained in the preceding year being disregarded)
and shall have to appear in all the subjects (Theory Paper/Practicals) at the next examination of that
Part. However, no candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two
consecutive years in any one Part of the B.Sc. in Home Science degree programme.
Provided further that in case a candidate, fails to obtain the degree within five years of his
admission, she shall cease to be a regular student. She may however, be permitted to appear at the
two immediately following annual as well as supplementary examinations as an ex-student, but only
if she has undergone a regular course of study in part-III for one year and has fulfilled the attendance
requirements.
9. There shall be only one supplementary examination following the annual examination of Part-III,
which shall be open to those candidates who were eligible to appear at, but have failed to pass the
B.Sc. in Home Science Part-III Examination. The supplementary examination shall consist of main
subjects (Theory Papers only) of B.Sc. in Home Science Part-III and shall ordinarily be held not
later than three months following the annual part-III examination.
10. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study after promotion to Part-II or Part-III, cannot
simultaneously receive instruction or undertake sessional work in any subject (Theory
Paper/Practical) of the lower Part (i.e. Part-I or Part-II, as the case may be).
B.Sc. (Hons.)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science

(Revised)
Part I:
(A) Compulsory Subjects Sessional Univ. Exam Total

marks marks marks
i. Compulsory English I 10 40 50
ii. Urdu or Hindi or any __ 50 50**
other Modern Indian Language
or Indian History & Culture
(for foreign students only)
iii. Muslim Theology (Sunni/Shia) __ 50 50**
or Ethics or Indian National
Movement
(B) Main Subjects (Theory Papers and Practicals):
i. Applied Physics 10 25 35
ii. Applied Chemistry 10 25 35
98
iii. Applied Biology 10 25 35

iv. Hygiene & Physiology 10 40 50
v. Economics 10 40 50
vi. Sociology 10 40 50
vii. Psychology 10 40 50
viii. Introduction to Home Science 20 80 100
ix. Practical (Applied Physics) __ 15 15*
x. Practical (Applied Chemistry) __ 15 15*
xi. Practical (Applied Biology) __ 15 15*
xii. Practical (Home Science) ____ 50 50*
TOTAL: 550
Note: * Inclusive of Sessional Marks to be prescribed by the Department of Home Science

**A candidate must pass in all the prescribed subjects as per Clause (5) in these Ordinances
(Academic) but Division shall be awarded on the basis of aggregate marks obtained in Compulsory
English and all Main Subjects (Theory Papers and Practicals) of Part-I, II & III of the B.Sc. in Home
Science degree programme.
Part II
(A) Compulsory Subjects Sessional Univ. Exam Total

marks marks marks
i. Compuslory English II 10 40 50
(B) Main Subjects (Theory Papers and Practicals):
i. Human Development 15 60 75
ii. Extension and Communication 15 60 75
iii. Textile & Clothing 15 60 75
iv. Essentials of Human Nutrition 20 80 100
v. Essential of Resource Mangement 20 80 100
vi. Nutritionl Biochemistry 20 80 100
vii. Residenial Space Designing 20 80 100
viii. Human Development (Practical) __ 25 25*
ix. Extension Communication (Practical) __ 25 25*
x. Textile and Clothing (Practical) __ 25 25*
xi. Pratical (Essential of Human Nutrition) __ 50 50*
xii. Practical (Resource Management) __ 50 50*
xiii. Practical (Nutrition Biochemistry) __ 50 50*
xiv Practical (Residenial Space Designing) __ 50 50*
TOTAL: 650
Note: A student will take either iv, vi, xi and xiii, OR v, vii, xii and xiv.
Part III
(B) Main Subjects (Theory Papers and Practicals)

Sessional Univ. Exam Total
marks marks marks
99
i. Child Welfare in India 15 60 75

ii. Interior Decoration 20 80 100
iii. Work in Home 20 80 100
iv. Family Finance and Consumer Education 20 80 100
v. Food Science 20 80 100
vi. Nutrition for the family 20 80 100
vii. Community Nutrition 20 80 100
viii. Practical (Child Welfare in India) __ 25 25*
ix. Practical (Food Science) __ 50 50*
x. Practical (Nutrition for the Family) __ 50 50*
xi. Practical (Community Nutrition) __ 50 50*
xii. Practical (Family Finance and Consumer Education) 50 50*
xiii. Practical (Work in Home) __ 50 50*
xiv. Practical (Interior Decoration) __ 50 50*
xv. Project __ 50 50*
TOTAL: 600
Total Marks (Part I) : 50 (English) and 500 (Main Subjects)

Total Marks (Part II) : 50 (English) and 600 (Main Subjects)
Total Marks (Part III) : 600 (Main Subjects)
Aggregate of Marks: 1800 (For Awarding Division)
Note: *Inclusive of sessional marks to be prescribed by the Department of Home Sciences.

100
CHAPTER – XXI(D)∗∗
B.A. (HONS.)/B.A. (PASS)
(Under Distance Education)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the B.A (Hons.) degree unless he/she has passed not less than
three years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate (10+2) Examination of this
University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent. However, there is no
age bar for admission to B.A. (Hons.) degree programme.
2. (i) The examination for B.A. (Hons.) degree shall be open to candidates who have undergone a
course of study as prescribed by the Centre for Distance Education, of Aligarh Muslim
University.
(ii) The B.A. (Hons.) Examination shall be held in three parts, namely Part I, Part II and Part III.
No candidate shall be eligible to appear at the Part I examination without one academic year
having elapsed after having passed his/her Senior Secondary School Certificate examination
of this University or its equivalent; to appear at the part II examination, without having
completed at least one academic year after having appeared in Part I examination and
fulfilling the requirements as prescribed by the Centre for Distance Education and to appear at
Part III examination, without having completed at least one academic year after appearing in
Part II examination and fulfilling the requirements as prescribed by the Centre for Distance
Education of Aligarh Muslim University.
3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.A. (Hons.) degree, a candidate shall be have to pass in the
examination in compulsory subjects and optional (Main and subsidiary) subjects.
(a) Compulsory Subjects: (200 Marks)
1. English (E) (100 Marks)

2. Urdu or Hindi or any other Modern Indian
Language or Indian History and Culture (L)
(last mentioned subject is for foreign students) (50 Marks)
3. Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) or Ethics or
Indian National Movement (Th/Et/INM) (50 Marks)
Provided that:
(i) Candidates who have taken English as the Main Subject may be allowed by the Chairman of
the Department of English to take a Modern European Language in place of Compulsory
English.
(ii) In the Category(2) of the compulsory subjects above, a candidate shall not be allowed to take
the same language as he/she has studied at an advanced level at the Secondary/Senior
Secondary School Certificate Examination.
(b) Optional Subjects

1. Main Subject (M) (800 Marks)
2. Two Subsidiary Subjects (S1 and S2) (600 Marks)
∗∗
O.M. No. XM/SPA/ II-196 dated 24/30.10.2005.
101
Each subsidiary subject shall carry 300 marks inclusive of practical wherever prescribed.
The distribution of papers in Compulsory and Optional Subjects (including the viva-voce)
shall be as given in the Annexure.
4. The following may be taken as Main or Subsidiary Subjects for the B.A. (Hons.) degree programme.
1. Arabic
2. Communicative English
3. Economics
4. Education
5. English Literature
6. Fine Arts
7. French (subsidiary only)
8. Geography
9. German (subsidiary only)
10. Hindi
11. History
12. Home Science (for women candidates only)
13. Islamic studies
14. Language Teaching & Translation (subsidiary only)
15. Linguistics
16. Library Science (subsidiary only)
17. Mathematics
18. Malayalam (subsidiary only)
19. Persian
20. Philosophy
22. Psychology
23. Russian (subsidiary only)
24. Sanskrit
25. Sociology
26. Statistics
27. Tamil
28. Tourism (subsidiary only)
29. Telugu
30. Urdu
31. West Asian Studies
5. The Centre for Distance Education will send well-prepared study material to all candidates by post
in 2/3 instalments. This instructional material will cover all the optional (main and subsidiary) and
compulsory subjects offered by the candidate.
6. Within two months of the announcement of results of B.A. Part-I, a candidate may be allowed by the
Director, Centre for Distance Education to change his/her main subject, but only if the new main
subject is one of his/her subsidiary subjects as previously chosen; and upon the change being
allowed, his/her previous main subject would become a subsidiary subject.
7. The subjects and marks allotted to each subject inclusive of sessional work (prescribed by the
Centre) and/or practical examination and/or viva-voce examination shall be in accordance with those
prescribed for regular students.
102
8. Practicals will be held at designated institutions for which schedule will be provided by the Study
Centre. Attendance at practicals is compulsory. Candidates (wherever applicable), shall not be given
permission to appear at the examination in a subject for which practical examination is also
prescribed unless the Director is satisfied that they have done Practical Work satisfactorily at a
suitable place prescribed by the Centre.
9. For permission to appear at the examination, every candidate shall fill in the prescribed examination
form and submit the same alongwith the required documents and the prescribed fees to the Director,
Centre for Distance Education by the specified date.
10. A candidate whose examination form is found in order and has been accepted shall be issued a Hall
Ticket. Admission to Examination Centre shall be allowed only to a candidate who presents the Hall
Tickets, issued to the candidate.
11. The study material for the course/subject and question papers for the examination shall be set and
answered in Urdu/English/Hindi languages subject to the following conditions:
(a) The study material and the question papers for examination in English/Hindi/Urdu language
course/subject shall be set and answered in the respective languages.
(b) Candidates appearing at an examination in a language other than those mentioned in

clause(a) above, may be asked to answer a part of question papers in the language concerned.
12. (a) To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% of the marks in the individual
theory (written) paper/course/Practicals (inclusive of sessional work & practical, if any,
prescribed by the Centre and 36% of the marks in the aggregate of all theory (written) papers,
practicals and viva-voce (inclusive of sessional marks) of B.A. degree programme.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 36% of aggregate marks for passing B.A. examination may
appear in subsequent examination in one or more theory (written) papers and/or practical
examination;
Provided that the marks awarded earlier to such candidates for sessional work shall be taken into
account at subsequent examination.
(c) A candidate shall be entitled to grace marks(GM) for passing and discretionary marks (DM)
for improvement of Division as per University rules approved by A.C. in this behalf.
(d) A candidate who has passed in one or more of the courses but fails in that examination as a
whole shall not be required to pass in those courses again at a subsequent examination;
Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work prescribed by the Centre
shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination;
Provided further that, such candidates shall be required to clear all the courses/subjects including
Viva-Voce examination of B.A. (Hons.) degree programme within eight academic sessions from the
date of their admission (with a minimum duration of three years from the date of their admission).
13. Successful candidates who obtain more than 50% of the aggregate of the marks in compulsory
English and the Optional subjects and at least 50% in the main subjects shall be awarded B.A.
(Hons.) degree. Of such candidates those who obtain 60% of the marks or more shall be placed in
the first division; and the others in the second division. A candidate who obtain 75% or marks in a
103
subject shall be declared to have obtained distinction in that subject. For the purpose of awarding
Division, the aggregate marks obtained by the candidates in Compulsory English (100 marks), Main
Subject (800 marks) and two Subsidiary Subjects (600 marks) shall be counted.
14. Candidates who pass the examination but not qualify for the Honors degree shall be awarded B.A.
(Pass) degree.
Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his/her performance, he/she may be allowed by the
Director, Centre for Distance Education to repeat the examination in one or more subjects in order to
have his/her marks revised upward, provided that:-
(i) the candidate has passed the B.A. Examination within eight years from the date of his/her
admission.
(ii) the permission will be granted only once on the condition that the candidate is not pursuing
or undergoing any higher course in the meanwhile; and
(iii) if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance in a subject or course or a paper, the
marks awarded earlier in the subject or course or paper will stand.
15. Candidates who are not satisfied with the evaluation of their answer scripts of the University
examination of theory (written) papers only, may apply to the Director of Distance Education Centre
for re-evaluation in accordance with the rules laid down by the University in this behalf.
ANNEXURE
Part I Part II Part III
E 1 50 E 1 50
L 1 50
Th/Et/INM 1 50
M 2+P 150 M 2+P 150 Comprehensive
Viva-Voce 50
M 2+p 150
S1 2+P 150 S1 2+P 150 M 2+P 150
S2 5+P 150 S2 2+P 150 M 2+P 150
Total 600 500 500
(i) For subjects in which there is no practical, the marks allotted to each theory (written) paper shall be
75 each (inclusive of sessionals).
(ii) For subjects in which practical work is prescribed, the marks allotted to theory (written) papers and
practical examination shall be 60, 60 and 30 (inclusive of sessionals) respectively.
104
CHAPTER – XXI(E)
B.A. (Hons.) / B.Sc.(Hons.) / B.Com. (Hons.)
(Effective from the Session 2013 – 2014)
(Semester System)
1. Introduction
(a) Aligarh Muslim University offers full-time program leading to the B.A. (Hons.) in the Faculty
of Arts / Social Sciences/ Theology, B.Sc.(Hons.) in the Faculty of Science/ Life Science /
Agricultural Sciences and B.Com.(Hons.) in the Faculty of Commerce.
(b) The following may be taken as Main subject for the B.A. (Hons) degree :
1. Arabic
2. Communicative English
3. English
4. Hindi
5. Geography
6. Linguistics
7. Persian
8. Philosophy
9. Sanskrit
10. Urdu
11. Economics
12. Education
13. History
14. Islamic Studies
16. Psychology
17. Sociology
18. Women’s Studies
19. Fine Arts
20. Sunni Theology
21. Shia Theology
(c) The following may be taken as Main subject for the B.Sc. (Hons) degree :
1. Physics
2. Chemistry
3. Mathematics
4. Geography
5. Geology
6. Statistics
7. Industrial Chemistry
8. Computer Applications
9. Botany
10. Zoology
11. Biochemistry
12. Home Science
(d) The medium of instruction in these programs is English, except for those courses taught in
various languages departments and in the Faculty of Theology.
105
2. Eligibility
2.1 For B.A. (Hons.) Program in Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences
Senior Secondary School Certificate or an equivalent examination with at least 50% marks in
aggregate of English and three Subjects from amongst Accountancy, Arabic, Banking, Biology,
Biotechnology, Business Organization, Business Studies, Chemistry, Commerce, Computer Science,
Economics, Education, English, Fine Arts, Geography, Hindi, History, Home Science, Islamic
Studies, Mathematics, Persian, Philosophy, Physical Health Education, Physics, Political Science
/Civics, Psychology, Sanskrit, Sociology, Statistics, Urdu and Modern Indian Languages (Bengali,
Tamil, Telugu, Malayalam, Marathi, Punjabi and Kashmiri).
2.2 For B.A. (Hons.) Program in Faculty of Theology
aggregate of English and three Subjects from amongst Accountancy, Arabic, Banking, Biology,
Biotechnology, Business Organization, Business Studies, Chemistry, Commerce, Computer Science,
Economics, Education, English, Fine Arts, Geography, Hindi, History, Home Science, Islamic
Studies, Mathematics, Persian, Philosophy, Physical Health Education, Physics, Political Science
/Civics, Psychology, Sanskrit, Sociology, Statistics, Urdu and Modern Indian Languages (Bengali,
Tamil, Telugu, Malayalam, Marathi, Punjabi and Kashmiri).
2.3 For B.Sc.(Hons.) Program in Faculty of Science:
Senior Secondary School Certificate or an equivalent examination with at least 55% in aggregate of
English and three subjects from amongst Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics. Further the
candidate should have secured at least 50% marks in each of the Four subjects.
Note: For B.Sc.(Hons.) Computer Applications, Diploma in Engineering with at least 55% marks
in aggregate is considered as equivalent to Qualifying Examination.
2.4 For B.Sc.(Hons.) Program in Faculty of Life Sciences:
aggregate of English, Biology and two subjects from amongst Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics.
Further the candidate should have secured at least 50% marks in each of the Four subjects.
2.5 For B.Sc.(Hons.) Program in Faculty of Agricultural Sciences:
aggregate of English and three subjects from amongst Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
and Home Science.
2.6 For B.Com.(Hons.) Program in Faculty of Commerce:
Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination or an equivalent examination with not less than
55% marks in aggregate of English and Accounts and two subjects from amongst Economics,
Business Studies, Business Organization, Commerce, Banking, Entrepreneurship, Mathematics
and/or Statistics.
OR
Diploma in Secretarial Practice examination of this University with not less than 55% marks (in
theory subjects only) in aggregate.
106
3. Admission
(a) The admissions to the B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com (Hons.) programs will be made normally in the
Autumn Semester as per the admission policy approved by the Academic Council of the
University from time to time. The admission of each student will be made in a particular Main
Subject, wherever applicable.
(b) A limited number of students may be allowed to change over from one Main Subject to
another within the Faculty, wherever applicable, after first year of study, depending on the
availability of seats and their performance in the first two semesters subject to the following
conditions:
(i) Only those students who do not have any break in their studies and pass every scheduled
course of the first two semesters in first attempt will only be eligible to apply for a
change in their Main Subject.
(ii) The weightage of the Main and Subsidiary subject being interchanged should be identical
in the first two Semesters.
4. Academic Session
The academic session is divided into two regular semesters – Autumn and Winter, each of which
shall be of approximately 20 weeks duration. The Autumn semester will normally commence in the
month of July/August every year, and the Winter in the month of December/January. In the
beginning of every session the Dean, in consultation with the Chairmen of the departments
concerned, shall notify a detailed academic calendar indicating the schedule of teaching,
examination, and other activities.
5. Duration of the Program
5.1 Minimum Duration
The minimum duration of the program shall be six consecutive semesters after admission.
5.2 Maximum Duration
The maximum duration of the program shall be ten consecutive semesters after admission.
6. Curriculum and Credit System
6.1 Credit System
Each program will have a curriculum in which every course will be assigned certain credits
reflecting its weight and contact periods per week, as given below:
1 Lecture period (L) per week = 1 Credit

1 Tutorial period (T) per week = 1 Credit
1 Practical period (P) per week = 0.5 Credit
Normally, every theory course will be of 4 credits and every laboratory course will be of 2 credits (1
tutorial and 2 practical periods per week).
107
In addition to theory and laboratory courses there may be other courses such as seminar, colloquium,
project, etc., which will be assigned credits as per their contribution in the program without regard to
contact periods.
6.2 Course Categories
The curriculum for each branch will contain courses in the following categories having credits in the
ranges given below in such a way that the total of all credits will be equal to that required for the
award of degree as specified elsewhere in these ordinances.
(a) Compulsory Subjects 24 credits

(Courses such as English, Urdu, Hindi,
Theology, Social Responsibility etc.)
(b) Main Subject 60 credits

(Courses related to main subject for Hons.)
(c) Subsidiary Subjects 48 credits

(Courses related to the two subsidiary subjects)
However For B.Com.(Hons.) and B.Sc.(Hons.)Home Science, the total Credit distribution will be as
follows:
(a) Compulsory Subjects 24 credits

(b) Main and Supporting Subjects 108 credits
6.3 Coordinators and Curriculum Development Committee
There shall be a Chief Coordinator, Bachelor Programs in each Faculty, to be nominated by the
Dean, and a Coordinator, Bachelor Program in each department, to be nominated by the Chairman of
the department concerned. There shall also be a standing Curriculum Development Committee
(CDC) in each Faculty, to be constituted by the Faculty.
6.4 The Curriculum Structure
(a) The curriculum for each program will contain a listing of all courses, with each course having
a course category, course number, course title, number of contact periods per week, number
of credits assigned, and the marks assigned to various components of evaluation. It will also
have a list of alternative courses in the new curriculum for the old curriculum courses and
filler courses to compensate for the shortfall in credits earned by taking alternative courses in
any category, if needed. It will also specify all other conditions required for the award of
degree.
(b) The total credits required for the award of degree will be, as far as possible, equally spaced
between three years.
108
6.5 Approval of the Curriculum
The curriculum for each Bachelor program will be prepared by the department concerned and will be
approved by the Board of Studies of the department. It will then be vetted by the CDC and will then
be placed in the Faculty along with the recommendations of the CDC for approval. Once approved
by the Faculty, the Curriculum will be implemented. The same procedure shall be used for any
modification in the Curriculum.
7. Registration
(a) Every student is required to register, in each semester, for the courses that he/she has to
pursue in that semester. The registration schedule will be announced by the Dean/Chairman
for every semester. The registration process involves:
(i) Obtaining the registration form from the office of the Dean of the Faculty;
(ii) Paying the required fees.
(b) A student may be denied registration in a course due to reasons of paucity of staff or space or
other facilities especially in elective courses.
(c) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission from the
Dean, his/her name may be removed from the rolls of the faculty. Such a student may apply to
the Dean for re-admission stating the reasons for not being able to register for two consecutive
semesters and the Dean will take suitable decision on the merit of the case.
8. Attendance (In lieu of Chapter XVII of the Academic Ordinances)
Attendance in each course separately is compulsory at least once. Students who have put in 75% or
more attendance in a course in a semester will be eligible to appear in the End-Semester
Examination of that course. The concession of 25% attendance includes absence due to medical
related issues and unforeseen emergencies.
Students detained from appearing in the End-Semester Examination of a course due to shortage of
attendance will be have to complete the attendance requirements in that course afresh and all marks
obtained in any component of the course-evaluation will stand cancelled.
9. Examination & Evaluation (In lieu of Clause (9) of Chapter XV of the Academic Ordinances)
9.1 Components of Evaluation
(a) Each 4 credit course will be evaluated out of 100 marks and each 2 credit course will be
evaluated out of 50 marks. The courses will normally have the following components of
evaluation:
(i) Theory courses:

Sessionals 20 %
End-Semester Examination of two hour duration 80 %
(ii) Laboratory courses including Seminar, Colloquium, Project, etc.

Continuous Evaluation 40 %
End-Semester Examination 60 %
109
However, for special academic reasons, some courses may have different weight for different
components of evaluation from that given above. Such special reasons will be spelt out clearly in the
curriculum.
(b) To pass a course, the student has to compulsorily appear in the End-Semester Examination of
that course and secure a minimum of 35% marks in aggregate. However a maximum of one
Grace Mark may be awarded in each course to pass in that course.
(c) Distinction will be awarded in a course where a student secures 75% or more marks in
aggregate of that course.
9.2 Earned Credits (EC)
If a student passes a course he/she earns the credits assigned to that course.
9.3 Repetition of a Failed Course
• For backlog courses (where the attendance requirement has already been fulfilled), the student
shall appear only in the End-Semester examination and his/her sessional marks already
obtained in previous semester shall be counted.
• However, if the student also wishes to improve his/her sessional, he/she will have to fulfill the
attendance requirement, earn sessional marks and appear in the End-semester examination
afresh and the previous sessional marks, if any, will be cancelled.
9.4 Conduct of Examinations
The examiners for the End-Semester Examination of all theory courses will normally be the
teacher(s) associated with the course. The Seminar, Colloquium courses will be examined by the
teacher(s) associated with the course and one or more examiners from among the teachers of the
department to be recommended by the BOS of the department concerned. The laboratory and project
courses will be examined by the teachers(s) associated with the course and an external examiner not
in the service of the university at the time of examination. In case the external examiner does not
turn up for the examination, the Chairman of the department concerned, in consultation with the
course in-charge, shall call another person to act as the external examiner, even from within the
University, if necessary.
9.5 Moderation Committee
There shall be a Moderation Committee of the concerned Department consisting of the following
members to moderate the Question Papers of the End-Semester Examination.
(i) Chairman of the Department concerned – (Convener)

(ii) One senior teacher of the Department in each broad area of specialization (to be appointed by the
BOS)
Note: The Paper Setter(s) may be invited, if necessary, to clarify the necessary details of the question paper.
10. Degree Requirement
A student who undergoes three years of regular study in the program, earns 132 credits subject to the
break up in various course categories and fulfills such other conditions as may be mentioned in the
110
curriculum will be awarded the degree. He/she must also pay all University dues as per rules.
Moreover, there should be no case of indiscipline pending against him/her.
11. Promotion Rules and Mercy Appeal
11.1 Promotion
11.1.1 Promotion from First to Second Semester
A student of First Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Second Semester if he/she completes
the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed courses of First Semester.
11.1.2 Promotion from Second to Third Semester
• A student of Second Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Third Semester if he/she

completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed courses of Second
Semester
• He/she also obtains passing marks in at least 50% of the prescribed courses of First and
Second Semester taken together.
11.1.3 Promotion from Third to Fourth Semester
A student of Third Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Fourth Semester if he/she completes
the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed courses of Third Semester.
11.1.4 Promotion from Fourth to Fifth Semester
• A student of Fourth Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Fifth Semester if he/she

completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed courses of Fourth
Semester.
• He/She also obtains passing marks in at least 50% of the prescribed courses of Third and
Fourth Semester taken together.
• Further, he/she should have also cleared all prescribed courses of First and Second Semester.
11.1.5 Promotion from Fifth to Sixth Semester
A student of Fifth Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Sixth Semester if he/she completes
the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed courses of Fifth Semester.
11.2 Mercy Appeal
If the name of a student is removed from the rolls of the University on account of non-completion of
the degree requirements within the maximum duration specified, he/she may appeal to the Vice-
Chancellor stating the reasons for not being able to complete the degree requirements and the Vice-
Chancellor, if satisfied with the reasons, may allow the continuation of admission of the student only
once during the tenure of the program, extending the total duration of the program by two semesters,
at the maximum, beyond 10 semesters, if required. Under no circumstances a student will be allowed
to complete the program after the lapse of 12 semesters after admission.
111
12. Result
(a) If a student passes all the examinations and fulfills all the requirements for the award of
degree his/her result will be shown as “Graduated”.
(b) The division awarded to “Graduated” students will be based on aggregate percentage of marks
as given below:
Aggregate Percentage Division Degree

60% and above First Hons.
50% and above but less than 60% Second Hons.
35% and above but less than 50% Third Pass
(c) Ranks/Positions will be determined at the end of even semesters. Only those students who
fulfill the following conditions will be eligible for ranks/positions:
(i) They do not have any break in their studies;

(ii) They have passed every scheduled course in first attempt;
(iii) They have passed every course on time as per the curriculum;
(iv) They have earned credits as per the schedule given in the curriculum;
The students who violate any of the above conditions will not be awarded any rank/position. The
ranks/positions will be determined on the basis of aggregate percentage.
13. Transitory Ordinance
Candidates admitted prior to the implementation of these Ordinances shall be governed by the
Ordinances (Academic) under which they were admitted. Students who fail in the courses that are no
more offered in these new ordinances and new curriculum will be allowed to pass the alternative
courses, and in case there are no alternative courses, the old courses may be offered. A student
admitted previously may apply to the Dean through the Chairman concerned, to be governed by
these ordinances. Such cases may be allowed on a case by case basis.
112
•
CHAPTER – XXI(F)
Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.)
(Effective from the session 2007 –08)
(Annual System)
1. No Candidate shall be permitted to appear at the examination unless he has passed, at least one year
previously, the B.P.E./B.A./B.Sc. in Physical Education or Graduate with proficiency in
Sports/Games as per the National Council for Teacher Education (N.C.T.E.) norms or an
examination recognized by the University as its equivalent.
2. The examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.) shall be open to:
(a) Candidates, who have undergone a regular course of study of B.P.Ed. in the University for
one academic year.
(b) Ex-students, as defined in Chapter XVII, in accordance with the provision of Clause 7 and 8
below.
3. The examination shall comprise theory courses proficiency in games and sports, teaching ability and
project work inclusive of sessional work. The number of courses and the marks allotted to them shall
be prescribed by the academic council on the recommendations of the Department of Physical
Health and Sports Education and the Faculty of Social Sciences.
4. A candidate who fails to put in 75% physical attendance during the academic session, shall not be
allowed to appear in the Examination. However, the shortage of attendance upto 10% may be
condoned by the Condonation Committee of the Faculty on genuine grounds.
5. To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.), a candidate must obtain at
least:
(a) 40% of marks in sessional work and final examination (written paper) taken together in each
theory course.
(b) 40% of marks in sessional work and final examination taken together in each of the
proficiency in games/sports practical, teaching ability and project work.
6. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis of
aggregate marks obtained by him/her in the examinations of all the three parts: (i) Theory Courses
(ii) Proficiency in Games & Sports Practical and (iii) Teaching Ability & Project Work.
Candidate who obtain 60% of aggregate marks or more shall be placed in First Division, those who
obtain less than 60% but not less than 48% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in Second
Division and those who obtain less than 48% of aggregate marks shall be placed in Third Division.
7. In case, a candidate appearing at the B.P.Ed. examination as Ex-student, the marks obtained by
him/her for sessional work in the course concerned during his/her regular course of study and final
examination marks at the subsequent examination as ex-student shall be taken into account.
8. Candidates who pass in practicals, teaching ability and project work courses but fail in theory
courses may appear at the subsequent examination of that course(s) provided that they get
themselves enrolled as ex-students. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already
passed shall be carried forward.
•
OM. XM/RU/F.No.0001/08/1371(Internal) dt. 08.10.2008
113
9. Candidates who fail in practicals, teaching ability and project work may get only one more chance to
appear again in the subsequent examination provided that they get themselves enrolled as ex-
students. The sessional marks obtained earlier as regular students and marks awarded at the
subsequent examination shall be taken into account.
10. Candidates who fail in all three parts. (Theory, Practicals and Teaching Ability & Project Work)
shall have to rejoin the University and take the whole examination in theory, practicals, teaching
ability and project work as regular candidates. The marks obtained in the preceding session and
attendance being disregarded.
11. If a regular candidate passes B.P.Ed. Examination and wishes to improve his/her performance,
he/she may appear in not more than 25% of written papers (theory courses) and/or examination
compressing of Practical Courses/Teaching Ability and/or Project Work at subsequent annual
examination not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result on passing the complete
examination. There shall be no improvement of sessional work of any course or viva-voce
examination.
The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work during his/her regular course of study shall be
carried forward. Such candidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation.
Provided that such permission shall be granted once and that the candidate shall not have joined any
other course of study in the meanwhile. Provided further if the candidate fails to improve his/her
performance, the mark sheet and/or degree awarded to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn.
12. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study for the B.P.Ed. Examination shall, in no case be
permitted to pursue a course of study for other examination simultaneously.
13. If a candidate holds an employment at the time of admission to the B.P.Ed. course or accepts
employment after admission he/she shall have to satisfy the Chairman of the Department of Physical
Health and Sports Education that he/she has been on leave from work for the duration of the course
of study before being allowed to appear at the examination.
14. The examination shall consist of three parts:

Part – I : Theory
Part – II : Proficiency in Games/Sports (Practicals)
Part – III : Teaching Ability, Project Work & Leadership Training Camp
15. There shall be six theory courses of 100 marks each, of which 25 marks shall be for sessional
work/internal assessment and 75 marks for written paper.
16. Proficiency in games/sports examination shall have three components namely.

(i) Track & Field (ii) Gymnastic & Yoga and
(iii) A Game of Specialization and five Subsidiary Games/Sports.
17. Teaching Ability & Project work will consist of three components namely:
(a) General Lesson
(b) Special Lesson
(c) Project Work and Leadership Training Camp
18. The distribution of marks of each component and course is given in the Scheme of Course of
Studies. (Appendix – I).
19. The medium of examination/instruction shall be English.

114
TRANSITORY PROVISIONS TO CHAPTER – XXI(F)

(FOR BACHELOR OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION)
(B.P.E.)
1. Candidates who have either failed in the annual examination of B.P.E. Part – I or who were admitted
to BPE Part – I during the session 2006 – 07 or earlier and or have not completed their required
attendance will not be allowed continuation in any case during the session 2007 – 08. However they
can appear as ex-students provided that they fulfill all other requirements.
2. Candidates who have either failed in the annual examination of B.P.E. Part – II for the session 2006
–2007 or have not completed their attendance will however be allowed continuation during the
session 2007 – 08.
3. Candidates of B.P.E. Part – II who have failed to qualify in the annual examination during the
session 2007 – 08 will not be allowed any continuation/readmission. However candidates who have
not completed their attendance will be allowed continuation during the session 2008-09.
4. Candidates who will be declared to have passed their B.P.E. Part – I examination during the session
2007 – 08 as ex-student will be promoted to B.P.E. Part – II as regular students.
5. Candidates of B.P.E. Part – II who will be declared to have passed their B.P.E. Part – II during the
session 2008 – 09 as ex-students will however be allowed to continue as regular students in B.P.E.
Part – III during the session 2009 – 10.
6. Candidates who will fail in the annual examination of B.P.E. Part – III for the session 2009 – 10
will however be allowed to appear as ex-students during the session 2010 – 11 provided that they
fulfill all other requirements.
7. The condition of appearing for improvement of performance in one of more course(s) of B.P.E. Part
– III will be allowed by the end of the academic session 2010 – 11 and thereafter the aforesaid
facility will not available as B.P.E. course shall be abolished by this time.
8. The promotion rules under the existing Chapter – XXI(B) of the Ordinances (Academic) shall cease
to exist after the academic session 2010 – 11 as B.P.E. course shall be abolished by this time.
115
Appendix – I
Scheme of Course of Studies
Part – I (Theory Courses)
Marks
S.No. Course/Code Title/Subject
Theory Sessional Total
History, Principles & Psychology of
1 BPEd. 101 75 25 100
Physical Education
2 BPEd. 102 Anatomy & Physiology 75 25 100
Organization & Administration of Physical
3 BPEd. 103 75 25 100
Education Supervision and Recreation
Methods in Physical Education, Tests &
4 BPEd. 104 75 25 100
Measurements
Training, Coaching & Officiating in Games
5 BPEd. 105 75 25 100
& Sports
Health Education, Hygiene, First Aid &
6 BPEd. 106 75 25 100
Sports Injuries
Part – II (Practicals) : Proficiency in Games & Sports
Marks
1 BPEd. 1P1 Track & Field 75 25 100
2 BPEd. 1P2 Gymnastic 38 12 50
3 BPEd. 1P3 Yogic Exercises 38 12 50
One Sport/Game of Specialization
(Any one of the following)
(a) Hockey
(b) Football
(c) Cricket
(d) Volleyball
4 BPEd. 1P4 50 25 75
(e) Basketball
(f) Badminton
(g) Handball
(h) Table Tennis
(i) Kho – Kho
(j) Judo
Subsidiary Games/Sports
(any five Games of five marks
5 BPEd. 1P5 each based on internal assessment __ 25 25
from the above games/sports of
specialization)
Part – III Teaching Ability & Project Work
Marks
Teaching Practice
1 BPEd. 1PL1 75 25 100
(a) General Lessons (Ten)
2 BPEd. 1PL2 (b) Special Lessons (Ten) 75 25 100
Project (General and Specialized each) and
3 BPEd. 1FW1 50 50 100
Leadership Training Camp
Aggregate Marks: 1200
116
•
CHAPTER XXI (G)
Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.)
(Effective from the Session 2013-14)
(Semester System)
1. Introduction
(a) Aligarh Muslim University offers full-time program leading the degree of B.P.Ed. in the
Faculty of Social Sciences.
(b) The medium of instructions in this program is English.
2. Eligibility
The programme is open for the candidates who have earned their Bachelor’s degree with physical
education as an elective subject with 55% marks in aggregate or bachelor’s degree with physical
education as an elective subject with 50% marks in aggregate and participated in
National/State/Intervarsity competitions in Sports/ Games or Athletics recognized by AIU/IOA or
Bachelor’s degree with 50% marks in aggregate and participated in National/ State/Intervarsity or
Sports/Games or Athletics or for deputed in-service candidates (i.e. trained physical education
teachers/coaches) graduate with 45% marks in aggregate and at least three years of teaching
experience.
3. Admission
The admission to the B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education) Programme will be made normally in
the Autumn Semester as per the admission policy approved by the Academic Council of the
4. Academic Session
The academic session is divided into two regular semesters Autumn and Winter, each of which shall
be approximately 20 weeks duration. The Autumn semester will normally commence in the month
of July/August every year and the Winter in the month of December/January.
5. Duration of the Programme
5.1 Minimum duration: The minimum duration of the programme shall be two consecutive
semesters after admission.
5.2 Maximum duration: The maximum duration of the programme shall be four consecutive

6.1 Credit System:
The B.P.Ed. program will have a curriculum in which every course will be assigned certain credits
1. Lecture period (L) per week : 1 Credit
1. Practical Skill/Lesson : 0.5 Credit
•
XM/RU/F.No.004/14/13 dated 14.5.2014
117
Normally, every theory course will be of 4 credits, every practical of proficiency in games and
sports course will be of 2 credits & teaching practice (general/special lesson) / project work
(general/specialized) will be of 4 credits.
6.2 Curriculum:
The curriculum for B.P.Ed. program will contain courses in various categories having credits
in such a way that the total of all credits will be equal to that required for the award of degree
as specified elsewhere in these ordinances.
6.3 Coordinator and Curriculum Development Committee
There shall be a Coordinator, B.P.Ed. Program to be nominated by the Chairman of the

Department. There shall also be a standing Curriculum Development Committee (CDC) to be
constituted by the Faculty.

The curriculum of B.P.Ed. program will contain a listing of all courses, with each course,
having a course category, course number, course title, number of contact periods per week,
number of credits assigned, and the marks assigned to various components of the evaluation (
Annexure-I).

The curriculum for B.P.Ed. program will be prepared by the department and will be approved
by the Board of Studies of the Department. It will then be vetted by the CDC and will
then be placed in the Faculty along with the recommendations of the CDC for
approval. Once approved by the Faculty, the Curriculum will be implemented. The same
procedure shall be used for any modification in the Curriculum.
7. Registration
pursue in that semester. The registration schedule will be announced by the Dean for every
semester. The registration process involves.
(i) Obtaining the registration form from the office of the Dean of the Faculty.
(b) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission from the
Dean, his/her name may be removed from the rolls of the Faculty. Such a student may apply
to the Dean for re-admission stating the reasons for not being able to register for two
consecutive semesters and the Dean will take suitable decision on the merit of the case.
8. Attendance
Attendance in each course separately is compulsory at least once, Students who have put in 75% or
attendance will have to complete the attendance requirements in that course afresh and all marks
118
9.1 Components of Evaluation:
(a) Each 4 credit course will be evaluated out of 100 marks and each 2 credit course will
be evaluated out of 50 marks. The courses will normally have the following
components of the evaluation.
(i) Theory courses:
Sessionals : 25%
End-Semester Examination of two hour duration : 75%
(ii) Practicals :
Internal Evaluation : 10
Marks
End-Semester Examination : 40
Marks
(iii) Teaching Ability:

(a) General /Specialised Lessons :
Marks
Marks
(b) Project (General/Speacilised) & Leadership Training Camp:
Marks*
Marks
* (Break up of Internal evaluation of project work and leadership training camp shall be
20 marks for general project, 20 marks for specialised projects and 10 marks for
attending leadership training camp)
(b) To pass a course, the student has to compulsorily appear in the

sessional/practical/teaching practice and leadership training camp as well as End-
Semester Examination of that course and secure a minimum of 40% marks in
aggregate. However a maximum of one Grace Mark may be awarded in each course
to pass in that course.
(c) Distinction will be awarded in a course where a student secures 75% or more marks
in aggregate of that course.
9.2 Earned Credits (EC):

9.3 Repetition of a Failed Course:

(i) For backlog courses (where the attendance requirement has already been fulfilled),
the student shall appear only in the End-Semester examination and his/her
practical/sessional marks already obtained in previous semester shall be counted.
(ii) However, if the student also wishes to improve his/her sessional, he/she will have to
fulfil the attendance requirement, earn sessional marks and appear in the End-
Semester examination afresh and the previous sessional marks, if any, will be
cancelled.
119
9.4 Conduct of Examinations:

The examiners for the End-semester Examination of all theory courses will normally be from
the teacher(s) associated with the course. The Teaching Practice/practical courses will be
examined by concerned internal examiners and an external examiner not in service of this
University at the time of examination. In case the external examiner does not turn up for the
examination, Chairman of the department shall call another person to act as an external
examiner.
9.5 Moderation Committee:

There shall be a Moderation Committee of the Department consisting of the following
members to moderate the Question Papers of the End-semester Examination.
(i) Chairman of the Department - (Convener)
(ii) One senior faculty of the Department. (to be appointed by the BOS)
(iii) One external senior faculty member, not in the service of this University.
Note: The Paper Setter(s) may be invited, if necessary, to clarify the necessary details of
the question paper.
A student who undergoes one year of regular study in the program, earns 72 credits subject to the
break up in various courses categories and fulfils such other conditions as may be mentioned in the
curriculum will be awarded the degree. He/she must also pay all University dues as per rules.
11.1 Promotion

A student of First Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Second Semester if he/she
completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed courses of First
Semester.
11.2 Mercy Appeal

If the name of a student is removed from the rolls of the University on account of non-
completion of the degree requirements within the maximum duration specified, he/she
may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor stating the reasons for not being able to complete the
degree requirements and the Vice-Chancellor, if satisfied with the reasons, may allow the
continuation of admission of the student only once during the tenure of the program,
extending the total duration of the program by two semesters, at the maximum, beyond 4
semesters, if required. Under no circumstances a student will be allowed to complete the
program after the lapse of 6 semesters after admission.
12. Improvement
(a) If a candidate passes Ist and IInd semester examinations and wishes to improve his/her
performance in theory papers, he/she may appear in the End Semester Examinations of not
more than 25% of the theory courses, not later than one academic session after the declaration
of his/her result of passing the complete examination as an ex-student. There shall be no
120
improvement in the sessional work. The sessional marks awarded to him/her during his/her
regular course of study shall be carried forward.
(b) A candidate will be permitted to a improve his/her performance as per provisions of Clause
12(a) only if the candidate is not pursuing any other course of study. Further, such candidates
shall not be allowed hostel accommodation.
(c) If the candidate fails to improve his/her performance, the marks sheet and/or degree awarded
to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn.
13. Result
(a) The division awarded to the students will be based on aggregate percentage of marks in
theory, teaching ability/ practicals and project separately as given below:
Aggregate Percentage Division

60% and above First
50% and above but less than 60% Second
40% and above but less than 50% Third
(b) Ranks/Positions will be determined as per University rules.
121
Annexure-I
Scheme of Studies
Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.- Ist Semester)
Two Semester Degree Course
Theory/
S. No. Code Title Sessional Credit
Practical
PART-I (THEORY PAPERS)
1. PE-101 History, Principles and Psychology of Physical 25 75 4
Education-I
2. PE-102 Anatomy and Physiology-I 25 75 4
3. PE-103 Organization and Administration of Physical 25 75 4
Education Supervision and Recreation-I
4. PE-104 Methods in Physical Education, Test and 25 75 4
Games & Sports-I
5. PE-105 Training, Coaching & Officiating in Games & 25 75 4
Sports-I
6. PE-106 Health Education, Hygiene, First Aid and 25 75 4
Sports Injuries-I
PART-II (PRACTICALS): PROFICIENCY IN GAMES & SPORTS
7. PE-1P1 Track and Field 10 40 2
8. PE-1P2 Yogic Exercises 10 40 2
9. PE-1P3 One Sports/Games of Specialization 10 40 2
(Hockey/Football/Cricket/Volleyball
/Basketball/Badminton/Handball/
Table- Tennis /Kho-Kho /Judo)
PART-III TEACHING ABILITY
10. BPEd-1PL1 Teaching Practice - General Lesson (Ten) 25 75 4
Scheme of Studies
Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.- IInd Semester)
Two Semester Degree Course
S. Theory/
Code Title Sessional Credit
No. Practical
PART-I (THEORY PAPERS)
11. PE-201 History, Principles and Psychology of Physical 25 75 4
Education-II
12. PE-202 Anatomy and Physiology-II 25 75 4
13. PE-203 Organization and Administration of Physical 25 75 4
Education Supervision and Recreation-II
14. PE-204 Methods in Physical Education, Test and Games 25 75 4
& Sports-II
15. PE-205 Training, Coaching & Officiating in Games & 25 75 4
Sports-II
16. PE-206 Health Education, Hygiene, First Aid and Sports 25 75 4
Injuries-II
PART-II (PRACTICALS): PROFICIENCY IN GAMES & SPORTS
17. PE-2P1 Gymnastics 10 40 2
18. PE-2P2 One Sports/ Games of Specialization 10 40 2
(Hockey/Football/ Cricket/ Volleyball
/Basketball/Badminton/Handball/Table- Tennis
/Kho-Kho /Judo)
122
19. PE-2P3 Subsidiary Games/Sports (Four Games/Sports 10 40 2

other then Specialization)
PART-III TEACHING ABILITY & PROJECT WORK
20. BPEd-2PL1 Teaching Practice: Special Lesson (Ten) 25 75 4
21. PE2FW1 Project (General & Specialized each) and (20+20+10) 50 4
Leadership Training Camp 50
Total Credit
S.No. Semester Theory Practical Total
1. I Semester 24 10 34
2. II Semester 24 14 38
Total 72
123
•
Chapter- XXI (H)
Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.)
(Semester System)
1. Introduction
(a) Aligarh Muslim University offers full-time program leading to the degree of B.F.A. in the
Faculty of Arts.
(b) The medium of instruction in this program is English, except for those courses taught in
various languages.
2. Eligibility
Senior Secondary School Certificate or equivalent examination with atleast 50% marks in aggregate.
3. Admission
The admission to the B.F.A program will be made normally in the Autumn Semester as per the
admission policy approved by the Academic Council of the University from time to time.
4. Academic Session
The academic session is divided into two regular semesters - Autumn and Winter, each of which
month of July/August every year, and the Winter semester in the month of December/January.
The minimum duration of the program shall be eight consecutive semesters after admission.
The maximum duration of the program shall be twelve consecutive semesters after admission.
6.1 Credit System

B.F.A. program will have a curriculum in which every course will be assigned certain
credits reflecting its weight and contact periods per week, as given below:
•
XM/RU/F.No.006/14/16 dated 21.5.2014
124
Normally, every theory course will be of 4 credits and every Practical course will be of 3
credits (1 tutorial and 4 practical period per week).

There shall be a Coordinator of the program to be nominated by the Chairman of the
Department. There shall also be a Curriculum Development Committee (CDC) of the program
to be constituted by the Dean in consultation with the Chairman Department of Fine Arts.

(a) The curriculum for the program will contain a list of all courses, with each course having
a course category, course number, course title , number of contact period per week ,
number of credits assigned and the marks assigned to various components of evaluation.
It will also have a list of alternative courses in the new curriculum for the old curriculum
courses and filler courses to compensate for the shortfall in credits earned by taking
alternative courses in any category, if needed. It will also specify all other conditions
required for the award of degree.
(b) The total credits required for the award of degree will be as far as possible, equally
spaced between four years comprising eight semesters.
6.4 Approval of Curriculum

The curriculum of the program will be prepared by the Department of Fine Arts and approved
by the Board of Studies of the Department. It will then be vetted by the CDC and placed in
the Faculty along with the recommendation of the CDC for approval. Once approved by the
faculty, the curriculum will be implemented. The same procedure shall be used for any
modification in the curriculum.
7. Registration
Every student is required to register, in each semester, for the courses that he/she has to pursue in
that semester. The registration schedule will be announced by the Dean/Chairman for every
semester. The registration process involves:
(a) Obtaining the registration form from the office of the Dean of Faculty
(b) Paying the required fees.
(c) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission from the
Dean, his/her name may be removed from the rolls of the Faculty. Such a student may apply
to the Dean for re-admission stating the reasons for not being able to register for two
8. Attendance
more attendance in a course in a semester will be eligible to appear in the End semester Examination
of that course. The concession of 25% attendance include absence due to medical related issues and
unforeseen emergencies.
125
9. Examination & Evaluation (In Lieu of Clause (8) of chapter XV of the Academic Ordinances)

(a) Each 4 credit theory course will be evaluated out of 100 marks and each 3 credit practical
course will be evaluated out of 75 marks. The courses will normally have the following
components of evaluation:
(i) Theory courses:
• From I to VII Semester:
Sessionals 40%
End – Semester Examination of two hour duration 60%
• VIII Semester:
End-Semester Examination of two hour duration 75%
Followed by Viva-Voce 25%
Note: There will be no sessional in the Theory paper in VIII Semester
(ii) Practical courses:

Sessional: 20%
End-Semester Examination: 80%
(b) To pass a course, the student has to compulsorily appear in the End- Semester
Examination of that course and secure a minimum of 40% marks in aggregate. However
a maximum of one Grace Mark may be awarded in each course to pass in that course.


• For backlog courses (where the attendance requirement has already been fulfilled), the
student shall appear only in the End- Semester examination and his/her sessional marks
already obtained in previous semester shall be counted.
• However, if the student also wishes to improve his/her sessional, he/she will have to
fulfill the attendance requirement, earn sessionals marks and appear in the End –
Semester examination afresh and the previous sessional marks, if any, will be cancelled.
9.4 Conduct of Examination

1. The examiners for the End – Semester Examination of all theory courses will normally be
the teacher(s) associated with the course.
2. The End-Semester practical examinations of Autumn Semester will be evaluated by the
teacher(s) associated with the course.
3. The End-Semester practical examination of Winter Semester will be evaluated by the
teachers(s) associated with the course and an external examiner not in the service of the
University at the time of examination. In case the external examiner does not turn up for
the examination, the Chairman of the department concerned, in consultation with the
course in-charge, shall call another person to act as the external examiner, even from
within the University, if necessary.
126

members to moderate the Question Papers of the End-Semester Examination.
(ii) One senior teacher of the Department in each broad area of specialization (to be appointed
by the BOS).
Note: The paper setter(s) may be invited, if necessary, to clarify the necessary details of the
question paper.

A student who undergoes minimum of eight semesters of regular study in the program, earns 176
credits subject to the break up in various course categories and fulfills such other conditions as may
be mentioned in the curriculum will be awarded the degree. He/she must also pay all University dues
as per rules. Moreover, there should be no case of indiscipline pending against him/her.
11.1 Promotion
A student of First Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to second semester if

he/she completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed
courses of First semester.
11.1.2 Promotion from second to third semester
A student of second semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Third Semester if

he/she completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed
courses of second semester.
He/She also earns at least 50% of the prescribed credits of First and Second semester
taken together.

A student of Third Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Fourth Semester if
he/she completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed courses
of Third Semester.
A student of Fourth Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Fifth Semester if

he/she completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed course
of Fourth Semester.
He/she also earns at least 50% of the prescribed credits of Third and Fourth Semester
taken together.
Further, he/she should have also cleared all prescribed courses of First and Second
Semester.
127

A student of Fifth Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Sixth Semester if he/she
completes the attendance requirement of at least 75% of the prescribed course of Fifth
Semester.
11.1.6 Promotion from Sixth Semester to Seventh Semester

A student of Sixth Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Seventh Semester if
he/she completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed course
of Sixth Semester.
He/she also earns at least 50% of the prescribed credits of Fifth and Sixth Semester
taken together.
Further, he/she should have also cleared all prescribed courses of Third and Fourth
Semester.
11.1.7 Promotion from Seventh Semester to Eighth Semester

A student of Seventh Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Eighth Semester if
he/she completes the attendance requirement of at least 75% of the prescribed course
of Seventh Semester.
11.2 Mercy Appeal
completion of the degree requirements within the maximum duration specified, he/she may
appeal to the Vice-chancellor stating the reasons for not being able to complete the degree
requirements and the Vice-Chancellor, if satisfied with the reasons, may permit the student to
complete the degree requirement in a maximum of two additional consecutive semesters,
beyond 12 consecutive semesters, if required. Under no circumstances a student will be
allowed to complete the program after the lapse of 14 semesters after admission.
12. Result
(a) if a student passes all the examinations and fulfills all the requirements for the award of degree
his/her result will be shown as “Graduated”.
(b) The division awarded to “Graduated” students will be based on aggregate percentage of marks as
given below:

60% and above First
40% and above but less than 50% Third/Pass
(c)Ranks/Positions will be determined at the completion of the program. Only those students fulfill
the following conditions will be eligible for ranks/positions:

128
The students who violate any of the above conditions will not be awarded any rank/position.
The ranks/positions will be determined on the basis of aggregate percentage.

Ordinance (Academic) under which they were admitted. Students who fail in the courses that are
no more offered in these new ordinances and new curriculum will be allowed to pass the
alternative courses, and in case there are no alternative courses the old courses may be offered. A
student admitted previously may apply to the Dean through the Chairman concerned, to be
governed by these ordinances. Such cases may be allowed on a case to case basis.
129
*
CHAPTER – XXII
B.Com. (Hons.)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the B.Com. (Hons.) Degree unless he has passed not less than
three years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate (Commerce) Examination of this
University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a
regular course of study in the University for not less than three years.
2. (i) The Examination for the B.Com. (Hons.) Degree shall be open to:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University or in a
College maintained by the University.
(b) private and teacher candidates and ex-students as defined in Chapter – XVII.
(ii) The B.Com. (Hons.) Examination shall be held in three parts, namely Part I, Part II and part
III and subject to the provision of Clause 10 of this Chapter, no candidate shall be eligible to
appear at the Part I Examination without one academic year having elapsed after his passing
the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University or its equivalent; to
appear at the Part II Examination without having completed one academic year after fulfilling
the prescribed requirements of the Part I Examination and to appear at the Part III
Examination, without having completed one academic year after passing the Part II
Examination.
3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.Com. (Hons.) Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in the
Examinations in Compulsory Subjects and Commerce Subjects.
**
2. Urdu or Hindi or any other Modern 50 marks†

Indian Language or Indian History and
Culture (last mentioned subject for Foreign
Students).
3. Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) or 50 marks†

Ethics or Indian National Movement.
**
4. Foundation Courses (Deleted)
†
Not to be counted for the award of Division
Provided that in the category (2) of the Compulsory Subjects above, a candidate shall not be allowed
to take the same language as he has studied at an advanced level at the Secondary/Senior Secondary
(b) Commerce Subjects 1550 marks

The distribution of papers in Compulsory and Commerce Subjects shall be as given in the
Annexure.
*
E.C. Res. No. 25(9) dt. 30.8.86 and 27/28.9.86.
**
A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.
130
4. The Commerce Subjects and the Compulsory Subjects shall be taken by a regular or private
candidate in accordance with those prescribed by the Board of Studies of the Department of
Commerce and the Faculty of Commerce.
5. The subjects and marks allotted to each subject including sessional work and/viva voce examination,
shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the
Department of Commerce and the Faculty of Commerce.
∗∗
6. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% of the marks in the individual papers
(inclusive of sessional work) and 36% of the marks in the aggregate of all the papers, sessional work
and viva-voce at all the three parts of the B.Com. (Hons.) Examination combined.
A candidate who has passed in individual Papers/Practicals but failed to obtain 36% of marks in
aggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination in
one or more Papers/Practicals so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.
7. A candidate who fails to obtain 30% of the marks in individual papers (inclusive of sessional work)
may appear subsequently only at the Examination prescribed for the paper concerned.
Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional during his regular course of study
shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.
Provided further that private candidates, as defined in Chapter XVII, shall be exempted from
sessional work, and the marks obtained by such candidates in the written papers shall be raised
maximum marks of the written paper together with those of sessional work to the maximum marks
of the written paper only.
•
Provided further that Private candidate shall be required to undertake 90 days Computer Training
(45 days each in two academic sessions) related to his/her degree programme in lieu of lab. courses
to be prescribed for regular students, at the Department or Computer Centre/Institute recognised by
the Faculty of Commerce, University. Private candidates shall submit a certificate issued by the
Department or Computer Centre/Institute after successful completion of Computer Trainings, as an
essential requirement for the award of B.Com. degree.
8. Successful candidates who obtain more than 50% of the aggregate of the marks in Compulsory
English and Commerce Subjects shall be awarded the B.Com. (Honours) Degree. Of such
candidates those who obtain 60% of the marks or more shall be placed in the First Division, and the
others in the Second Division.
9. Candidates who pass the Examination but do not qualify for the Honours Degree shall be awarded
the B.Com.(Pass) Degree.
Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean of
the Faculty of Commerce to repeat the Examination in one or more papers of B.Com. Part-III only
in order to have his marks revised upward in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of these
Ordinances.
∗∗
•
O.M. No. XM/SPA/FN75/II-433 dated 09/13.11.2006.
131
10. A candidate who obtains at least 30% marks in each of at least three-fourths of the papers of the
Commerce Subjects (inclusive of sessionals) and at least two-third of the papers of the Compulsory
Subjects in Part-I shall be promoted to Part-II; and a candidate studying in Part-II who obtains at
least 30% marks in each of at least three-fourths of the papers of the Commerce Subjects (inclusive
of sessionals) and at least two-third of the papers of the Compulsory Subjects of that Part shall be
promoted to Part-III. Candidates promoted to Part-II in the manner aforesaid and appearing at
Part-II Examination shall appear in those papers of the Part-I Examination in which they have failed.
Sessional marks obtained in the respective papers at the B.Com Part-I shall be carried over.
Provided that unless a candidate promoted to Part-II passes the Part-I Examination (inclusive of the
Compulsory Subjects), he shall not be eligible for promotion to Part-III For the purpose of this
proviso, a candidate would be deemed to have passed if he obtains at least 30% of the marks in each
of the papers (inclusive sessionals).
Provided further that if a candidate, who is a regular student fails to pass in the minimum number of
the papers as prescribed in the first paragraph of this Clause, though he has fulfilled the necessary
attendance requirements, he shall cease to be a regular student. He may appear as an ex-student
only in the paper in which he has failed, at the next Annual Examination and subject to permission
by the Academic Council, at any further subsequent Annual Examination. Should a candidate who
has thus ceased to be a regular student, passes the minimum number of papers for promotion to part-
II or Part-III, as the case may be, he shall register himself as a regular student for appearing at the
Examination of the next higher part.
Provided further that a candidate (a) who fails to fulfil the minimum attendance requirements or (b)
who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements, fails to pass in the papers required for
promotion to the next higher Part, applied for re-registration as a regular student, shall have to fulfil
the attendance requirements a new for all papers of the Part in which he is studying and
notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7, he shall again perform sessional work (any marks
obtained in the preceding year being disregarded) and shall have to appear in all the papers at the
next Examination of that Part (all marks obtained at the preceding examinations being disregarded).
But no candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two years in any
one Part of the B.Com. (Hons.) Course.
Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to obtain the Degree within five years of his
admission, he shall cease to be a regular student. He may be permitted to appear at the two
immediately following Annual (including Supplementary) Examinations as ex-student, but only if
he has undergone a regular course of study in Part- III for one year.
eligible to appear at it, his candidature shall cease and he can appear at a subsequent Examination of
that Part only under the permission of the Academic Council but the total duration of his candidature
for the whole Course shall not exceed seven years from his date of registration.
11. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the Annual Part III Examination,
which shall be open to those B.Com. students who were eligible to appear at but have failed to pass
the B.Com. Part III Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist of B.Com Part III
papers only and shall ordinarily be held not more than three months following the Annual Part III
Examination.
receive instruction or undertake sessional work in any paper of the lower part (i.e . Part I or Part II,
as the case may be).
132
ANNEXURE
A. COMPULSORY SUBJECTS:
Part-I Part-II
Subject Paper Marks Subject Paper Marks
E 1 50 E 1 50
L 1 50 -- -- --
Th/Et/INM 1 50 -- -- --
Total: 150 50
Abbreviations:
E = English
Et = Ethics
F = Foundation Courses
INM = Indian National Movement
L =Language (Urdu/Hindi/any other Modern Indian Language)
Th = Theology.
B. COMMERCE SUBJECTS:
Part-I Part-II Part-III

Papers Marks Papers Marks Papers Marks
4 400 5 500 6 600
Comprehensive
Viva-voce 50
Grand Total (Part I + Part II + Part III) = 1550

Grand Total (Part I+Part II+Part III including 100 marks for Compulsory English) for awarding
division = 1650.
1. Each Commerce Subject shall carry 80 marks for Examination and 20 marks for sessional
work, totaling 100.
2. In Part III, in addition to the above, there shall be a Comprehensive Viva-voce carrying 50
marks.
*
(Effective from session 1985-86)
**
(deleted)
*
On the basis of AC dated 8/9.5.2001.
**
133
*
CHAPTER – XXIII
(M.A., M.Sc. & M.Com.)
†
(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XXIII(A)‡
§
(Deleted)
*
E.C. Res. No.24(23) dt. 18/19/20.2.1984.
†
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
‡
E.C. dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.
§
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
134
*
CHAPTER – XXIII(B)
M.Sc. IN BIOTECHNOLOGY (SEMESTER SYSTEM)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s Degree in Biotechnology unless he has obtained not
less than two years previously Bachelor’s Degree of this University under the 10+2+3 pattern of
education in Biological Sciences, Physical Sciences, Agriculture, Veterinary Science, and/or a
Bachelor’s Degree in Engineering and Technology (B.Tech.) or Medicine (M.B.B.S.) with at least
55% marks or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a
regular course of study in this University for not less than two years (four Semesters).
2. The Examination for the M.Sc. in Biotechnology course shall be open to:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University;
(b) ex-students as defined in the Chapter-XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).
3. In order to be eligible for the award of M.Sc. in Biotechnology Degree, a candidate shall have to
pass in sessional work and semester examinations so as to accumulate at least †87 credits. Provided
that the Academic Council may prescribe viva-voce examination in a subject in addition to the
credits mentioned above and where such a viva-voce examination is provided, a candidate shall have
to obtain at least 50% of the marks allotted to the examination.
4. The courses, the number of credits and marks allotted to each course, including Sessional Work
and/or Practical Examination and/or Viva-Voce Examination and/or Seminar and/or Project and/or
Dissertation and/or Training shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of
the Board of Studies of the Interdisciplinary Biotechnology Unit.
5. (a) The pattern of examination shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional tests and
semester examination at the end of each semester. The courses shall carry †18,4,3 or 1
credits. The weightage of each credit of course shall be 25 marks, out of the total
(maximum) marks, the weightage of the sessional and semester examination shall be as
follows:
†
18 credit course (Project work) MM 450, Sessional 150, Examination 300
4 credit course (Lab.) MM 100, Sessional 25, Examination 75
3 credit course MM 75, Sessional 25, Examination 50
In the laboratory course, 25% of the marks shall be prescribed for sessional work and 75% for the
practical examination at the end of the semester. The written examination shall comprise of one
paper of two hours duration in each course except for practical examination for which the duration
of the examination may be four hours. There is a provision of an Educational Tour.
(b) To pass in a course and obtain the credit assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 45%
of the marks in theory papers and the sessional work taken separately and at least 50% of the
aggregate marks in the Written Examination and the Sessional Work, Practical Examination
and/or Viva-Voce Examination and/or Seminar and/or Project and/or Dissertation, combined.
*
A.C. 8/9.5.2001
†
O.M. XM/RU/F.No. 10/11/1425 dated 11.4.2011
135
(c) A candidate who fails to obtain 50% of the aggregate marks but has passed in the sessional
work may appear subsequently only at the Semester Examination for that course as an ex-
student, in order to obtain the credit for it.
Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during the regular course of
study shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examiatnion. In case, a candidate could not
obtain 45% marks in sessionals, he/she shall have to appear both in the sessional as well as written
examination.
6. A candidate who fails to accumulate the requisite number of credits within eight semesters after his
admission shall not be allowed to take further courses for the Degree without the permission of the
Academic Council on the recommendations of the Coordinator, Interdisciplinary Biotechnology
Unit.
7. A candidate may be promoted from I Year M.Sc. to II Year M.Sc. if he/she fails in not more than
†
21 credits of the I and II Semester courses.
8. A candidate not promoted to the higher class after having undergone a regular course of study may
be permitted to appear at the subsequent semester’s examination as an ex-student if otherwise
eligible.
9. A candidate who accumulates the requisite number credits mentioned in Clause 3 above or more and
who obtains at least 60% of the aggregate marks, shall be placed in the First Division; those who
obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% marks shall be placed in the Second Division.
Provided that a regular candidate for the M.Sc. in Biotechnology Examination may appear
subsequently at the Semester Examination concerned in all or some the courses, in which he has
already appeared in order to have his marks revised upwards, not later than one year after the
declaration of the result, in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of the Ordinances
(Academic).
10. If a candidate fails to accumulate the requisite number of credits after having studied as a regular
student for four semesters, he may be allowed by the Coordinator, Interdisciplinary Biotechnology
Unit to study for not more than four additional semesters immediately following the regular
semesters.
†
O.M. XM/RU/F.No. 10/11/1425 dated 11.4.2011
136
*
CHAPTER – XXIII(C)
MASTER OF PHYSCIAL EDUCATION (M.P.E.)
§
(Deleted)
†
CHAPTER – XXIII(D)
MASTER OF FINE ARTS (M.F.A.)
§
(Deleted)
‡
CHAPTER – XXIII(E)
M.A./M.SC. IN MATHEMATICS (SEMESTER SYSTEM)
(for students admitted in session 2002 – 2003 only)
§
(Deleted)
*
E.C. Dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001.
†
EC dated 31.7.2000.
‡
OM NO XM/PA/Ord F 35(i)/1625 dated 12.1.2004.
§
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
137
CHAPTER – XXIII(F)
FOR
∗∗
M.A./M.Sc. (UNDER SEMESTER SYSTEM)
1. The degree of M.A./M.Sc. shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed B.A./B.Sc.(Hons.) or
(Pass) examination of this University or an examination recognized by the university as its
equivalent and has undergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic years
comprising of four semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of the first,
second, third and fourth semesters.
Private candidates as defined in Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic) may appear at the
M.A./M.Sc. in Mathematics, Statistics, Operations Research and Geography examinations only.
The candidates may offer one of the following subjects for the Master’s degree:
A. For M.A.
(i) Geography
(ii) Mathematics
(iii) Statistics
(iv) Operations Research
B. For M.Sc.
(i) Applied Geology

(ii) Chemistry
(iii) Geography
(iv) Industrial Chemistry
(v) Mathematics
(vi) Physics
(vii) Statistics
(viii) Operations Research
(ix) Biochemistry
(x) Botany
(xi) Home Science
(xii) Wildlife Sciences
(xiii) Zoology
•••
(xiv) Enzyme & Fermentation Technology
*
(xv) Remote Sensing & GIS Applications
2. (a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses in a Department in accordance with
the decisions of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the
concerned Department of Studies and the Faculty. The courses shall carry specified number
of credits.
∗∗
•••
A.C. dated 14.7.2009.
*
O.M. No. XM/RU/F.No. 009/14/32 dated 15.12.2014.
138
(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the Master’s Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in
semester examinations so as to acquire 96 credits distributed in four semesters of 24 credits
each.
3. (a) The courses, the credits and marks allotted to each course including the sessional work and/or
laboratory/ practical examination and/or project and/or seminar and/or viva-voce shall be as
prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the
concerned Department of study and the Faculty;
Provided that in addition to seminar and/or project and/or viva-voce and/or practical examination,
wherever prescribed, there shall be at least 15 theory courses, but not exceeding 21 courses, carrying
4 credits (100 marks) and/or 2 credits (50 marks) each as may be prescribed by the Academic
Council. The total credits allotted to laboratory course (practical)/project /seminar/viva voce shall
range from a minimum of 12 credits to a maximum of 36 credits;
Provided further that courses may be prescribed carrying 2 credits (50 marks) each, subject to the
maximum credit (marks) carried by such theory papers not exceeding 25% of 96 credits (2400
marks), the total credits (marks) of all the four semester examinations taken together;
(b) Laboratory courses (practical)/ project work/ seminar may carry, wherever necessary, higher
credits and proportionately higher marks, as approved by the Academic Council on the
recommendation of the concerned Board of Studies and the Faculty.
4. The M.Sc. examination in a course shall comprise of End Semester Examination in Theory/
Practical course and sessional work and/or practicals and/or projects and/or seminar and/or viva-
voce as prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the concerned Board of
Studies and the Faculty.
5. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional work spread over the semester,
followed by End Semester Examinations at the end of each semester.
(b) The allocation of marks for each theory and laboratory course and /or Dissertation /Project
shall be as follows:
Sessional Work End Semester Examination
30% marks 70% marks
(c) Sessional work in each course shall be based on tutorial assignments and/or class tests or as
specified by the Board of Studies.
(d) The duration of examination of all courses shall be as decided by the Board of Studies of the
concerned Department and the Faculty.
(e) The examination shall be open to candidates who have under gone a regular course of study
in this University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, laboratory and
other courses taken together in each semester. The examination shall also be open to the
private candidates as defined in Chapter-XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic).
6. (a) To pass each of the theory/laboratory/project/seminar/viva-voce courses and to accumulate

credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional and
End Semester Examination, taken together along with at least 35% in End Semester
Examination in theory/ laboratory/ project courses.
139
Provided that a private candidate shall be exempted from sessional work. The marks obtained by
such candidate in each End Semester Examination of the course shall be proportionately raised to
the maximum marks allotted to that course.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may be
allowed to appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that
course. In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held. The marks awarded at
the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular student shall
be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already passed
shall be carried forward.
(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted to

appear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded in the sessional/ practical
work/ project during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.
7. (a) A candidate who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the I semester shall not be allowed
to pursue the studies in II semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for
re - registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put in
at least 75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Such
candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for re-registration in the II semester in the
next academic session.
(b) A candidate who puts in 75% attendance in the I and II semesters separately but fails to
acquire 24 credits in the I and II semester examinations taken together shall not be promoted
to the III semester. He/she shall cease to be a regular student.
However, he/she may appear as an ex - student only in End Semester Examination of the course(s)
in which he/she has failed, at the next semester examinations and subject to permission by the
Academic Council at any further subsequent examinations. A candidate who thus having ceased to
be a regular student, acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to III semester, shall re-
register himself/herself as a regular student for appearing at the examination of III semester.
Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails to
secure the required number of credits for promotion to the III semester, may apply for re-registration
as a regular student in the I or/and II Semester. He/She shall have to fulfill the attendance
requirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals and shall appear in the End
Semester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and II semesters. Any marks
obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. Similarly a
regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails to secure the
required number of credits for obtaining the degree, may apply for re-registration as a regular
student in III and/or IV semester. He/She shall have to fulfill the attendance requirement afresh and
shall again perform sessional work and practicals/ project and shall appear in all End Semester
Examination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV Semester. Any marks obtained
in the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. But no candidate shall be
permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two times in any semester;
Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to obtain the
degree within 8 semesters from the date of his/her first admission, he/she shall cease to be a regular
student. He/she may be permitted to appear at the next immediately following end semester
examinations of I and II and/or of III and IV semester(s), as the case may be, as an ex-student
140
permitted by the Academic Council only if he has undergone a regular course of study in III and IV
semesters and after having fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III/IV semesters;
Provided further that in no case a regular candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination
beyond 10 Semesters from the date of his/her first admission;
•
However, a private candidate shall not be allowed to appear in the examination to complete the
degree requirements beyond 12 semesters from the date of his/her first admission.
(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study, promoted to III/ IV semester can not receive
instruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/ II semester. Provided that a
candidate while studying as a regular student of III/IV semester, may appear in the End
Semester Examination of the backlog courses of I/II semester as the case may be.
(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass in the courses at the I or/and
III semester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/her
control may be allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and /or IV semester
examination as the case may be, approved by the Dean of the Faculty.
(e) No candidate shall be eligible for M.A./M.Sc. Degree in a subject unless he/she has passed in
all courses for the I,II,III and IV semester examinations.
aggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four Semester Examinations taken together.
Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,
those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the
Second Division and those who secure less than 50% but not less than 40% of the aggregate marks
shall be placed in the third Division.
9. If any regular candidate passes I, II, III and IV Semester Examinations and wishes to improve
his/her performance, he/she may appear in not more than 25% of the written papers (Theory) at the
end semester examinations concerned not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result on
passing the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/ laboratory/
viva-voce/ project/ seminar marks. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work and
practical examination during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward. Such
candidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation.
Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate shall not have
joined any other course of study in the meanwhile.
Provided further that if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance the marks sheet and/or
degree awarded to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn.
•
O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-550 dated 05.04.2007
141
∗∗
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXIII(F)
The last Examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Science & Life Sciences as per
Chapter XXIII and Chapter XXIII(E) or Ordinances (Academic) for M.A./M.Sc. and M.A./M.Sc.
(Mathematics) respective shall be held as under:
M.A./M.Sc. (Previous) _____ 2003

M.A./M.Sc. (Final) _____ 2004
Not withstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the above
mentioned Examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding Examination shall be
governed by the following Ordinances.
(i) Candidates who are admitted to M.A./M.Sc. degree programme in the Session 2003-2004 or earlier
under Chapter XXIII/XXIII(E) of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or
otherwise could not appear in M.A./M.Sc. (Previous) Examination may be permitted to pursue their
studies afresh within prescribed time limit under Chapter XXIII(F) of the Ordinances (Academic);
provided that such candidates given an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations and
Rules prescribed for the purpose.
(ii) Candidates who are admitted to M.A./M.Sc. degree programme in the session 2002-2003 or earlier
under Chapter XXIII/XXIII(E) of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or
otherwise, could not appear at M.A./M.Sc. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to pursue their
studies in M.A./M.Sc. (Final) under Chapter XXIII(F) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular
students. They shall be governed by the Ordinances under Chapter XXIII(F) effective from the
session 2003-2004. For such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the
performance of M.A./M.Sc. (Previous) under old scheme of teaching and examination
(Chapter XXIII/XXIII(E) as the case may be, (i.e. Course Structure) and the performance of
M.A./M.Sc. (III & IV Semester) under the Chapter XXIII(F) of the Ordinances (Academic).
For such candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester M.A./M.Sc.
degree course as regular candidate after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date of
admission to the M.A./M.Sc. degree course. However, the candidate may be permitted by Academic
Council, on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department and the Dean of the Faculty
concerned to appear as an ex-student in the unlearned courses after the expiry of four academic
sessions.
(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(F) of the Ordinances (Academic)
in lieu of the course/subject of old scheme of teaching and examination schedule under Chapter
XXIII/XXIII(E) in the Faculties of Science and Life Sciences.
A candidate who has failed in the course(s) / subject(s) under the old scheme of Annual System
under Chapter XXIII/XXIII(E) shall be required to clear his/her unlearned course(s)/subject(s) of old
scheme of teaching examination. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regular
candidates shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations.
∗
(iv) Private candidates who were enrolled and have been allowed to appear in M.A. & M.Sc. (Previous)
Examination, 2003-2004 or earlier under Chapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but have
been eligible for appearing at M.A. & M.Sc. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to enrol as private
∗∗
OM. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.
∗
OM. No. XM/SPA/FNo. 75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.
142
candidates afresh under Chapter XXIII(F) for M.A. & M.Sc. (Semester System); provided that such
candidates shall abide by the Ordinances (Academic), Regulations and Rules under semester system
for the purpose.
∗
(v) Private candidates who were enrolled in the session 2003-2004 or earlier under Chapter XXIII of the
Ordinances (Academic) but could not appear at M.A. & M.Sc. (Final) Examination, may be allowed
to appear in M.A. & M.Sc. (Final) Examination under Chapter XXIII(F) (Semester System). For
such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.A. & M.Sc.
(Previous) under Old Scheme of Teaching and Examination (Annual System) and the performance
of M.A. & M.Sc. (III and IV Semesters) under New Scheme of Teaching and Examination
(Semester System), However, private candidates may be permitted by Academic Council to appear
in the uncleared courses after the expiry of four academic years.
∗
143
CHAPTER – XXIII(G)∗∗
Master of Commerce (M.Com.)
(Semester System)
•
(Master of Commerce (M.Com.)
•
(Finance and Accounting/International Business)
(Semester System)
•
(Amendments effective from the session 2005-2006)
1. The degree of M.Com. in Finance and Accounting/International Business shall be awarded to a

candidate who has passed B.Com. (Hons./Pass)/DBA examination of this University or an
examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course of
study for not less than two academic years, comprising of four semesters and has fulfilled all
requirements including those of attendance of the first, second, third and fourth semesters.
*
Private candidates may appear at M.Com. (Finance and Accounting/International Business)
examinations; provided they fulfil the eligibility conditions laid down in Chapter XVII(A) (Revised)
of Ordinances (Academic).
2. (a) A candidate shall be required to take 24 courses of four credits each in M.Com. in a manner
that he/she shall pursue 6 courses in each semester, of which four shall be compulsory and
two optional. In addition, there shall be viva-voce examination at the end of each semester of
one credit each.
(b) The courses, their credits and marks allotted to each course including the sessional work,
project and viva-voce shall be as prescribed by the Academic Council on the
recommendations of the Board of Studies and the Faculty of Commerce from time to time.
3. In order to be qualified for the award of M.Com. Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in all the
four semester examinations so as to accumulate 100 credits distributed over four semesters of 24
credits each plus one credit each for viva-voce examinations at the end of the semester.
4. The M.Com. examination in a course shall comprise of (a) End Semester Examination and (b)
Sessional Work in each theory course and/or Laboratory course and/or project/dissertation and/or
viva-voce examination as prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the
Board of Studies and the Faculty of Commerce from time to time.
followed by the End Semester Examinations.
(b) The allocation of marks for each theory and laboratory course and/or Dissertation/Project
shall be as follows:
Sessional Work : 30%

End Semester Examination : 70%
The viva-voce examinations at the end of each Semester shall consist of 25 marks each (ie one credit
each).
∗∗
•
O.M. No. XM/SPA/FN-57(XII)/II-444 dated 28.11.2006.
144
(c) Sessional work in each course shall be based on two class tests, or as specified by the Board
of Studies of the Department and Faculty of Commerce.
(d) The duration of End Semester Examination of each theory course shall be of two hours
(e) The examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in
this University and have put in at least 75% of attendance in all theory and other courses taken
together in each semester.
6. (a) To pass each course or project/dissertation or viva-voce examination and to accumulate

credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 45% of the total marks in sessional work
and End Semester Examination, taken together.
•
private candidate in End Semester Examination of each course/subject shall be proportionately
raised to the maximum marks allotted to the course/subject.
(b) A candidate, who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass a course, may be
course. In no case, any supplementary or special examination shall be held. The marks
awarded at the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier in the course
as a regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the
candidate has already passed shall be carried forward.
(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII (A) (Semester System) of the Ordinances
(Academic) permitted to appear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded
in sessional work of theory courses and/or project/dissertation/ viva-voce during their regular
course of study shall be carried forward.
§
(d) Private candidates as define in Chapter XVII(A) (Revised) of the Ordinances (Academic)
shall be required to undertake 90 days Computer Training (45 days each in two semesters)
related to his/her degree programme in lieu of lab. courses to be prescribed for regular
students at the Department/Computer Centre/Institute after successful completion of
Computer Trainings as an essential requirement for the award of M.Com. degree.
7. (a) A candidate who fails to put in at least 75% of attendance in the first semester shall not be
allowed to pursue his/her studies in second semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean,
Faculty of Commerce for re-registration in the first semester in the next academic session. A
candidate who fails to put in at least 75% of attendance in the second semester shall not be
promoted to the third semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean Faculty of Commerce
for re-registration in the second semester in the next academic session.
Similarly, a regular student who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the III/IV Semester,
may apply to the Dean of the Faculty of Commerce for re-registration in the III/IV Semester
in the next academic session within the maximum permissible period.
(b) A candidate who puts in at least 75% of attendance in the first and second semesters
separately but fails to accumulate/acquire 24 credits in the first and second semester
•
OM No. XM/SPA/ FN-57(XII)/II-444 dated 28.11.2006.
§
OM No. XM/SPA/ FN-75/II-433 dated 9/13.11.2006.
145
examinations taken together shall not be promoted to the third semester. He/she shall cease to
be a regular student;
Provided that the performance of the candidate in Viva-Voce examination at the end of I and II
Semesters shall not be taken into consideration for his/her promotion to III Semester as per this
clause.
(c) A candidate who fails to accumulate at least 24 credits in the I & II semester examination put
together may appear as an Ex-student only in End Semester Examination of the course(s) in
which he/she has failed, at the next subsequent semester examination and subject to
permission by the Dean, Faculty of Commerce. An ex-student who thus having ceased to be a
regular student, accumulate/acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to third
semester, shall re-register himself/herself as a regular student for third semester;
Provided that a regular student who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails to
secure the required number of credits for promotion to the third semester, may apply for re-
registration as a regular student in the first and/or second semester. He/she shall have to fulfil the
attendance requirement of first and/or second semester afresh and shall again perform sessional
work and practicals and shall appear in the End Semester Examination of all the courses at the next
examination of first and/or second semester. Similarly a regular candidate who having fulfilled the
minimum attendance requirements of third and/or fourth semester, fails to accumulate the required
number of credits for obtaining the degree may also apply for re-registration as a regular student in
third and/or fourth semester. He/she shall also have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh and
shall again perform sessional work and practicals/project/dissertation and viva-voce and shall appear
in the End Semester Examination of all the courses of third and/or fourth semester, any marks
obtained in the immediately preceding semester(s) and the attendance shall be disregarded. No
candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two consecutive years in
any semester;
Provided further that in case a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to obtain the
student. He/she may be permitted by the Academic Council to appear at the immediately following
End Semester Examinations of first and/or second and/or third and/or fourth semester(s), as the case
may be, as an ex-student only if he/she has undergone a regular course of study in third and fourth
semesters and has fulfilled attendance and other requirements of third and fourth semesters;
beyond 10 semesters from the date of his/her first admission.
•
degree requirements beyond 12 semesters from the date of his/her first admission.
(d) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study promoted to third/fourth semester can not
receive instruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the first/second semester.
However, a candidate while studying as a regular student of third/fourth semester, may appear
in the End Semester Examination of the backlog courses of first/second semester, as the case
may be.
•
146
(e) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass the courses at the first and/or
third semester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/her
control, may be allowed to pursue the course of study for the second and/or fourth semester
examination as the case may be, subject to the permission by the Dean of the Faculty of
Commerce.
(f) No candidate shall be eligible for M.Com. degree unless he/she has passed in all courses of
the first, second, third and fourth semester examinations.
aggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four semester examinations taken together.
those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the total marks shall be placed in the
Second Division and those who secure less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the
Third Division.
9. If any regular candidate who passes first, second, third and fourth semester examinations but wishes
to improve his/her performance, may re-appear at the End Semester Examination in not more than
25% theory courses, not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result of passing the
complete course. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/viva-voce/project/
dissertation marks. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/viva voce/project/
dissertation during his/her regular course of study shall be taken into consideration. Such candidates
shall not be provided hostel accommodation,
Provided that such permission for improvement shall be granted only once, and subject to the
condition that the candidate is not pursuing or undergoing any other course of study in the
meanwhile;
Provided further that if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance, the marks sheet and/or
147
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXIII(G)

(for M.Com.)
••
Amendment for M.Com. (Finance and Accounting/International Business)
The last examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Commerce as per Chapter XXIII of
Ordinances (Academic) for M.Com. shall be held as under:
M.Com. (Previous) _____ 2004
M.Com. (Final) _____ 2005
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the above
mentioned examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding examination shall be governed by the
following Ordinances.
(i) Candidates who are admitted to M.Com. degree programme in the Session 2003-2004 or earlier
under Chapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise
could not appear in M. Com. (Previous) Examination may be permitted to pursue M.Com. degree
programme afresh within the prescribed time limit under new Chapter XXIII(G) of the Ordinances
(Academic) provided that such candidates give an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances,
Regulations and Rules prescribed for the purpose.
There shall be no further continuation/re-admission to I semester M.Com. degree course as regular
candidate.
(ii) Candidates who are admitted to M.Com. degree programme in the session 2003-2004 or earlier
under Chapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise,
could not appear at M.Com. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to pursue their studies in M.Com.
(Final) under Chapter XXIII(G) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular students. They shall be
governed by the Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XXIII(G) effective from the session 2004-
2005. For such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.Com.
(Previous) under old scheme of teaching and examination (Chapter XXIII) and the performance of
M.Com. (III & IV Semesters) under the Chapter XXIII(G) of the Ordinances (Academic).
For such candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester M.Com.
degree programme as regular candidate after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date of
admission to the M.Com. degree programme. However, a candidate may be permitted by Academic
Council, on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department and the Dean, Faculty of
Commerce to appear as an ex-student in the uncleared courses after the expiry of four academic
years.
(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(G) of the Ordinances (Academic)
XXIII.
under Chapter XXIII shall be required to clear his/her uncleared course(s)/subject(s) of old scheme
of teaching examination. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regular
candidates shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations. The marks of the courses in
which the candidate has already passed shall be carried forward.
∗
(iv) Private candidates who were enrolled and have been allowed to appear in M.Com. (Previous)
••
OM.No. XM/SPA/FN-57(XII)/II-444 dated 28.11.2006.
148
been eligible for appearing at M.Com. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to enrol as private
candidates afresh under Chapter XXIII(G) for M.Com. (Semester System); provided that such
for the purpose.
∗
Ordinances (Academic) but could not appear at M.Com. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to
appear in M.Com. (Final) Examination under Chapter XXIII(G) (Semester System). For such
candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.Com. (Previous)
under Old Scheme of Teaching and Examination (Annual System) and the performance of M.Com.
(III and IV Semesters) under New Scheme of Teaching and Examination (Semester System).
However, private candidates may be permitted by Academic Council to appear in the uncleared
courses after the expiry of four academic years.
••
(vi) Candidates admitted in the session 2004 – 2005 or earlier shall be awarded M.Com. degree without
specialization if all the requirements for the award of degree have been fulfilled.
∗
∗
••
OM. No. XM/SPA/FN-57(XII)/II-444 dated 28.11.2006.
149
CHAPTER – XXIII(H)∗∗
FOR
M.A. (UNDER SEMESTER SYSTEM)
(in the Faculty of Arts / Social Sciences)
1. The degree of M.A. shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. (Hons.) or
Pass examination of this University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent
and has undergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic years comprising of four
semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of the first, second, third and
fourth semesters;
Provided that it shall be open to the University to prescribe that in order to be eligible for admission
to a course of study leading to the M.A. degree in the Faculty of Arts/Social Sciences in a particular
subject, the candidate should have obtained the Bachelor’s degree with a particular subject as the
main subject and/or with a particular set of subjects or to deem or not to deem candidates with the
Bachelor’s degree in a field or a particular set of subjects to be eligible for admission to the M.A.
degree course in a particular subject or several or all subjects in the concerned Faculty.
Private candidates as defined in Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic) may appear at the
M.A examination, provided they fulfil the eligibility conditions prescribed for admission to regular
candidates with the conditions laid down in Chapter XVII(A) of Ordinances (Academic)
*
Provided further that the M.A. examination in Women’s Studies shall also be open, to such
candidates as have obtained the Bachelor of Laws degree of this University, or an equivalent degree
from another university, and have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two
years”
The candidates may offer one of the following subjects for the Master’s degree:
A. M.A. (From the Faculty of Social Sciences):
(i) Economics
(ii) Education
(iii) History
(iv) Human Rights (Not for private candidates)
(v) Islamic Studies
(vi) Political Science
(vii) Psychology
(viii) Public Administration
(ix) Sociology
(x) West Asian Studies
*
(xi) Women’s Studies
B. M.A. (From the Faculty of Arts):

(i) Arabic
(ii) English Literature
(iii) English Language Teaching (ELT) (Not for private candidates)
(iv) Hindi
(v) Linguistics
(vi) Persian
(vii) Philosophy
(viii) Sanskrit
∗∗
O.M. No. XM/PS/FN 63/II-77 dated 6.4.2005.
*
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
150
(ix) Urdu
(x) Modern Indian Languages (Bengali, Malyalam, Telugu and Tamil)
*
(xi) M.A. (Hindi Translation)
*
(xii) M.A. in language of Advertisting Media and Market
2. (a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses (ordinarily five in each semester)
in a Department in accordance with the decisions of the Academic Council on the
recommendations of the Board of Studies of the concerned Department and the Faculty. The
courses shall carry specified number of credits and marks.
(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the M.A. degree, a candidate shall have to pass in
semester examinations so as to acquire/accumulate 80 credits distributed in four semesters of
20 credits each alongwith 2 credits each for viva-voce examinations at the end of II and IV
semesters (ie to accumulate a total of 84 credits for the award of M.A. degree), in the manner
as specified in Clause (6) below;
Provided that in the subjects of Education and Psychology, there shall be practical courses of
two or four credits each as specified by the Board of Studies concerned and the Faculty of
Social Science. Private candidates shall have to undertake practicals in the manner prescribed
in Chapter XVII(A).
(c) If a candidate wishes to accumulate additional credits by regular study in the course(s) apart
from the prescribed courses in the same Department or in any other Department in the
concerned Faculty or in any other Faculty, he/she may be permitted with the consent of the
Department and the Faculty concerned.
3. (a) The M.A. examination in a course shall comprise of End Semester Examination in Theory/
Practical course and sessional work and/or practical work and/or project/dissertation and/or
seminar and/or viva-voce examinations as prescribed by the Academic Council on the
recommendations of the concerned Board of Studies and the Faculty.
(b) There shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional work spread over the semester,
4. (a) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course shall be as
follows:
Sessional Work : 25% marks
End Semester Examination : 75% marks
(b) Sessional work in each course shall be based on tutorial assignments/seminar/group

discussion/essay writing/ class tests/practical work (if any) or as specified by the concerned
Board of Studies of Department.
(c) The duration of examination of all courses shall be as decided by the Board of Studies of the
concerned Department and the Faculty.
(d) The syllabus of various courses shall specify major topics to be taught during a semester.
Ordinarily, the topics to be distributed among three/four distinct units shall be such that the
candidate shall have to answer three/four questions, one question from each unit. The Faculty
on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the Department may specify a different
pattern for setting a question paper of a Theory course.
5. The examination shall be open to candidates who have under gone a regular course of study in this
University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, laboratory and other courses
*
OM. No. XM/RU/F.No. 002/10 dated 1.4.2014
151
taken together in each semester. The examination shall also be open to the private candidates as
defined in Chapter-XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic);
Provided that the minimum attendance requirement of 75% shall also have to be fulfilled by the
candidate for each additional course separately, so that he/she can appear in the End Semester
Examination and perform sessional work/practicals (wherever prescribed) in the concerned
additional course.
6. (a) To pass each of the theory/laboratory/project/seminar/viva-voce courses and to accumulate

credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 36% of the total marks in sessional
work and End Semester Examination, taken together;
such candidate in each End Semester Examination of the course shall be proportionately raised to
the maximum marks allotted to that course.
(b) A candidate, who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course, may be
course. The marks awarded at the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained
earlier as a regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the
appear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded in the sessionals/ practical
work/ project/dissertation during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.
(d) In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held.
candidate may apply to the Dean of the concerned Faculty for re-registration in the II
semester in the next academic session.
A regular student who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the III/IV semester, may apply to the
Dean of the concerned Faculty for re-registration in the III/IV semester in the next academic session
within the maximum permissible period of four academic sessions from the date of his/her
admission.
to the III semester. He/she shall cease to be a regular student;
Provided that the performance of candidate in viva-voce examination at the end of II semester
examination shall not be taken into consideration for his/her promotion to III semester.
in which he/she has failed, at the next semester examination. An ex-student who thus having ceased
to be a regular student, acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to III semester, shall
re-register himself/herself as a regular student for appearing at the examination of III semester;
as a regular student in the I or/and II Semester(s). He/she shall have to fulfil the attendance
152
Semester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and II semesters, any marks
obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. Similarly, a
required number of credits for obtaining the degree, may also apply for re-registration as a regular
student in III and/or IV semester. He/she shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh and
Examination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV Semester, any marks obtained in
the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. But no candidate shall be
student. He/she may be permitted to appear at the next immediately following End Semester
Examinations of I and/or II and/or of III and/or IV semester courses, as the case may be, as an ex-
student permitted by the Academic Council only if he has undergone a regular course of study in III
and IV semesters and after having fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III and IV
semesters;
beyond 10 semesters from the date of his/her first admission.
•
degree requirements beyond 12 semesters from the date of his/her first admission
(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study promoted to III/ IV semester can not receive
instruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/ II semester;
Provided that a candidate while studying as a regular student of III/IV semester, may appear in the
End Semester Examination of the backlog courses of I/II semester as the case may be.
examination as the case may be.
(e) No candidate shall be eligible for M.A. degree in a subject unless he/she has passed in all
courses for the I,II,III and IV semester examinations.
Third Division;
Provided that the accumulated credits of additional course(s) by the candidate shall not be counted
towards Division.
9. If any regular candidate passes I, II, III and IV semester examinations and wishes to improve his/her
performance, he/she may appear at the End Semester Examination of not more than 25% of the
Theory Courses at the End Semester Examinations concerned not later than one year after the
•
153
declaration of his/her result on passing the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in
the sessional work/ practicals/ viva-voce/ project/dissertation/ seminar. The marks awarded to
him/her for the sessional work and practical examination during his/her regular course of study shall
be carried forward. Such candidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation;
Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate is not perusing any
other course of study in the meanwhile;
154
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXIII(H)

(for M.A. in the Faculty of Arts/Social Sciences)
The last examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Arts/Social Sciences as per Chapter
XXIII of Ordinances (Academic) for M.A. shall be held as under:
M.A. (Previous) _____ 2004
M.A. (Final) _____ 2005
mentioned examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding examination shall be governed
by the following Ordinances.
(i) Candidates who are admitted to M.A. degree programme in the Session 2003-2004 or earlier under
Chapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise could
not appear in M.A. (Previous) Examination, may be permitted to pursue M.A. degree programme
afresh within the prescribed time limit under new Chapter XXIII(H) of the Ordinances (Academic)
provided that such candidates give an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations and
Rules prescribed for the purpose.
There shall be no further continuation/re-admission to I semester M.A. degree course as regular
candidate.
(ii) Candidates who are admitted to M.A. degree programme in the session 2003-2004 or earlier under
Chapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise, could
not appear at M.A. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to pursue their studies in M.A. (Final)
under Chapter XXIII(H) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular students. They shall be governed
by the Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XXIII(H) effective from the session 2004-2005. For
such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.A. (Previous)
under old scheme of teaching and examination (Chapter XXIII) and the performance of M.A. (III &
IV Semesters) under the Chapter XXIII(H) of the Ordinances (Academic).
For such candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester M.A. degree
programme as regular candidate after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date of
admission to the M.A. degree programme. However, a candidate may be permitted by Academic
Council, on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department and the Dean of the concerned
Faculty to appear as an ex-student in the uncleared courses after the expiry of four academic years.
(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(H) of the Ordinances (Academic)
XXIII.
under Chapter XXIII shall be required to clear his/her uncleared course(s)/subject(s) of old scheme
of teaching examination. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regular
candidates shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations. The marks of the courses in
which the candidate has already passed shall be carried forward.
∗
(iv) Private candidates who were enrolled and have been allowed to appear in M.A. (Previous)
been eligible for appearing at M.A. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to enrol as private
candidates afresh under Chapter XXIII(H) for M.A. (Semester System); provided that such
∗
155
for the purpose.
∗
Ordinances (Academic) but could not appear at M.A. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to
appear in M.A. (Final) Examination under Chapter XXIII(H) (Semester System). For such
candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.A. (Previous) under
Old Scheme of Teaching and Examination (Annual System) and the performance of M.A. (III and
IV Semesters) under New Scheme of Teaching and Examination (Semester System), However,
private candidates may be permitted by Academic Council to appear in the uncleared courses after
the expiry of four academic years.
∗
156
CHAPTER – XXIII(J)∗∗
FOR
Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A) (UNDER SEMESTER SYSTEM)
(in the Faculty of Arts)
1. The degree of Master of Fine Arts shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed BFA (Four Year
Course) examination of this University or has passed B.A. (Hons.) in Fine Arts provided he/she has
successfully completed either 1-year Pre-M.F.A. (Bridge course) or 1-year Diploma in Applied Arts
or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course
of study for not less than two academic years comprising of four semesters and has fulfilled all
requirements including attendance of the first, second, third and fourth semesters.
2. (a) A candidate shall be required to take a five theory and practical courses during each semester
in accordance with the decisions of the Academic Council on the recommendations of the
Board of Studies of Department of Fine Arts and the Faculty of Arts. The courses shall carry
four credits of 100 marks or two credits of 50 marks each.
(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the MFA degree, a candidate shall have to pass in
semester examinations so as to acquire/accumulate 80 credits distributed in four semesters of
20 credits each alongwith 2 credits each for dissertation and viva-voce examinations at the
end of IV semester (ie to accumulate a total of 84 credits for the award of M.F.A. degree), in
the manner as specified in Clause (6) below;
3. (a) The courses, the credits and marks allotted to each course shall be as prescribed by the
Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Fine
Arts and the Faculty of Arts.
(b) Each course shall comprise of End Semester Examination and sessional work and/or
practicals and/or project/dissertation and/or viva-voce examinations as prescribed by the
Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Fine
Arts and the Faculty of Arts.
4. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation in each course consisting of sessional work and/or
practical work spread over the entire semester, followed by End Semester Examinations at the
end of each semester.
(b) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each theory /practical
course/dissertation /project etc. shall be as follows:
(c) Sessional work in each course shall be as specified by the Board of Studies of the Department
of Fine Arts and the Faculty of Arts.
5. The examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in this
University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, practical and other courses
taken together in each semester.
6. (a) To pass each of the theory/practical/project/dissertation/viva-voce courses and to accumulate

credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work
∗∗
157
and End Semester Examination, taken together and 50% of the aggregate marks of all the four
semesters.
A candidate who has cleared all the courses of all the four semesters but fails to obtain required
percentage of the aggregates marks of all the four semesters for the award of Master’s degree in Fine
Arts, shall appear as an ex-student at the subsequent examinations in the End Semester Examination
component of one or more theory and/or practical courses. The sessional marks awarded earlier
during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward.
appear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, sessional marks awarded in various
courses during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.
candidate may apply to the Dean of the concerned Faculty for re-registration in the II semester
in the next academic session.
within the maximum permissible period of four academic sessions.
in which he/she has failed, at the next semester examinations. An ex-student who thus having ceased
Semester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and/or II semester. Any marks
obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be disregarded. Similarly a
student in III and/or IV semester. He/she shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh and
158
shall again perform sessional work and practicals/project and shall appear in all End Semester
Examination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV Semester, any marks obtained in
the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be disregarded. But no candidate shall be
permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two consecutive years in any semester;
student. He/she may be permitted to appear at the immediately following End Semester
Examinations of I and/or II and/or of III and/or IV semester courses, as the case may be, as an ex-
student if he/she has undergone a regular course of study in III and IV semesters and after having
fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III and IV semesters;
Provided further that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyond 10
semesters from the date of his/her first admission.
(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study and promoted to III/ IV semester can not
receive instruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/ II semester;
Provided that a candidate while studying as a regular student of III/IV semester, may appear
in the End Semester Examination of the backlog courses of I/II semester as the case may be.
Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division and
Second Division.
performance, he/she may appear at the End Semester Examination in not more than 25% of the
Theory & Practical courses not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result on passing
the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/viva-voce/
project/dissertation/seminar. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work during his/her
regular course of study shall be carried forward. Such candidates shall not be allowed hostel
accommodation;
Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate is not pursuing or
undergoing any other course of study in the meanwhile;
159
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXIII(J)

(for MFA in the Faculty of Arts)
1. Candidates who have obtained BA (Hons.) in Fine Arts degree and those who have passed B.A.
(Hons.) with Fine Arts as a subsidiary subject and one year Diploma in Applied Arts may be
considered for admission to MFA degree programme for the session 2004 – 2005.
2. The last Examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Arts as per Chapter XXIII(D) of
Ordinances (Academic) for MFA shall be held as under:
MFA (Previous) _____ 2004

MFA (Final) _____ 2005
Not withstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the above
mentioned Examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding Examination shall be
governed by the following Ordinances.
(i) Candidates who are admitted to MFA degree programme in the Session 2003-2004 or earlier under
Chapter XXIII(D) of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise
could not appear in MFA (Previous) Examination may be permitted to pursue their studies afresh
within prescribed time limit under new Chapter XXIII(J) of the Ordinances (Academic); provided
that such candidates given an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations and Rules
prescribed for the purpose. There shall be no further continuation/re-admission to I Semester MFA
degree course as regular candidate.
(ii) Candidates who are admitted to MFA degree programme in the session 2003-2004 or earlier under
Chapter XXIII(D) of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise,
could not appear at MFA (Final) Examination, may be allowed to pursue their studies in MFA
(Final) under Chapter XXIII(J) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular students. They shall be
governed by the Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XXIII(J) effective from the session 2004-
2005. For such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of MFA
(Previous) under old scheme of teaching and examination (Chapter XXIII(D)) and the performance
of MFA (III & IV Semesters) under the Chapter XXIII(J) of the Ordinances (Academic). For such
candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester MFA degree
programme as regular candidate after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date of
admission to the MFA degree programme. However, the candidate may be permitted by Academic
Council, on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department of Fine Arts and the Dean of
the Faculty of Arts to appear as an ex-student in the uncleared courses after the expiry of four
academic years.
(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(J) of the Ordinances (Academic) in
lieu of the course/subject of old scheme of teaching and examination schedule under Chapter
XXIII(D). A candidate who has failed in the course(s) / subject(s) under the old scheme of Annual
System under Chapter XXIII(D) shall be required to clear his/her uncleared course(s)/subject(s) of
old scheme of teaching examination. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as
regular candidates shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations. The marks of the
courses in which the candidate has already passed shall be carried forward.
160
CHAPTER – XXIII(K)∗∗
Master of Physical Education (MPE)
in the Faculty of Social Science
(Under Semester System)
*
(Deleted)
∗∗
*
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
161
••
CHAPTER – XXIII(L)
(a) M.Sc. (Agriculture) in Plant Protection/Microbiology
and
(b) M.Tech. in Agricultural Process & Food Engineering
*
(c) Master of Agribusiness Management
(Semester System)
1. The degree of M.Sc. (Agriculture) in Plant Protection/Microbiology shall be awarded to a candidate

who has passed B.Sc. (Agriculture)/B.Sc. (Microbiology)/B.Sc. (Biochemistry)/ B.Sc. (Life
Sciences) Examination of this University or an Examination recognised by the University as its
equivalent with Zoology, Botany & Chemistry of equal value or with Zoology/Botany/Chemistry as
main/major subject and the other two as subsidiary subjects;
OR
The degree of M.Tech. in Agriculture Process & Food Engineering shall be awarded to a candidate
who has passed B.Tech. degree in Agriculture/Chemical/Mechanical/Food/Dairy Engineering or
M.Sc. in Physics/Chemistry/Industrial Chemistry alongwith B.Sc. degree Examination with Physics,
Chemistry & Mathematics/Industrial Chemistry of this University or an Examination recognised by
the University as its equivalent.
OR
The degree of Master in Agricultural Economics and Business Management (MAEBM) shall be
awarded to a candidate who has passed Bachelor’s degree in any discipline of this University or an
Examination recognised by the University at its equivalent.
and
has undergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic years comprising of four
semesters and has fulfilled all the requirements including attendance of the first, second, third and
fourth semesters;
2. The Examination for M.Sc. (Agriculture) in Plant Protection/Microbiology, Master of Agribusiness

Management and M.Tech. in Agricultural Process & Food Engineering shall be open to:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University.
(b) ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII(A) (Revised) of the Ordinances (Academic).
3. (a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses in accordance with the decisions of
the Academic Council based on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the
concerned Department and the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. The courses shall carry
specified number of credits.
4.
(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the Master’s Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in
the semester examinations so as to acquire/accumulate atleast 64 or more credits (decided by
the Board of Studies of the concerned Department/Faculty of the Agricultural Sciences and
approved by the Academic Council) distributed in four semesters. There may be a provision
of Educational Tour of 2 credits based on report and internal assessment.
(c) A semester shall normally be of 90 working days, and 1 period of teaching instruction per
week for 1 credit of theory course and 2 periods per week for 1 credit practical/ laboratory
course/project/dissertation.
••
OM No. XM/SPA/II-368 dated 22/24.7.2006.
*
O.M.No. D.No. 2125/Adms dated 31.01.2012
162
5. The credits and marks allotted to each theory course/practical course / project/dissertation/ seminar
and viva-voce shall be as prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board
of Studies of the concerned Department and the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences.
6. (a) In each semester, there shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional work spread
over the semester, followed by the End Semester Examinations at the end of each semester.
(b) The allocation of marks for each theory course/practical course/project/dissertation shall be as
follows:-
Sessional Work End Semester Examination

Theory Course 30% marks 70% marks
Practical Course/ 30% or 50%* marks 70% or 50%* marks
Project/Dissertation/Seminar
* (for Engineering based courses)
(c) Sessional work in each course shall be based on tutorial assignments and/or class test, and/or
laboratory or project/dissertation report etc. or as specified by the Board of Studies of the
respective Department and the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences.
(d) Students shall undertake educational tour as a part of a course and/or submit seminar and
project reports once during the entire tenure of the course of study or degree programme on
the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the concerned Department.
7. (a) The duration of examination in all courses shall be as decided by the concerned Board of
Studies of the Department and the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences.
(b) Attendance in a course will be counted from the first day of the semester or a date announced
by the Dean on the recommendations of Chairman of the respective Department.
(c) The admission of a student in Master’s degree programme may be removed by the Dean of
the Faculty, if he/she fails to report to classes continuously for 30 days without valid reasons.
Such students may get re-admitted in the next academic session after the payment of
prescribed re-admission and other fees, if allowed by the Dean of the Faculty.
8. (a) The examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in
this University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all theory/ practical and other
courses taken together in each semester.
(b) To pass each of the theory courses/practical courses/project/dissertation/seminar/viva-voce

and to accumulate/acquire credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the
maximum marks in End Semester Examination and atleast 40% of the total marks of the
sessionals and End Semester Examination of each course separately.
(c) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may be
the subsequent End Semester Examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a
regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate
has already passed shall be carried forward.
163
(d) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter XVII(A) (Revised) of the Ordinances (Academic),
permitted to appear in subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded earlier in
sessionals/practical work/project/dissertation/viva-voce during their regular course of study
9. (a) A candidate who fails to put in atleast 75% attendance in the I semester shall not be allowed
re-registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put in
atleast 75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Such
candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for re-registration in the II semester in the
next academic session.
acquire/accumulate 50% of the prescribed credits in the I and II semester examinations taken
together shall not be promoted to the III semester. He/she shall cease to be a regular student.
However, he/she may appear as an ex-student only in End Semester Examination of the
course(s) in which he/she has failed, at the next corresponding semester examinations and
subject to permission by the Dean of Faculty of Agricultural Sciences at any further
subsequent examinations. A candidate who thus having ceased to be a regular student,
acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to III semester, shall re-register
himself/herself as a regular student for appearing at the III semester examination.
Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement,
fails to secure the required number of credits for promotion to the III semester, may apply for
re-registration as a regular student in the I and/or II semester. He/she have to fulfil the
attendance requirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals and shall
appear in the End Semester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and II
semesters. Any marks obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be
disregarded. Similarly a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance
requirements, fails to secure the required number of credits for obtaining the degree, may
apply for re-registration as a regular student in III and/or IV semester. He/she shall have to
fulfil the attendance requirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals/
project etc. and shall appear in all End Semester Examination of the courses at the next
examination of III and/or IV semester. Any marks obtained in the immediately preceding year
and the attendance shall be disregarded. But no candidate shall be permitted to continue as a
regular student for more than two times in any semester;
Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to
obtain the degree within 8 semesters from the date of his/her admission, he/she shall cease to
be a regular student. He/she may be permitted to appear at the immediately following end
semester examinations of I and II and/or III and IV semester(s), as the case may be, as an ex-
student permitted by the Academic Council, only if he has undergone a regular course of
study in III and IV semesters and after having fulfilled the attendance and other requirements
of III/IV semesters;
Provided further that in no case, a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination
beyond 10 semesters from the date of his/her admission;
164
(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study, promoted to III/IV semester can not receive
instruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/II semester. Provided that a
candidate while studying as a regular student of III/IV semester, may appear in the End
Semester Examination of the backlog courses of I/II semester as the case may be.
(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass the courses at the I or/and III
semester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/her
control may be allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and/or IV semester
examination as the case may be, approved by the Dean of the Faculty.
(e) A candidate who fails to secure 75% credits of I, II and III End Semester Examination
together shall not be allowed to submit project/dissertation. In case, such a candidate
accumulates/acquire all backlog credits by the IV semester (within prescribed academic year),
he/she may be allowed to submit the project/dissertation. She/he shall get the degree of the
prescribed academic year provided viva-voce examination of the project/dissertation is held
by 31 March of next year. However, such candidates shall not be considered for merit
position/medal.
10. (a) No candidate shall be eligible for Masters Degree in a subject unless she/he has passed all
courses in the I, II, III and IV Semester Examinations.
(b) The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis
of aggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four semester examinations taken together.
Candidates who secure 60% of the aggregate marks or more of four semesters in M.Sc.
(Agriculture) shall be placed in the First Division, those who secure less than 60% but not less
than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Division. However, in case of
M. Tech. (Agricultural Process and Food Engineering), the candidates who secure 65% of the
aggregates marks or more in all the four semesters examinations taken together shall be
placed in First Division and those who secure less than 65% but not less than 50% of the
aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Division.
A candidate who secures 75% or more aggregate marks in all the four semesters taken
together shall be placed in First Division with Honours.
(c) If a candidate fails to obtain 50% marks in aggregate in all the four semester examinations
taken together for the award of degree, he/she may appear for improvement in the next
subsequent End Semester Examinations only in one or more courses as an ex-student;
Provided that the marks obtained earlier by the candidate for sessional work of theory or
practical courses/project/dissertation/seminar/viva-voce examination shall be taken into
account at the subsequent End Semester Examinations.
(d) A candidate who has accumulated/acquired all credits of I, II, III, and IV semesters in first
attempt as a regular student within the prescribed duration of four semesters from the date of
admission shall be entitled for merit position/medal.
(e) A candidate may be issued a Specialization Certificate on the basis of project

work/dissertation and/or special papers by the competent authority (Dean/Controller of
Examinations) on the recommendations of the Chairman of the concerned Department.
165
11. A candidate may improve his/her marks if he/she passes I, II, III and IV semester examinations but
secures less than 60% marks in aggregate in M.Sc. (Agriculture) or 65% in M. Tech., he/she may re-
appear as ex-student at the semester examinations concerned not later than one year after the
declaration of his/her result of passing the course. There shall be no improvement of marks in the
sessional work of theory and practical courses/viva-voce/project/dissertation/seminar. The marks
awarded to him/her for the sessional work in a course/viva-voce during his/her regular course of
study shall be taken into consideration.
The permission for improvement shall be granted only once, and subject to the condition that the
candidate is not persuing or undergoing any other course of study in the meanwhile. If the candidate
fails to improve his/her performance, the marks sheet and/or degree awarded to him/her earlier shall
not be withdrawn.
166
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXIII(L)

(for M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process and Food Engineering) in the
Faculty of Agricultural Sciences)
The last examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences as per Chapter
XXIII(A) of Ordinances (Academic) for M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.)
shall be held as under:
M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process and Food Engg.) (Previous) – 2005
M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process and Food Engg.) (Final) – 2006
mentioned examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding examination shall be governed by the
following Ordinances.
(i) Candidates who are admitted to M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.)
degree programme in the Session 2004-2005 or earlier under Chapter XXIII(A) of the Ordinances
(Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise could not appear in M.Sc.
(Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.) (I and/or II Semester) Examination,
may be permitted to pursue their studies afresh within the prescribed time limit under new Chapter
XXIII(AA) of the Ordinances (Academic); provided that such candidates give an undertaking to
abide by the Ordinances, Regulations and Rules prescribed for the purpose.
There shall be no further continuation/re-admission to I semester M.Sc. (Agriculture)/ M.Tech.
(Agricultural Process & Food Engg.) degree course as regular candidate.
(ii) Candidates who are admitted to M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.)
degree programme in the session 2004-2005 or earlier under Chapter XXIII(A) of the Ordinances
(Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise, could not appear at III and/or IV
semester Examination of M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.), may be
allowed to pursue their studies in M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.)
under Chapter XXIII(AA) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular students. They shall be governed
by the Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XXIII(AA) effective from the session 2005-2006. For
such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.Sc.
(Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.) (I and II semester examination) under
Chapter XXIII(A) and the performance of M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process &
Food Engg.) (III & IV semesters examination) under the Chapter XXIII(AA) of the Ordinances
(Academic).
For such candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester M.Sc.
(Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.) degree programme as regular candidate
after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date of admission to the M.Sc.
(Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.) degree programme. However, an
eligible candidate may be permitted by Academic Council, on the recommendations of the
Chairman of the Department and the Dean of the Faculty to appear as an ex-student in the uncleared
courses after the expiry of four academic years.
(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(AA) of the Ordinances (Academic)
in lieu of the course/subject under Chapter XXIII(A).
A candidate who has failed in the course(s) / subject(s) under Chapter XXIII(A) shall be required to
clear his/her uncleared course(s)/subject(s) of old scheme of teaching and examination. For such
candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regular candidates shall be taken into account at
the subsequent examinations. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already passed
167
*
CHAPTER – XXIV
MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY (M.Phil.)
1. A candidate will be eligible for admission to a course of study leading to the Degree of Master of
Philosophy (M.Phil.), if he has passed the Master’s Degree Examination (M.A., M.Sc. M.Com.,
M.Ed., M.Th., LL.M.) from this University or an equivalent examination recognized by this
University, with not less than 50 per cent marks or equivalent grades, in a subject relevant to his
field of research, subject to any further requirements for eligibility laid down by the Board of
Studies concerned from time to time.
2. Admission to the M.Phil, course shall be made not more than twice a year. The procedure for
admission to the course of study leading to the Degree of M.Phil and the appointment of
Supervisor/Co-supervisor shall be the same as prescribed in Clauses 2 and 3 of Chapter XXV of
these Ordinances for admission to the course leading to the Ph.D. Degree.
3. (a) In order to be eligible for the award of the Degree of Master of Philosophy, a candidate shall
have to obtain 50 per cent of the maximum marks in (1) each of the prescribed papers
separately (2) the dissertation and (3) the viva-voce examination.
(b) The break-up of the total maximum marks shall be as follows:-

Paper I (including sessional work and practicals, if any) 100
Paper II (including sessional work and practicals, if any) 100
Dissertation 200
Viva-Voce Examination 100
†
Provided that the candidates, who had been assigned only one paper carrying 200 marks (instead of
two papers carrying 100 marks each, as per the existing Ordinances) by the Committee for
Advanced Studies and Research before 27.4.1985, may be permitted to take the Examination as per
the then existing Ordinances.
†
Provided further that the dissertation will be evaluated by each of the Examiners, as provided for
under Clause 5, out of the maximum marks of 200 and the average of the marks awarded by the two
examiners shall be taken as the final award.
4. The courses for the papers for the M.Phil Examination assigned to each candidate shall be
recommended by the Board of Studies concerned and approved by the Committee for Advanced
Studies and Research. The courses may include (a) Postgraduate Courses, or, wherever deemed
necessary by the Board of Studies concerned, Undergraduate, Diploma or Certificate Courses; or (b)
Courses especially designed by the said Board of Studies for M.Phil candidates, which may partly
or entirely comprise reading assignments. Provided that the half courses or half papers, if any, shall
count as equivalent to half M.Phil. papers only.
5. The Examiners for the M.Phil. papers, dissertation and viva-voce shall be appointed in the same
manner as prescribed in Clause 3 of Chapter XV of these Ordinances.
Provided that where, in accordance with Clause 4, the courses for written papers are those of
Postgraduate, Undergraduate, Diploma or Certificate Examination, the Examiners may ordinarily be
the same as those appointed for such courses in the said Examinations.
*
E.C.Res. No. 5 (para 95 of Part ‘C’ of Appendix-III dt. 16.10.85.
†
E.C. Res. No. 4(Para 47 Appendix – C dated 21/22.2.87 and 27.3.1987.
168
Provided further that of the Examiners of each candidate in courses especially designed for M.Phil
candidates, half shall be ordinarily those not in the employment of this University.
Further provided that there shall be two Examiners for the dissertation, including the viva-voce, of
whom at least one shall be a person not in the employment of the University; and that the Supervisor
(and, failing him, the Co-supervisor, if any) shall ordinarily be one of the two Examiners; but in case
the Supervisor/Co-supervisor is not available, another Examiner may be appointed.
6. A candidate shall be eligible for submitting his dissertation for the M.Phil Degree after he has
pursued a full-time regular course of study for at least one year from the date of his admission, and
his regular attendance and residence in Aligarh (or at a recognized Lab./Institution while working
under a Co-supervisor), and satisfactory conduct are duly certified by the Department and the
Provost of the Hall concerned, subject to the rules laid down by the Academic Council in this
regard.
Provided that a candidate shall be eligible to appear at the written examination after he has
undergone a regular course of study for a period of ten months from the date of completion of his
admission.
*
Provided further that a candidate, who has been assigned Postgraduate/Undergraduate courses or
Certificate/Diploma courses under Clause 4 of Chapter XXIV of the Ordinances (Academic) shall
be eligible to appear at the written examination after he has undergone a regular course of study for
one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of completion of his admission.
*
Provided further that the eligibility for appearing at the written examination or submission of
dissertation of those candidates, who join the course immediately after their names have been
recommended for admission by the Board of Studies of the Department concerned, shall be counted
from the date of the meeting of the Board of Studies of the Department. This will, however, be
subject to the approval of the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research on the
recommendation of the Chairman of the Department concerned.
7. Subject to provisions of Clause 6, the dissertation for the M.Phil Degree shall be submitted, upon
approval by the Supervisor, through the Chairman of the Department concerned.
Provided that a candidate shall not be allowed to submit his dissertation until he has passed his
written papers/practicals as laid down in Clause 3.
Provided further that a candidate who does not submit his dissertation within a period of two and a
half years (†three and a half years in the case of blind candidates) from the date of his admission
shall cease to be a regular student of the University.
8. The Viva-voce Examination shall be held after the Examiners have sent the marks on the
dissertation and the candidate has obtained the requisite pass marks thereon as prescribed in
Clause 3. The Viva-voce shall be held at Aligarh; but in very special circumstances, the Viva-voce
Examination may be held at any other place in the country with the permission of the
Vice-Chancellor. The Viva-voce Examination shall be open to all members and research scholars of
the Department concerned, but questions shall be put only by the Examiner.
*
E.C. Res. No. 4 (Para 47 of Appendix –C) dated 21/22.2.1987 and 27.3.1987.
†
E.C. Res. No. 63 (Appendix) dated 21/22.2.1987 and 27.3.1987.
169
9. A candidate who ceases to be a regular student under the second proviso to Clause 7, may be
permitted by the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research to submit his dissertation (duly
approved by his Supervisor) as an ex-student within 18 months of the date he ceases to be a regular
student. The procedure of submission of the dissertation shall otherwise be the same as laid down in
Clause 7.
10. Subject to these Ordinances, the Academic Council may frame Regulations governing the course of
research leading to the M.Mhil. Degree including the conduct of Examination.
170
CHAPTER XXIV(A)*
Master of Philosophy (M.Phil)
1. Introduction
Aligarh Muslim University offers a full-time program leading to the Master of Philosophy
(M. Phil.) degree in various disciplines in the Faculties of the University as notified from time to
time.
2. Eligibility
(i) A candidate will be eligible *to apply for admission to M. Phil. program, if he/she has
obtained the Master’s Degree or its equivalent recognized by the University in a subject
relevant to his proposed field of research with not less than 55% marks in the aggregate or its
equivalent CPI/CGPA/NAG, and had also obtained the Bachelor’s Degree or its equivalent
recognized by the University with not less than 50% marks in the aggregate or its equivalent
CPI/CGPA/NAG, subject to any further requirements for eligibility that may be laid down by
the University from time to time.
(ii) A candidate, working in an externally funded research project in the University, who is
otherwise eligible, may be permitted for admission to M. Phil. program while continuing to
work in the project subject to certification by the Principal Investigator of the project that the
subject of the project and the proposed M. Phil. topic of the candidate overlaps.
3. Admission
Admission to the M. Phil. program in various disciplines will be made normally once a year as per
the admission policy approved by the Academic Council of the University from time to time.
*
3.1 Criteria for Admission
(i) Selection of candidates in M.Phil program will be made through an admission test comprising
of -(a) a written test (subject to exemption under para 3.1(ii), and (b) a presentation-cum-
interview (for those who qualify the written test and who are exempted from the written test
under para 3.1(ii).
(ii) Candidates who have qualified JRF / NET of UGC / CSIR / DBT / ICMR / ICAR / GATE or
any other test conducted (within the last three calendar years) by a recognized national
funding agency and employees of any academic institution (recognized by this university)/
government department/public sector undertaking/ R & D organization with two years of
experience and one year of sanctioned study leave †will be deemed to have obtained
have obtained 45 marks in written test. However, such candidates will have the
option of appearing in the written test to improve upon. In such cases, the higher of both
i.e 45 or marks obtained in written test will only be counted. Appearing for Presentation-cum-
Interview is compulsory for all candidaes.
(iii) Foreign nationals are exempted from appearing in the written test and presentation-cum-
interview. However, it will be mandatory for those foreign nationals to attend a bridge course
in English language of one semester duration who did not have English as their medium of
instruction and are selected for M.Phil. program (other than in the Departments of Arabic,
Hindi, Modern Indian Languages, Persian, Sanskrit, Urdu, and Theology). This course will be
*
The Executive Council under Item No. 15 of its meeting held on 29.09.2012 approved the Ordinances (Academic) relating to
(Academic) relating to M.Phil. program under Chapter XXIV which has now been Changed under Chapter XXIV(A)
Office Memo D. No. 9862/Adms dated 27.09.2013.
†
171
designed and conducted under the aegis of the Department of English.

*
3.2 Provisional Admission
(i) Provisional admission shall be offered to the selected candidates in accordance with the
number of seats already declared by the department/centre/unit under different specializations
†
after the approval by the CASR on the recommendation of the BOS of the department
concerned.
(ii) The Board of Studies (hereinafter referred to as BOS) shall propose a supervisor (and, if
necessary, a co-supervisor also) for each student admitted to the M.Phil. program and assign
each student a topic of research, in consultation with the proposed supervisor (and co-
supervisor, if any), subject to approval by the Committee for Advanced Studies and
Research (hereinafter referred to as CASR) of the Faculty concerned. A co-supervisor may
be appointed from any discipline/university/organization, whereas, supervisor has to be a
teacher of the concerned department/centre/unit.
(iii) The CASR concerned shall satisfy itself, among other things, of the suitability of the
proposed topic of research. If needed the CASR may modify the proposed topic or refer it
back to the BOS for modification. If the CASR is satisfied, it shall, subject to confirmation
by the Faculty and the Academic Council, approve the topic and supervisor (and co-
supervisor, if any) of each student.
4. Course Work
(i) A candidate admitted to the M. Phil. program shall undertake work for a minimum period
of one semester in two courses, namely-(a) a course prescribed by the BOS, comprising, or
including, the study of research methodology, quantitative methods and computer
applications, and (b) a course designed for each candidate comprising review of published
work in his/her field, and other topics prescribed by the BOS.
(ii) A M.Phil. student shall have to obtain the passing marks in each of the prescribed papers in
a maximum of two attempts within a period of *two consecutive odd semester of his/her
admission, failing which his/her name shall be removed from the rolls of the university and
he/she will not be entitled for re-admission in the program.
5. Residency Requirements
(i) A candidate who has been admitted to the M. Phil. program shall be required to be in
residence at Aligarh with regular attendance and pursue research as a full time course for a
minimum period of one year from the date of his/her admission.
(a) †Candidate entitled to House Rent Allowance shall not be allowed Hostel
Accomodation.
(b) †Candidate not entitled to HRA will have to vacate the Hostel Accommodation after
02 years from the date of his admission.
(ii) A M.Phil. student, after completion of two semester residency requirements, may be
permitted by the Dean of the Faculty, on the recommendations of the Supervisor and
Chairman concerned, to change his/her status to that of an ex-student.
(iii) A M.Phil. student may be permitted by the CASR to reside outside Aligarh for the purpose
of collecting material for his dissertation or work at a recognized Laboratory/Institution
under his/her Co-supervisor for a specified period, which shall count as residence at
Aligarh in terms of requirements laid down in Clause 5(i).
*
†
172
6. Attendance and Leave
A M.Phil. student shall put in regular attendance and shall be entitled for leave in
accordance with the Regulations framed by the Academic Council for the same.
7. Change of Supervisor
If the existing supervisor of a M.Phil. student is no more available or is on leave for a period
of more than six months, the CASR shall appoint the co-supervisor, if any, as the supervisor
of the M. Phil. student, provided the co-supervisor is a teacher of the University from the
same discipline. If there is no co-supervisor for the concerned M. Phil. student or the co-
supervisor is from a different discipline or the co-supervisor is not a teacher of this
University, then the CASR shall appoint a new supervisor on the recommendation of the
BOS.
8. Submission
8.1 Time Period Requirements
8.1.1 Minimum Duration
The minimum period of work required for submitting the dissertation for a student admitted
to the M. Phil. program shall be one year from the date of his/her admission.
8.1.2 Maximum Duration
(i) The maximum duration of the time permissible for submitting the dissertation for a
student admitted to the M. Phil. program shall be two consecutive years after
admission. However, for a visually challenged student, the same shall be three
consecutive years after admission.
(ii) Under extraordinary circumstances, the CASR, may grant a further extension of one
year for the submission of the dissertation, for which the M. Phil. student shall apply
giving the reasons due to which he/she was not able to submit the dissertation and
his/her application is duly forwarded and recommended by the concerned Supervisor,
Chairman of the department and the Dean of the Faculty. No further extension shall be
given under any circumstances.
8.2. Submission of Dissertation
A M.Phil. student shall not be allowed to submit his/her dissertation until he/she has passed
both the prescribed courses as laid down in Clause 4.1.
9. Appointment of Examiners
(i) The examiners for the papers of the courses prescribed, dissertation and viva-voce
shall be appointed as per proviso of Clause 3 of Chapter XV of these Ordinances.
(ii) There shall be two examiners for the dissertation, including the viva-voce, of whom at
173
least one shall be a person not in the employment of the University, and the
Supervisor (and, failing him, the co-supervisor, if any) shall ordinarily be the other
examiner.
(iii) In case the external examiner, who has examined the dissertation, is unable to conduct
the viva voce, another external examiner not in the service of the University shall be
appointed by the CASR to conduct the viva voce.
(iv) In the case of inability of the Supervisor (and, failing him, the Co-supervisor, if any)
to conduct the Viva-Voce due to any reason, another examiner may be appointed by
the CASR to conduct the viva-voce examination. In such cases, the M. Phil. work
shall be deemed to have been carried out under the guidance of the original Supervisor
(and Co-supervisor, if any) only.
10. Evaluation
(i) The dissertation will be evaluated by each of the two Examiners, as provided for under
Clause 9(ii), and the average of the marks awarded by the two examiners shall be
taken as the final award. The same shall be the case with marks awarded at the viva-
voce Examination.
(ii) The viva-voce examination shall be held after the Examiners have sent the marks on
the dissertation and the candidate has obtained the requisite pass marks therein.
(iii) The viva-voce examination shall be open to all members and research scholars of the
Department but questions shall be put by the examiners only.
11. Award of Degree
(i) In order to be eligible for the award of the Degree of M. Phil., a student shall have to
obtain a minimum of 50 per cent of the maximum marks in (a) each of the prescribed
papers, (b) the dissertation, and (c) the viva-voce.
(ii) For successful students, the year of award of the M. Phil. degree shall be the same as
the year of submission of the dissertation.
12. Cancellation of Admission

(i) The admission of a M. Phil. student may be cancelled on his/her own request, by the
Dean of the Faculty.
(ii) The admission of a M. Phil. student shall be cancelled by the CASR upon the
recommendations of the BOS concerned if the student:
(a) is absent for a continuous period of four weeks without prior information/sanction
of leave.
(b) fails to submit the thesis within the maximum stipulated time as provided in these
Ordinances.
(c) is found involved in an act of misconduct and/or indiscipline and his/her

174
cancellation of admission has been recommended by the competent authority.
13. Conclusion
Subject to these Ordinances, the Academic Council may frame regulations governing the
course of study leading to the M. Phil. Degree including the process of admission,
supervision of the candidate’s research and the conduct of examination.
∗
CHAPTER – XXV
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D.)
∗∗
(deleted)
∗
EC dated 26.10.1985.
∗∗
175
∗
CHAPTER – XXV(A)
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D.)
1. A candidate will be eligible for admission to a course of study leading to the Degree of Doctor of
Philosophy (Ph.D.), if he has passed the Master’s Degree Examination (M.A., M.Sc., M.Com. etc.)
from this University or an equivalent examination recognized by this University with not less than
55% marks or equivalent grades in a subject relevant to his proposed field of research, provided that
he also had obtained not less than 50% marks at his Bachelor’s Degree Examination, subject to any
furthers requirements for eligibility that may be laid down by the Board of Studies concerned from
time to time.
Provided further that in the Faculties of Engineering & Technology, Medicine, and Unani Medicine,
candidates who have obtained the Master’s Degree of this University or a Degree from any other
University recognized by this University to be its equivalent, may be eligible for admission to the
course in the same or related discipline leading to the Ph.D. Degree in the Faculties aforesaid. But
in such cases the admission shall be provisional and shall not be confirmed unless the candidate has
passed a written and/or practical test including a viva-voce examination, if deemed necessary,
conducted by the Board of Studies concerned.
2 Admission to the Ph.D. course shall be made once a year. Applications for permission to enter upon
a course of study for the Degree of Ph.D. alongwith a well assigned synopsis or proposed plan of
work shall be made to the Chairman of the Department, who shall forward it to the Dean of the
Faulty alognwith the recommendations of the Board of Studies.
3. The application shall be thereafter placed before the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research
of the Faculty concerned which shall satisfy itself, among other things, of the suitability of the
proposed subject of research by the candidate and may modify the proposed subject.
If the Committee is satisfied, it shall, subject to confirmation by the Faculty and the Academic
Council, grant the application and appoint, on the recommendation of the Board of Studies
concerned, a member of the teaching staff of the University or a distinguished scholar in the service
of the University to guide and supervise the work of the candidate.
Provided that a Co-Supervisor may also be appointed if the Board of Studied recommends that this
is necessary. The Co-Supervisor may not necessarily be a person in the service of the University,
but, if from outside the University, he may be appointed only from amongst scholars associated with
a University Department/approved National Laboratories or an Academic Institution of high repute.
4. When a candidate has been provisionally admitted to the course leading to the Ph.D. degree, he shall
be required to be in residence at Aligarh with regular attendance (according to regulations framed by
the Academic Council) and pursue research as full time course for a minimum period of two years
from the date of his provisional admission to the Ph.D. course. But in no case shall a candidate be
permitted to continue as regular student beyond five years (seven years in the case of blind
candidate) from the date of his provisional admission.
Provided that the admission may be cancelled by the CASR upon the re-commendations of the
Board of Studeies concerned on account of lack of regular attendance or unsatisfactory work.
∗
EC dated 5.7.1997.
176
5. Notwithstanding anything contained in Clause (4), a candidate may be permitted by the CASR to
reside outside Aligarh for the purpose of collecting material for his thesis for a period not exceeding
one year in two installments with a gap of at least two months in between during the course of his
study for the Ph.D. Degree. Provided further that the Board of Studies and/or CASR may permit a
candidate to reside outside Aligarh for more than one year.
6. A candidate, after the confirmation of his admission, shall be eligible to submit his Ph.D. Thesis
after he has obtained and submitted (a) a certificate from the Supervisor and Co-Supervisor,
wherever appointed, and the Chairman of the Department concerned, stating that he has engaged in
full-time study for the required period as prescribed in these Ordinances, and that he has put in
regular attendance in accordance with these Ordinances and the Regulations laid down by the
Academic Council, and (b) a certificate form the Provost that he has been in residence for the
required period as prescribed in these Ordinances and that his conduct has been satisfactory.
Provided that a candidate, who under the foregoing provisions ceases to be a regular student after
the confirmation of his admission shall be eligible to submit his thesis as an ex-student, but he shall
be required also to obtain and submit the certificate aforesaid. In case, however, the candidate
wishes to submit the thesis in more than five years after his provisional admission as a regular
student, permission by the Academic Council shall be necessary.
7. Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding Clauses, a teacher of this University who holds
a Master’s Degree in the relevant subject and has been in continuous service as a University teacher
for at least three years may apply to the CASR through the Board of Studies for permissions to
submit a thesis for the award of the Ph.D. Degree on a specific topic, and the CASR may accord
such permission after considering the opinion of the Board of Studies concerned.
Unless otherwise specified by the Committee for Advanced Studies & Research concerned, a
teacher, who is so permitted to supplicate for the Ph.D. Degree, shall not be assigned to a Supervisor
and shall be eligible to submit his thesis, a year after his application has been approved by the
Committee for Advanced Studies and Research.
Provided that if a teacher so permitted to supplicate for the Ph.D. degree is assigned a Supervisor by
the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research upon the recommendations of the Board of
Studies concerned, the teacher shall be eligible to submit his thesis, after a period of not less than
two years has lapsed after the approval of his application by the Committee for Advanced Studies &
Research.
8. A candidate for the Ph.D. Degree shall submit four copies of his thesis, accompanied by the
prescribed fees. The thesis shall be in the English Language, except for theses submitted in the
Faculty of Theology and the Department of Arabic, Hindi, Modern Indian Languages, Persian,
Sanskrit and Urdu, where the Language in which the thesis is to be written shall be specified by the
Committee for Advanced Studies and Research concerned. He shall also submit a brief abstract of
his thesis and indicate in a prefatory note what part of the thesis he claims as original, what sources
he has used, and in what respect his investigation appears to him to advance the study of what
branch of knowledge. Any original papers published by the candidate and/or the Dissertation
submitted by him for the M.Phil. or Master’s Degree in the concerned discipline may be submitted
as subsidiary or supporting material in favour of the candidature.
Provided that any relevant material from the M.Phil. dissertation may be incorporated in the Ph.D.
thesis, but this should be appropriately in the prefatory note.
Provided further that the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research may, in special cases,
permit a candidate to submit less than four copies of his thesis.
177
Provided further that no thesis other than a thesis submitted under Clause (8), where the Committee
for Advanced Studies and Research has not specified any Supervisor, shall submit for the award of
the Ph.D. Degree unless it is accompanied by a written certificate from the Supervisor and the Co-
Supervisor, if any.
9. Every thesis for the Ph.D. Degree shall be examined by three examiners, of whom at least two shall
be external being persons of high academic repute, not in the service of this University. The
Supervisor (and, failing him, the Co-Supervisor) shall be one of the examiners, but if neither the
Supervisor nor the Co-Supervisor, if any, is available, another person may be appointed examiner.
Examiners other than the Supervisor/Co-Supervisor shall be appointed in accordance with Clause
(3) of Chapter XV of these Ordinances. The Committee for Advanced Studies and Research of each
Faculty may, however, lay down norms and procedure for the recommendations regarding the panel
of examiners to conduct the Viva-Voce Examination.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding Clause, in the case of candidates assigned to
Co-Supervisor in the Faculty of Science, the thesis shall be examined by the Supervisor, the Co-
Supervisor and the two persons of high academic repute not in the service of the University.
10. The Viva-Voce Examination shall be conducted by at least two examiners of the candidates, namely
the Supervisor (and failing him, the Co-Supervisor) and at least one external examiner of the thesis.
In case, none of the external examiners of the thesis is able to conduct the Viva-Voce Examination,
at least one another person not in the service of the University shall be appointed in his place in the
manner prescribed by Clause (3) of Chapter – XV of these Ordinances.
Provided that in case the Supervisor (or failing him, the Co-Supervisor) is not available, the two
external examiners of thesis may be appointed to conduct the Viva-Voce Examination. However,
should none of the External Examiners who has examined the thesis is available, two other
examiners may be appointed in the manner prescribed under Clause (9) of these Ordinances.
Provided further that in the Faculty of Science, the Viva Voce Examination shall be conducted by
the Supervisor, the Co-Supervisor, if any, and one external examiner.
Provided further that in the case of teachers permitted to supplicate for the Degree under Clause (7),
there shall be three external examiners for purpose of examining the thesis and two of them for
holding the Viva-Voce Examination.
11. The reports of the examiners on the thesis shall be referred to the Dean of the Faculty concerned
who, if the examiners unanimously recommend the award of the degree, shall advise the Controller
of Examinations to hold the Viva-Voce Examination of the candidate.
Provided that the Academic Council/Vice-Chancellor may, in a special case, on the

recommendations of the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research, allow the Viva-Voce
Examination of a candidate for the Doctorate of Philosophy to be held at a place in India other than
Aligarh to be specified by the Academic Council/Vice-Chancellor. The Viva-Voce Examination
shall be open to all members and Research Scholars of the Department concerned but question shall
be put only by the examiners.
12. After the Viva-Voce Examination, all the reports shall be placed before the CASR and, if the CASR
is satisfied that the reports of examiners are unanimous and definite, it may recommend to the
Academic Council through the Faculty concerned, that the candidate be awarded the Ph.D. Degree.
178
13. If the reports show a divergence of opinion between the examiners, the Committee for Advanced
Studies and Research may direct that the report be exchanged between them and the examiners be
requested to submit a joint report, if possible. The Committee may, at its discretion and shall, if the
reports are conflicting even after the exchange of views, refer the thesis to another Examiner.
In case, the Committee considers the final report to be favourable to the candidate, it shall ask the
Controller of Examinations to hold the Viva-Voce Examination. Where the thesis is sent to another
examiner in accordance with this Clause, the previous external examiners shall be deemed to have
ceased to be examiners for the purpose of conducting the Viva-Voce Examination and new
examiners shall be appointed to conduct the Viva-Voce Examination in accordance with the
provisions of Clause (10).
14. The CASR may, after consideration of the recommendation of the Examiners of the thesis or/and
Viva-Voce, at its discretion allow further time to the candidate to re-submit thesis after revision in
the light of the suggestions of the examiners, or reject his candidature for the Ph.D. Degree
altogether.
15. The Examiners of the Ph.D. thesis shall be required to recommend specifically whether the thesis is
suitable for the award of the Ph.D. Degree, and in case, the examiners so specify, whether the thesis
is suitable for publication in its existing form, or needs revision before it can be published and the
CASR while recommending the award of the Ph.D. Degree, may further recommend (a) that the
candidate be permitted to publish the thesis, or (b) that the candidate be required to seek permission
for publishing the thesis after he has satisfied the Committee that he has put in a proper form for
publication, in the light of the reports of the Examiners.
16. Subject to these Ordinances, the Academic Council may frame Regulations governing the course of
research leading to the Ph.D. Degree including the conduct of examination.
17. Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding Clauses, a teacher of any School of this
University admitted to the Ph.D. course in accordance with these Ordinances shall be exempted
from requirement of residence with regular attendance for two years as prescribed in Clause (4)
above, and shall take atleast one year’s leave due to his credit for the purpose.
18. All candidates, other than teacher candidates allowed to supplicate for the Ph.D. Degree under
Clause 7 shall be deemed to be students for purposes of discipline and conduct of examinations.
19. Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding Clause, a candidate admitted to Ph.D. course
concurrently with his admission to M.Phil Course or admitted to Ph.D. Course only prior to
academic session 1994-95 shall be governed by the Ordinances which were in force at the time of
his admission.
Provided that a candidate admitted to the Ph.D. Course during the academic session 1994-95 and
thereafter until the date of commencement of these Ordinances shall be deemed to have been
admitted in accordance with these Ordinances and in such a cases all the above provisions shall
apply to him.
179
CHAPTER XXV(B)*
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
1. Introduction
Aligarh Muslim University offers a full-time program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
degree in various disciplines in the Faculties/Interdisciplinary Biotechnology Unit of the University
as notified from time to time.
2. Eligibility
(i) A candidate will be eligible *to apply for admission to Ph.D. program, if he/she has obtained
the Master’s Degree or its equivalent recognized by the University in a subject relevant to
his/her proposed field of research with not less than 55% marks in the aggregate or its
equivalent CPI/CGPA/NAG, and had also obtained the Bachelor’s Degree or its equivalent
recognized by the University with not less than 50% marks in the aggregate or its equivalent
CPI/CGPA/NAG, subject to any further requirements for eligibility that may be laid down by
the University from time to time
(ii) A candidate, working in an externally funded research project in the University, who is
otherwise eligible, may be permitted *to apply for admission to Ph.D. program while
continuing to work in the project subject to certification by the Principal Investigator of the
project that the subject of the project and the proposed Ph.D. topic of the candidate overlap.
3. Admission
Admission to the Ph. D. program in various disciplines will be made normally once a year as per the
*
3.1 Criteria for Admission
(i) Selection of candidates in Ph.D. program will be made through an admission test comprising
of-(a) a written test (subject to exemption under para 3.1(ii)), and (b) a presentation-cum-
interview (for those who qualify the written test and who are exempted from the written test
under para 3.1(ii)).
†
(ii) Candidates who have qualified JRF / NET of UGC / CSIR / DBT / ICMR / ICAR / GATE or
ICMR / ICAR / GATE or any other test conducted (within the last three calendar years) by a
recognized national funding agency; employees of any academic institution (recognized by
this university)/ government department/public sector undertaking/ government R & D
organization, with at least two years of experience and two years of sanctioned study leave;
candidates who were admitted to M. Phil. program of this University, through admission test,
and have completed the same; GATE qualified candidates who have done M.Tech from this
university subject to the condition that GATE score is not older than three calendar years,
will be deemed to have obtained 45 marks in written test. However, such candidates will have
the option of appearing in the written test to improve upon. In such cases, the higher of both
i.e. 45 or marks obtained in written test will ONLY be counted. Appearing for presentation-
*
The Executive Council under Item No. 15 of its meeting held on 29.09.2012 approved the Ordinances (Academic)
Ordinances (Academic) relating to Ph.D. program under Chapter XXV which has now been Changed under Chapter
XXV (B)
†
Office Memo D. No. 959/Adms dated 24.07.2014
180
cum-Interview is compulsory for all candidates.

(iii) Foreign nationals are exempted from appearing in the written test and presentation-cum-
interview. However, it will be mandatory for those foreign nationals to attend a bridge course
in English language of one semester duration who did not have English as their medium of
instruction and are selected for Ph.D. program (other than in the Departments of Arabic,
Hindi, Modern Indian Languages, Persian, Sanskrit, Urdu, and Theology). This course will be
designed and conducted under the aegis of the Department of English.
*
3.2 Provisional Admission
(i) Provisional admission shall be offered to the selected candidates in accordance with the
number of vacancies already declared by the department/centre/unit under different
specializations after the approval by the CASR on the recommendation of the BOS of the
department concerned.
(ii) The Board of Studies (hereinafter referred to as BOS) shall propose a supervisor (and, if
necessary, a co-supervisor also) for each student admitted to the Ph.D. program and assign
each student a topic of research, in consultation with the proposed supversior (and co-
supervisor, if any), subject to approval by the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research
(hereinafter referred to as CASR) of the Faculty concerned. A co-supervisor may be appointed
from any discipline/university/organization, whereas, supervisor has to be a teacher of the
concerned department/centre/unit.
(iii) The CASR concerned shall satisfy itself, among other things, of the suitability of the proposed
topic of research. If needed the CASR may modify the proposed topic or refer it back to the
BOS for modification. If the CASR is satisfied, it shall, subject to confirmation by the Faculty
and the Academic Council, approve the topic and supervisor (and co-supervisor, if any) of
each student.
4. Course Work
(i) A candidate provisionally admitted to the Ph.D. program shall *study a minimum of two
courses, namely- (a) a course prescribed by the BOS, comprising, or including, the study of
research methodology, quantitative methods and computer applications, and (b) a course
designed for each candidate comprising review of published work in his/her field, and other
topics prescribed by the BOS *for a minimum period of one semester.
(ii) The Examiners for the papers of the prescribed courses shall be appointed as per proviso of
Clause 3 of Chapter XV of these Ordinances.
(iii) A candidate provisionally admitted to the Ph.D. program after having completed M. Phil.
from this University as per proviso of Clause 3.1(ii) shall be exempted to undertake the course
work if the BOS is of the opinion that the course work undertaken by him/her at M. Phil.
level suffices the requirements of course work at Ph.D. level.
(iv) A Ph. D. student shall be eligible to have his/her admission confirmed by the CASR on the
recommendation of the Supervisor and the Chairman of the Department concerned if he/she
obtains the pass marks in each of the prescribed courses in a maximum of two attempts within
*
181
a period of *two consecutive odd semester of his/her provisional admission, failing which
his/her name shall be removed from the rolls of the university and he/she will not be entitled
for re-admission in the program.
5. Residency Requirements
(i) A candidate who has been provisionally admitted to the Ph.D. program shall be required to be
in residence at Aligarh with regular attendance and pursue research as a full time course for a
minimum period of two years from the date of his/her provisional admission.
(a) †Candidate entitled to House Rent Allowance shall not be allowed Hostel
Accommodation.
(b) †Candidate not entitled to HRA will have to vacate the Hostel Accommodation after 02
years from the date of his admission.
(ii) A Ph. D. student, after completion of two years residency requirements, may be permitted by
the Dean of the Faculty, on the recommendations of the Supervisor and Chairman concerned,
to change his/her status to that of an ex-student.
(iii) A Ph. D. student may be permitted by the CASR to reside outside Aligarh for the purpose of
collecting material for his/her thesis for a period not exceeding six months, which shall count
as residence at Aligarh in terms of requirements laid down in Clause 5(i).
Provided further that the CASR may, in special cases, permit a Ph. D. student to reside outside
Aligarh for the purpose of his/her research for the Ph.D. program for durations it deems fit, on
recommendation of the BOS concerned; and this period too shall count as period spent in residence
at Aligarh for the purposes of requirements laid down in Clause 5(i).
(iv) A teacher of a School of the University admitted to the course leading to the Ph.D. Degree in
accordance with these Ordinances shall be exempted from *the residency requirements but
he/she shall take at least one year’s leave for the purpose.
A Ph. D. student shall put in regular attendance and shall be entitled for leave in accordance with the
Regulations framed by the Academic Council for the same.
7. Change of Supervisor
If the existing supervisor of a Ph. D. student is no more available or is on leave for a period of more
than twelve months, the CASR shall appoint the co-supervisor, if any, as the supervisor of the Ph. D.
student, provided the co-supervisor is a teacher of the University from the same discipline. If there is
no co-supervisor for the concerned Ph. D. student or the co-supervisor is from a different discipline
or the co-supervisor is not a teacher of this University, then the CASR shall appoint a new supervisor
on the recommendation of the BOS.
8. Change of Topic
The CASR, on the recommendation of the BOS of the Department concerned, may approve a change
*
†
182
in the topic of the Ph.D. thesis of a Ph. D. student and he/she shall be permitted to submit his/her
Ph.D. thesis with the new topic after at least three months from the date of approval of the change by
the CASR as “minor” or after at least one year if the CASR rules that the change is “major”. *No
major change shall, however, be permitted after †36 months from the date of admission of the
candidate.
9. Supplication by the Teachers of the University
A permanent teacher of the University who holds a Master’s Degree in the relevant subject and has
been in continuous service of the University as teacher for at least two years, may apply to the CASR
through the BOS, for permission to submit a thesis for the award of the Ph.D. Degree on a specific
topic, and the CASR may accord such permission after considering the opinion of the BOS. A
teacher so permitted to submit the thesis may or may not be assigned any supervisor, depending
upon the recommendation of the BOS and shall be eligible to submit his/her thesis one year after his
application has been approved by the CASR, subject to the conditions in Clause 10.2 and 10.3.
10. Submission of Thesis
10.1 Time Period Requirements
10.1.1 Minimum Duration
The minimum period of work required for submitting the thesis for a student admitted to the
Ph. D. program shall be two years from the date of his/her admission.
10.1.2 Maximum Duration
(i) The maximum duration of the time permissible for submitting the thesis for a student admitted
to the Ph. D. program shall be five consecutive years after admission. However, for a visually
challenged student, the same shall be seven consecutive years after admission.
Under extraordinary circumstances, the Academic Council, may grant a further extension of one year
for the submission of the thesis, for which the Ph. D. student shall apply giving the reasons due to
which he/she was not able to submit the thesis and his/her application is duly forwarded and
recommended by the concerned Supervisor, Chairman of the department and the Dean of the
Faculty. No further extension shall be given under any circumstances.
10.2. Pre-Submission Seminar
On completion of the research work for the Ph. D. by a student, he/she shall be required to make an a
open presentation of his/her research work before the teachers and research scholars of the
Department concerned with a view to obtain suggestions for possible improvements in the proposed
content of the thesis, subject to the guidance of the supervisor(s).
10.3. Submission of Thesis

(i) A Ph. D. student is required to submit the thesis within six months ‡(but not earlier than one
month) from the date of his/her pre-submission seminar (without exceeding the maximum
*
†
‡
183
time limit for the submission of the thesis as laid down in Clause 10.1.2), failing which he/she
shall be required to deliver a fresh pre-submission seminar.
(ii) A Ph. D. student shall publish at least one research paper in a recognized refereed journal
based on his/her Ph.D. research work and provide evidence of the same in the form of a
photocopy of the published article or reprint or, if it is still not published, a letter of
acceptance from the journal, without which he/she shall not be eligible to submit the Ph.D.
thesis.
(iii) A thesis once submitted cannot be re-submitted except when the examiner recommends for
the revision of the thesis.
11. Evaluation
Every thesis for the Ph.D. Degree shall be evaluated by the Supervisor and the Co-supervisor, if any,
and by two external examiners who shall be persons of high academic repute, not in the employment
of this University. If neither the Supervisor nor the Co-supervisor, if any, is available, an examiner
other than the Supervisor / Co-supervisor shall be appointed.
In the case of teachers of AMU permitted to submit a thesis for the award of the Ph.D. Degree
without a Supervisor, there shall be three external examiners for purpose of examining the thesis.
11.1 Panel of Examiners
(i) The Chairman of the Department concerned, in consultation with the supervisor of the Ph.D.
student, shall prepare a panel of external examiners of at least ten experts in the area of the Ph.
D. thesis, five of which shall be from outside the country, and send the same to the Controller
of Examinations through the Dean of the Faculty immediately after the Pre-submission
Seminar of the student for its approval and appointment of the examiners as per proviso of
Clause 3 of Chapter XV of these Ordinances.
(ii) The panel of external examiners of the thesis shall be scholars of eminence in the area of
research not below the rank of Associate Professors (including scientists and or other scholars
associated with National/State organizations).
*
(iii) The Vice-Chancellor shall approve all the 05 names in each set of Panel of Examiners in
order of being detailed
11.2 Evaluation of thesis
(i) The Controller of Examinations shall get in touch with each appointed examiner with a copy
of the abstract to secure acceptance of the examinership. On receipt of the acceptance from
any examiner, the Controller of Examinations shall forward the copy of the thesis to him/her
to get the report of that examiner.
(ii) The examiners shall examine the thesis specifically with a view to judge whether the thesis is
a piece of research work characterized by:
(a) addition of fresh evidence, or
*
184
(b) a fresh approach towards interpretation of facts or theories, or

(c) a distinct advancement in the subject.
(iii) The examiners shall also make one of the following recommendations:
(a) The thesis be accepted for the award of the Ph. D. degree.
(b) The thesis be accepted for the award of the Ph. D. degree subject to the student
incorporating corrections/changes spelt out in the report after being duly verified by the
Supervisor(s), Chairman of the department and Dean of the Faculty.
(c) The thesis, in the present form, cannot be accepted for the award of the Ph. D. degree and
the student be advised to revise the thesis on issues raised in the report and resubmit the
thesis for its re-examination by the same examiner.
(d) The thesis be rejected.
(iv) If all the examiners recommend acceptance of the thesis for the award of the Ph. D. degree,
the thesis shall be accepted for conduct of viva-voce.
(v) If all the examiners recommend rejection of the thesis for the award of the Ph. D. degree, the
Dean shall report the matter to the CASR, which shall put on record the fact that the thesis has
been rejected.
(vi) If one or more examiners *make recommendation as per 11.2(iii)(b) and suggest corrections or
modifications or incorporation of additional information or data, alternative interpretation of
the data etc. in the thesis, the Dean of the Faculty shall convey the examiner’s suggestions to
the Ph.D. student concerned through the Chairman and Supervisor for its re-submission by the
student after duly revising it in the light of the suggestions of the examiner(s).
The Ph.D. student shall resubmit his/her thesis after incorporating material in accordance with
examiners’ suggestions along with the point wise summary of changes so made by him/her,
including compliance or justification for not complying, with one or more of the examiners’
suggestions. Copies of the revised thesis, along with a certificate from the supervisor(s) that
changes suggested have actually been made, shall be forwarded by the Chairman of the
Department to the Dean of the Faculty for placing it before the CASR for its consideration.
(vii) If any of the examiners *makes recommendation as per 11.2(iii)(c) and suggests that the thesis
can not be recommended for the award of the Degree, owing to certain shortcomings which
the Ph.D. student should remove, the CASR may permit the student to revise *according to the
comments received from the examiner and submit the thesis within a specified period of time
in which case, it may be sent to the examiner concerned. If the examiner still does not approve
the thesis, then the same shall be sent to a new examiner.
(viii) If one examiner recommends rejection of the thesis, then a new examiner shall be appointed
as per Clause 11.1(i) from the panel of already approved examiners.
(ix) The new examiner, if appointed as per proviso of Clause 11.2(vii) or (viii), shall be an Indian
or a foreign expert, depending on whether the thesis was rejected by an Indian or a foreign
examiner in the first instance. Once the third examiner is appointed, any previous
recommendations of the examiner, in whose place the third examiner has been appointed,
shall become null and void for all purposes.
(x) In case the new examiner recommends acceptance or revision of the thesis or asks for
clarifications, then depending on the recommendation of the other examiner (who has not
*
185
rejected the thesis) an action appropriate to the case mentioned in Clauses 11.2 (iv), (vi) or
(vii) shall be taken.
(xi) In case the new examiner recommends the rejection of the thesis, his/her recommendation
shall be final and the thesis shall be rejected.
12. Viva-Voce
(i) If the thesis has been accepted for the award of the degree, the Dean shall advise the
Chairman of the Department concerned to hold the viva-voce of the candidate under
intimation to the Office of the Controller of Examinations and the Ph.D. student shall be
provided a copy of the reports of all the examiners through the Chairman and Supervisor well
before his/her viva-voce.
(ii) The viva-voce examination shall be conducted by a viva-voce Committee comprising of the
Supervisor, Co-supervisor, if any, and one external examiner of the thesis. In the case of
teachers permitted to supplicate for the Degree without a Supervisor, there shall be two
external examiners for holding the viva-voce Examination.
(iii) In case none of the external examiners, who have examined the thesis, are able to conduct the
viva-voce, one person not in the service of the University shall be appointed by the Vice-
Chancellor to conduct the viva-voce.
(iv) In the case of inability of the Supervisor (and Co-Supervisor, if any) to conduct the viva-voce
due to any reason, an additional examiner may be appointed by the Vice Chancellor to
conduct the viva-voce examination. In such cases, the Ph. D. work shall be deemed to have
been carried out under the guidance of the original Supervisor (and Co-Supervisor, if any)
only.
(v) The viva-voce examination shall be open to all members and research scholars of the
Department but questions shall be put by the examiners only. After the viva-voce, the reports
of the examiners shall be placed before the CASR and, if the CASR is satisfied that the
reports of the examiners are unanimous and definite in recommending the award of the
degree, it may recommend to the Academic Council through the Faculty concerned, that the
student be awarded the Ph.D. Degree. Should any of the viva voce examiners not recommend
the award of the Degree, for reasons to be set forth by him/her, the CASR may, at its
discretion, recommend that a fresh viva voce examination be held.
13. Award of Degree

(i) The reports of all the examiners and the Viva Voce Committee shall be placed before the
concerned CASR for consideration.
(ii) In the case all the reports of the examiners on the thesis and the viva voce examination are
unanimous and definite for the award of the degree; the CASR shall permit the award of the
Ph.D. degree on behalf of the Faculty and Academic Council.
(iii) The year of award of the Ph. D. degree shall be the same as the year of submission of the
thesis, if the thesis is accepted without revision *(11.2 (iii) (a and b)). If the thesis is
recommended for revision *(11.2 (iii) (c)), the year of award of the Ph. D. degree shall be the
year of submission of revised thesis.
*
186
14. Cancellation of Admission

(i) The admission of a Ph.D. student may be cancelled by the Dean of the Faculty if requested so
by the candidate himself/herself.
(i) The admission of a Ph.D. student, other than teachers of the University, shall be cancelled by
the CASR upon the recommendations of the BOS concerned if the student:
(a) is absent for a continuous period of four weeks without prior information/sanction of
leave.
(b) fails to submit the thesis within the maximum stipulated time as provided in these
ordinances.
(c) is found involved in an act of misconduct and/or indiscipline and his/her cancellation of
admission has been recommended by the competent authority.
15. Temporary Withdrawal

(i) A candidate admitted to the Ph. D. program may be permitted by the Dean of the Faculty, on
the recommendation of the Supervisor and the Chairman of the department concerned to
temporarily withdraw from the program on some specific reasons, and later allowed to join
back to complete the research and submit the thesis, without exceeding the maximum
prescribed time limit for the thesis submission as per Clause 10.1.2. This withdrawal may be
granted provided it does not affect the coursework.
(ii) The temporary withdrawal may be permitted on any one of the following reasons:
(a) If the candidate is suffering due to prolonged illness, supported by medical certificates.
(b) If the candidate gets a professional employment.
(c) Any other event in which the Dean is convinced that the situation faced by the research
scholar warrants his/her temporary withdrawal from the program.
(iii) *The candidate who was allowed temporary withdrawal shall have to vacate accommodation
in hall of residence and seat vacated by him shall be allotted to the other student. However, in
case of rejoining of the course, he may be allowed hostel facility subject to availability of seat.
†
16. Ph.D. Programmes under Joint Collaborative Programme with Foreign University.
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances the students, who were admitted under the
Joint collaborative research programme with reputed foreign Universities approved by the
University, leading to award of Ph.D degree, shall be governed by the regulations framed
specifically for the concerned programme.
17. Conclusion
Subject to these Ordinances, the Academic Council may frame regulations governing the course of
study leading to the Ph.D. Degree including the procedure of admission, manner, and pursuit of the
courses, supervision and conduct of the examination.
Transitory Provisions
Provisions of this Chapter XXV‡{now changed as XXV(B)} shall be deemed to have come into
effect from the beginning of Academic Year 2010-11.
Ordinances (Academic) under which they were admitted.
*
XM/RU/F.No.005/13/1463, dated: 3011.2013.
†
Office Memo No. XM/RU/F.No. 002/15/40 dated 05.03.2015
‡
187
REGULATIONS FOR M.PHIL. / PH.D. COURSES
Regulations in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of Chapters XXIV (Now
Chapter XXIV (A) and XXV ( now Chapter XXV (B))of the Ordinances (Academic)
1. Information to be communicated by Chairmen, Departments of Studies to the Controller of

Examinations
The Chairman of each Department shall in due course of time communicate the Controller of
Examinations (hereafter referred to as COE) the maximum number of admissions in
M. Phil./Ph.D. to be made in each area of specialization in the ensuing academic session after
taking into consideration.
(a) The number of faculty members available in each area of specialization for supervising M.
Phil. / Ph.D. students and their willingness to enroll new students under their supervision.
(b) The number of admissions in M. Phil./Ph.D. that can be made according to the prescribed
rules for supervision.
(c) The Library and Laboratorycilities and other essential resources available, to the extent this
information is relevant for fixing the number of candidates who can be admitted to the M.
Phil. / Ph.D. programs.
2. Supervision
(i) Professors, Associate Professors and Assistant Professors in the University who hold Ph.D.
degree in the relevant subject and have at least three years of experience of teaching in a
university or post doctoral research shall be eligible to be appointed as supervisors of
candidates in *M.Phil / Ph.D. program. The faculty members who do not hold Ph.D. degree
in the relevant subject may, however, be appointed supervisors if they have at least †eight
years of experience in teaching in the University with experience of undertaking or guiding
*
research for Ph.D Programme and five years for M.Phil Programme
(ii) A co-supervisor, *wherever applicable, shall ordinarily be a teacher holding Ph.D. degree in
the relevant subject. He/she may not necessarily be a person in the service of the
University, but should be a scholar with significant published work to his/her credit and be
associated with a university department or approved national laboratory or an academic
institution of high repute.
(iii) Teachers of the University who have less than 2 years *to retire may not be appointed
supervisors but can be appointed as co-supervisors of M. Phil. / Ph.D. students. Teachers
who have less than one year of service remaining before retirement may be appointed co-
supervisors of M. Phil. candidates only.
However, teachers of the University who have been selected for the BSR Fellowship of UGC for
carrying out research work post retirement may be permitted to register Ph.D. students under their
supervision, and the Department shall extend all facilities for carrying out the research work to
them till the end of the tenure of the fellowship.
*
†
188
*
(iv) The maximum number of students of M.Phil./Ph.D. who can be supervised (including co-
Supervision) by a teacher of the University at any time shall be as follows:
Associate Assistant
Academic Session Professor
Professor Professor
2014-15 06 04 03
2015-16 06 05 03
2016-17 & onwards 06 05 04
All M.Phil./Ph.D. students, including the teachers registered for Ph. D., shall be counted
within this quota till they submit their theses.
(v) A teacher, who is the principal investigator of a research project, funded by a

national/international agency with the provision of appointment of JRF/SRF/Project
Assistant/Project Fellow therein, may have under his/her supervision M. Phil./Ph.D.
candidates over and above the maximum limit prescribed above.
Foreign nationals may be admitted in the Ph.D. program under the supervision of teachers of the
Department over and above the prescribed limit.
However, under no circumstances should the number of candidates being supervised, after
allowing for additions over the prescribed limit under this proviso, exceed eight for any teacher.
(vi) A retired teacher shall continue to supervise the research scholar assigned under his / her
supervision after his/ her retirement till the submission of the thesis or up to two years
whichever is less unless he/she declines to remain the supervisor or leaves Aligarh.
(vii) A teacher shall normally have the †option to decide on the number of students, subject to
the limit laid down under 2 (iv), he/she wishes to have under his/her supervision, taking
into consideration his/her teaching and other academic responsibilities.
3. Application for Admission
(i) Candidates eligible for admission to the M. Phil./Ph.D. program in more than one Faculty
of the University can apply for the same but such candidates will have to fill separate
application form for each Faculty.
(ii) Candidates eligible for admission to the M. Phil./Ph.D. program in more than one
Department/Center/Unit in the same Faculty of the University can apply for admission in
*
only one discipline.
(iii) All candidates shall submit the duly filled in application form in the Office of Controller of
Examinations on or before the last date announced by the University.
(iv) Exemption from appearing in the M.Phil./Ph.D. written test as per proviso 3.1(ii)-(iii) of
chapters *XXIV(A) and XXV(B) of the Ordinances (Academic) will be applicable to only
those candidates who are eligible for the same on the notified last date of receipt of
application form and have attached documentary proof of the same with their application
form.
*
†
189
*
4. Conduct of Admission Test
(i) Written Test: An eligible candidate, as per 2 (i) and (ii) of chapters XXIV(A) and XXV(B)
of the Ordinances, shall be required to appear in the written test, except those who are
exempted, to be conducted by the concerned Faculty/Department/Center/Unit to enroll
himself/herself in the M. Phil. /Ph.D. program in a Faculty.
(ii) Presentation-cum-Interview: Candidates who qualify the written test and those who are
exempted from the written test under Clause 3.1(ii) of the Ordinances will have to appear
for a presentation-cum-interview session.
Foreign nationals are, however, exempted from both the written as well as oral part of the
admission test as per the Clause 3.1 (iii) of the Ordinances.
(iii) The COE, in consultation with the respective Deans/Chairmen/Director/Coordinator, shall

notify the schedule for the written test and presentation-cum-interview.
(iv) The COE shall facilitate the conduct of the admission test, its evaluation, and declaration of
the result for each Faculty through a co-coordinator who will be the Dean of the concerned
Faculty. It will be the responsibility of the Dean to conduct the written test, presentation-
cum-interview, and declaration of the result.
(v) Candidates appearing in the written test are permitted to take with them their question
paper and the carbon copy of the OMR sheet.
*
5. Preparation and Evaluation of Admission Test
5.1 Written Test
(i) The test paper, carrying 100 marks shall be of TWO hours duration and shall have one
hundred objective type multiple choice questions (MCQs) carrying one mark each and shall
comprise the following two sections with the distribution of marks mentioned against them.
Section A
English Language : 10 marks
General Awareness : 10 marks
Section B
Subject-specific : 80 marks
(50 marks of objective questions and 30 marks of Descriptive questions (maximum 3 to
5 Descriptive questions)
(ii) Section A: The Dean of the concerned Faculty/Coordinator of the Interdisciplinary

Biotechnology Unit (IBU) shall be responsible for setting Section A of the paper with the
assistance of five available senior faculty members. Section A of the paper shall be
moderated by the Dean/Coordinator (IBU) along with three available senior faculty
members of the Faculty/IBU, who shall not ordinarily be the paper setters.
*
190
(iii) Section B: The Chairman of the concerned Department /Coordinator (IBU) shall be
responsible for setting Section B of the paper with the assistance of senior faculty members.
Section B of the paper, consisting of 50 objective type questions (MCQs) and 3 to 5
descriptive questions, shall cover, as far as possible equitably, all the specializations being
offered in the Department. Section B of the paper shall be moderated by the
Chairman/Coordinator (IBU) along with two available senior faculty members, who shall
not ordinarily be the paper setters.
In departments where adequate number of faculty members are not available, the Chairman may
use his/her discretion for setting/moderation of the paper.
(iv) Integration of Sections A and B: Each Dean / Coordinators (IBU) shall coordinate with the
Chairman of the department concerned and COE for getting the moderated paper (Section
A and B combined) printed and sealed under his supervision.
Further, the Dean/Coordinator (IBU) shall handover the answer keys (on OMR) to COE for its
uploading after the test is over.
*
(v) “For the descriptive part of the paper, coding/decoding will be done under the supervision
of the Chairman/Coordinator (IBU)”.
(vi) There will be no negative marking in the evaluation of either section.
(vii) Candidates obtaining 45% or more marks in the paper (sections A and B combined) shall
be invited for presentation-cum-interview for admission to Ph.D. program and those
obtaining 40% or more but less than 45% marks shall be invited for presentation-cum-
interview for admission to M. Phil. program. Candidates scoring more than 45% marks
may however be invited for presentation-cum-Interview for admission to M.
Phil., if they desired so and have indicated this in the application form.
(viii) The marks obtained in the written test shall be considered for the purpose of preparing the
overall merit list.
†
5.2 Presentation-cum-Interview (†15 marks for presentation and †10 marks for interview to be
awarded separately)
(i) Presentation-cum-Interview shall be held within 2-3 weeks of the declaration of the
qualifying list as per 5.1(vi).
(ii) Each candidate (as per 4(ii)) will give a presentation, not exceeding 15 minutes, on any
topic of his/her choice, but related to the subject, and appear for interview before the
Research Committee of the Department.
(iii) The presentation shall be in the English language, except for those appearing in the
Departments of Arabic, Hindi, Modern Indian Languages, Persian, Sanskrit, Urdu, and
Theology, in which the presentation shall be made in the respective language or language
approved by the concerned CASR on the recommendation of BOS. The interviews,
*
†
191
however, shall be held in English language only in all departments.

(iv) The Research Committee in each department shall consist of the Chairman and three senior
most faculty members of the Department. The Chairman may co-opt additional members
for covering fields of specialization, if necessary.
* †
5.3. List of Qualifying Candidates and Offer of Admission”.
(i) For the preparation of list of the candidates, 50% weightage shall be given to the marks
obtained in the written test, 25% to the marks obtained in his/her qualifying examination
(PG Degree) and 25% marks to the performance in the presentation-cum-inteview.
However, foreign nationals shall be considered for admission on the basis of their merit in
the qualifying examination only, subject to the approval by the BOS of the synopsis of the
proposed research work submitted by them with their application form.
(ii) Provisional admission shall be offered to the candidates, selected through the admission test
and in accordance with the number of vacancies already declared by the
department/centre/unit under different specializations, and approved by the †CASR on the
recommendation of the BOS of the department concerned. The candidates who have been
offered admission shall be asked to join within a period of one month from the date of the
offer made to them. Under exceptional circumstances, an additional one month period may
be given to the selected candidates to jon the program.
(iii) Each Ph.D. student shall prepare and submit his/her synopsis to the BOS for its approval,
subject to the confirmation by the CASR. If needed the CASR may modify the synopsis or
refer it back to the BOS for modification. If the CASR is satisfied, it shall, subject to
confirmation by the Faculty and the Academic Council, approve the synopsis.
6. Course Work
*
(i) Each student, provisionally admitted, will have to undertake the prescribed courses as per
Clause 4(i) of the Ordinances.
(ii) Each prescribed course will be of forty Lecture periods.
(iii) Each course will have a maximum of 100 marks. The courses will have the following
Sessionals / Practical Work /Mid-Semester Exam 40 marks

End-Semester Examination 60 marks
(iv) The examination in the courses prescribed shall be held twice in each calendar year.
(v) To pass a course, the student should obtain at least 50 percent marks in aggregate.
*
(vi) Re-evaluation of course work examination is permitted only once in one of the papers in the
entire course. The Re-evaluation will be carried out as per norms for other courses except
that the Ph.D candidate will not be issued the mark-sheet.
*
†
192
(i) A student is required to sign on all working days of the faculty in an attendance register to
be kept in the concerned Department, except when he/she is on duty/sanctioned leave.
†
(ii) Attendance of a student pursuing course work as a part of his/her M.Phil/Ph.D. Program
shall be governed by the rules approved by the Academic Council from time to time in
respect of attendance requirements.
(iii) A M. Phil./Ph.D. student shall be eligible to avail a leave of 30 days in an academic year.
He/she shall not be entitled for any inter-semester breaks, winter and summer vacations.
However, he/she is entitled for an additional leave of up to 10 days on medical grounds in
an academic year. The aforesaid leave provisions are cumulative. Further, male/female
candidates shall be eligible for paternity/maternity leaves as per University rules once
during their entire tenure as research scholars.
(iv) The leave shall be granted by the Dean of the Faculty, on the recommendations of the
Supervisor and Chairman concerned.
8. Submission of Dissertation/Thesis
(i) The dissertation/thesis shall be in English language, except for those being submitted in the
Departments of Arabic, Hindi, Modern Indian Languages, Persian, Sanskrit, Urdu, and
Theology, in which the dissertation/thesis shall be made in the respective language or
language approved by the concerned CASR on the recommendation of BOS.
(ii) The student shall submit the dissertation/thesis, along with the prescribed proforma, to the
Controller of Examinations, duly forwarded by Supervisor(s), the Chairman of the
Department concerned and Dean of the Faculty.
(iii) A M. Phil. student shall submit three hard copies of the dissertation *and one soft copy in
PDF format (in a CD) of his dissertation.
(iv) A Ph. D. student shall submit four hard copies and one soft copy in PDF format (in a CD)
of the thesis.
(v) A Ph.D. student shall, along with his/her thesis, also submit four hard copies and one soft
copy in PDF format (in a CD) of the Abstract of the thesis written in about 600 words
describing the salient features of his/her investigation.
(vi) The number of hard copies of the thesis/dissertation/abstract to be submitted shall be five in
case of students assigned co-supervisor.
(vii) A Ph.D. student may submit the copies of the abstract at least one month before the
submission of the thesis in order to expedite the process of evaluation.
(viii) The dissertation/thesis should be typed using 12 font size with 1.5 line spacing in ‘New
Times Roman’ with the following margins: 1.5” on left side, 1” on right side and 1” each
*
†
193
on top and bottom.

(ix) The dissertation/thesis should be printed on good quality A4 size paper on both sides and
submitted in soft bound form.
(x) The Ph. D. thesis shall include the following:
• Self declaration certificate from the candidate and certificate from the Supervisor/Co-
Supervisor /Chairman of the Department.
• Certificate for the completion of course work, wherever applicable from the Chairman
of the Department
• Certificate for the successful completion of the pre-submission seminar from the
Chairman of the Department
• Details of the paper(s) published/ communicated/accepted for publication.
• A copyright transfer certificate as per the prescribed proforma.
*
(xi) Copyright: The University shall have exclusive copyright of the thesis/dissertation. No
portion of it can be published for commercial purposes by any publishing firm without a
prior written permission of the University.
Once a thesis has been approved for the award of the Ph. D. degree, the candidate shall, in case of
publication of the thesis in full or in part, state on the title page that it was a thesis approved for
the award of the Ph. D. degree of the Aligarh Muslim University.
†
9. Evaluation of Thesis/Dissertation
9.1. Evaluation of Ph. D. Thesis

(i) The consent of the examiners shall be sought by the Dean of the faculty concerned soon
after receiving the thesis in his Office.
(ii) In cases the First Examiners does not respond within 15 days, the Dean will approach
Second Examiner with a gap of 15 days. If the Second Examiner also does not respond, the
Third Examiner will be approached and the process will continue till the panel of all 05
examiners is exhausted. Thereafter, the Dean will inform the Chairman and Supervisor for
drawing a fresh panel.
(iii) Soon after receiving the consent from any of the examiners 04 sets of thesis (05 in case of
Co-Supervisor) will be sent to the Office of the Controller of Examinations for dispatch.
(iv) Soft copy of the Thesis in PDF version certified by the Supervisor on a CD shall also be
sent to the Office of the Controller of Examinations along with the Hard Copy.
(v) The examiner(s) shall be requested to send the report preferably in English, or
alternatively, in the language in which the thesis has been written. However, the
recommendations should only be in English.
(vi) The examiners shall be requested to submit their individual reports within two months of
the receipt of the Thesis. In case of non-receipt of report within the specified perion the
Office of the Controller’s of Examinations will inform the Dean concerned who will send a
*
†
194
reminder to the examiner(s) and a copy of the same be endorsed to the Controller’s Office.
(vii) In case the reports are not received within next one month, the Controller’s Office will
inform the Dean concerned with a request to send second reminder.
(viii) In case of non-receipt of any response from the examiner(s) even after two reminders, the
supervisor will be informed by the Controller’s Office to approach the examiner(s) and
response of the examiner(s) shall be communicated to the Office of the Controller of
Examinations by the Supervisor through the Chairman, copy endorsed to the Dean.
(ix) In case the examiner fails to respond within one month after the supervisor approaches
him/her, the Dean may seek the consent of the alternative examiner of the Thesis. The
process will be repeated as per Clause 9.1 (i).
(x) After receipt of reports from all examiners, the Office of the COE shall send these reports
to the Dean within a period of seven days.
(xi) The return of thesis from foreign examiners shall not be insisted upon and payment of
remuneration to him/her shall be made within a period of fifteen days.
9.2. Evaluation of M. Phil. Dissertation
(i) Copies of the dissertation shall be dispatched to the examiners from the Office of the COE
within seven days from the date of its receipt under intimation to the Dean.
(ii) The examiners shall be requested to evaluate the dissertation out of 200 marks within
fifteen days of the receipt of the dissertation.
(iii) After receipt of award list from all examiners, the Office of the COE shall advise the
Chairman of the Department concerned to fix the date of the viva-voce of the candidate in
consultation with the supervisor, if the candidate has obtained the requisite pass marks
therein.
(iv) The Chairman of the Department concerned shall notify the viva-voce examination of the
student under intimation to the Dean of the Faculty and Office of the Controller of
Examinations.
(v) The viva-voce examination shall be of 100 marks.
10. Explanation
(i) Whenever the word “Chairman of the Department” occurs it shall be construed to include
Director or Coordinator of any Centre at which Ph.D. / M. Phil. programs are being offered.
(ii) If such a Centre is not assigned to a Faculty, the reference to the Dean of the Faculty in the
present Regulations shall be construed as also to mean the Director or Coordinator of the
said Centre, unless the Regulations specifically prescribe otherwise.
195
*
11. 3% Reservation for Persons with Disability
(i) A 3% of the total seats available of the University will be reserved for Persons with
Disability over and above the intake, provided the disability is not a hindrance in pursuing
M.Phil./Phd.D. Programme.
(ii) A separate merit list of Ph.D. candidates who could not be selected in general merit but
fulfill the qualifying criteria shall be forwarded by each Dean of the Faculty to the
Controller of Examinations. The Controller of Examinations shall prepare a consolidated
merit list based on marks obtained for approval of the Vice-Chancellor who will nominated
depending upon the number of seats.
(iii) Only those eligible candidates shall be considered for admission under the Persons with
Disability category who have degree of disability to a minimum extent of 40% as
prescribed in the Persons with Disabilities (Equal Opportunity Protection of Right and full
Participation) Act, 1995 and duly verified by the concerned specialist of JNMCH, AMU at
the time of completion of admission formalities.
*
196
*
REGULATIONS
for
STEM-ER Dual Degrees Research Programme
Under a Joint Collaboration Project between
The Aligarh Muslim University (AMU), India and Ohio State University (OSU),
USA
1. Introduction
Students pursuing Ph.D Programme at AMU in the Faculties of Science, Life Sciences, Engineering
& Technology and Interdisciplinary Biotechnology Unit and admitted to the joint collaborative
programme, namely: the STEM-ER * (Science, Technology and Engineering and Mathematics –
Education and Research) Programme under these Regulations shall continue to be governed by
Chapter XXV(B) of Ordinances (Academic) and the “Regulations for M.Phil/Ph.D Courses” (2013)
framed for the purpose - except in respect of these regulations applicable to the students of Dual
Degree Research Programme. The TWO degrees (M.Ed in STEM-ER from OSU, USA and
Ph.D from AMU) shall be awarded together.
2. Eligibility
This programme shall be available to Ph.D students of Aligarh Muslim University belonging to the
Faculties of Science, Life Sciences, Engineering & Technology and Interdisciplinary Biotechnology
Unit, and those who have qualified the TOEFL (Test of English as Foreign Language) (or IELTS:
International English Language Testing System) examination with the minimum score of 79 (7).
3. Admission
(i) Application for Admission: The research students already admitted to Ph.D Programme,
selected on the basis of competitive test followed by interview at AMU and fulfilling the
eligibility conditions as given in Clause ‘2’ above, shall submit applications to the Convener
STEM-ER Programme at AMU; or as prescribed by the Controller of Examinations, AMU;
complete with the following documents:
(a) Transcript (preferable)/Marks Sheet of the Qualifying Examination
(M.Sc./M.Tech);
(b) Proof of admission in Ph.D program at AMU;
(c) A brief outline of the Research plan ( also refer OSU Graduate School Website
http://www.gradsch.osu.edu);
(d) A letter of recommendation from the AMU supervisor specifically mentioning the
progress of the student;
(e) TOEFL (IELTS) examination results (minimum required TOEFL (IELTS) Score
shall be 79 (7));
(F) A letter of agreement by the matching supervisor from OSU;
(g) A brief resume with contact no. and E-mail .I.D.
(ii) Short Listing and Final Selection :

(a) A total number of candidates which may be Six (06) times of the available seats
shall be short listed out of merit drawn based on their performance in the
following:
(i) TOEFL (IELTS) Score reduced to 25 points;
(ii) Aggregate marks at M.Sc./M.Tech. examination reduced to 50 points;
*
Office Memo No. XM/RU/F.No. 002/15/40 dated 05.03.2015
197
(iii) Marks obtained by candidates in interview conducted by the concerned

department at the time of admission to Ph.D Programme reduced to 25 points.
(iv) In case the number of applicants is less than six times of the available seats,
all applications shall be forwarded to the OSU for final selection.
(b) As far as possible, out of short-listed candidates there shall at least be 40% female
candidates. Not more than two (2) male and two (2) female candidates shall be
short listed from any one department of studies.
(c) The final selection of four (2 male and 2 female) subject to amendments from time
to time by AMU, India and Ohio State University, USA, students shall be made on
the basis of an interview conducted by the OSU Faculty through video-
conferencing at AMU.
(iii) Admission to M.Ed (STEM) Programme: The Board of Studies (BOS) of the concerned
Department/Centre and Committee of Advance Studies and Research (CASR) of the
concerned Faculty at AMU shall consider the candidates selected for admission to STEM-ER
through the above procedure. The BOS and the CASR shall consider the following:
(a) The name of the joint supervisor of the candidate from the OSU;
(b) The final topic of the Ph.D work on the recommendations of two supervisors.
(c) The change of Ph.D topic, on the recommendation of the two supervisors or on the
request of the candidate;
(d) The permission to candidate to receive instructions and training for research and
teaching in STEM subjects at OSU for two semesters;
(e) Permission to candidates to fulfil the requirements and receive an additional
degree of Masters of Education with specialization in STEM education from the
OSU.
4. Supervision
The students shall work under the joint supervision of a local supervisor from AMU and the other
from OSU.
5. Course Work
The students shall complete the requirement of course work as laid down in Chapter XXV(B) of the
Ordinances (Academic). In addition to the above they shall undertake course work for 2-semesters
as specified by the OSU. In case of a candidate failing in the M.Ed-ER examination of OSU, the
Academic Council of AMU shall decide the further course of action on the basis of
recommendations from OSU, USA.
Students, who at the time of admission to STEM Programme could not complete the course work
prescribed by the BOS at AMU, may be allowed to take suggested reading of the course work
followed by examination.
Residency of a candidate at OSU may be extended by a maximum period of six months in case of
reason(s) to the satisfaction of the OSU advisor by the Graduate School Curriculum (GSCC) of
OSU without any financial implications on the part of AMU.
6. Duration of the programmes

(a) Minimum Duration
The minimum duration of the programmes shall be three (03) consecutive years
after admission.
(b) Maximum Duration
198
The maximum duration of the programmes shall be six (06) consecutive years
after admission.
7. Examination
The Ph.D thesis of the candidates shall be evaluated by FOUR examiners: the Supervisor at AMU;
the joint supervisor at OSU; and TWO external examiners. The Joint supervisor from OSU may also
join viva-voce examination through Video Conferencing if he/she so desires.
*****************
* The AMU and the Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, USA in order to promote cooperation
in higher education, have entered into a formal agreement, pursuant to the award of the grant by the
United States India Education Foundation (USIEF), to form joint partnership under the Obama-
Singh 21st Century Knowledge Initiative, which became effective from 15 July 2013. The present
USIEF grant is available to 4 students (2 male and 2 female) subject to amendments from time to
time by AMU, India and Ohio State University, USA, along with the tuition fee waiver from the
OSU. The STEM-ER Programme is likely to continue in future also.
199
CHAPTER – XXVI
D.Lit., D.Sc., LL.D. or D.Th.
1. Candidates for the Degree of D.Lit., D.Sc., LL.D. or D.Th. shall have taken, not less than five years
previously the Ph.D. Degree of this University.
Provided that teachers in this University, who have taken the Ph.D. Degree of any other recognized
University at least five years previously, may also be admitted as candidates for the Degree.
2. A candidate for the Degree shall submit four copies of his published and unpublished work in
support of his candidature.
∗∗
Provided that the Chairman of the Department shall certify that a major portion of the work
submitted is an original contribution made by the candidate. The candidate shall clearly indicate
under the following heads his original contribution in the field of his specialization.
(i) papers published independently
(ii) papers in which he is a senior author
(iii) papers in which he is a junior author.
Provided further that certified typed copies of the published work may be submitted if printed copies
are not available.
Provided further that in special cases, a candidate may be permitted by the Committee for Advanced
Studies and Research to submit less than four copies.
3. A candidate shall indicate what portion of work submitted by him was previously considered for the
Ph.D. Degree.
4. Work submitted by a candidate in support of his candidature for the Degree shall be examined by
three experts in the subject, at least two of whom shall be persons not engaged in teaching in the
University. Such Examiners shall be appointed in the manner prescribed by Clause 3, Chapter XV
of these Ordinances.
5. The Examiners shall state definitely in their report whether, in their opinion, the work constitutes
valuable and substantial contribution to knowledge and whether the Degree be awarded or not .
6. If the Examiners agree that the Degree should be awarded, the Committee for Advanced Studies and
Research shall recommend accordingly. If the reports show divergence of opinion between the
Examiners, the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research may direct that the reports be
exchanged between them and that the Examiners be requested to submit a joint report if possible.
The Committee may, at its discretion, and shall, if the reports are conflicting even after the exchange
of views, refer that thesis to another External Examiner. In case, the Committee considers the final
report to be favourable to the candidate, it shall recommend that the Degree be awarded to the
candidate.
7. If the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research after a full consideration of the report of the
Examiners, decides not to recommend the award of the Degree, it may allow the candidate to apply
again after not less than five years.
8. The Degree of D.Lit., D.Sc., LL.D, or D.Th. may be conferred, Honouris Causa upon distinguished
persons in recognition of their outstanding contribution to knowledge or their meritorious services in
the cause of education, in accordance with Statute 31 (1) and (2).
∗∗
200
CHAPTER – XXVII
BACHELOR OF THEOLOGY
*
(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XXVIII
†
MASTER OF THEOLOGY
*
(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XXIX
‡
Bachelor of Law (LL.B)
(Two years Course)
(Abolished)
*
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
†
E.C. Res. No. 63 (Appendix) dated 21/22.2.1987 and 27.3.1987.
‡
E.C. Res. No. 17(2)(4) dated 7/8.2.1978.
201
CHAPTER – XXIX(A)
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Law
∗
B.A., LL.B. (Hons.)
(5 years Integrated Course)
1. ELIGIBILITY:
No candidate shall be eligible for the Degree of B.A. LL.B. (Hons) unless he:
(a) has passed, not less than five years previously the Senior Secondary School Examination
(10+2) or an equivalent examination thereto; and
(b) has undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period of five academic years.
2. ADMISSION TEST AND ELIGIBILITY:
(i) No candidate for admission to the B.A. LL.B. (Hons) Degree course shall be admitted unless
he:
(a) has secured in the aggregate not less than 50% of the total marks in all the core
subjects of the qualifying examination and English language put together; and
(b) is not more than 22 years of age on July 1 of the year of admission.
(ii) Admission to the B.A. LL.B.(Hons) First Year, shall be made on the basis of an All India
Test to be conducted each year in the manner prescribed by the University.
3. DURATION OF COURSE AND SEMESTER SYSTEM:
(a) The duration of the B.A. LL.B. (Hons) Degree Course shall be five academic years;
(b) Each academic year shall be divided into two Semesters;
(c) The duration of each Semester shall be of 100 working days.
4. EXAMINATION:
(a) The examination for the Degree of B.A. LL.B. (Hons) shall comprise ten Semester
Examinations and in each Semester a candidate shall be examined in the courses of study
prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the
Department of Law and the Faculty of Law.
••
(b) The Examinations for the Degree of B.A. LL.B. (Hons) shall be open to candidates who
have undergone a regular course of study and have put in at least 75% of attendance in each
semester.
∗
EC dated 5.7.97
••
OM. No. XM/SPA/FNo. 75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006
202
(c) Each Semester Examination shall comprise Mid-term and End-term written papers and Viva-
Voce Examination and/or Sessional/Practical Work as may be prescribed by the Academic
Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the Department of Law, and the
Faculty of Law.
(d) The evaluation of the Semester Examination shall be internal and continuous and would
ordinarily be conducted by the teacher(s) who have taught the course in accordance with the
scheme of evaluation prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the
Board of Studies of the Department of Law and the Faculty of Law.
(e) (i) The Course and the Credits or marks allotted to written papers, Viva-Voce
Examination and Sessional/Practical Work for each Semester shall be prescribed by
the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the
Department of Law and the Faculty of Law.
(ii) In case of ex-students, permitted to appear in a subsequent examination, credits/marks

awarded to them for the sessional work/practical work during their regular course of
study shall be carried forward to the subsequent examination taken by them.
*
(f) To pass each Semester Examination, a candidate must obtain at least:
(i) 40% of the marks in each written paper,

(ii) 40% of the marks in the viva voce examination;
(iii) 50% of the marks in the Sessional and Project Work;
(iv) 50% of the marks in aggregate.
*
(g) A candidate shall be entitled to DM and GM as per University rules approved by the
Academic Council.
**
(h) A candidate who has secured at least 50% marks, in the sessional work but has failed to pass
in the written paper or papers and/or the viva-voce examination for a course at the first, third,
fifth , seventh and ninth semester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for
reasons approved by the Dean, Faculty of Law, may be allowed by the Dean to pursue the
courses of study for the second, fourth, sixth, eight and tenth semester examinations as the
case may be.
5. PROMOTIONS:
No candidate shall be promoted to the Third Semester, Fifth Semester, Seventh Semester or Ninth
Semester unless he has passed in all courses of the proceeding Semester Examinations.
6. RE-ADMISSION:
A candidate who has failed at a Semester Examination or has failed to appear at a Semester
Examination may seek continuation in the semester at which he has failed but only once.
Application for continuation shall be made to the Dean within one month of the declaration of
results. The Dean may refuse continuation if in his opinion the continuance of the candidate does
not have adequate justification.
*
EC dated 27.2.1999.
**
203
7. REPEAT EXAMINATION:
(a) A repeat examination may be organized by the Dean on a written request made by the
unsuccessful students after the declaration of the result of II, IV, VI, VIII and X Semester and
within 15 days from the commencement of the new session.
(b) The repeat examination shall be open only to the candidates who have secured at least 50%
marks in half of the papers of both semesters in a year.
(c) The repeat examination shall be limited to the written papers and viva voce examination.
(d) The marks obtained earlier in the assignment shall be carried forward while determining the
marks/grade at the repeat examinations.
Provided that in case of Clinical course and Seminar, the repeat examinations shall be limited to
written reports and oral presentation only and the marks/grade obtained for the daily work shall be
carried forward while determining the marks/grade in the course.
Provided further that in the case of Clinical and Seminar courses where modified scheme may be
announced, the scope of repeat examination to be taken by the failed students shall be announced by
the Dean and the repeat examination shall be completed within the immediately following II, IV, VI,
VIII and X Semester Examinations.
(e) The number of times a candidate can repeat the examination shall be only once.
*
8. IMPROVEMENT:
A candidate obtaining 50 per cent or more marks in written paper in any course other than Seminar
or Clinical, may, if he so desires to appear in the Main Semester Examination in written papers in
that course with the prior permission of the Dean obtained in written at least 15 days before the
scheduled Examination. Such opportunity for improvement shall only be availed of once in two
papers of the semester at the immediately following Main Semester Examination in the course.
9. EX-STUDENTS:
(a) A candidate who has failed in a course at Semester Examination shall take the Semester
Examination only in the courses/viva-voce in which he has failed to pass, and the
marks/grade of the course/viva-voce in which he has already passed shall be carried forward
to the Examination taken by him.
(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, an ex-student as defined in Chapter

XVII shall be eligible to appear at the regular Semester Examination immediately following
the Semester Examinations in which he has failed to pass or to appear.
Provided a candidate not promoted under Clause 5 at a Semester Examination shall be eligible to
appear as an ex-student in the subsequent Semester Examinations.
(c) An ex-student who has passed the required Semester Examination, may seek admission to the
next semester, only prior to the mid-term written tests.
*
Academic Council dated 19.9.1998/EC dated 27.2.1999.
204
**
10. DIVISION:
The Division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis of the
aggregate of marks/grades obtained by him in all the ten Semester Examinations. Candidates who
obtain 65% of the marks or more shall be placed in the First Division, those who obtain less than
65% but not less than 50% of the marks, shall be placed in the Second Division. Candidates who
obtain 75% of the marks or more in a course shall be declared to have obtained distinction in that
course.
11. TOTAL PERMISSIBLE DURATION OF STUDIES:
No candidate shall be admitted as a candidate for a Semester Examination after the lapse of a period
of eight years after his first admission to the B.A. LL.B. (Hons) Degree course.
**
205
CHAPTER – XXX
Bachelor of Law (LL.B)
(Three Years Course)
**
(deleted)
*
CHAPTER – XXXI
MASTER OF LAWS (LL.M.)
†
(Deleted)
**
*
E.C. Res. No. 2 (para 16 of Appendix 1(b) dated 16.3.1985.
†
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
206
CHAPTER – XXXI(A)
∗∗
Master of Laws (LL.M.)
(Effective from the session 1997 – 98)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the degree of Master of Laws (LL.M.) unless he has passed, the
Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Law (3 – year course) / B.A. LL.B. (5 – year course) of
this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent, and has undergone
a regular course of study in the University for a period of two academic years comprising of four
semesters.
2. No candidate shall be admitted to LL.M. degree course unless he has secured not less than 55% of
aggregate marks in qualifying examination. The admission to the Course shall be open to candidates
through Competitive Entrance Test conducted by the University in accordance with the rules and
procedure prescribed for the purpose by the Academic Council from time to time.
3. The duration of LL.M. Degree course shall be of two academic years comprising of four semesters.
The duration of each semester shall be of 100 working days
4. (a) The examination for the degree of LL.M. shall comprise of four semesters and in each
semester, a candidate shall be examined in the courses prescribed by the Academic Council.
•
(b) The examinations for the degree of LL.M. shall be open to candidates who have undergone a
regular course of study and have put in at least 75% of attendance in each semester.
(c) Each Semester Examination shall comprise of End Semester Written Examination, Sessional
Work, Viva-voce Examination as well as Dissertation (at the end of final semester) as
prescribed by the Academic Council.
(d) The medium of instructions and examination shall be English Language.
(e) The evaluation of the Semester Examination shall be Internal/External as prescribed by the
Academic Council.
(f) (i) The course structure and the marks allotted to written papers, viva-voce examination
and sessional work for each semester shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the
recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Law and the Faculty of Law.
(ii) In case of ex-students, permitted to appear in a subsequent examination, marks obtained
by the candidates for the sessional work during their regular course of study shall be carried
forward to the subsequent examination.
(g) To pass each Semester Examination, a candidate must obtain at least–

(i) 50% of the marks in the sessional work;
(ii) 40% of the marks in each written paper;
(iii) 50% of the marks in the viva-voce examination;
(iv) 50% of the marks in dissertation and;
(v) 50% of the marks in the aggregate
∗∗
•
207
(h) Candidates who fail to obtain at least 50% marks in aggregate of I, II, III and IV (Final)
Semester Examinations shall be required to appear only in such written paper(s) / viva-voce
examination in which they have obtained less than 50% marks. The marks of the written
papers(s) / viva-voce examination etc in which they have already secured 50% or more marks
and the marks of the dissertation in which they have passed shall be taken into account in the
subsequent examination;
Provided that a candidate who fails to secure the minimum marks required in sessional work in a
semester shall not be permitted to appear at the Semester Examination until he has again attended
the regular course of study for that semester.
5. (a) No candidate shall be promoted to Second Semester of LL.M course unless he has obtained
50% marks in at least half of the written papers of LL.M. First Semester Examination.
(b) No candidate shall be promoted to Third Semester of LL.M. unless he has obtained 50%
marks in at least half of the written papers of LL.M. First Semester and Second Semester
Examinations separately.
(c) No candidate shall be promoted to Fourth Semester of LL.M. unless he has obtained 50%
marks in at least half of the written papers of L.L.M First Semester, Second Semester and
Third Semester Examinations separately.
6. A candidate who has been detained due to shortage of attendance or fail to secure the minimum
marks required in the sessional work during a semester, may seek continuation in the next session in
the semester in which he has been detained. Application for continuation shall be submitted to the
Dean, within 15 days from the date of commencement of the semester. The candidate may be
allowed to continue his/her studies by the Dean Faculty of Law.
7. (a) A candidate who fails at a Semester Examination shall be allowed to appear at examination
as an ex-student only in the written paper(s)/viva-voce examination/dissertation, in which he
has failed. The marks of the written paper(s)/viva-voce examination/dissertation etc in which
he has already passed shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.
(b) No candidate shall be eligible for the Degree of Master of Laws unless he has passed all the
four Semester Examinations.
8. A candidate who has secured less than 55% marks and wishes to improve his/her performance, may
appear in the Semester Examination in written papers(s) with the permission of the Dean Faculty of
Law at least 15 days before the scheduled examination, as per Clause (14) of Chapter XVII of the
Ordinances (Academic) in this behalf.
9. The division in which successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined in the following
manner on the basis of the aggregate marks obtained by them in all the four Semester Examinations.
(a) Candidates who obtain 65% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First
Division.
(b) Candidates who obtain less than 65% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be
placed in the Second Division.
208
(c) Candidates who obtain 75% of the marks or more in a written paper shall be declared to have
obtained distinction in that written paper.
•
10. (a) Every candidate shall be assigned his/her topic for dissertation in consultation with the
supervisor concerned within 15 days of the assignment of specialised group in III semester.
(b) No candidate shall be allowed to take IV semester examination unless he/she has submitted
his/her dissertation at least one week prior to the commencement of such examination.
(c) Notwithstanding any thing contained in these Ordinances, if a candidate fails to complete the
requirements of degree within four academic years from the date of his/her admission, he/she
shall not be allowed to pursue his/her studies in LL.M. degree programme. However, if a
candidate fails to complete the requirements of degree within four academic years, thus
permitted, the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Faculty, may further permit
him/her to complete the remaining requirements of the degree within one more additional
academic year.
•
11. Deleted
•
209
CHAPTER – XXXII
Bachelor of Education (B.Ed)
*
(Deleted)
*
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
210
•
CHAPTER- XXXII - A
Bachelor of Education (B.Ed)
(Semester System)
1. Introduction
(a) Aligarh Muslim University offers full-time program leading to the degree of B.Ed. in the
(b) The medium of instruction in this program is English, except for those courses taught in
various languages.
2. Eligibility
B.A./B.Sc./B.Com./B.Th. or an equivalent examination with at least 50% marks in aggregate.

Further the candidate must have studied two School Subjects (excluding Compulsory & Vocational
Subjects) at B.A./B.Sc./B.Com./B.Th. level from amongst:
1. English
2. Urdu
3. Hindi
4. History
5. Geography
6. Civics
7. Economics
8. Commerce
9. Mathematics
10. Biological Sciences
11. Physical Sciences
12. Home Science
13. Arabic
14. Persian
15. Fine Arts
16. Sanskrit
17. Theology
18. Islamic Studies
Note: Candidates who do not secure 50% marks in aggregate at B.A./B.Sc./B.Com./B.Th. level but are
otherwise eligible, would be eligible for admission if they secure at least 50% marks in
M.A./M.Sc./M.Com./M.Th. or equivalent examination in one of the school subjects studied at
B.A./B.Sc./B.Com./B.Th. level.
3. Admission :
The admissions to the B.Ed. program will be made normally in the Autumn Semester as per the
•
XM/RU/F.No.005/14/12 dated 14.5.2014
211
4. Academic Session :
month of July/August every year, and the Winter Semester in the month of December/January.
5. Duration of the Program:

The minimum duration of the program shall be two consecutive semesters after admission.
5.2. Maximum Duration

The maximum duration of the program shall be four consecutive semesters after admission.
6. Curriculum and Credit System:
6.1 Credit System:

The B.Ed. program will have a curriculum in which every course will be assigned certain
1. Lecturer period (L) per week : 1 Credit

1. Practical Lesson : 0.5 Credit
Normally, every theory course will be of 4 credits & every Practice course will be of 10 credits. In
addition to theory and Practice courses there may be other courses such as work experience,
school based activities etc., which will be assigned credits as per their contribution in the program
without regard to contact periods.
6.2 Curriculum
The curriculum for B.Ed. program will contain courses in various categories having credits in
such a way that the total of all credits will be equal to that required for the award of degree as
specified elsewhere in these ordinances.
6.3 Coordinator and Curriculum Development Committee

There shall be a Coordinator, B.Ed. Program to be nominated by the Chairman of the

The curriculum for B.Ed. program will contain a listing of all courses, with each course
having a course category, course number, course title, number of contact periods per week,
number of credits assigned, and the marks assigned to various components of evaluation.
The curriculum for B.Ed. program will be prepared by the department and will be
approved by the Board of Studies of the Department. It will then be vetted by the CDC and
will then be placed in the Faculty along with the recommendations of the CDC for approval.
Once approved by the Faculty, the Curriculum will be implemented. The same procedure
shall be used for any modification in the Curriculum.
212
7. Registration :
semester. The registration process involves.
(c) If a student fails to register without specific permission from the Dean, his/her name
may be removed from the rolls of the Faculty. Such a student may apply to the Dean for re-
admission stating the reasons for not being able to register for two consecutive semesters and
the Dean will take suitable decision on the merit of the case.
8. Attendance:
attendance will have to complete the attendance requirements in that course afresh and all
marks obtained in any component of the course-evaluation will stand cancelled.
9.1 Components of Evaluation:
evaluation.
(i) Theory courses:
Sessionals 25%
(ii) Teaching Practice:

Practical (Continuous Evaluation) 100 Marks
Criticism 25 Marks
End-Semester Examination 100 Marks

sessional/Practical/Criticism as well as End-Semester Examination of that course and
secure a minimum of 40% marks in aggregate. However a maximum of one Grace Mark
may be awarded in each course to pass in that course.
213
For backlog courses (where the attendance requirement has already been fulfilled), the student
shall appear only in the End-Semester examination and his/her sessional marks already
obtained in previous semester shall be counted.
However, if the student also wishes to improve his/her sessional/criticism, he/she will have to
fulfil the attendance requirement, earn sessional marks and appear in the End-semester
examination afresh and the previous sessional marks, if any, will be cancelled.
the teacher(s) associated with the course. The Teaching Practice courses will be examined by
two internal examiners and an external examiner not in service of this University at the
time of examination. In case the external examiner dues not turn up for the examination,
Chairman of the department shall call another person to act as an external examiner, even
from within the University, if necessary.

(iii) One external senior faculty member, not in the service of this University
Note: The Paper Setter(s) may be invited, if necessary, to clarify the necessary details of the
question paper.
10. Degree Requirement:
(a) A student who undergoes one year of regular study in the program, earns 72 credits subject to
the break up in various courses categories and fulfils such other conditions as may be
mentioned in the curriculum will be awarded the degree. He/she must also pay all University
dues as per rules. Moreover, there should be no case of indiscipline pending against him/her.
11.1 Promotion

A student of First Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Second Semester if he/she
completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed courses of First
Semester.
214
11.2 Mercy Appeal
once during the tenure of the program, extending the total duration of the program by two semesters,
at the maximum, beyond 4 semesters, if required. Under no circumstances a student will be allowed
to complete the program after the lapse of 6 semesters after admission.
12. Improvement:
(a) If a candidate passes I and II semester examinations and wishes to improve his/her
performance in theory papers, he/she may appear in the End Semester Examinations of not
more than 25% of the theory courses, not later than one academic session after the declaration
of his/her result of passing the complete examination as an ex-student. There shall be no
improvement in the sessional work. The sessional marks awarded to him/her during his/her
regular course of study shall be carried forward.
(b) A candidate who secures a Third Division in the Final Examination in Practice Teaching may
get only one chance to appear again in the examination in order to improve his/her division in
the immediately following academic session provided that he/she gets enrolled as an ex-
student and teaches at least 20 lessons under the supervision of the Department of Education
of this University during the session.
(c) A candidate will be permitted to a improve his/her performance as per provisions of Clause
12(a) and/or 12(b) only if the candidate is not pursuing any other course of study. Further,
such candidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation;
(d) If the candidate fails to improve his/her performance, the marks sheet and/or degree awarded
to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn
13. Result:
(a) The division awarded to the students will be based on aggregate percentage of marks in theory
and Practice teaching separately as given below:
60% and above First
50% and above but less that 60% Second
40% and above but less that 50% Third
Ordinances (Academic) under which they were admitted. Students who fail in the courses that are
no more offered in these new ordinances and new curriculum will be allowed to pass the alternative
215
*
CHAPTER – XXXIII
Master of Education (M.Ed.)
†
(Deleted)
*
E.C.Res.No. 6(68) dated 20.12.1980 and 21/22.2.1981.
†
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
216
CHAPTER – XXXIII(A)••
Master of Education (M.Ed
(2 – Semester Programme)
1. The degree of M.Ed. shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed B.Ed. examination of this
University with at least 50% marks in aggregate of theory courses of B.Ed. or an examination
recognised by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course of study for not
less than one academic year comprising of two semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including
attendance of first and second semesters.
2. In order to be eligible for the award of the degree of Master of Education (M.Ed.), a candidate shall
have to pass in semester examinations each comprising of five courses of four credits each so as to
accumulate 40 credits distributed in two semesters of 20 credits per semester alongwith the
viva-voce examination of 2 credits each at the end of I and II semesters and a research
project/dissertation of 4 credits to be completed during the entire period spread over both semesters
(ie to accumulate a total of 48 credits for the award of M.Ed. degree) in the manner as specified in
Clause (6) below.
3. The courses, the credits and the marks allotted to each course shall be as prescribed by the Academic
Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Education and the
4. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation in each course consisting of sessional work spread over
the semester followed by End Semester Examination at the end of each semester.
(b) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course/research project/
dissertation shall be as follows (1 credits means 25 marks):
Sessional work : 25% marks
5. The semester examinations shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of
study in this University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all courses taken together in each
semester.
6. (a) To pass each course/research project/dissertation/viva-voce and to accumulate credits to it, a

candidate must obtain at least 36% of the total marks in sessional work & End Semester
Examination , taken together.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum marks to pass in a course may be allowed to
appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course. The
marks awarded at the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a
regular candidate, shall be taken into account. The marks in the courses in which the
(c) For ex-student, as defined in Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted to
appear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, the marks obtained earlier in sessional
work/research project/dissertation/viva-voce shall be carried forward.
••
217
7. A candidate who fails to fulfil attendance requirements in I and/or II Semester(s) may be allowed for
re-registration in I and/or II Semester in the next session within a maximum permissible period of
two academic sessions from the date of his/her admission.
However, a candidate who has fulfilled attendance requirements of I and II semesters, may be
permitted to appear at the next immediately following End Semester Examinations as an ex-student
to complete the remaining requirements for the award of M.Ed. degree;
Provided that in no case, a candidate shall be permitted further to appear in the examination and
his/her name shall be removed from the University.
aggregate marks obtained by him/her in first and second semesters taken together. Candidates who
obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtain
less than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Division
and those who obtain less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in Third Division.
9. If a candidate passes I and II semester examinations and wishes to improve his/her performance,
he/she may appear in not more than 25% of the written papers of theory courses at the End Semester
Examinations, not later than one academic session after the declaration of his/her result on passing
the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/dissertation/ viva-
voce examination. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/dissertation/ viva-voce
examination during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward. Such candidates shall
not be allowed hostel accommodation;
Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and the candidate is not pursuing or
10. Ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVIII(A) of Ordinances (Academic) who are eligible
to appear at the M.Ed. examination under Annual System, shall be allowed to complete the degree
requirements till 2005 examination.
CHAPTER – XXXIV
Bachelor of Science in Engineering (Civil, Electrical, Mechanical and Chemical)**
**(deleted)
218
**TRANSITORY ORDINANCES
**(Deleted)
*
CHAPTER – XXXIV(A)
Bachelor of Science in Engineering (Chemical, Civil, Electrical and Mechanical)
(Effective from the exams. of 1981-82)
**(deleted)
*TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXXIV(A)

**(deleted)
CHAPTER – XXXIV(B)
Bachelor of Science in Engineering (Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Electronics and
Mechanical)
(FOUR YEARS DEGREE COURSE EFFECTIVE FROM 1984-85)
**(deleted)
*CHAPTER – XXXIV(C)
Bachelor of Science in Engineering
(Chemical/Civil/Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical)
Four years degree course effective from Academic Session 1985-86)
**(deleted)
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXXIV(C)
**(deleted)
∗
CHAPTER – XXXIV(D)∗∗
BACHELOR SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING / BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY
(CIVIL/ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL/COMPUTER/CHEMICAL/PETRO-
CHEMICAL/ELECTRONICS) EXAMINATION
(Four -Year Degree Course)
(Effective form the Session 1994-95) and
Bachelor of Engineering (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) Examination
(Four-Year Degree Course)
†
(Deleted)
** O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

∗
Chapter XXXIV (C) & XXX(V) (C) are clubbed together as Chapter XXXIV (D) for B.Sc. Engg. & BE as per OM No XM/AC IV /
2759 dated 7.2.95.
∗∗
Old nomenclature “B.Sc. in Engg.” is changed to new nomenclature “Bachelor of Technology” in appropriate branch of Engg.
w.e.f. 1999 Examination vide Office Memo No (C) 840 & 841 dated 4.06.1999.
†
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
219
CHAPTER – XXXIV(E)
(Under Semester System based on Earned Credits & Grading Scheme of Evaluation )
FOR
Bachelor of Technology in Chemical /Civil /Computer /Electrical/ Electronics/ Mechanical/
Petro-Chemical Engineering
(Effective for the students admitted from the Session 2001 – 2002)
Introduction:
(1.1) Faculty of Engineering & Technology has adopted Semester System in place of conventional
Annual System for the students admitted to B.Tech. Programmes from the academic session 2001-
2002. Continuous internal assessment, grading system, credit based core and elective courses are
essential links for the success of Semester System. It allows a student to qualify for his/her Degree
by accumulating a minimum number of specified credits depending upon the ability and
convenience of individual student within a specified frame work.
(1.2) These Ordinances ( Academic ) and related Regulations will be applicable to the students admitted
to B.Tech. Programme during the session 2001-2002 and onwards ( under Semester System based
on Earned Credits and Grading Scheme of Evaluation ) offered by the Faculty of Engineering &
Technology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh. All existing rules, Regulations and Ordinances
(Academic) related to B.Tech. Programme under Annual System and Grading Scheme of Evaluation
are in fractious in the light of these Ordinance (Academic). (However, the existing Ordinances
(Academic) under Chapter XXXIV(D) shall remain operative for Bachelor of Engineering
(Evening) Degree Programme)
(1.3) As and when new B.Tech. Programme in other branches of Engineering are introduced, they will
also be governed by these Ordinances (Academic) and related Regulations.
(1.4) On the recommendations of the Faculty of Engineering & Technology and approved by various
authorities of the University, any or all these Ordinances (Academic) and related Regulations may
be deleted or replaced by new ones at any time.
(1.5) The medium of instruction in B.Tech. Programme is English.
Admissions:
(2.1) The Degree of Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) in Chemical/ Civil/Computer/Electrical/

Electronics/Mechanical/Petro-Chemical Engineering shall be awarded to the candidates who have
undergone at this University, a regular course of study for Four Academic Years consisting of Eight
Semesters in the relevant branch of Engineering after having passed the Senior Secondary School
Certificate (10+2) Examination of this University with English, Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics
or an Examination recognized by this University as its equivalent or have passed the Diploma in
Engineering Examination of this University provided that the candidate has been selected for
admission to B.Tech. Programme in the relevant branch of Engineering through Entrance Test for
Admission.

EC dated 18.8.2001/29.12.2001.
220
(2.2) Admissions to B.Tech. Programme shall be made at First Semester level through an Entrance Test
for Admission conducted by this University. Detailed procedure and rules for admission to B.Tech.
Programme shall be made available in the Guide to Admissions published by the University every
year.
(2.3) Any candidate, not appearing at the Entrance Test for Admission shall not be considered for
admission to B.Tech. Programme.
However, few seats are reserved for admission to B.Tech. Programme for eligible rank/position
holders of Final Year Diploma in Engineering Examination of this University in the year
immediately preceding without appearing in the Entrance Test for Admission. Detailed rules for
admission to rank/position holders at Diploma in Engineering of this University are given in the
Regulations to Ordinances ( Academic) prescribed in this behalf by the University from time to
time.
Few seats are also reserved for admission to B.Tech. Programme for Self Financing Foreign
Nationals/NRIs under IEF Scheme/Cultural Exchange Programme without appearing in the Entrance
Test for Admission in accordance with the rules and procedures specified in Special Information
Bulletin for Admissions to Foreign Nationals/NRIs published by this University every year.
(2.4) There shall be no direct admission at any level of B.Tech. Programme above First Semester level
either on transfer basis from other Engineering Institution in India or abroad or on any other ground.
(2.5) The University/Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Technology or any other competent authority reserves the
right to cancel the admission of any student at any stage during his/her Degree Programme on
grounds of unsatisfactory performance in studies or shortage of attendance in classes or
indisciplined behaviour. (As per Ordinances of the University).
(2.6) Every student admitted to B.Tech. Programme should get himself/herself registered in all regular
semesters until the completion of the requirements of his/her Degree within permissible time limit.
If for any valid reasons, he/she is unable to register in a Semester, he/she must seek permission of
the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology. In the absence of such permission, he/she would be
deemed to have left the Degree Programme and his/her name shall be struck off from the roll of the
Faculty/University. However, when a student has been permitted to withdraw from all courses
during a semester, he/she continues to be on rolls of the Faculty/University.
3. Academic Calendar:
(3.1) Each Academic Year ( 52 weeks ) is divided into two Semesters viz. First ( Autumn ) Semester and
Second ( Spring ) Semester, each of which shall be of 20 weeks duration followed by 2 weeks of
Winter Break and 10 weeks of Summer Vacations ( which may be utilized for Industrial Training
Period). The tentative break up of each Semester shall be as follows :
(i) First ( Autumn ) Semester :

Teaching ( Phase I ) 8 Weeks
Mid-Semester Examination 1 Week
Teaching ( Phase II ) 7 Weeks
Preparation Leave 1 Week
End Semester Univ. Exam 2 Weeks
Evaluation & Result Processing Period 1 Week
221
(ii) Winter Break (to be utilized for College Week/

Educational Tour ) 2 Weeks
(iii) Second ( Spring ) Semester:

Teaching (Phase I) 8 Weeks
Teaching (Phase II) 7 Weeks
End-Semester Univ. Exam. 2 Weeks
(iv) Summer Vacations ( to be utilized for Practical

Training after VI Semester) 10 Weeks
4. Teaching Schedule: (Refer to the Regulations)
(Weekly Work Schedule & Students Contact Hours/Week)
5. Change of Branch:
In special cases, a limited number of students may be allowed to change over from one branch of
study of B.Tech. Programme to another, depending on the availability of seats and their performance
in the first two semesters. Detailed rules for change of branch are given in the Regulations to the
Ordinances ( Academic) prescribed in this behalf.
6. Semester-Wise Course Structure/Teaching & Examination Schedule:
(6.1) Each Course ( Theory/Practical/Project) has certain number of credits (Cr.) assigned to it depending
upon its contact hours per week and their nature as specified below :
1 Lecture hour (L) in a week = 1 Credit

1 Tutorial hour (T) in a week = 1 Credit
1 Practical hour (P) in a week = 0.5 Credit
(6.2) Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester-wise Course Structure) indicating
Nature of the Course ( Theory/Practical), Course Category, Course Number & their Titles, Contact
Hours of Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals per week & assigned Credits shall be prescribed by the
Faculty on the recommendations of the respective Board of Studies of the Department concerned
(refer to Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule / Semester-wise Course Structure for
various Branches of Engineering)..
(6.3) A letter grade is awarded in each course for which a student is registered during a Semester. On
obtaining a pass grade A,B,C or D, the student is supposed to accumulate and earn the credits
assigned to the course which will be termed as Earned Credits (EC).
(6.4) The minimum number of earned credits required for the award of B.Tech. Degree in an appropriate
branch of Engineering is 220. This requirement may be changed by the University for any or all of
the B.Tech. Degree Programmes at any time considered necessary by it.
The break up of credits for various categories of courses of B.Tech. Degree Programme shall be as
follows :
222
(i) Basic Sciences (BS) 30-36 credits

Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics etc.
(ii) Engineering Sciences & Arts ( ESA ) 39-44 credits

Graphic Science, Manufacturing Processes & Practice,
Mechanics, Strength of Materials, Basic Thermal Sciences,
Material Science, Electrical Engineering & Electronics,
Computer Programming, Numerical Analysis & Computing etc.
(iii) Humanities and Management ( HM ) 12-16 credits

Languages, Humanities, Social Sciences and Management
(iv) Departmental Core ( DC ) 84-108 credits
(v) Departmental Electives(DE) 16-25 credits
(vi) Open Electives/Unspecified Courses (OE) 8-15 credits
(6.5) The Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCAC):
It shall advise the students to register themselves for the above categories of courses keeping their
interest and to progress at their own pace, subject to certain constraints of Earned Credits and Slot
System specified in these Ordinances ( Academic ). This Advisory Committee will help the student
individually in finalizing his/her study schedule during the semester.
(6.6) Of the total course work requirements, several courses are compulsory known as Core Courses
and the rest are Elective Courses. Students may choose elective courses from the list of Elective
Courses specified by the Department concerned in accordance with their individual needs for his/her
future career, every semester.
(6.7) In all, 59 credits of Common Course Work is required to be registered in the first two Semesters of
B.Tech. Programme as specified in Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester
wise Course Structure).
(6.8) The remaining Course Work requirements may vary for one branch of Engineering to another to be
decided by the respective Board of Studies of the Departments.

7. Pre-Registration:
Deleted
8. Registration:
(8.1) Every student admitted to B.Tech. Degree Programme should register himself/herself in all regular
semesters till he/she completes all the requirements of his/her Degree . The registration in a course
means that the student‟s name is on the roll list in a course for which he/she wants to study and earn
credits. If for any valid reasons, he/she is unable to register in a semester, he/she must seek prior
permission of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology, without which, he/she would be
deemed to have left the B.Tech Degree Programme and his/her name may be struck off the rolls of
the Faculty/University.

O.M. No. XM/RU/0002/08/2728 (Internal) dt. 25.11.2008
223
(8.2) Every student is expected to register for the normal credit loading as per Teaching & Examination
Schedule in each regular semester. However, a student at his/her own option may depart from the
prescribed credit loading, when feasible. Every student is required to get his/her registration
properly completed at his/her own responsibility, failing which he/she shall not be allowed to attend
any classes.
(8.3) A student who joins first semester of B.Tech. programme will automatically deemed to have been
registered for all the courses of I & II Semesters of I Year B.Tech. Programme specified in the
Common Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester-wise Course Structure). Registration cards
for first two semesters will be issued by the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering &
Technology at the time of admission to B.Tech. Degree Programme. Registration of student for
third semester and onwards will be taken up by the Departments concerned on the dates announced
by the Faculty/Departments.
(8.4) The academic record of the student shall be maintained in the Dean‟s Office by recording the
courses for which he/she registers in a semester and the grades obtained in these courses, along-
with the eligibility requirements of minimum earned credits for continuation of his/her Degree
Programme.
(8.5) It is mandatory for all students to present themselves on the scheduled day for registration. Before
the commencement of classes, each student will be given a Course Registration Card which will be
the official record of courses registered by the student. Addition, deletion and withdrawl courses
shall also be marked on this card by the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology.
Ordinarily, no late registration is permissible. However, in extra ordinary genuine situations due to
illness or emergent circumstances, if a student is unable to reach the Office of the Dean, Faculty of
Engineering & Technology on the scheduled date of registration, an authorized representative may
approach the Dean Faculty of Engineering & Technology with necessary documents/proof for
permission for late registration.
(8.6) Each student is supposed to get himself/herself registered for the courses of his/her choice in the
Office of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering. & Technology and prepares his/her own study Schedule
for the semester on the advise by the Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCAC) subject to
certain constraints of Earned Credit System, his/her past performance, work load, and available
slots in the Time-Table.
(8.7) Those students who do not fulfil all the requirements of first two semesters of the Programme but
have fulfilled the minimum Earned Credit requirements for continuation of registration will
normally be required to first register for the uncleared courses as far as possible. They may in
addition, register for other courses in accordance with the conditions specified below and in
consultation with Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCDA).
(i) Only those students who have cleared all University and Hall dues of the previous semesters
and have paid required advance payments of University and Hall charges for the current
semester will be permitted for registration in the courses during current semester. (Orders to
be issued by the University)
(ii) The courses for which registration is sought are being offered during the semester by the
teaching department concerned.
224

(iii) The total number of credits registered during a semester at third or higher semester levels,
should not be more than 40 which should include fresh courses, backlog courses and courses
for improvement of grades, whether through attending classes afresh or through End-Semester
Examination alone.
(
iv) Registration for Project Work may be done only after promotion to VII semester with the
concurrence of the Departmental Course Advisory Committee(DADC).

(8.8) Normally the registration for a semester will be done before the end of the previous semester. The
detailed schedule of registration including deadlines for modifications and penalties for late
registration will be announced by the Dean in each semester.
(8.9) A student who is awarded grade E,F,I or W in any Elective Course may register for the same course
or any other Elective Course from the same group of Electives according to his liking in consultation
with the Departmental Course Advisory Committee(DADC).

(8.10) Repetition of course:
(i) If a student fails to get a passing grade in a course, all marks obtained by him/her in all the
components of that course will stand cancelled, and he/she will have to register the course, or
its alternative, afresh in a subsequent semester and appear afresh in all the components, i.e.,
Course work, Mid-Semester Examination and End-Semester Examination etc. and his/her
grade will be determined on the basis of recently obtained marks.
(ii) A student may repeat the course only once in which he/she has been awarded a pass grade
during previous semester, provided that the student has passed the course in first attempt/
registration.
(8.11) When the student re-registers for a course as stated above ( 8.9 & 8.10) and is awarded a regular
grade ( A,B,C,D or E ), the better of the two grades will be counted for computing SPI (Semester
Performance Index)/CPI ( Cumulative Performance Index ) and / or Division.

9. Deleted

10. Registration of Courses in End Semester Examination mode:

(10.1) Students may register only one graduating course, as explained in (10.2) below in End-Semester
Examination mode also, the explanation of which is given in (10.5) below.

(10.2) A student may be allowed to register for one course of not more than 5 credits in End-Semester
Examination mode if he/she is able to graduate by passing such a course, irrespective of whether the
course is being offered in the current semester to regular students or not, provided that the student
has fulfilled the attendance requirement earlier and has been awarded E or I grade in that course.
Such a course shall be known as a graduating course. The conditions given in (10.5) for End-
Semester Examination mode shall apply.


O.M. NO. XM/AC/Reg./2042 dated 19.8.2004.


O.M. No. XM/SPA/FN-5(XIV)/II-534 dt. 4.3.2007
225

(10.3) Since the need for a graduating course mentioned in (10.2) above can be known only after the
declaration of result of the previous semester, the registration for a graduating course may be done
after the declaration of result of the previous semester up to a date notified by the Dean, Faculty of
Engineering & Technology.

(10.4) The End-Semester Examination of all graduating courses shall be conducted simultaneously along
with the End-Semester Examination of regular courses of the current semester examination.

(10.5) In the End Semester Examination mode of graduating course registration, the student shall appear
in the End Semester Examination component of the course only. Grade D shall be awarded if the
student concerned obtained 35% or more of the marks allotted to End Semester Examination alone.
In case the marks obtained are less than 35%, grade E will be awarded.
11. Attendance: ( In lieu of Clause (2) of Chapter XVII of the existing Ordinances )
Attendance in all classes (Lectures, Tutorials, Practicals, Drawing and/or Design Practice) of each
course separately is compulsory at least once. Students who have put in 70% or more attendance in a
course in a semester will be eligible to appear in the End-Semester Examination of that course.
Students who have put in 60% or more but less than 70% attendance in a course may be considered
for condonation of shortage of attendance in that course by the condonation committee. Students
whose attendance in a course is less than 60% or whose shortage in attendance has not been
condoned will not be eligible to appear the End-Semester Examination of that course and will be
awarded grade „F‟ in that course and all marks obtained in any component of the course-evaluation
will stand cancelled. However, in case a student is repeating a course and the student has already
fulfilled the attendance requirement in that course, he/she will not be detained due to shortage of
attendance in that course during the repeating semester.
12. Degree Requirements:
(12.1) B.Tech. Degree in an appropriate Branch of Engineering shall be awarded to a student if he/she has
accumulated a minimum of 220 Earned Credits within a minimum of 8 semesters as specified in the
B.Tech. Degree Programme subject to break up in various categories of courses mentioned therein.
He/she must also pay all University and Hall dues as per rules. Moreover, there should be no case
of indiscipline pending against him/her.
(12.2) A student can register himself/herself for the courses upto a maximum of 240 credits during his/her
entire B.Tech. Degree Programme. If a student earns more than a specified minimum total credits
(220 +) for the Degree, the better grades satisfying the Degree requirements will be considered for
determining the Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) & / or Division.
(12.3) A letter grade (as mentioned in Grade Awarding Procedure) shall be awarded in each course for
which the student is registered during a semester.
(12.4) The Credits of the Courses in which a student has been awarded regular passing grade (A,B,C or D)
only will be counted as Earned Credits (EC) by him/her.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/FN-57(XIV)/II-534 dt. 4.3.2007

226
13. Semester and Cumulative Performance Index ( SPI/CPI ):
(13.1) The performance of the student is measured by (i) Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) and
(ii) the number of Earned Credits (EC).
(13.2) The Semester Performance Index (SPI) is the weighted average of the grade points of all courses
registered during the semester and describes the performance of a student in all courses registered
during a semester. If the grade points corresponding to the letter grades awarded to a student in all
courses registered during a semester are denoted by G1,G2,G3 etc. and their corresponding credits
by C1, C2, C3 etc., The SPI is computed as follows :
SPI = ( C1G1+C2G2 + C3G3+..)/(C1+C2+C3+…) or
SPI = (Grade Points x Course Credits)/  (Credits in all registered courses)
(13.3) The Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) describes the overall performance of a student in all
passed courses up to and including the latest semester since his/her admission to B.Tech. Degree
Programme.
(13.4) When a student repeats a course, the better of the two grades awarded to the student in the course
shall be counted in computing SPI/CPI.
Example: For computing SPI/CPI
I Semester / I Year B.Tech.
Course Course Grade Earned Points Remarks*

Number Credits Awarded Credits Secured
EN101 4 B 4 32
AP 101 3 C 3 18
AC 101 3 B 3 24
AM101 5 E 0 10(-)*
EE 101 3 F 0 00
ME101 4 C 4 24
ME103 4 C 4 24
AP191 1 A 1 10
AC191 1 B 1 08
ME191 1.5 B 1.5 12
Total 29.5 21.5 162/152
SPI = ( I Semester ) = 162/29.5 = 5.491 ; CPI = Not applicable ; EC = 21.5

227
II Semester / I Year B.Tech.
Course Course Grade Earned Points Remark*

CO101 4 A 4 40
AP102 3 B 3 24
AC102 3 B 3 24
AM102 5 D 5 20
EL101 3 E 0 06(-)*
ME102 4 F 0 00
CE101 4 I 0 00
AP192 1 B 1 08
AC192 1 B 1 08
ME192 1.5 C 1.5 09
Total : 29.5 18.5 139/133

*To be excluded from the calculation of CPI.
SPI(IISemester) = 139/29.5=4.711; EC (II Semester)=18.5 ; EC (Cumulative)=21.5+18.5=40
CPI=(152+133)/(21.5 + 18.5) = 7.125;
14. Termination of Registration:


(14.1)Deleted

(14.2) Deleted
●(
14.3) Deleted

(14.4) A student is allowed only 14 semesters at the maximum, since admission, for completing all the
requirements for graduation. The minimum Earned Credit (EC) requirement at the end of even
number of semesters after admission for continuation of admission in the B.Tech. Degree
Programme shall be as specified below:
Check Point (No. of semesters Minimum EC requirements

from the date of admission)
2 semesters 0
4 semesters 30
6 semesters 65
8 semesters 100
10 semesters 130
12 semesters 160
14 semesters 220
The requirements shown in the above table will be operated as given below:
(i) If a student obtains Earned Credits (EC) more than the minimum required plus 10 as given in
the above table, his/her result will be shown as “Continued”
(ii) If a student obtains Earned Credits (EC) that are more than the minimum required by 10 credits
or less, up to 12 semesters check point, his/her result will be shown as “Probation”.


OM No. XM/RU/0002/08/2728 (Internal) dt. 25.11.2008
228
(iii) If a student obtains Earned Credits (EC) less than the minimum required as given in the above
table, his/her admission in the B.Tech. degree program will be cancelled and his/her result will
be shown as “Name Removed”.

(14.5)If a student‟s admission has been cancelled in accordance with the provisions of clause (14.4), the
student may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor stating the reasons for not being able to earn the required
credits, and the Vice-Chancellor, if he is satisfied with the reasons, may allow the continuation of
admission of the student only once during the tenure of the program, extending the total duration of
the program by one year, at the maximum, beyond 14 semesters, if required.
(15) Moderation Committee for Question Papers: (In lieu of Clause (9) of Chapter XV of the existing
Academic Ordinances)
(15.1) Ordinarily, End Semester University Examination of Theory Courses (Core/Elective) of B.Tech.
may be internally evaluated by the internal Examiner(s) to be appointed by the Board of Studies of
the concerned Department.
For End Semester University Examination of Practical Courses of B.Tech. there may be Internal
and External Examiners to be appointed by the Board of Studies of the concerned Department.
End Semester University Examination of Project of B.Tech. may be through Seminar and Viva-voce
Test to be conducted by a group of Internal and External Examiners to be appointed by the Board of
Studies of the concerned Department.
(15.2) There shall be a Teacher Incharge for each course. He/she along with other associated
Teachers/Examiners, appointed by the respective Board of Studies of the Department shall be
responsible for ( i ) conducting the course ( ii ) holding tests/examinations (iii) maintaining the
performance record of the students in various components of evaluation etc.
(153.) There shall be a Moderation Committee of the concerned Department consisting of the following
members to moderate the Question Papers of the End-Semester University Examination of B.Tech
Degree Programme in accordance with the Regulations in this behalf.
(i) Chairman of the Department concerned …convener
(ii) One Senior Teacher of the Department in each broad area of specialization,
Note: The Teacher Incharge of the Course or Paper Setter may be invited, if necessary, to clarify the
necessary details of the question paper.
(15.4) Result Moderation Committee:

(In lieu of Clause (9) of Chapter XV of the existing Academic Ordinances)
There shall be a Result Moderation Committee of the concerned Department consisting of the
following members to moderate course-wise results of B.Tech. Degree Programme in accordance
with the Regulations in this behalf.
(i) Chairman of the Department concerned -(Convener)
(ii) One Senior Teacher of the Department in each broad area of specialization.
(iii) Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner concerned.
Note: The Result Moderation Committee shall be convened, ordinarily, within one week after the End-
Semester University Examination of all theory courses have been held to moderate the course-wise results.

A.C. item No. 17, dated 14.7.2009
229
16. Evaluation of Students’ Performance:
(16.1) A regular grade ( A,B,C,D or E) is awarded to a student in a course for which he/she is registered.
The grades in each course shall be awarded on the basis of overall performance in various
components of evaluation ( i.e. combined marks in course work including Mid-Semester
Examination during the entire semester and End-Semester University Examination of a
Theory/Practical/Project Course).
(16.2) The Credits assigned to the course for which the student is registered and is awarded a regular
passing grade „D‟ or above in the Course is counted as Earned Credits (EC).
(16.3) The relative weightages of various components of evaluation for various types of courses as
mentioned in the Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester wise Course Structure) shall be as
follows:
(A) Theory Courses:

i) -Course Work (HA, Quiz Tests etc.) 15%
ii) -Mid-Semester Examination 25%
iii) -End-Semester Univ. Exam. 60%
(B) Drawing/Design & Similar Courses(including Computers & Programming)

i) -Drawing/Design Course Work /Practice Work 40%
ii) -Mid-Semester Examination 20%
iii) -End-Semester Univ. Exam. 40%
(C) Practical Courses:
i) -Course Work related to Laboratory/Field Work/
Workshop Practice, Report Writing,
Oral Tests etc. 60%
ii) -End-Semester Univ. Exam. 40%
(D) Project Course:*

i) -Course Work, Report Writing etc.
(at seventh semester level) 30%
ii) -Course Work, Report Writing etc.
(at eighth semester level) 40%
iii) -End-Semester Univ. Exam. including Seminar 30%
*The Project Report is to be submitted by a regular student at seventh and eighth semesters level.
Comprehensive End-Semester Oral Test is to be carried out by a group of External & Internal
Examiners. Every student who presents his/her Project Work in a seminar is also expected to attend
the entire Seminar Session arranged by the Department. Due weightage will be given to the students
for participation in Seminar Session.
The evaluation of Project Work of a student who take more than eight semesters to complete the
Degree requirements may be carried out along with the regular students of next batches at their
regular seventh and eighth semester level.
Normally, Project Work is spread over during seventh and eighth semesters. At the end of seventh
semester, an incomplete grade (I) is awarded in Project Work. At the end of eighth semester when
all aspects of Project Work are completed, a regular grade ( A,B,C,D, or E) will be awarded for both
semesters and the grade (I) awarded at seventh semester level will stand cancelled.
230
(16.4) The combined marks obtained by a student in various components of evaluation ( Course Work
including Mid-Semester Examination & End-Semester University Examination) of a course shall be
converted into regular letter grades (A,B,C,D,E) on 10-points scale along with other special letter
grades F,I and W as given below :
Regular Letter Grades Grade Point Significance
A 10 Outstanding
B 8 Very Good
C 6 Good
D 4 Satisfactory (Min. Passing Grade)
E 2 Unsatisfactory (Fail Grade)
Special Letter Grade
I 0 Incomplete grade (absent in End
Semester Univ. Exam. or incomplete Project Work to be
continued to next semester)
F 0 Fail grade due to unsatisfactory
Attendance &/or performance in a course
W 0 Withdrawal from a registered course
Note: To earn credits, a student must obtain grade A, B, C, or D in each registered course, required for the
award of Degree.
(16.5) The following grade ranges may ordinarily be used for the award of grades to the students in a
course.
Grade Ranges Grade
(Percentage of combined marks
in course work including Mid-Semester
and End Semester Examination)
75% and above A

60% and above but less than 75% B
45% and above but less than 60% C
35% and above but less than 45% D
less than 35% E
Note: Fraction in marks obtained by a student in a course may be rounded off to the next whole number.
(16.6) Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiners may set higher or lower grade ranges depending upon
the nature of the course, general performance of the students in the course and distribution of
students population etc. However, minimum passing grade `D` should never be awarded if a student
secures below 35% combined marks in a course.

(16.7)To pass a course/improvement of grades by a margin of two or one marks may further be reviewed
by awarding G.M. by the Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiners/Result Moderation Committee.
In case of an extra – ordinary abnormal situations, the Result Moderation Committee may take
suitable corrective measures and even recommend for re-evaluation of answer-scripts of all students
in the course. In such abnormal cases, the Teachers Incharge of the Course/ Paper Setter/ Examiner

O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord. 57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.
231
is required to place the evaluated answer scripts alongwith the brief solution and marking scheme
before the Result Moderation Committee for speedy re-evaluation of answer-scripts.
(16.8) The Grade Ranges used earlier for the course shall be used for awarding grades in re-evaluation
cases. Special attention must be paid while re-evaluation is done in border line cases. The re-
evaluated grades shall be final and binding on the examinee.
The re-evaluation is permissible in a maximum of two Theory Courses in each Semester. There shall
be no re-evaluation of Practical/Project Course, Seminar or Course Work related to any course.
(16.9) Incomplete Grade (I): It is awarded to a student in a course, if he/she has done Course Work during
the semester and has not been able to appear at the End Semester University Examination on
medical ground or due to extra-ordinary circumstances. Such students who have been awarded
grade(I) may apply for re-registration for the same course or its substitute (if permissible) in the
subsequent semesters. In case of incomplete Project Course at the end of seventh semester, the grade
(I) is awarded and later on at eighth semester level, a regular grade may be awarded on completion
of evaluation carried out in both the semesters.
(16.10) Detained Grade (F):
If a student has been registered for a course but has not attended it properly ( i.e. detained due to
shortage in attendance), the Teacher-Incharge of the Course/Examiner will record grade „F‟
irrespective of his/her academic performance in course work &/or End-Semester University
Examination. In such cases, the student is required to re-register himself/herself in the course or its
substitute, if possible, during the subsequent semesters to earn regular grades.
(16.11)Withdrawal Grade (W):
It indicates that the student has opted to withdraw on medical ground or otherwise from the
registered course(s) after the approval by the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology. In such
cases, grade „W‟ will be awarded in the course(s).

(16.12) The candidates who have accumulated the required earned credits as per proviso of clause (12) of
these ordinances, shall be termed as successful candidates.
The Division in which successful candidates are to be placed at the end of the Final year
B.Arch/B.Tech. Programme shall be based on Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) as indicated
below:
First division with Honours CPI = > 8.5
First division 8.5>CPI = > 6.5
Second division CPI < 6.5
For the purpose of conversion of CPI(x) into Equivalent Percentage of Aggregate (y%), the
following formula may be used:
3 2
y(%) = (20x - 380x + 2725x - 1690)/84
17. Scholarships & Medals: (For details, refer to Regulations to Ordinances ( Academic ) in this behalf.)

232
Transitory Ordinances to Chapter XXXIV(E) of Ordinances(Academic):
The last examination as per Chapter XXXIV(D) of Ordinances (Academic)(as amended up to

2000-2001 for B.Tech. Programme) will be held as under:
I Year B.Tech. 2001

II Year B.Tech. 2002
III Year B.Tech. 2003
IV Year B.Tech. 2004
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, students who fail in the above mentioned
examinations and want to appear at the next corresponding examination shall be governed by the
following Ordinances(Academic).
a) The candidates who are admitted to B.Tech. Degree Programme in the session 2000-
2001 or earlier and are joining the classes under the Chapter XXXIV(E) of New
Ordinances(Academic) as regular students, shall be governed by the New Ordinances, effective
from the session 2001-2002 provided that such students give an undertaking to abide by the
New Ordinances, Regulations & Rules prescribed for the purpose.

The total Earned Credit Requirements during the entire Degree Programme for such students who
were admitted and studied few classes under Annual System, but due to shortage of attendance or
otherwise were allowed to continue the remaining classes under Semester System, shall be
computed taking into account the prescribed credits (i.e. 60 of I year or 120 of II year or 180 of III
year) under Annual System and remaining prescribed credits of the Degree Programme to be
covered under Semester System as regular student.
**
The remaining year-wise Earned Credit Requirements for such students shall be same as for the
students admitted under Semester System. However, there shall be no relaxation in maximum
duration for completing the Degree Programme. It shall be the responsibility of the student to
complete the Degree requirements at such a pace as to complete the programme within the
maximum prescribed time limit of 14 semesters/7 years (for B.Tech) or 16 Semesters/8 years (for
B.Arch.)
**
The table as per anexure shall be used for computing Earned Credit Requirements for the students
who were admitted and studied few classes under Annual System but due to shortage of attendance
or otherwise they were allowed to complete the remaining classes under the Semester System.
**
Explanation:
If a student is admitted to B.Tech. (Mech.) Programme under Annual System and has studied I Year
and II Year as a regular student under Annual System, but fails to clear the requisite number of
courses for promotion to next higher class and after a lapse of one academic year and after fulfilling
the condition for promotion, the student is allowed to continue his/her studies under Semester
System as per Transitory Ordinances.
He will complete the remaining prescribed Earned Credit (E.C.) requirements of III Year and Final
Year B.Tech (Mech.) under Semester System (i.e. 28 credits for V Semester, 28 credits for VI
Semester, 25.5 credits for VII Semester and 23.5 credits for VIII Semester or a total of 105

233
credits). The minimum E.C. requirements for the award of Degree in this case shall be 120 credits of
Annual System and 105 credits of Semester System i.e. a total of 225 credits (not 220 credits).

(b) There shall be no Equivalent Courses under Semester System in lieu of the Courses under
Annual System.
**
A promoted/ex-student who has failed in old courses of Annual System shall be required to clear
his/her uncleared courses under Annual System. For such students, the sessional marks obtained
earlier as regular student shall be taken into account for the award of grades as per the old procedure
(refer to Chapter XXXIV(D)/XCII of Academic Ordinances).
**
However, if the sessional marks in an old course are not available with the Examiner/
Tabulator/Chief Tabulator, the grades may be awarded on the basis of the marks obtained in the
University Examination only. In such cases, the marks obtained in University Examination may be
enhanced proportionally to the total of maximum marks in the University Examination component
and sessionals together in the concerned course under Annual System. However, such students shall
not be awarded beyond grade „B‟. In this exercise, a fraction should be rounded off to the next
whole number.

234
Table for Total Earned Credit Requirements for the student who will complete the Degree
Programme under combined Annual System and Semester System.
Branch of Study Credits already cleared under Credits to be accumulated Total

Annual System under Semester System Minimum
I Year II Year III Year II Year III Year IV Year Earned
Credits Credits Credits Credits Credits Credits Credit
Requirem-
ents for
the award
of Degree
B.Tech. (Civil) 60+ - - 56+ 58.5+ 49 223.5
60+ 60+ - - 58.5+ 49 227.5
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 49 229
B.Tech.(Elect.) 60+ - - 57+ 52+ 52 221
60+ 60+ - - 52+ 52 224
60+ 60+ 60+ - 52 232
-
B.Tech.(Electronics) 60+ - - 55+ 54+ 52 221
60+ 60+ - - 54+ 52 226
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 52 232
B.Tech.(Chemical) 60+ - - 55.5+ 56+ 51.5 223
60+ 60+ - - 56+ 51.5 227.5
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 51.5 231.7
B.Tech.(Petro- 60+ - - 58.5 56+ 46.5 221
Chemical) 60+ 60+ - - 56+ 46.5 222.5
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 46.5 226.5
B.Tech(Mechanical) 60+ - - 56+ 56+ 49 221
60+ 60+ - - 56+ 49 225
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 49 229
B.Tech.(Computer) 60+ - - 52+ 56+ 53 221
60+ 60+ - - 56+ 53 229
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 53 233
B.Arch. 72 __ __ __ __ 63 64 67 39 305
72 72 __ __ __ __ 64 67 39 314
72 72 72 __ __ __ __ 67 39 322
72 72 72 72 __ __ __ __ 39 337
235
REGULATIONS TO CHAPTER – XXXIV(E) OF ORDINANCES

(Academic for B.Tech. Degree Programme
1. Common Teaching & Examination Schedule
First two Semesters of B.Tech Degree Programme
(First Semester (Autumn)
Course Category/
Course No. Course Title Periods Per Week Credits
(A) THEORY COURSES:

HM/EN 101 English 3 1 - 4
BS/AP 101 Applied Physics I 2 1 - 3
BS/AC 101 Applied Chemistry I 2 1 - 3
BS/AM 101 Applied Mathematics I 4 1 - 5
ESA/EE 101 Basic Electrical Engineering 2 1 - 3
ESA/ME101 Basic Thermal Sciences 3 1 - 4
ESA/ME103 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 4
(A) PRACTICAL COURSES:

BS/AP 191 Applied Physics Lab. I - - 2 1
BS/AC 191 Applied Chemistry Lab. I - - 2 1
ESA/ME191 Manufacturing Processes Lab. I - - 3 1.5
Total 19 7 7 29.5
Second Semester (Spring)

(A) THEORY COURSES:
ESA/CO 101 Computers and Programming* 2 2 - 4
BS/AP 102 Applied Physics II 2 1 - 3
BS/AC 102 Applied Chemistry II 2 1 - 3
BS/AM 102 Applied Mathematics II 4 1 - 5
ESA/EL 101 Basic Electronics Engineering 2 1 - 3
ESA/ME102 Engineering Graphics 1 3 - 4
ESA/CE 101 Strength of Materials 3 1 - 4
(B) PRACTICAL COURSES:

BS/AP 192 Applied Physics Lab II - - 2 1
BS/AC 192 Applied Chemistry Lab II - - 2 1
ESA/ME192 Manufacturing Processes Lab II - - 3 1.5
Total 16 10 7 29.5
*The Course CO101 (Computers and Programing) is to be taught by:

(1) Computer E.D. (also Coordinating Department) (2) Electronics ED (3) ED
(4) MED (5) Chemical ED & (16) AMD and (7) CED
236
2. ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS:
(2.1) COURSE CATEGORY:

Letter Symbols: Course Categories
BS Basic Sciences (AP – Physics, AC-Chemistry, AM-Mathematics
ESA Engineering Sciences and Arts
HM Languages, Humanities, Social Sciences and Management
DC Departmental Core
DE Departmental Electives
OE Open Category Electives/Unspecified
(2.2) Course Category Symbols used in Teaching & Examination Schedule

(C) Core Courses
(E) Elective Courses
(Th) Theory Courses
(Pr) Practical Courses
(2.3) Various Courses that follow will contain the following informations:
Course Category Course No. Course Title LTP Credits Remarks*
L–T–P- Lecture- Tutorial- Practical hours per week

Cr. - Credits assigned as per the following weightages
1 Lecture hour/week = 1 Credit
1 Tutorial hour/week = 1 Credit
1 Practical hour/week = 0.5 Credit
Course No. (Refer to Course Numbering Scheme)
*Remarks : Exam. Time for End Semester University Examination.
3. Attendance:
(3.1) Deleted
(3.2) Deleted
(3.3) Deleted
(3.4) Deleted
(3.5) Deleted
(3.6) Deleted
4. Termination of Registration (Withdrawal from Semester(s):
(i) In case of withdrawal from a semester(s), the maximum duration in B.Tech. Degree
Programme shall be same as seven academic years or fourteen semesters since admission.
(ii) If a student has withdrawn for one or two semesters during his entire time schedule, the earned
credits requirements would be reduced for each withdrawn semester and the earned credit
requirements for continuation of registration in B.Tech. Degree Programme for each remaining
Semesters shall be increased proportionately.

(iii)

237
5. Teaching Incharge of the Course:
(5.1) All evaluation records should properly be maintained by the respective Teacher Incharge of the
Course/associated teachers so that scrutiny/checking/re-evaluation and any other statistical data
analysis could be carried out if and when necessary.
(5.2) When a course is being taught by more than one teacher to various groups/sections/ classes, the
course instructions and evaluation work etc. should be on a common standard. They must mutually
consult each other to lay out guide lines for instructions and evaluation and to maintain uniformity in
all aspects of academic matters.
(5.3) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers should announce to every
group/section/class, the necessary information in respect of (i) the conduct of instructional schedule
(lecture-wise academic programme, text books & reference literature, home-assignments, tutorial
sheets and instructional sheets for laboratory and field work etc.) (ii) various components of
evaluation, their frequency, duration, tentative schedule of home-work and tests and their relative
weightages, (iii) details of grade awarding procedure etc. and (iv) conduct of make up tests because
of illness or extra ordinary compelling situations. (Student must report to the Teacher Incharge of
the Course or associated teacher, immediately on return to the classes and request him for make up
in quizzes, Mid-Semester Examination, laboratory work including oral test etc.) There shall be no
make up in End Semester University Examination.
(5.4) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers must ensure that the assignments,
answer scripts of Mid-Semester Examination, laboratory reports and drawing/design exercises etc.
are returned to the students after correction/evaluation.
(5.5) Normally, every teacher who has been assigned a Theory Course by the Board of Studies of the
Department shall be the Examiner. However, in exceptional cases, any part of the evaluation work
(paper setting and/or evaluation of answer scripts of End-Semester University Examination) may be
entrusted to some other teachers of the Department.
(5.6) The Teachers Incharge of the Course shall be Paper Setter as well as Examiner for evaluation of
answer scripts. The remaining associated teachers shall be Co-Examiners for evaluation of answer
scripts of End Semester University Examination. He is supposed to prepare brief solution in case of
numerical questions and salient points in case of descriptive questions and marking scheme of
evaluation which may be used by the associated Teachers/Examiners.
(5.7) The Teacher Incharge of the Course in consultation with the associated teachers shall prepare home-
assignments, tutorial sheets, question papers for Mid-Semester Examination and End-Semester
University Examination.
(5.8) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers are required to be present at the
Examination Centre on scheduled dates for conducting tests/examination of the course assigned to
them. The Teacher Incharge/Paper Setter/Examiner may announce printing or other minor
errors/omissions in the question paper to the students in the Examination Halls, if necessary, which
must be reported to the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology. However, he cannot
change/add/delete any question or part there of in the question paper.
(5.9) Examiners are advised to award marks against each question or part thereof inside the answer scripts
to facilitate proper marking and the same is to be recorded in the cage provided on the cover page of
the answer scripts.
238
(5.10) All the Examiners are advised not to proceed on leave/to avail vacations till the evaluation work is
completed and the grade award lists and evaluated answer scripts are submitted for
Scrutiny/Moderation of Result. In case of emergency or extra-ordinary compelling situations, the
examiner must obtain prior permission of the Chairman of the Department who will arrange for
alternate arrangement for evaluation of answer scripts, if necessary.
(5.11) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers who have been assigned a course are
responsible to notify the marks in various components of evaluation to all the students in the course
before the commencement of End-Semester University Examination. If a student finds any
discrepancy, omission or error in the modified marks, may approach the concerned teacher for
ratification/correction. Necessary correction must be made before the marks/grades in the course are
sent to the Chairman of the Department for Scrutiny/course-wise Moderation of Result.
(5.12) In case of any error in the submission of marks in the course work by the Teacher Incharge of the
Course/Examiner(s), a Committee consisting of the following members shall take suitable remedial
measures depending upon the merit of the case:
1. Dean, F/O Engg. & Tech. ............. Chairman
2. Principal, ZH College of Engg. & Tech.
3. Chairman of the Department concerned.
4. One Senior member of the Faculty, not belonging to the concerned Department to
be nominated by the Dean
5. Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engineering and Technology
(5.13) There shall be compulsory re-totaling and scrutiny of evaluated answer scripts of the End Semester
University Examination as per procedure laid down in Clause (8).
(5.14) If the student is not satisfied with the evaluation of the answer script of End-Semester University
Examination, he/she may apply to the Controller of Examination for re-evaluation in accordance
with the rules laid down by the University in this behalf.
(5.15) Procedure for Submission of Grade Award Lists:

The Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner(s) shall prepare the detailed Grade Award Lists in
Duplicate and will submit them along with evaluated answer scripts, and remuneration bills
(question paper, attendance sheets are to be kept inside the bundle of answer script) to the Chief
Scrutinizer/Scrutinizer of the Department for compulsory re-totalling and scrutiny of answer scripts.
After scrutiny, the grade award lists are to be sent to the Chairman of the Department concerned for
course-wise Moderation of Result within one week time after the the End-Semester University
Examination of the Course is held. The Chairman of the Department will ensure that this one week
time limit is strictly observed. The Chairman of the Department will forward the moderated grade
award list in duplicate to the Chief Tabulator (Engineering College) for result processing and
remuneration bills to the Office of the Controller of Examination.
6. Examination Schedule:
(6.1) Mid-Semester Examination Schedule:

Mid Semester Examination (written) of Theory Courses shall be conducted in a week time allocated
for this purpose. Since, no written Mid-Semester Examination are to be held for Practical Courses,
the Mid-Semester Examination of Theory Courses can be conducted during a week time, ordinarily
one test a day. In no case, Mid-Semester examination should spill over to next week. The evaluated
answer scripts of Mid-Semester Examination must be returned to the students within two weeks.
239
(6.2) End Semester Uni. Exam. Schedule:

End Semester University Examination will be conducted in two weeks time allotted for this purpose.
One day gap between University Examination of two Theory Courses of a semester is permissible.
(6.3) End Semester University Examination of Practical Courses shall be after the University Examination
of Theory Courses have been held.
(6.4) The Scheme of Examination for B.Tech. Programme will be prepared at the Dean‟s level after
consulting respective Chairmen of the Departments and shall be sent to the Controller of
Examinations for notification.
7. Rules for the award of Scholarships/Medals:
(7.1) Various scholarships, stipends and other financial assistance are available to the meritorious &
deserving students after admission in the University, subject to fulfilling the conditions of the award,
the details of which can be obtained from the Office of the Dean Students Welfare.
(7.2) The University awards some merit scholarship and medals to B.Tech. students strictly in order of
merit in accordance to the following rules:
(i) Only those students who are admitted to B.Tech. Programme through Entrance Test for
Admission will be eligible for the award of the merit scholarships.
(ii) The number of merit scholarships/medals and their value for eligible students shall be as
determined by the University from time to time.
(iii) The merit scholarships shall be tenable for eleven months of each academic year starting
from July every year regardless of the date of commencement of the academic year provided
that the student joins the B.Tech. classes, there is not disciplinary action pending against
him/her and has put in attendance requirements satisfactorily during the past two semesters
for which merit scholarship is awarded.
(iv) The Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology will send the list of merit scholarship
holders of the Dean Students Welfare within a week after the declaration of results.
(v) The amount of merit scholarships will not be paid to the students, but it will be adjusted
towards his/her University & Hall dues and the balance, if any, shall be paid to the
scholarship holder.
(vi) The merit criteria for the award of merit scholarships/medals shall be as follows:
(a) For students admitted to I Year B.Tech. class in all branches of Engineering, the order
of merit shall be determined on the basis of the performance at the Entrance Test for
Admission.
(b) For students joining II Year B.Tech. class (in all branches of Engineering) after
accumulating prescribed Earned Credits (EC) for the first two semesters, the order of
merit shall be determined on the basis of CPI at the first two semester Examinations in
their first attempt.
(c) For students joining III Year B.Tech. class (in the relevant branch of Engineering),
after accumulating the prescribed Earned Credits for the four semesters, the order of
240
merit shall be determined on the basis of CPI at the first four semester Examinations
in their first attempt.
(d) For students joining IV Year B.Tech. class (in the relevant branch of Engineering),
after accumulating the prescribed Earned Credits for the first six semesters, the order
of merit shall be determined on the basis of CPI at the first six semester Examinations
(vii) In case of tie in a position/rank, the order of merit shall be determined on the basis of the
performance at the end of preceding two semesters Examinations together. In case, the
performance in the preceding two semester Examinations also happens to be the same, the
performance in the two semester Examinations previous to that will be considered, and so on,
till the tie is broken.
(7.3) Medals/Prize:
(i) A Gold Medal is awarded to a student who is adjudged to be the best (first in order of merit)
among the graduating students of all B.Tech. Programmes. In lieu of Gold Medal, the
University may make the award in any other form, it consider appropriate.
(ii) A Medal is awarded to student who is adjudged to be the best (first in order to merit) among
the graduating students of B.Tech. in each branch of Engineering Programme.
(iii) One Chakoo Prize is awarded to a student who is adjudged to be the best in Surveying
(Theory & Practical Courses of pre-final year level) among the graduating students of
B.Tech. (Civil Engineering) Programme.
8. Chief Scrutinizer & Scrutinizers for Compulsory Re-totalling and Scrutiny (under Grading
System of Evaluation):
The compulsory Re-totalling & Scrutiny of all evaluated answer scripts of End Semester University
Examination is being done in order to ensure that any omission or discrepancy in marks/grades is
rectified well before the declaration of examination results. It is expected that the
Examiners/Teacher Incharge of the Course will submit all the evaluated answer scripts of End
Semester University Examination, grade award list in duplicate, attendance sheet, question paper
and remuneration bills to the Scrutinizer/Chief Scrutinizer of the Department concerned within one
week after the End Semester University Examination has been held.
The following guidelines/instructions are to be followed by the Scrutinizers/Chief Scrutinizers for

Graduate Courses under Grading System of Evaluation.
(8.1) After receiving the answer-scripts and grade award list etc., the Scrutinizer will check that all the
answers have been evaluated and marks have been awarded at the end of each question a part there
of and the same have been recorded properly in the cage provided on the cover page of each answer
script.
(8.2) The Scrutinizer will also check the total marks written on the cover page of the answer scripts which
must tally with the marks entered in the grade award lists of the course. He is also advised to check
(i) grand total of various components of evaluation in the grade award lists (ii) award of grades as
per specified grade ranges and (iii) grace marks if any, in border line cases as per rules in this regard.
241
(8.3) If any answer has been left un-evaluated, the Scrutinizer will inform the concerned Teacher Incharge
of the Course/Examiner through the Chairman of the concerned Department for evaluation and
appending the signature wherever required.
(8.4) If the Scrutinizer finds any discrepancy/error in marks/grades recorded on the cover page of the
answer-scripts or grade award lists, he will correct them and put his signature.
(8.5) After retotalling and scrutiny of answer-scripts of answer-scripts and grade award lists is completed,
the Chief Scrutinizer will append his signature on each answer-scripts and grade award lists and
send the grade award lists in duplicate along with verified remuneration bills to the Chairman of the
Department concerned for course-wise Moderation of Result who is turn will forwards the same to
the Chief Tabulator (Engineering College) for result processing.
(8.6) The scrutinized answer scripts are to be kept in safe custody of Examiners/Teacher Incharge of the
Course till re-evaluation work is completed or till 20 days after the declaration of result, whichever
is later.
(8.7) The re-evaluated answer-scripts are to be sent separately and the remaining answer-scripts with a
statement indicating number of answer scripts received, number of re-evaluated answer-scripts
submitted to the Chairman of the Department and number of remaining answer-scripts in the bundle
should be sent to the Office of the Controller of Examination by the Examiner(s)/Teacher Incharge
of the Course.
(8.8) Chief Scrutinizer shall monitor the work of re-totalling and scrutiny. If there is any delay in
submission of evaluate answer-scripts and grade award lists on the part of Examiners/Teacher
Incharge of the Course, he will immediately report his matter to the Chairman of the Department.

9. Deleted

242
CHAPTER – XXXIV (F)

Bachelor of Technology in the Faculty of Engineering & Technology
1. Introduction
(a) The Faculty of Engineering & Technology, Aligarh Muslim University offers full-time
program leading to the Bachelor of Technology (B. Tech.) degree in Chemical Engineering,
Civil Engineering, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electronics Engineering,
Mechanical Engineering, and Petrochemical Engineering.
(b) The medium of instruction in B. Tech. Program is English.
2. Eligibility
A candidate will be eligible for admission to B. Tech. program if he/she has passed the Senior
Secondary School Certificate (10+2) Examination of this University or an Examination recognized
by this University as its equivalent with 50% marks in aggregate of English, Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics, or have passed the Diploma in Engineering Examination of this University with 50%
marks in aggregate.
3. Admission
(a) The admissions to the B. Tech. programs will be made normally in the Autumn Semester as
per the admission policy approved by the Academic Council of the University from time to
time. The admission of each student will be made in a particular branch.
(b) A limited number of students may be allowed to change over from one branch of study to
another, after first year of study, depending on the availability of seats and their performance
in the first two semesters.
4. Academic Session


The maximum duration of the program shall be fourteen consecutive semesters after admission.
6.1 Credit System

243
Each B. Tech. program will have a curriculum in which every course will be assigned certain credits

contact periods.
(a) Basic Sciences (BS) 20-36 credits

(Courses such as Physics, Chemistry,
Mathematics etc.)
(b) Engineering Sciences & Arts (ESA) 20-40 credits

(Foundation and applied engineering courses
that are used across many branches)
(c) Humanities and Management (HM) 10-18 credits

(Language, Social science, & Management)
(d) Departmental Core (DC) 60-116 credits
(e) Departmental Electives (DE) 16-32 credits
(f) Open Electives (OE) 8-16 credits
There shall be a Chief Coordinator, B. Tech. Programs, to be nominated by the Dean, and a
Coordinator, B. Tech. Program for each branch in each department, to be nominated by the
Chairman of the department concerned. Normally the Chief Tabulator will be the Chief Coordinator,
B. Tech. Programs. There shall also be a standing Curriculum Development Committee (CDC), to be
constituted by the Faculty. The Chief Coordinator, B. Tech. Programs will be the Convener of the
CDC.
The curriculum for each branch will contain a listing of all courses, with each course having a course
category, course number, course title, number of contact periods per week, number of credits
assigned, and the marks assigned to various components of evaluation. It will also have a list of
alternative courses in the new curriculum for the old curriculum courses and filler courses to
compensate for the shortfall in credits earned by taking alternative courses in any category, if
needed. It will also specify all other conditions required for the award of degree.
244
The curriculum for each branch of B. Tech. program will be prepared by the department concerned
and will be approved by the Board of Studies of the department. It will then be vetted by the CDC
and will then be placed in the Faculty along with the recommendations of the CDC for approval.
Once approved by the Faculty, the Curriculum will be implemented. The same procedure shall be
used for any modification in the Curriculum.
7. Registration
7.1 Registration Procedure and Schedule
(a) Every student is required to register, in each semester, for the courses that he/she wants to
(i) Submitting a registration form in the office of the Chairman and obtaining a registration card
signed by the Chairman;
(b) A student will normally register for higher semester courses only if he has also registered for
un-cleared courses of previous semesters, especially in the case of un-cleared courses of first
two semesters.
(c) A student will have the option to add/delete/alter the courses in his/her registration within a
week of the registration subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the department
concerned from time to time.
(d) A student can drop a course from his/her registration by submitting a request to his/her
department coordinator up to a date specified on his/her registration card. A registered course
will be counted as an attempt even if the student remains absent in the Examination(s).
(e) No student will be allowed to register for more than 40 credits in a semester. A graduating
course, however, will not be included in this limit.
(f) A student may be denied registration in a course due to reasons of paucity of staff or space or
other facilities, especially in case the student is registering a course for improving the grade in
a passed course.
(g) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission from the
7.2 Graduating Course
A student may be allowed to register for one course of not more than 5 credits if he/she is able to
graduate by passing such a course, irrespective of whether the course is being offered in the current
semester to regular students or not, provided that the student has fulfilled the attendance requirement
245
earlier and has been awarded E or I grade in that course. Such a course shall be known as a
graduating course.
Examination of that course. Students who have put in 65% or more but less than 75% attendance in a
course may be considered for condonation of shortage of attendance in that course by the
condonation committee. Students whose attendance in a course is less than 65% or whose shortage
in attendance has not been condoned will not be eligible to appear in the End-Semester Examination
of that course and will be awarded grade „F‟ in that course and all marks obtained in any component
of the course-evaluation will stand cancelled. However, in case a student is repeating a course and
the student has already fulfilled the attendance requirement in that course, he/she will not be
detained due to shortage of attendance in that course during the repeating semester.
9. Examination and Evaluation (In lieu of Clause (9) of Chapter XV of the existing Academic
Ordinances)
Each course will be evaluated out of 100 marks. The courses will normally have the following
(a) Theory courses:

Course work 15 marks
Mid-Semester Examination 25 marks
(b) Laboratory courses including Seminar, Colloquium, Project, etc.

curriculum.
9.2 Grading System
The combined marks obtained by a student in various components of evaluation of a course shall be
converted into regular letter grades with their equivalent grade points as specified below:
Grade Grade points Description
A 10 Outstanding
B 8 Very good
C 6 Good
D 4 Satisfactory (Minimum Pass Grade)
E 2 Unsatisfactory (Fail)
F 0 Detained due to shortage of attendance
I 0 Incomplete/Absent in the End-Semester Examination
Z 0 Cancelled due to other reasons
246
The following marks ranges may ordinarily be used for the award of grades to the students in a
course.
Range Grade
75 and above A
60 and above but less than 75 B
45 and above but less than 60 C
35 and above but less than 45 D
Less than 35 E
Two grace marks may be awarded by the examiner for passing a course and one grace mark may be
awarded by the examiner to elevate the grade. Any fraction in any component of evaluation should
be rounded off to the next whole number.
The examiner(s) may propose higher or lower grade ranges depending upon the nature of the course
and general performance of the students in the course, but the final decision rests with the Result
Moderation Committee. However, the minimum passing grade `D` should never be awarded if a
student secures below 35 marks (including 2 grace marks) in a course.
9.3 Evaluation of a Graduating Course
A graduating course shall be evaluated on the basis of the End-Semester Examination component of
the course alone. The student shall appear only in the End-Semester Examination of the graduating
course. Grade D shall be awarded if the student concerned obtains 35 or more of the marks allotted
to End-Semester Examination alone. In case the marks obtained are less than 35, grade E will be
awarded. Two grace marks, however, will be awarded for passing the course.
If a student passes a course by obtaining grade D or above he/she earns the credits assigned to that
course.
9.5 Performance Indices
At the end of every semester a student‟s performance will be indicated by Earned Credits (EC), a
Semester Performance Index (SPI), and a Cumulative Performance Index (CPI). The SPI is the
credit-weighted average of grade points of all courses registered during a semester and is computed
as follows:
SPI = (C1G1 + C2G2 +……) / (C1 + C2 +…….)

Where C1, C2, ….. are the credits assigned to courses and G 1, G2, …… are the grade points earned in
those courses.
The CPI is the credit-weighted average of grade points of all courses passed in all the semesters
since admission.
If a student fails in a course his/her marks of all components of evaluation in that course will be
cancelled. The student will have to register the course again or its alternative and will be required to
appear in all components of evaluation afresh. No previous marks shall be used in any case.
247
9.7 Repetition of a Passed Course
A student may repeat a course to try to improve his/her grade in that course only once, provided that
he/she has passed that course in a single attempt. In such case the student will have to register the
course again and will be required to appear in all components of evaluation afresh. No previous
marks shall be used in any case. For the purpose of calculating the SPI the recently obtained grade
will be considered while for CPI the better of the two grades will be counted.
(a) The examiners for the End-Semester Examination of all theory courses will normally be the
teacher(s) associated with the course. The Seminar, Colloquium courses will be examined by
the teacher(s) associated with the course and one or more examiners from among the teachers
of the department to be recommended by the BOS of the department concerned. The
laboratory and project courses will be examined by the teachers(s) associated with the course
and an external examiner not in the service of the university at the time of examination. In
case the external examiner does not turn up for the examination, the Chairman of the
department concerned, in consultation with the course in-charge, shall call another person to
act as the external examiner, even from within the University, if necessary.
(b) The End-Semester Examination of all graduating courses shall be conducted simultaneously
along with the End-Semester Examination of regular courses of the current semester
examination.
9.9 Moderation Committees
(a) Question Paper Moderation Committee: There shall be a Moderation Committee of the
concerned Department consisting of the following members to moderate the Question Papers
of the End-Semester Examination.
by the BOS).
question paper.
(b) Result Moderation Committee: There shall be a Result Moderation Committee of the
concerned Department consisting of the following members to moderate course-wise results
of the End-Semester Examinations.
(i) Chairman of the Department concerned - (Convener)

by the BOS).
(iii) Examiner(s) concerned.
The Result Moderation Committee will examine the result of each theory course and in case
of an abnormal situation; it may take suitable corrective measures in consultation with the
examiner(s). The examiner(s) will place the evaluated answer scripts along with the brief
solution and marking scheme before the Committee. In case of difference of opinion among
248
the members of the Committee, the majority decision will prevail, in which the examiner(s)
will not participate.
(a) A student who earns 200 credits subject to the break up in various course categories and
fulfills such other conditions as may be mentioned in the curriculum will be awarded the
degree of Bachelor of Technology. He/she must also pay all University dues as per rules.
(b) If a student earns more credits than the minimum required for the award of degree, his/her
CPI will be calculated by considering the best grades subject to fulfilling the criteria of
required credits as specified in the curriculum.
11. Name Removal from the Rolls of the University and Mercy Appeal
11.1 Name Removal

The earned credits (EC) of every student will be checked at the end of even number of semesters and
if the total credits earned by the student are less than the minimum required as given below, his/her
admission to the B. Tech. program will be cancelled and his/her name will be removed from the rolls
of the University.
Check Point (No. of Minimum EC
semesters after admission) requirement
2 semesters 0
4 semesters 25
6 semesters 50
8 semesters 80
10 semesters 110
12 semesters 140
14 semesters 200
11.2 Mercy Appeal
If the name of a student is removed from the rolls of the University as per provisions of clause 11.1
of these ordinances, he/she may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor stating the reasons for not being able
to earn the required credits and the Vice-Chancellor, if he is satisfied with the reasons, may allow the
continuation of admission of the student only once during the tenure of the program, extending the
total duration of the program by two semesters, at the maximum, beyond 14 semesters, if required.
Under no circumstances a student will be allowed to complete the program after the lapse of 16
12. Result
(b) The Division awarded to “Graduated” students will be based on CPI as given ` below:
First Division (Honours) CPI ≥ 8.5
First Division 6.5 ≤ CPI < 8.5
Second Division CPI < 6.5
249
There shall be no formula for conversion of CPI or SPI into equivalent percentage of marks during
the program. However, once the program is completed by a student and he/she is graduated, his/her
final CPI will be converted into equivalent percentage of marks by the following formula:
y = (20x3 - 380x2 + 2725x - 1690)/84

where y is the percentage of marks and x is the CPI.
(c) If a student earns more credits than the minimum required as given in the table in clause 11.1
before fulfilling the degree requirements, his/her result will be shown as “Continued”.
(d) If the name of a student is removed from the rolls of the University as per provisions of
clause 11.1 of these ordinances his/her result will be shown as “Name Removed”.
(e) Ranks/Positions will be determined at the end of even semesters. Only those students who

(v) They have not improved grade in any course after passing the course.
ranks/positions will be determined on the basis of CPI.
courses, and in case there are no alternative courses, the old courses may be offered. For such
candidates, any marks obtained earlier shall not be taken into account for passing the course(s) and
they will have to obtain marks in all components of evaluation afresh. A student admitted previously
may apply to the Dean through the Chairman concerned, to be governed by these ordinances. Such
cases may be allowed on a case by case basis.
250
Regulations to Chapter XXXIV (F) of Ordinances (Academic) for

B. Tech. Degree Programme
1. Explanations
1.1 Course Number
Every course has a course number consisting of 5 characters (minimum) and 6 characters
(maximum). The first two characters are alphabets indicating the department that offers or
coordinates the course; the third character is a numerical digit indicating the year of offering the
course in the program; the fourth character is a numerical digit indicating the type of course; the fifth
character is a numerical digit that does not indicate any particular thing; and the sixth character is
optional.
(a) The first two alpha characters will mean the following:
AC = Department of Applied Chemistry

AM = Department of Applied Mathematics
AP = Department of Applied Physics
AR = Department of Architecture
CE = Department of Civil Engineering
CH = Department of Chemical Engineering
CO = Department of Computer Engineering
EE = Department of Electrical Engineering
EL = Department of Electronics Engineering
ME = Department of Mechanical Engineering
PK = Department of Petroleum Studies
EZ = Departments external to Z.H. College of Engineering & Technology
(b) The third character will be 1, 2, 3, or 4 indicating First Year, Second Year, Third Year or
Fourth Year of the B. Tech. program.
(c) The fourth character will be interpreted as follows:

1-7 = Theory courses
8 = Courses such as Seminar, Colloquium, Field work, etc.
9 = Laboratory/Practical courses and Projects.
1.2 Faculty Number
Every student has a Faculty number consisting of 8 characters. The first two characters are numerical
digits indicating the year of admission; the third and fourth characters are alphabets indicating the
branch of the B. Tech. program; the fifth character is always “B” indicating B. Tech. program; the
sixth, seventh and eighth characters are numerical digits that are for identifying a student of a
particular batch.
(a) The first two characters will be the right most two digits of the year of admission. Thus
students admitted in 2011 will have the first two characters as 11.
(b) The third and fourth characters will be interpreted as follows:

CE = Civil Engineering
EE = Electrical Engineering
251
KE = Chemical Engineering
LE = Electronics Engineering
ME = Mechanical Engineering
PE = Computer Engineering
PK = Petrochemical Engineering
(c) In case of change of branch after First year, a student‟s faculty number will be changed as
required.
1.3 Marks
(a) The combined total marks obtained by a student in the course work and the mid-semester
examination will be called Sessional Marks.
(b) The marks obtained by a student in the end-semester examination will be called Examination
Marks.
2. Conduct of Teaching
2.1 Course In-charge
Every course will be taught by one or more teachers. The BOS of the concerned department will
allocate the teaching load to the teacher(s) and will also designate a course in-charge for each course.
If more than one department is involved in the teaching of the course, the course in-charge will be
from the coordinating department. The course in-charge will coordinate all the work related to
attendance, course work, examination and evaluation. It is necessary that the students are informed
about the course in-charge so that they may contact him/her about any problems regarding the
course.
2.2 Display of Attendance, Marks etc.
It is essential that the attendance should be displayed to the students twice in a semester, once in the
middle and then at the end of a semester by the teacher(s) concerned. The mid-semester marks
should be displayed to students normally within 15 days of the examination. The total Sessional
marks should be displayed to the students before the beginning of the end-semester examinations.
The course in-charge will ensure that the teachers associated with the course make such displays
and, in case of complaints from the students in this regard, shall inform the Chairman of the
concerned department about the problem.
2.3 Offering Courses
(a) Courses will be offered by the department concerned as per the schedule given in the relevant
Curriculum. Departments may also offer a course in both the semesters even though it may be
shown in a particular semester.
(b) Department Elective (DE) courses will be offered depending on the availability of the staff
and other facilities and therefore any particular elective course may not be offered even
though it may exist in the list of possible elective courses.
(c) The advisement for Open Elective (OE) courses in various departments will be based on the
guidelines approved by the respective Board of Studies.
252
2.4 Syllabus
Each course will have a syllabus which will be distributed to the students. The teacher(s) concerned
should ensure that some portion, beyond the syllabus, should also be covered in the class.
3. Correction of Errors
In case any error is detected in the marks recorded on the award list, the examiner(s) concerned shall
make a request to correct the mistake to the Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. through the Chairman
of the concerned department, and shall attach relevant documentary evidence. A committee
consisting of the following members shall take suitable remedial measures depending upon the merit
of the case.
1. Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. (Chairman)

3. Chairman of the concerned department.
4. One senior member of the Faculty, not belonging to the concerned department, to be
nominated by the Dean.
5. Chief Tabulator, B. Tech. Program.
4. Examinations
4.1 Mid-Semester Examination
Mid-semester examination(s) of each course will be of one hour duration and will be c
onducted as per norms and schedule notified by the office of the Dean in each semester.
4.2 End-Semester Examination
End-semester examination(s) of each theory course shall be of three hours duration and will be
conducted as per norms and schedule notified by the Controller of Examination of the University on
the advice of the Dean. The end-semester examinations of laboratory/practical courses, and other
courses such as seminar, colloquium, field work and project etc. shall be conducted as notified by the
Dean/Chairman concerned.
4.3 Make-up Test
Students who miss the Mid-Semester Examination in a course due to illness or some other extra-
ordinary compelling situation may contact the teacher(s) concerned of the course with the request to
conduct a make-up test. The teacher(s) shall follow the guidelines in this regard approved by the
Faculty from time to time. There shall be no make-up test/examination for end-semester
examinations.
253
CHAPTER – XXXV
Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical/Mechanical/
Civil Engineering

(deleted)
**
(Deleted)
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXXV

(B.E. Courses) (To be effective from the session 1980-81)
**
(deleted)
CHAPTER – XXXV(A)
Bachelor of Engineering in Civil/Electrical/Mechanical Engineering)
**
(deleted)
CHAPTER – XXXV(B) (Not existing)
CHAPTER – XXXV(C)
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CIVIL/ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL)
(Three and a half years part-time (Evening) Degree Course)
**
(deleted)
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXXV(C)

**
(deleted)

254

CHAPTER – XXXV(D)
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CIVIL/ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL)
Four - Year (Evening) Degree Course
(Effective form the Session 1993-94)
1. The Degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Civil /Electrical/Mechanical) shall be awarded to

candidates who have undergone at this University, a regular course of study for four Academic
Years in the relevant branch of study after having passed the Diploma in Engineering
(Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) Examination of this University or an Examination recognized by the
University as its equivalent and have passed First, Second¸ Third and Final Year Examinations of
the courses prescribed for the said Degree.
2. The First Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical)
shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for on Academic Year at
the University and also satisfy the requirements as per Chapter XVII of the Academic Ordinances.
3. The Second Year Examination of the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Civil/Electrical/

Mechanical) shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one
Academic Year at the University and also satisfy the requirements as per Chapter XVII of the
Academic Ordinances after having passed the First Year B.E. Examination in the corresponding
Branch.
4. The Third Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Civil/ Electrical/
Mechanical) shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one
Academic Ordinances after have passed the Second Year Bachelor of Engineering Examination in
the corresponding Branch.
5. The Final Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering. (Civil/Electrical/
Mechanical) shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular courses of study for One
Academic Ordinance after having passed the Third Year B.E. Examination in the corresponding
Branch.
6. Each Examination shall comprise sessional work, written papers, practical and /or viva-voce
Examinations of various courses prescribed by the Faculty on the recommendations of the Board of
Studies concerned. The credits and relative weightages of Sessional and University Examination
components of each course shall be prescribed by the Faculty.
7. (i) The absolute marks obtained by a candidate in various courses shall be converted into five –
letter grades on 10 – point scale as given below:-
Grade Letters Grade Points Significance
A 10 Outstanding
B 08 Very Good

Chapter XXXIV (C) & XXXIV(C) are clubbed together as Chapter XXXIV(D) for B.Sc. Engg. & B.E O.M. No. XM/AC IV/2759
dated 7.2.95.

Chapter XXXIV (C) & XXXV (C) for B.Sc. (Eng..) and B.E. Courses are clubbed together as Chapter XXXI (D) which is now
applicable to B.E. (Evening) Degree Course only after the New Ordinances (Academic) for B.Tech. Degree Programme under
Semester System have been approved separately by A.C. dated 8.5.2001. for the students admuitted in the session 2001-2002 and
onward (Vide Chapter XXXIV (E) for B.Tech. Degree Prgramme).
255
C 06 Good
D 04 Satisfactory
E 02 Unsatisfactory
I 0 Incomplete
(Absent in
Univ. Exam. Component)
(ii) The grades shall be awarded as per procedure laid down in the Regulations to Academic
Ordinances prescribed in this behalf by the University from time to time.
8. (i) The grades in each course shall be awarded on the basis of the total marks obtained by a
candidate in the Sessional Work and University Examination.
(ii) To pass each of the Examinations mentioned in clauses 2 to 5 above, a candidate must obtain
atleast grade „D‟ in each Theory Course and atleast grade „C‟ in each Practical/Project
Course.
9. (i) The Session Performance Index (SPI) is the weighted average of the grade points and
describe the performance of the candidate in the courses of a particular Academic Year. If
the grade points of the letter grades awarded to a candidate in various courses are denoted by
G1, G2, G3, etc. and their credits by C1, C2, C3 etc. respectively, the SPI is computed as
follows:
SPI = (C1G1 + C2 G2 + C3G3 + …) / (C1 + C2 + C3 + ……)
(ii) The Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) describes the overall performance of a candidate
upto and including the latest Academic Session. It shall be computed in the manner similar
to SPI.
(iii) The division in which successful candidates are to be placed at the end of the Final Year
Bachelor of Engineering. Examination shall be based on Cumulative Performance Index
(CPI) as indicated below:
First Division with Honours : CPI = > 8.5
First Division : 8.5 > CPI = > 6.5
Second Division : CPI < 6.5

10. (i) A Supplementary Examination shall be held after the Annual Examination. A regular
candidate who obtains grade (E/I) in not more than 50% of Courses at the Annual
Examination may be permitted to appear at the immediately following Supplementary
Examination.
Such condition shall not apply to regular candidates failing at the Final Year Annual Examination.
However, a candidate of I/II/III Year B.E. who could not appear at his Annual Examination as a
regular candidate due to illness or severe accident, may apply to the Dean for permission to appear
at the subsequent Supplementary Examination provided that he has secured at least 50% of the total
marks in sessional components of the courses (Theory & Practical).
The application along with the Medical Certificate of the Medical Officer of the University
Hospital/Superintendent of J.N. Medical College Hospital/Chief Medical Officer of the District must

OMXM/DC III/Ord/103 dated 24.1.98.
256
be submitted by the candidate to the Dean‟s Office within two weeks from the date of the
commencement of Annual Examination.
Further, if a regular candidate who has fallen ill or met with severe accident during his Annual
Examination, may be permitted to appear at his subsequent Supplementary Examination of Theory
&/or Practical courses provided that he has cleared at least 50% of the Courses (Theory &/or
Practical) in which he has already appeared at the Annual Examination.
(ii) A candidate who obtains Grade (E/I) in a Practical/ Project course or in any other course as
specified in the Regulations to Academic Ordinance may be permitted to repeat the course
(Sessional Work as well as University Examination components) in accordance with the
Regulations to the Academic Ordinances in this behalf.

(iii) A regular candidate may be permitted to improve his grades(s) of Theory Courses(s) only one
at the following Supplementary Examination.
“Provided that after passing Final Year B.E. in Supplementary Examination, a candidate may
improve his grade(s) of Theory Course(s) only once to improve his Division at the immediately
following Main Examination, provided he/she has not persued higher studies in the mean time.
The candidate will submit the Final Year Grade Sheet/ Degree issued earlier alongwith his/her
Examination Form & deposit requisite fee in the Office of the Controller of Examination.”
(iv) Such candidates mentioned above in (i), (ii) & (iii) shall not be awarded beyond grade „B‟ at
any subsequent examination after their Annual Examination as regular candidates.
11. (i) A candidate may be promoted from First Year B.E to II Year B.E. if he fails in not more than
three courses.
(ii) A candidate may be promoted from II Year B.E. to III Year B.E. or from III Year B.E. to
Final Year B.E. if he fails in not more than three courses of current class and has cleared all
the courses of the preceding class.
12. (i) A candidate not promoted to the next higher class after having undergone a regular course of
study, may be permitted to appear at the subsequent University Examination as an ex-student
(Chapter XVII of the Academic Ordinances), if otherwise eligible.
However, in such cases, his previous sessional component marks of uncleared courses and grades of
cleared courses shall be taken into account at the time of preparing his result as an ex-student.
(ii) In case, the result in certain courses or all courses of a candidate is cancelled due to unfair
means, his University Examination marks and the grades in the said courses shall be
cancelled. However, his grades in backlog courses shall not be cancelled unless specified by
the Examination Committee.
13. A candidate detained due to shortage of attendance or long illness or who had failed in more than
50% of his courses may be permitted to repeat the class as a regular student. In such cases, his
sessional marks, University Examination marks and grades during the Academic Year shall be
treated as canceled. However, such candidates may be permitted to appear in University

OMXM/DC III/Ord/1533 dated 10.1197.
257
Examination of backlog courses of lower class as an ex-student during the Academic Year of
detention or illness, if otherwise eligible.
14. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Degree of B.E. in
relevant branch within four Academic Years after his admission. However, he may be permitted by
the Dean to complete the requirements within next two additional Academic Years.
Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year B.E. to Second Year B.E.
within two Academic Years after their admission shall not be allowed to repeat the class and their
admission shall be cancelled.
Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second Year B.E. to Third Year
B.E. within two Academic Years after their promotion from the First Year B.E. shall not be allowed
to repeat the class and their admission shall be cancelled.
However, if a candidate of Final Year B.E. fails to complete the requirements of Degree in the
relevant branch of study within six Academic Years after his admission, thus permitted, the
Academic Council on the recommendation of the Faculty, may further permit him to complete the
remaining requirements of the Degree within one more additional Academic Year. If the candidate
fails to complete the requirements of the Degree after the completion of seven years duration from
the date of admission, his admission shall be cancelled.
15. Attendance in all classes (lectures, tutorials, laboratories, practicals, workshop etc.) is compulsory. If
the attendance of any candidate at any stage is found unsatisfactory, his name will be removed from
the rolls of class. In special cases, the attendance may be condoned in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the University prescribed in this behalf from time to time.
16. A candidate who fails at the Annual Examination of First, Second or Third Year B.E. and is not
eligible to appear at the subsequent Supplementary Examination, his name shall automatically be
removed from the rolls of the class.
Provided that the candidate who fails at the Annual Examination of First, Second or Third Year B.E.
and is eligible to appear at the subsequent Supplementary Examination, shall attend higher class
provisionally. In case, the candidate is not eligible for promotion to next higher class after the
declaration of results of Supplementary Examination, his name shall automatically be removed from
the rolls of the class with retrospective effect from the date he failed at the Annual Examination.
Provided further that the attendance of such candidates, who become eligible for promotion to next
higher class after Supplementary Examination results, shall be counted from the date of
commencement of classes.
258
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXXV(D) OF ACADEMIC

ORDINANCE
(Effective from the session 1993-94) for B.E. Courses
The last examination as per chapter XXXV(C) of the Academic Ordinances (as amended upto
1992-93 for B.E.) will be held as under:
I B.E. 1993
II B.E. 1994
III B.E. 1995
IV B.E. 1996
Not-withstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the above
mentioned Examination and want to appear at the next corresponding Examination shall be
governed by the following Ordinances: -
(a) The candidates who are admitted to I Year B.E. in the session 1992-93 or earlier and are
joining the classes under the New Ordinances, XXXV (D) as regular students, shall be
governed by the Academic Ordinances effective from the session 1994-95, provided that
such candidates give an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations & Rules
prescribed for the purpose.
(b) A promoted/ex-student is requirement to clear an equivalent course under the existing

scheme of Teaching & Examination in lieu of backlog courses of old scheme of Teaching
and Examination as approved by the Faculty/Board of Studies concerned, if necessary. The
grades in such cases shall be awarded as per new Academic Ordinances effective from the
session 1993-94.
REGULATIONS TO CHAPTER – XXXV(D) OF ACADEMIC ORDINANCES FOR

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING
1. The relative weightages of Sessional Work and University Examination components of various
categories of courses as mentioned in Teaching and Examination Schedule shall be as follows:
Category of courses Relative Weightages
Sessional Univ. Total
Work Exam. Marks
(i) Theory Courses 25 Marks 100 Marks 125 Marks
(ii) Drawing & Similar Courses
EME-211 & ECE-102 50 Marks 75 Marks 125 Marks
(iii) Practical Courses/ Project 75 Marks 50 Marks 125 Marks
The following grade ranges may ordinarily be used for the award of grades to the candidates in a
course: -
GRADE RANGES (PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL MARKS OBTAINED) GRADE

(i) For Theory Courses:
75% and above A
less than 35% E
259
(ii) For Practical/Project Courses:

75% and above A
less than 45% E
Note: Fraction in marks obtained by a candidate in a course may be rounded off to the next whole
number.
(iii) Normally, the distribution of various grades in a group of candidates shall be as follows which
can be used as a check:-
GRADE APPROXIMATE %AGE OF STUDENTS OBTAINING THE GRADE
For Theory Courses For Practical Courses/Projects

A 10 to 25% 20 to 40%
B 25 to 40% 30 to 50%
C 25 to 40% 20 to 40%
D 10 to 25% ------------
E 0 to 10% 0 to 5%
(iv) In case of abnormal distribution of student population, the award of grades to the candidates
may be modified by the Result Moderation Committee as per the Regulations to the
Moderation Committee (Clause (9), Chapter – XV of Academic Ordinances).
(v) The grades to the candidates appearing at the Supplementary Examination may be awarded
on the basis of grade ranges used at the corresponding Annual Examination, subject to the
conditions specified in Clause (10) of Academic Ordinances in this behalf. The better of the
two grades at Annual/Supplementary Examination, obtained by the candidate, shall be the
final grade.
(vi) In case of any error in the submission of sessional marks by the Teacher
Incharge/Examiner(s) of the Course, a committee consisting of the following members shall
take suitable remedial measures depending upon the merit of the case: -
1. Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Technology - Chairman

2. Principal, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech.
3. Coordinator, B.E. Courses
4. Chairman of the Department concerned
5. One senior member of the Faculty not belonging to the concerned Department to be
6. Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech., - Convener
2. (i) There shall be continuous internal assessment of the performance of the candidate throughout
the Academic Year based on sessional or class work in various courses, as prescribed in the
Teaching and Examination Schedule.
(ii) The Final University Examination of Theory Courses shall be through written papers or the
Final University Examination of Practical Courses shall be through Practical and /or Viva-
Voce Examination.
260
(iii) The University Examination in Project of Final Year shall be conducted by the External and
Internal Examiners through Seminar and/or Viva-Voce Examination.
3. The Teacher Incharge of the Course may adopt any of the methods viz. written tests/quiz tests, class
or home assignments, practicals, field work, report writing, regularity, seminar, viva-voce tests etc.
for assessing the performance of the candidates in sessional or class work.
4. For sessional of each theory course, at least two tests shall be conducted. An additional test may
also be conducted but the candidates‟ higher marks in the best two shall be counted for the award of
sessional marks & grades.
5. The Teacher-Incharge of each course shall be appointed by the Department concerned. He shall
prepare the period wise lecture schedule of the course for distribution to the candidates at the
beginning of the session and the same shall be submitted to the Chairman of the Department
concerned for the purpose of moderation of the question papers. He shall standardize norms of the
assessment/ evaluation for the course and ensure its implementation. He shall coordinate the
teaching work and assessment/evaluation work in the course.
6. The Teacher-Incharge/Examiner(s) of the course shall prepare the detailed Award Lists in duplicate
(Sessional and University Examination Marks with Grades) and submit it along with evaluated
answer scripts and remuneration bills to the Chief Scrutinizer of the Department concerned for
compulsory totalling and scrutiny of evaluated Answer Scripts and Grade Award Lists who in turn
shall submit the scrutiny report alongwith the Grade Award Lists, Scrutinized Answer Scripts and
verified Remuneration Bills to the Chairman of the Department concerned. The Chairman of the
Department will forward the moderated grade award lists to the Chief Tabulator (Engg. College) for
result processing and Answer Scripts and remuneration bills to the Controller of Examinations after
re-evaluation work is completed.
7. There shall be no improvement of sessional work of Theory Courses. However, a candidate who
has been awarded grade E/I and has secured less than 40% of sessional marks in EME-211 & ECE-
102 or less than 60% of sessional marks in Practical Course/ Project may be allowed by the Dean of
the Faculty to repeat the course (i.e., to improve sessional work as well as University Examination
components).
For the purpose of conversion of CPI (X) at Final Year B.E. Examination into Equivalent
Percentage of Aggregate Marks (Y%), the following formula may be used: -
Y% = (20 X³ – 380 X² + 2725 X – 1690)/84
8. The number of seats for each branch of study (Civil/Electrical/ Mechanical) shall be as approved by
the University.
261

CHAPTER - XXXV (E)
Bachelor of Engineering (Evening) in the Faculty of Engineering & Technology

(Semester System)
1. Introduction
(a) The Faculty of Engineering & Technology, Aligarh Muslim University offers part-time
program leading to the Bachelor of Engineering (Evening) degree in Civil Engineering,
Electrical Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering.
(b) The medium of instruction in B. E.(Evening) Program is English.
2. Eligibility
A candidate will be eligible for admission to B. E.(Evening) program if he/she has passed the
Diploma in Engineering in the relevant Branch or an examination recognized by the University as its
equivalent with 50% marks in aggregate.
The admissions to the B. E. programs will be made normally in the Autumn Semester as per the
admission policy approved by the Academic Council of the University from time to time. The
admission of each student will be made in a particular branch.
4. Academic Session
beginning of every session the Coordinator, in consultation with the Dean, Chairmen of the
departments concerned, shall notify a detailed academic calendar indicating the schedule of teaching,


The maximum duration of the program shall be fourteen consecutive semesters after admission.
6.1 Credit System

Each B. E. program will have a curriculum in which every course will be assigned certain

XM/RU/F.No.003/14/11 dt. 06.5.2014
262
contact periods.

The curriculum for each branch will contain courses in the following categories having credits
in the ranges given below in such a way that the total of all credits will be equal to that
required for the award of degree as specified elsewhere in these ordinances.

Mathematics etc.)



There shall be a Chief Convener, B. E. Programs, to be nominated by the Dean, and a Co-
convener, B. E Program for each branch in each department, to be nominated by the Chairman
of the department concerned. Normally the Chief Tabulator will be the Chief Convener, B. E.
Programs. There shall also be a standing Curriculum Development Committee (CDC), to be
constituted by the Faculty. The Chief Convener, B. E. Programs will be the Convener of the
CDC. The composition of CDC will be the same as that of B.Tech. program with the
exception that the Coordinator B.E. (Evening) program shall also be a member of the CDC.

The curriculum for each branch will contain a listing of all courses, with each course having a
course category, course number, course title, number of contact periods per week, number of
credits assigned, and the marks assigned to various components of evaluation. It will also
have a list of alternative courses in the new curriculum for the old curriculum courses and
filler courses to compensate for the shortfall in credits earned by taking alternative courses in
any category, if needed. It will also specify all other conditions required for the award of
degree.

The curriculum for each branch of B. E. program will be prepared by the department
concerned and will be approved by the Board of Studies of the department. It will then be
vetted by the CDC and will then be placed in the Faculty along with the recommendations of
the CDC for approval. Once approved by the Faculty, the Curriculum will be implemented.
The same procedure shall be used for any modification in the Curriculum.
263
7. Registration

pursue in that semester. The registration schedule will be announced by the
Coordinator/Chairman for every semester. The registration process involves:
(i) Submitting a registration form in the office of the Coordinator and obtaining a
registration card signed by the Coordinator;
(b) A student will normally register for higher semester courses only if he has also registered
for un-cleared courses of previous semesters, especially in the case of un-cleared courses
of first two semesters.
(c) A student will have the option to add/delete/alter the courses in his/her registration within
a week of the registration subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the
department concerned from time to time.
department convener up to a date specified on his/her registration card. A registered
course will be counted as an attempt even if the student remains absent in the
Examination(s).
(e) No student will be allowed to register for more than 40 credits in a semester. A
graduating course, however, will not be included in this limit.
(f) A student may be denied registration in a course due to reasons of paucity of staff or
space or other facilities, especially in case the student is registering a course for
improving the grade in a passed course.
(g) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission
from the Dean, his/her name may be removed from the rolls of the faculty. Such a student
may apply to the Dean for re-admission stating the reasons for not being able to register
for two consecutive semesters and the Dean will take suitable decision on the merit of the
case.
graduating course.
264
Ordinances)
(a) Theory courses:

curriculum.
9.2 Grading System
converted into regular letter grades with their equivalent grade points as specified below
A 10 Outstanding
B 8 Very good
C 6 Good
course.
Range Grade
75 and above A
Less than 35 E
265
course.
as follows:
SPI = (C1G1 + C2G2 +……) / (C1 + C2 +…….)
those courses.
since admission.
266
examination.

(ii) One senior teacher of the Department in each broad area of specialization (to be
appointed by the BOS).
Note: The Paper Setter(s) may be invited, if necessary, to clarify the necessary details of the question
paper.

by the BOS).
The Result Moderation Committee will examine the result of each theory course and in case of an
abnormal situation; it may take suitable corrective measures in consultation with the examiner(s).
The examiner(s) will place the evaluated answer scripts along with the brief solution and marking
scheme before the Committee. In case of difference of opinion among the members of the
Committee, the majority decision will prevail, in which the examiner(s) will not participate.
degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Evening). He/she must also pay all University dues as per
rules. Moreover, there should be no case of indiscipline pending against him/her.
267
required credits as specified n the curriculum.
11.1 Name Removal
admission to the B. E. program will be cancelled and his/her name will be removed from the rolls of
the University.

2 semesters 0
4 semesters 25
6 semesters 50
8 semesters 80
10 semesters 110
12 semesters 140
14 semesters 200
11.2 Mercy Appeal
12. Result
(b) The Division awarded to “Graduated” students will be based on CPI as given below:

y = (20x3 - 380x2 + 2725x - 1690)/84

268
(d) If the name of a student is removed from the rolls of the University as per provisions of clause
11.1 of these ordinances his/her result will be shown as “Name Removed”.

may apply to the Dean through the Coordinator concerned, to be governed by these ordinances. Such
269
REGULATIONS TO CHAPTER XXXV (E) OF ORDINANCES (ACADEMIC) FOR

B. E. (EVENING) DEGREE PROGRAMME
1. Explanations
1.1 Course Number
(maximum). The first character is an alphabet “E” indicating it is an Evening Course while the
remaining two alphabets indicate the department that offers or coordinates the course; the fourth
character is a numerical digit indicating the year of offering the course in the program; the fifth
character is a numerical digit indicating the type of course; the sixth character is a numerical digit
that does not indicate any particular thing; and the sixth character is optional.
(a) The second and third alpha characters will mean the following:

(b) The fourth character will be 1, 2, 3, or 4 indicating First Year, Second Year, Third Year or
Fourth Year of the B. E. (Evening) program.
(c) The fifth character will be interpreted as follows:

9 = Laboratory/Practical courses and Projects.
1.2 Faculty Number
Every student has a Faculty number consisting of 9 characters. The first three characters are
numerical digits indicating the year of admission; the third to fourth characters are alphabets
indicating the branch of the B. E. program; the fifth character is always “B” indicating B. E.
program; the sixth, seventh and eighth characters are numerical digits that are for identifying a
student of a particular batch.
(a) The first three characters will be the right most three digits of the year of admission. Thus
students admitted in 2013 will have the first three characters as 013.
CV = Civil Engineering
EV = Electrical Engineering
MV = Mechanical Engineering
270
1.3 Marks
Marks.
course.
2.4 Syllabus
Each course will have a syllabus which will be distributed to the students. The teacher(s)
concerned should ensure that some portion, beyond the syllabus, should also be covered in the
class.
make a request to correct the mistake to the Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. through the Coordinator
271
B. E. (Evng) Courses, and shall attach relevant documentary evidence. A committee consisting of
the following members shall take suitable remedial measures depending upon the merit of the case.

2. Coordinator B. E. (Evng) Courses.
5. Chief Tabulator, B. E. Program.
4. Examinations
Mid-semester examination(s) of each course will be of one hour duration and will be
conducted as per norms and schedule notified by the office of the Coordinator B. E. (Evng)
Courses in each semester.
the advice of the Coordinator B. E. (Evng) Courses. The end-semester examinations of
laboratory/practical courses, and other courses such as seminar, colloquium, field work and project
etc. shall be conducted as notified by the Coordinator B. E. (Evng) Courses concerned.
4.3 Make-up Test
examinations.
272
CHAPTER – XXXVI
Master of Science in Civil, Electrical and Mechanical Engineering
**(deleted)
CHAPTER – XXXVI(A)
Master of Science in (Civil, Electrical, Electronics and Mechanical) Engineering
**(deleted)
CHAPTER – XXXVI(B)
Master of Science in Civil, Electrical and Mechanical Engineering
**(deleted)
TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER – XXXVI(B)


(deleted)
Master of Science in Engineering (Petroleum Processing/Petro-Cheimicals)

(E.C. dated 27.2.1999)
**
(deleted)

CHAPTER – XXXVI(C)
Master of Technology in Chemical/Civil/Electrical/Electronics/

Mechanical/Petroleum Processing & Petro-Chemical Engineering
*
(Deleted)

O.M.No.XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 8.7.2005.

EC(598)-3/406 dated 17.4.1998.
*
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
273
CHAPTER – XXXVI(D)
for

Master of Technology in Chemical/Civil/Computer Science and Engineering
(Software Engineering) /Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical/Petroleum
Processing & Petrochemical Engineering
(Four Semester Course)
(Effective from the academic session 2003 – 2004)
1. A candidate will be eligible for admission to a course of study leading to the degree of Master of
Technology in Chemical/Civil/Computer Science and Engineering (Software Engineering) /
Electrical/Electronics/ Mechanical/ Petroleum Processing & Petrochemical Engineering after having
acquired the Bachelor of Technology degree or its equivalent recognized by the University with not
less than 60% marks in aggregate in Chemical/Civil/Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical/Petroleum
Processing & Petrochemicals Engineering or 65% of marks in aggregate in case of Computer
Science & Engineering or its equivalent CPI/CGPA/NAG subject to any further requirements for
eligibility laid down by the University from time to time;
Provided that a teacher/practicing engineer/research scientist may also be admitted as a part-time

candidate to the regular course of study for Master of Technology degree in the relevant branch of
engineering, over and above the sanctioned intake.
The University, however, reserves the right to cancel the admission of any student at any stage
during his/her course on grounds of unsatisfactory performance in studies or shortage of attendance
in classes or indisciplined behaviour as per the University rules/ordinances.
2. The degree of Master of Technology in Chemical/Civil/ Computer Science and Engineering /

Electrical/Electronics/ Mechanical/ Petroleum Processing & Petrochemical Engineering shall be
awarded to candidates who have undergone at the University a regular course of study in the
relevant branch of study for two academic years comprising of four semesters and have fulfilled all
the requirements prescribed for the first, second, third and fourth semester examinations;
Provided that for part-time candidates, the course of study shall extend over a period of four
academic years comprising of eight semesters.
3. (a) The first, second, third and fourth semesters shall comprise Theory Courses, Practical/
Laboratory/Design Courses, Seminars, Project and Dissertation as may be prescribed by the
Academic Council on the recommendations of the concerned Board of Studies and Faculty.
(b) The examination in each theory course shall consist of sessional work and University
Examination.The examination in each practical/laboratory course shall comprise of
practical(s), practical reports and viva-voce examination. The examination in each
design/project course shall comprise of design/project report and viva voce examination. The
examination in each seminar course shall comprise of a written report and presentation. The
evaluation in preliminary dissertation shall comprise of candidate‟s presentation and
Supervisor‟s evaluation. The examination in dissertation course shall comprise of
supervisor‟s evaluation of the candidate‟s work in respect of his regularity, performance,
dissertation work report, and a seminar presentation and final viva-voce examination.

274
(c) Only those students who put in atleast 70% physical attendance for each course separately
during the semester will be eligible to appear at End-Semester University Examination.
(d) To pass each of the theory courses, a candidate must obtain at least 45% of the total marks in
the sessional work and the University examination taken together.
(e) To pass each of the practical/laboratory/design/project/seminar/dissertation courses, a

candidate must obtain at least 60 % of the total marks in the sessional work and the
University Examination taken together.
(f) A candidate who, having fulfilled the attendance requirements in a course, fails to obtain the
minimum passing marks or who could not appear at the End Semester Examination due to
illness or any other valid reason may be allowed to re-appear in the University Examination
only at the subsequent End Semester University Examination alongwith the regular students.
The marks awarded at the subsequent University Examination and the sessional marks
obtained earlier as a regular candidate shall be counted for passing the course;
*
Provided that a candidate who fails to fulfil the requirements of a semester may be allowed by the
Dean of the Faculty on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department concerned to re-
register in the relevant semester for the uncleared courses within the prescribed time limit. In such
cases, the sessional marks awarded earlier shall stand cancelled.
*
Provided further, if a student who is detained in all courses of I/III semester due to shortage of
attendance or otherwise, shall not be allowed to pursue his/her studies during II/IV semester. Such
students may be allowed by the Dean to continue their studies during the next I/III semester within
the permissible time limit.
*
Further, if he/she has not been promoted to the II Year within two academic years, he/she will not
be allowed to continue his/her studies. However, he/she may appear in uncleared course(s) as an ex-
student after the expiry of first two academic years and within the permissible time.
(g) No student shall be promoted from First Year to Second Year of the course of study unless
he/she clears 50% of the prescribed First Year courses. Any case arising out of the
unavoidable circumstances, not covered above, may be considered by the Faculty on the
recommendation of the concerned Board of Studies.
4. A regular candidate, after admission to the course of study, shall ordinarily complete all the
requirements of the Master of Technology degree within two academic years comprising of four
semesters, and a part-time candidate shall ordinarily complete within four academic years
comprising of eight semesters;
Provided that if a candidate fails to complete the requirements of the degree within the normal
period for specific reasons, he/she may be permitted to complete the requirements of the degree
within the next two additional academic years comprising of four semesters by the Dean of the
Faculty on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department concerned (applicable to regular
and part-time candidates alike);
Provided further that if a candidate fails to complete the requirements of Degree within two
additional academic years thus permitted, the Academic Council may, for specific reasons and on
*
A.C. date d 18.8.2007
275
the recommendations of the Faculty and Board of Studies concerned further extend the duration not
exceeding one year to complete the requirements of the degree.
5. (a) Ordinarily, the Project and Dissertation of a candidate shall be supervised by one member of
the teaching staff as approved by the concerned Board of Studies. However, another
members of the teaching staff of the University may also be associated as co-supervisor with
the approval of the concerned Board of Studies;
Provided that a candidate may be allowed to do for the dissertation work in other Department of this
University or in any other recognized University/Research Institute/Organization as recommended
by the concerned Board of Studies. In such cases, combined supervision may be done associating a
supervisor from the said Department/Research Institute/Organization alongwith the internal
supervisor.
(b) There shall be a Departmental. Post Graduate Committee (DPGC) with a convener consisting
of teachers representing all major areas of Department as approved by the Board of Studies of
the Department concerned. The dissertation report may be submitted for evaluation after
screening by the supervisor(s) and the Departmental Post Graduate Committee (DPGC) and
after a candidate completes successfully all other requirements of the degree.
(c) The dissertation report shall be evaluated by a Board of Examiners which shall consist of one
External Examiner, not engaged in teaching in the University and the Supervisor(s) to be
appointed by the concerned Board of Studies. One member of the Departmental Postgraduate
Committee assigned by the Chairman of the Department may also be present at the time of
viva voce Examination.
6. (a) The division in which a candidate is to be placed after passing all the prescribed courses for
the award of degree shall be determined on the basis of the aggregate marks obtained by the
candidate in all the four semester examinations.
(b) A candidate passing the prescribed courses and securing 75% of the aggregate marks or more
shall be declared to have passed the M.Tech Examination with First Division with Honours.
(c) A candidate passing the prescribed courses and securing 65% or more but less than 75% of
the aggregate marks shall be declared to have passed the M.Tech Examination with First
Division.
(d) A candidate passing the prescribed courses and securing less than 65% of the marks in
aggregate shall be declared to have passed the M.Tech Examination with Second Division.
(e) A candidate who secures highest marks in aggregate among all the regular candidates of
his/her class after completing the course of study during the prescribed period, but before the
end of Calendar Year, in the first attempt shall be awarded First Position and a University
Medal.
(f) Regular students who complete all the requirements of the M.Tech degree within prescribed
time limit but before the end of Calendar Year shall be awarded Degree for that Calendar
Year.
276
*
7. Every student admitted to M.Tech. degree programme is required to get himself/herself registered in
all the regular semesters till he/she completes all the requirements of his/her degree but within the
permissible time limit. The registration in a course(s) means that the student‟s name is on the roll list
of a course(s) for which he /she wants to study and to pass. If due to any genuine reason, he/she is
unable to register in a semester, he/she must seek prior permission of the Dean on the
recommendation of the concerned Chairman of the Department, without which, he/she would be
deemed to have left the M.Tech. degree programme and his/her name shall be struck off from the
rolls of the Faculty/University. Every student is required to get his/her registration properly
completed at his/her own responsibility, failing which he/she shall not be allowed to attend the
classes of any course.
Registration of students for the course(s) in each semester will be taken up by the concerned
Department on the dates announced by the Faculty/Department (usually one or two days before the
commencement of classes). However, in an extra ordinary situations, if a student is unable to get
himself/herself registered on the scheduled date of registration, he/she may approach the Chairman
of the concerned Department for permission within 15 days from the date of commencement of
classes.
8. Those students who are not promoted II year M.Tech. degree programme will be required to get
themselves registered for the unlearned course(s) of I and/or II semester(s) if otherwise eligible. The
promoted students who were detained in course(s) due to shortage of attendance or otherwise must
get themselves registered for the said course(s) in accordance with the conditions specified below:
“Only those students who have cleared all University and Hall dues of current and previous
semesters, will be permitted for registration to attend the classes in the registered courses during
current semester”.
Registration for dissertation work in III and/or IV semester shall be carried out only after promotion
to III semester.
Transitory Ordinances:
Ordinances (Academic) under which such candidates were admitted. However, the candidates, who
are admitted to M.Tech. Degree Programme in the session 2002-2003 or earlier, shall be allowed to
complete the remaining requirements of the degree after joining the regular classes in equivalent
courses within permissible time limit. An old promoted/ex-student shall be required to clear either
an equivalent course in lieu of his uncleared course(s) as approved by the Faculty on the
recommendation of the Board of Studies of the Department concerned or to clear the old uncleared
course as the case may be. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regular
student shall be taken into account for passing the course(s).
*
A.C. date d 18.8.2007
277
CHAPTER – XXXVI(E)
Master of Technology in the Faculty of Engineering & Technology
1. Introduction
program leading to the Master of Technology (M. Tech.) degree in Chemical Engineering,
Civil Engineering, Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electronics
Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Petroleum Processing and Petrochemical Engineering,
and Nanotechnology, with further specializations, if any.
(b) The medium of instruction in M. Tech. Program is English.
2. Eligibility
(a) A candidate will be eligible for admission to M. Tech. program if he/she has obtained the
Bachelor of Technology degree or its equivalent recognized by the University in the relevant
branch of engineering with not less than 60% marks in the aggregate or its equivalent
CPI/CGPA/NAG. For M. Tech. program in Nanotechnology, candidates who have obtained
Master of Science degree or its equivalent recognized by the University in the relevant subject
with not less than 60% marks in the aggregate or its equivalent CPI/CGPA/NAG will also be
eligible. All eligibility requirements are subject to such other conditions as laid down by the
(b) Local professionally employed personnel such as working engineers, scientists and teachers
may also be admitted as part-time students to the M. Tech. program in the relevant branch,
over and above the sanctioned intake.
3. Admission
(a) The admissions to the M. Tech. programs will be made normally in the Autumn Semester as
per the admission policy approved by the Academic Council of the University from time to
time. The admission of each student will be made in a particular branch.
(b) The admission of a candidate will be made either as a full-time student or as a part-time
student.
4. Academic Session

The minimum duration of the program for a full-time student shall be four consecutive
semesters after admission. The minimum duration of the program for a part-time student shall
be six consecutive semesters after admission.
278
The maximum duration of the program for a full-time student shall be eight consecutive
semesters after admission. The maximum duration of the program for a part-time student shall
be ten consecutive semesters after admission.
5.3 Minimum and Maximum Duration in case of change of student status
A full-time student can convert his/her admission to part-time subject to his/her fulfilling the
eligibility conditions as provided in these ordinances for part-time candidates by applying to
the Dean of the Faculty through the Chairman of the concerned department. Such conversion
will be allowed at the end of a semester only and not in the middle of the semester. The
minimum and maximum durations for such a student shall remain unchanged if such
conversion is done after spending two semesters after admission to the program. However, if
such conversion is done before spending two semesters after admission, the minimum and
maximum durations shall become as specified for part-time students.
6.1 Credit System
Each M. Tech. program will have a curriculum in which every course will be assigned certain credits

1 Practical period (P) per week = 1 Credit
1 General period (G) per week = 1 Credit
project, dissertation etc., which will be assigned credits as per their contribution in the program
without regard to contact periods. The general period may be used for lecture, presentation, field
work, literature search, discussions, software development, or for such other purposes as may be
decided by the teacher(s) concerned.
There shall be a Chief Coordinator, M. Tech. Programs, to be nominated by the Dean, and a
Coordinator, M. Tech. Program in each department, to be nominated by the Chairman of the
department concerned. Normally the Chief Tabulator will be the Chief Coordinator, M. Tech.
Programs. There shall also be a standing Curriculum Development Committee (CDC), to be
constituted by the Faculty. The Chief Coordinator, M. Tech. Programs will be the Convener of the
CDC.
The curriculum for each branch/specialization will contain a listing of all courses, with each course
having a course number, course title, number of contact periods per week, number of credits
assigned, and the marks assigned to various components of evaluation. It will also have a list of
alternative courses in the new curriculum for the old curriculum courses and filler courses to
compensate for the shortfall in credits earned by taking alternative courses in any category, if
needed. It will also specify all other conditions required for the award of degree.
279
The curriculum for each branch/specialization of M. Tech. program will be prepared by the
department concerned and will be approved by the Board of Studies of the department. It will then
be vetted by the CDC and will then be placed in the Faculty along with the recommendations of the
CDC for approval. Once approved by the Faculty, the Curriculum will be implemented. The same
7. Registration
(i) Submitting a registration form in the office of the Chairman and obtaining a registration
card signed by the Chairman;
un-cleared courses of previous semesters.
(e) A student may be denied registration in a course due to reasons of paucity of staff or space or
a passed course.
(f) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission from the
Attendance in each course separately is compulsory. Students who have put in 75% or more
attendance in a course in a semester will be eligible to appear in the End-Semester Examination of
that course. Students who have put in 65% or more but less than 75% attendance in a course may be
considered for condonation of shortage of attendance in that course by the condonation committee.
Students whose attendance in a course is less than 65% or whose shortage in attendance has not been
condoned will not be eligible to appear in the End-Semester Examination of that course and will be
will stand cancelled.
280
9. Examination and Evaluation
(a) Theory courses:

(b) Laboratory courses including Seminar, Colloquium, Project, dissertation etc.

curriculum.
9.2 Grading System

A 10 Outstanding
B 8 Very good
C 6 Good
course.
Range Grade
75 and above A
Less than 35 E
281
course.
as follows:
SPI = (C1G1 + C2G2 +……) / (C1 + C2 +…….)
those courses.
since admission.
If a student fails in a course his/her attendance and marks of all components of evaluation in that
course will be cancelled. The student will have to register the course again or its alternative and will
be required to complete the attendance requirement afresh and appear in all components of
evaluation afresh. No previous marks shall be used in any case.
course again and will be required to complete the attendance requirement afresh and appear in all
components of evaluation afresh. No previous marks shall be used in any case. For the purpose of
calculating the SPI the recently obtained grade will be considered while for CPI the better of the two
grades will be counted.
282
(b) The dissertation will be submitted after all other components of the M. Tech. Program are
completed. The dissertation will be examined by the supervisor(s) and an external examiner
not in the service of the university at the time of examination.

(ii) One senior teacher of the Department in each broad area of specialization (to be
appointed by the BOS).
paper.

by the BOS).
The Result Moderation Committee will examine the result of each theory course and in case
of an abnormal situation; it may take suitable corrective measures in consultation with the
examiner(s). The examiner(s) will place the evaluated answer scripts along with the brief
solution and marking scheme before the Committee. In case of difference of opinion among
the members of the Committee, the majority decision will prevail, in which the examiner(s)
will not participate.
(a) A student who earns 72 credits and fulfills such other conditions as may be mentioned in the
curriculum will be awarded the degree of Master of Technology. He/she must also pay all
University dues as per rules. Moreover, there should be no case of indiscipline pending
against him/her.
11.1 Name Removal

admission to the M. Tech. program will be cancelled and his/her name will be removed from the
rolls of the University.
283
For full-time student:

2 semesters 0
4 semesters 25
6 semesters 50
8 semesters 72
For part-time student:

2 semesters 0
4 semesters 15
6 semesters 30
8 semesters 50
10 semesters 72
11.2 Mercy Appeal
total duration of the program by one year, at the maximum, if required. Under any circumstances no
full-time student will be allowed to complete the program after the lapse of 10 semesters after
admission; and no part-time student will be allowed to complete the program after the lapse of 12
12. Result
degree his/her result will be shown as “Pass”.
(b) The Division awarded to “Pass” students will be based on CPI as given below:

y = (20x3 - 380x2 + 2725x - 1690)/84

284
(e) Ranks/Positions will be determined at the end of even semesters. Only those full-time students
who fulfill the following conditions will be eligible for ranks/positions:

(v) They have not improved grade in any course after passing the course;
(vi) They have obtained a “Pass” result in four semesters by a date determined as 14 days
after opening of the university after the summer vacation.
(f) Students who obtain a “Pass” result in a Calendar year shall be awarded Degree for that year.
285
Regulations to Chapter XXXVI(E) of Ordinances (Academic) for

M. Tech. Degree Programme
1. Explanations
1.1 Course Number
optional.

(b) The third character will be 6 for First Year and 7 for Second Year of the M. Tech. program.

9 = Laboratory/Practical courses, Projects, and Dissertation.
1.2 Faculty Number
digits indicating the year of admission; the third and fourth characters are alphabets indicating the
branch of the M. Tech. program; the fifth character is an alphabet indicating the specialization; the
sixth character is always “M” indicating M. Tech. program; the seventh, eighth and ninth characters
are numerical digits that are for identifying a student of a particular batch.
AP = Applied Physics
CE = Civil Engineering
286
EE = Electrical Engineering
KE = Chemical Engineering
LE = Electronics Engineering
ME = Mechanical Engineering
PE = Computer Engineering
PK = Petrochemical Engineering
1.3 Marks
Marks.
course.
Courses will be offered by the department concerned as per the schedule given in the relevant
Curriculum. Elective courses will be offered depending on the availability of the staff and other
facilities and therefore any particular elective course may not be offered even though it may exist in
the list of possible elective courses. Departments may also offer a course in both the semesters even
though it may be shown in particular semesters.
2.4 Syllabus
287
of the case.

5. Chief Tabulator, M. Tech. Program.
4. Examinations
Mid-semester examination(s) of each course will be of one hour duration and will be conducted as
per norms and schedule notified by the office of the Dean in each semester.
the advice of the Dean. The end-semester examinations of laboratory/practical courses, and other
courses such as seminar, colloquium, field work, project, dissertation etc. shall be conducted as
notified by the Dean/Chairman concerned.
4.3 Make-up Test
examinations.
288
CHAPTER – XXXVII
**
Diploma in Engineering (Civil, Electrical, Electronics and Mechanical) (Year-length Course)

**
(deleted)
CHAPTER – XXXVII(A)
Diploma in Engineering (Civil, Electrical, Electronics, Mechanical and Electrical Engg.
Instrumentation)
**(deleted)

CHAPTER – XXXVII(B)
DIPLOMA IN ENGINEERING
(CIVIL/ELECTRICAL/ELECTRICAL(INSTRUMENTATION)/
MECHANCIAL/ARCHITECTURE AND DRAFTING &
DESIGNING (MECH/CIVIL))
(Wef the session 1996-97)
†
(Deleted)
**

OM/AC-IV/PA/Ordinances/224 dated 6.2.1997.
†
(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
289

CHAPTER – XXXVII(C)
Diploma in Engineering (Architecture, Civil, Computer, Design & Construction Technology, Design
& Production Engg. Electronics, Electrical Instrumentation & Control and Mechanical)
(Applicable to the students from the academic session, 2002-2003)
1. The Diploma in Engineering (Architecture, Civil, Computer, Design & Construction Technology,
Design & Production Engg. Electronics, Electrical, Instrumentation & Control, Mechanical) shall be
awarded to candidates who have undergone at the University a regular course of study for three
academic years after having passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University
with 45% Marks in English, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry or an Examination recognized by
the University as its equivalent with 45% Marks in English Mathematics and Science and have
passed First, Second and Final Examination of the Diploma course.
2. The First Examination for the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who have
undergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University.
3. The Second Examination for the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who have
undergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University after having passed the
First Examination for the Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch.
4. The Final Examination for the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who have
Second Examination for the Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch.
5. Each of the examination shall be conducted partly by means of written papers and partly by means
of sessional work and practical and viva-voce examination as may be prescribed by the Faculty on
the recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. A theory course consists of written paper
and corresponding theory sessional work. A practical course consists of practical/sessional work and
corresponding practical and/or viva-voce examination.
6. To pass each examination, a candidate must obtain.
(i) at least 40% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination of each theory
course and also 25% marks in the University Theory Examination component.
and
(ii) at least 60% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination of each practical
course and also 25% marks in the University Practical Examination component.
7. (i) The Division in which the successful candidates are to be placed at the end of final
examination shall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of first, second and
final examinations of Diploma in Engg. Course.
(ii) Candidates who obtain 65% of cumulative marks or more shall be placed in the First
Division and those who obtain less than 65% of cumulative marks shall be placed in the
Second Division.

290
(iii) Candidates who obtain 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be decleared to have passed
the Examination of Diploma in Engg. Course in First Division with Honours.
8. (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a Supplementary Examination shall

be held after each of the three Annual Examinations.
(ii) A candidate who has failed in not more than five theory courses and two practical courses at
the Annual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediately following subsequent
supplementary examination.
(iii) No candidate shall be allowed to improve his marks in sessional or University Examination
of a course after having passed it.
(iv) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 40% of sessional marks in
Drawing/Architectural Drawing/Design/Quantity Survey & Valuation/ Estimating & Costing
courses (or any other practice based course) or less than 60% of sessional marks in a practical
course may be allowed to repeat the Drawing/Architectural Drawing/Design/Quantity Survey
& Valuation/Estimating & Costing (or any other practice based course) and practical courses
(i.e. to improve Sessional work as well as University Examination), during the subsequent
session/sessions in regular classes.
(v) A candidate of I, II, III year Diploma in Engineering who could not appear at his annual
examination as a regular candidate due to his illness or severe accident, may apply to the
Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. through Principal University Polytechnic for permission to
appear to the subsequent supplementary examination provided that he has secured not less
than 50% of the total marks in sessional components of the courses (Theory & Practical). The
application along with the Medical Certificate of the Medical Officer of the University Health
Service/Superintendent of the JN Medical College Hospital/Chief Medical Officer of the
District must be submitted by the candidate in the Office of the Principal University
Polytechnic within two weeks from the date of commencement of the annual examination.
9. A candidate, who has appeared at the first examination of Diploma in Engineering, shall be
promoted to the Second Year Diploma in Engineering class, provided that he has failed in not more
than three courses of First Year Diploma in Engineering
10. A candidate, who has appeared at the second examination of Diploma in Engineering, shall be
promoted to the Third Year Diploma in Engineering, class in the corresponding branch, provided
that he has failed in not more than three courses of Second year Diploma in Engineering and has
passed in all the courses of First Year Diploma in Engineering.
11. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Diploma in Engineering
in relevant branch within three academic years after his admission. However, he may be permitted
by the Dean to complete the requirements within next two additional Academic Years.
Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year Diploma in Engineering to
Second Year Diploma in Engineering within two Academic Years after their admission shall not be
allowed to repeat the class and their admission shall be cancelled.
Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second Year Diploma in
Engineering, to Final Year Diploma in Engineering within two Academic Year after their promotion
291
from the First year Diploma in Engineering, shall not be allowed to repeat the class and their
admission shall be cancelled.
However, if a candidate of Final Year Diploma in Engineering fails to complete the requirements of
Diploma in the relevant branch of study within five Academic Years after his admission, then the
Academic Council on the recommendation of the Faculty, may further permit him to complete the
remaining requirements of the Diploma within one more additional Academic Year. If the candidate
fails to complete the requirements of the Diploma after the completion of six years duration from the
date of admission, his admission shall be cancelled.
12. A student may be allowed continuation in the same class (in cases other than detained) only when
his sessional component is less than 50% of the total marks in sessional component of the courses
(Theory & Practical).
1. Students admitted to Diploma in Engineering during the session 2002-2003 or later shall be
governed by amended Ordinances Academic effective from the session 2002-2003.
2. Student admitted during the session 2001-2002 or earlier shall be governed by the Ordinances
(Academic) enforced at the time of their admission. However, any student admitted during the
session 2001-2002 or earlier and due to any reason is regular student in any class of Diploma in
Engineering with those who were admitted during the session 2002-2003 or later shall also be
governed by amended Ordinances Academic effective from the session 2002-2003.
3. All teaching and examinations will be carried out under the revised Scheme of Teaching and
Examinations from the Academic Session 2002-2003.
3.1 New Syllabi of the courses of revised Scheme of Teaching and Examination will be
introduced in First Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches) from the session 2002-2003.
3.2 New Syllabi of the courses of revised Scheme of Technology and Examination will be
introduced in Second Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches) from the session 2003-2004.
3.3 New Syllabi of the courses of revised Scheme of Teaching and Examination will be
introduced in Final Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches) from the session 2004-2005.
4. Students eligible for continuation in First Year Diploma in Engineering (Civil, Electrical
Mechanical) during the session 2002-2003 have to study the New Syllabi for the courses of revised
Scheme of Teaching and Examination.
5. Students eligible for continuation in First Year Diploma in Engineering (Architectural Assistantship,
Drafting & Designing (Civil), Drafting & Designing (Mech.) and Electrical (Instrumentation))
during the session 2002-2003 shall be continued in First Year Diploma in Engineering (Architecture,
Design & Construction Technology, Design & Production Engg. and Instrumentation & Control)
respectively.
6. Students who fail in First Year Diploma in Engineering (Civil, Electrical & Mechanical) during the
session 2001-2002 under old Syllabi shall be eligible for continuation in Second Year Diploma in
Engg. (Civil Electrical & Mechanical) respectively after passing their First Examination and have to
study the new Syllabi of the courses of revised Scheme of Teaching and Examinations.
292
7. Students who fail in First Year Diploma in Engineering Architectural Assistantship, Drafting &
Designing (Civil), Drafting & Designing (Mech.) and Electrical (Instrumentation)) during the
session 2001-2002, shall be eligible for continuation in Second Year Diploma in Engineering
(Architecture, Design & Construction Technology, Design & Production Engineering and
Instrumentation & Control) respectively after clearing their First Examination.
8. Students eligible for continuation in Second Year Diploma in Engineering (Civil, Electrical and
Mechanical) during the session 2003-2004, have to study the New Syllabi of the course of revised
Scheme of Teaching and Examination.
9. Students eligible for continuation in Second Year Diploma in Engineering, (Architectural

Assistantship, Drafting & Designing (Civil), Drafting (Mech.) and Electrical (Instrumentation))
during the session 2003-2004 shall be continued in Second Year Diploma in Engineering,
(Architecture, Design & Construction Technology, Design & Production Engineering and
Instrumentation & Control) respectively.
10. Students who fail in Second Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches) during the session 2002-
2003 shall be eligible for continuation in Third Year Diploma in Engineering in respective branch
after clearing their Second Examination but have to study the similar courses with New Syllabi of
Third Year and Second Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches) under revised Scheme of
Teaching and Examination and they will be awarded the Diploma with Old title.
11. Students eligible for continuation in Third Year Diploma in Engg. (all branches) during the session
2004-2005 have to study the similar courses with New Syllabi of Third Year and Second Year
Diploma in Engineering (all branches) under revised Scheme of Teaching and Examination and they
will be awarded the Diploma with old title.
12. Setting of question papers with Old Syllabi shall be extended upto the session 2005-2006 for First,
Second and Third Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches).
13. In any case, separate arrangement of teaching will not be made for First and Second Year Diploma
in Engg. (all branches) under old Syllabi and Scheme of Teaching and Examination.

14. (i) The existing Clause 7(i), Chapter XXXVII (B) of the Ordinances (Academic) prior to the
session 2002-03 shall be applicable to declare the results of Final Year Diploma in Engg.
(Civil/ Mechanical/Electrical/Instrumentation & Control/Architectural Assistantship/Design
& Construction Technology/Design & Production Engg.) Examination, 2005 for the students
admitted in the session 2002-03.
(ii) The students admitted after 2002-03 may be awarded Diploma in Architectural Assistantship
in place of Diploma in Engg. (Architecture/Architectural Assistantship) as recommended by
the Board of Studies of the Architecture Section, University Polytechnic at its meeting held
on 22.7.2004.
(iii) The existing Chapter XXXVII (B) of the Ordinances (Academic) related to the Diploma in
Engg. shall also be applicable for Diploma in Engg. (Computer/Electronics) stream started in
the University Polytechnic from the session 2002-03.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/II-116A dated 15/16.6.2005.
293

CHAPTER – XXXVII(D)
Diploma in Engineering (Civil/Civil-Construction Technology/Electrical/ Instrumentation

& Control/ Mechanical/Mechanical-Refrigeration and Air Conditioning/ Mechanical–
Production Engineering/ Computer/Electronics/Plastic Technology/Leather & Footwear
Technology)/ Diploma in Architectural Assistantship/Diploma in Interior Design,
Examination
(Applicable to the students admitted from the academic session 2005-2006)
1. The Diploma in Engineering (Civil/Civil-Construction Technology/Electrical/ Instrumentation &

Control/Mechanical/ Mechanical-Refrigeration & Air Conditioning/ Mechanical-Production
Engineering/ Computer/ Electronics/ Plastic Technology/ Leather & Footwear Technology)/Diploma
in Architectural Assistantship/Diploma in Interior Design shall be awarded to the candidates who
have undergone at the University a regular course of study for the three academic years after having
passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination with English, Mathematics and Science or
higher Examination of the University with English, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry or an
Examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and have passed First, Second, and Final
Year Examination of the Diploma Course.
2. The First Year Examination for the Diploma Courses shall be open to candidates who have
undergone a regular course of study for one Academic Year at the University and have put in atleast
75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.
3. The Second Year Examination for the Diploma Courses shall be open to candidates who have
undergone a regular course of study for one Academic Year at the University after having passed the
First Year Examination for the Diploma Courses in the corresponding branch and have put in atleast
75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.
4. The Final Year Examination for the Diploma Courses shall be open to candidates who have
undergone a regular course of study for one Academic Year at the University after having passed the
Second Year Examination for the Diploma Courses in the corresponding branch and have put in
atleast 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.
5. Each of the Examination shall consist of theory courses and/or practical courses, and/or project as
prescribed by the Faculty on the recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. A theory
course shall consist of University Examination (written paper) and corresponding theory sessional
work. A practical/project course shall consist of practical/sessional work and corresponding practical
and/or viva-voce examination.
6. To pass each Examination, a candidate must obtain:

(i) at least 40% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination of each theory
course and also 25% marks in the University Examination component.
and
course or project and also 25% marks in the Viva-Voce/University Examination component.

OM. NO. XM/SPA/FN.68/II-341dated 10.6.2006.
294
7. (i) The Division in which a successful candidate is to be placed at the end of Final Examination
shall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of First, Second and Final Year
Examinations of the Diploma Course.
(ii) Candidates who obtain 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be placed in First Division
with Honours.
(iii) Candidates who obtain 65% of cumulative marks or more but less than 75% of cumulative
marks shall be placed in the First Division and those who obtain less than 65% of cumulative
marks shall be placed in the Second Division.
8. (i) Notwithstanding any thing contained in these Ordinances (Academic), a supplementary

examination shall be held only after Final Year Annual Examination. The Supplementary
Examination shall consist of Final Year Courses (Theory/Practical).
(ii) A candidate of Final Year of Diploma Course who has failed in not more than four courses at
Annual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediately following Supplementary
Examination.
(iii) A candidate of Final year of Diploma Course who has not appeared in Annual Examination
due to any reason shall not be eligible to appear in the immediately following Supplementary
Examination.
(iv) A regular promoted student while studying in II or Final Year of Diploma Course may appear
at the next subsequent University Examination in uncleared backlog courses of I or II Year of
Diploma Course, as the case maybe.
(v) A candidate after passing the Diploma Course can improve his/her performance at the
subsequent examination (Supplementary/ Annual) only once by appearing at the examination
in two theory courses of Final Year of Diploma Course provided that he/she is not pursuing or
undergoing any other course of study anywhere in the mean while. Such candidates shall not
be provided hostel accommodation; provided that if the candidate fails to improve his/her
performance, the marksheet and/or diploma certificate awarded to him/her earlier shall not be
withdrawn.
(vi) No candidate shall be allowed to improve his/her marks in sessional or University

Examination of a course after having passed it except in case of improvement of performance
as mentioned in Clause 8(V). Any candidate who fails to fulfil the requirement of promotion
as laid down in Clauses 9 and 10 shall cease to be a regular student. Such candidate may
appear in uncleared courses as ex-student at the subsequent University Examination, if
eligible. The marks awarded at the subsequent University Examination and sessional marks
obtained earlier as a regular student shall be taken into consideration for passing the
uncleared/backlog courses.
(vii) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 40% of sessional marks in practice based
theory course(s) e.g. BCE-112, BCT-217 etc or less than 60% of sessional marks in a
practical course(s)/project in any branch of Diploma Course may be allowed to repeat that
theory/practical course(s)/project (sessional work as well as University Examination), during
the subsequent session(s) in regular classes, if eligible. In such cases, marks obtained earlier
in sessional work as well as University Examination shall be disregarded.
295
(viii) A candidate who passes all the courses prescribed for First, Second and Final Year
Examinations of Diploma Course separately in first attempt as a regular candidate shall be
awarded rank/position. A candidate who passes a course(s) with grace marks/discretionary
marks or passes in the Supplementary Examination/backlog course(s) at any stage during his
entire Diploma Course shall not be awarded any rank/position. Further, any candidate
securing Second Division shall be not considered for the award of rank/position.
9. A candidate, who has appeared at the First Year Examination of Diploma Course, shall be promoted
to the Second Year of Diploma Course, provided that he has failed in not more than four(4) theory
and/or practical course(s) of First Year of Diploma Course.
10. A candidate, who has appeared at the Second Year Examination of Diploma Course, shall be
promoted to the Final Year of Diploma Course, provided that he has failed in not more than four(4)
courses of Second Year of Diploma Course and has cleared all the courses of First Year of Diploma
Course
11. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Diploma in relevant
branch of study within three academic years after his/her admission. However, he/she may be
permitted by the Dean Faculty of Engg. & Technology to complete the remaining requirements
within next two additional academic years;
Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year of Diploma Course to Second
Year of Diploma Course within two academic years after their admission, shall not be allowed to
repeat the class and their admission shall stand cancelled;
Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second Year of Diploma Course
to Final Year of Diploma Course within two academic years after their promotion from the First
Year of Diploma Course shall not be allowed to repeat the class and their admission shall stand
cancelled.
However, if a candidate who has undergone a regular course of study in Final Year of Diploma
Course and fulfils the attendance requirements, but fails to complete the requirements of Diploma
Course in the relevant branch of study within five academic years after his admission, then the
Academic Council on the recommendations of the Faculty/Dean, may further permit him to
complete the remaining requirements of the Diploma Course as an ex-student within one more
additional academic year. If the candidate fails to complete the requirements of the Diploma Course
within six years from the date of admission, his admission shall stand cancelled. In no case, the total
duration shall exceed six years from the date of his/her admission.
12 (i) A candidate of First/Second Year of Diploma Course who has not been promoted to
Second/Final Year of Diploma Course or a candidate of Final Year Diploma Course who has
not been found eligible for Supplementary Examination after Annual Examination may seek
continuation/re-admission as a regular candidate in the same class in the immediately following
academic session within a week of the commencement of the class. Such candidates shall fulfil
the attendance and sessional requirements etc afresh. Any marks obtained earlier and
attendance during preceding session shall be disregarded.
(ii) A candidate of First/Second/Final Year Diploma Course who has not appeared in Annual
Examination due to shortage of attendance must seek continuation/re-admission as a regular
candidate in the same class in the immediately following academic session within a week of
the commencement of the class. Such candidates shall fulfil the attendance and sessional
296
requirements etc afresh. Any marks obtained earlier and attendance during the preceding
session shall be disregarded.
13. A maximum of five (5) Grace Marks (GM) each may be awarded in not more than two courses to
enable a candidate to pass an examination. Moreover, a maximum of two (2) Discretionary Marks
(DM) may be awarded to a candidate of Final Year of Diploma Course for improvement of Division
provided that he/she has not been awarded any grace mark in Final Year Examination of Diploma
Course. The GM/DM so awarded may be added to aggregate of marks.
Transitory Ordinances
Students admitted to Diploma Course upto session 2004-2005 shall continue to be governed by the
Ordinances (Academic) enforced at the time of their admission. However, any student admitted
during the session 2004-2005 or earlier and due to any reason becomes a regular-student in any class
of Diploma Course with those who were admitted during the session 2005-2006 or later shall be
governed by amended Ordinances effective from the session 2005-2006.
297

CHAPTER XXXVII (E)
3-Years( 6-Semesters) Diploma in Engineering /Technology Programmes
University Polytechnic (Boys) & University Women’s Polytechnic
Faculty of Engineering and Technology
(Semester System)
1. INTRODUCTION
I. University Polytechnic (Boys), Aligarh Muslim University offers full-time 3-Years (6-
Semesters) Diploma Engineering programmes leading to Diploma in Civil Engineering,
Electrical Engineering, Instrumentation and Control Engineering, Electronics Engineering,
Computer, Mechanical Engineering, Production Engineering, Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning Engineering, Plastic Technology, Leather and Footwear Technology,
Architectural Assistantship, Interior Design.
II. University Women‟s Polytechnic, Aligarh Muslim University offers full-time 3-Years (6-
Semesters) Diploma Engineering programmes leading to Diploma in Electronics Engineering,
Computer Engineering and Information Technology.
2. ELIGIBILITY
A candidate will be eligible for admission to Diploma in Engineering if he/she has passed High
School or an equivalent Examination with not less than 45% marks in aggregate of English, Maths
and Science as three subject of equal weightage.
OR
A higher examination with English, Physics, Chemistry and Maths as subjects, with not less than
45% marks in aggregate of English, Physics, Chemistry and Maths of equal weightage.
Notwithstanding with above provisions, eligibility criteria amended by the University from time to
time shall be applicable.
3. ADMISSION
The admission to Diploma Engineering programs shall be made in the First Semester (i.e., July/
August) through competition as per the existing rules of the Aligarh Muslim University.
4. ACADEMIC SESSION
The academic session shall be divided into two regular semesters namely „Odd‟ and „Even‟. Each
semester shall be approximately of 20 weeks duration. The Odd semester shall normally commence
in the month of July/August and the even semester in the month of December/January. In the
beginning of every session, the Dean, in consultation with the Principal, shall notify a detailed
academic calendar indicating the schedule of teaching, examination and other activities.
5. DURATION OF PROGRAM

The minimum duration of the program shall be six (6) consecutive semesters after admission.

XM/RU/F.No.003/14/11 dt. 06.5.2014
298
The maximum duration of the program shall be ten (10) semesters after admission.
6. CURRICULUM AND EVALUATION SYSTEM
6.1 Curriculum Development Committee (CDC)

There shall be a standing Curriculum Development Committee (CDC) consisting of all
section In-charges and one senior teacher from each section. Principal shall be the convener of
the committee. Separate Curriculum Development Committee (CDC) will be formed for
University Polytechnic (Boys) and University Women‟s Polytechnic.
6.2 Functions of Curriculum Development Committee (CDC)
(a) To bring in changes in basic teaching scheme.
(b) To change the syllabus of inter-section (Inter Departmental) courses.
(c) To resolve any dispute related to curriculum among the sections.
(d) To bring in necessary changes in the ordinances.
(e) Any other task related to academics.
The changes proposed by the Curriculum Development Committee shall be placed before the
BOS of the concerned section(s). The BOS of section(s) is fully authorized to recommend,
reject or change the proposal(s) of the CDC before recommending to the Faculty Meeting.

(a) The curriculum of each branch shall contain a list of courses having a course number,
course title, number of contact periods, maximum marks assigned to various components
of evaluation.
(b) It shall specify all other conditions required for the award of the Diploma.
(c) The medium of instruction shall be English only.
6.4 Approval of the Curriculum, Curriculum Structure and Ordinances

The curriculum of each branch shall be prepared by the section concerned and shall be
recommended by the respective Board of Studies and be placed in the Faculty Meeting for
approval. Final approval for the ordinances shall be obtained before it will be implemented.
Once approved by the Faculty Meeting, the curriculum shall be implemented. The same
procedure shall be followed for any modification/change in the curriculum.
7. REGISTRATION

(a) A student who gets admission in Diploma in Engineering will be automatically deemed to
have been registered for all courses of First Semester of Diploma in Engineering &
Technology.
(b) Every student is required to register in each semester (from second semester onwards) for
the courses that he/she desires to pursue in that semester. The registration schedule shall
be announced by the Dean/Principal for every semester. The registration process involves
the following:
(i) Submitting a registration form in the office of the Principal and obtaining a
registration card signed by the Principal.
(ii) Paying the required fee.
(c) A student shall register for higher semester courses only if he/she has also registered for
all uncleared courses of previous semesters.
299
(d) A student shall have an option to add/delete/alter the courses he/she has registered within
a week from the registration, if desired.
(e) In case any registered course is not deleted within stipulated time, it shall be counted as
an attempt and shall be shown absent if not attended.
(f) No student shall be allowed to register for more than 44 class periods in a semester.
(g) A student may be denied registration in a course due to reasons of paucity of staff or
space or other facilities, especially in case of the student registering a course for
improving the percentage in a passed course.
(h) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission
from the Dean of faculty, his/her name shall be removed from the rolls of the faculty.
Such a student may apply to the Dean for re-admission stating the reasons for not being
able to register for two consecutive semesters and the Dean of faculty shall take suitable
decision prior to the last date of registration according to the merit of the case.
8. PROMOTION CRITERIA
8.1 A candidate who attended the first semester of diploma course shall be promoted to second
semester of the diploma course if he/she completed the attendance requirements in the 75%
courses/subjects of first semester.
8.2 A candidate who has appeared in I and/or II semester examination of Diploma Course, shall
be promoted to the III semester, provided that he/she has failed in not more than 50% courses
(theory and/or practical) of I and II-semester (combined).
8.3 A candidate who attended the third semester of diploma course shall be promoted to fourth
courses/subjects of third semester.
8.4 A candidate who has appeared in III and/or IV semester examination of Diploma Course shall
be promoted to the V semester, provided that he/she has failed in not more than 50% courses
(theory and/or practical) of III and IV-semester (combined) and has cleared all the courses of I
and II-semester.
8.5 A candidate who attended the fifth semester of diploma course shall be promoted to sixth
courses/subjects of fifth semester.
8.6 If a student is not promoted to III Semester after two years than his/her admission shall be
cancelled and no readmission shall be possible. Similarly, if a student is not promoted to V
Semester after 4 years than his/her admission shall be cancelled and no readmission shall be
possible.
Note: Any fraction in the number of courses must be rounded off to the nearest lower whole number.
9. ATTENDANCE
9.1 Attendance in each course/subject of study (separately) is compulsory at least once. Students
securing 75% or more attendance in a course in a semester shall be eligible to appear in the
End Semester Examination of the course concerned.
300
9.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in the above provisions, attendance requirement rules
amended by the university authorities from time to time shall be applicable. Condonation of
the attendance, if any, shall be done as per university rules applicable from time to time.
10. EXAMINATION AND EVALUATION
10.1 Mid Semester Examination
Mid Semester Examination of each course will be of one hour duration and will be conducted
as per norms and schedule notified by the office of the Dean on the recommendation of the
Principal in each semester.
10.2 End Semester Examination.
Duration of End Semester Examination of each theory as well as practical courses shall be as
mentioned in study/Teaching and Evaluation/ Examination scheme of individual branches of
Engineering & Technology and shall be conducted as per norms and schedule notified by the
Controller of Examination of the University on the advice of the Dean. The end- semester
examinations of laboratory/practical courses and other courses such as seminar, field work
and project etc. shall be conducted as notified by the Dean/ Principal concerned.
10.3 Makeup Test
Students who miss the Mid Semester Examination in a course due to illness or some other
extra-ordinary compelling situation may contact the teacher(s) concerned of the course with
the request to conduct a make-up test. The teacher(s) shall follow the guidelines in this regard
approved by the Faculty from time to time. The marks obtained will be reduced by 20%.
There shall be no makeup test/examination for End Semester Examinations.
Generally each course shall be evaluated as per the approved study and evaluation scheme. To
pass each course, a candidate must appear in the End Semester examination and also obtain:
(a) At least 40% combined marks in Course Work, Mid Semester Examination and End
Semester Examination of each Theory Course and also at least 25% marks in the End
Semester Examination of that course.
(b) At least 60% combined marks in Course Work and End Semester Examination of each
Lab/Project Course and also at least 25% marks in the End Semester Examination of
that course.
Note: Any fraction in any component of evaluation should be rounded off to the nearest next
whole number.
10.5 Reappearance in Examination
(i) If a candidate could not appear in any course due to shortage of attendance, he/she has
to repeat the course by registering it again and shall be required to appear in all the
components of evaluation afresh.
301
(ii) However, if a student is re-appearing in the examination of a theory course and he/she
has already fulfilled the attendance requirements in that course, he/she will appear in
End Semester Examination only and his/her old marks of sessional/course work and
Mid Semester will be counted. In case of a Lab course/ Drawing course, the student
will have to register the course and fulfill the attendance requirements again and will
have to appear in all components of evaluation; Old marks of sessional/ course work
will not be counted.
11. CONDUCT OF EXAMINATION
(a) The examiners for the End-Semester Examination of all theory courses shall normally be the
teacher(s) associated with the course. In special case, if the teacher who is associated with a
course is not available to conduct the examination or a course teacher is ineligible to become
an examiner as per the university rules, the rules the principal in consultation with Incharge of
the section may recommend the name of any other person as examiner.
(b) The examiners for the End-Semester Examination of all laboratory/Project courses shall
normally be the teacher(s) associated with the course as Internal Examiner(s) along with one
external examiner, recommended by BOS of the section concerned. In case of non-availability
of external examiner, the Principal/Incharge of the section shall appoint another teacher to act
as the external examiner.
12. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION
(i) Supplementary examination shall be held only for those students who have cleared all the
theory as well as practical courses up to fourth semester and have no more than four courses
of theory and practical‟s combined to clear from fifth and sixth semesters.
(ii) Supplementary examination shall be held only after the final semester (sixth semester)
13. MODERATION COMMITTEES
(i) Question Paper Moderation Committee

There shall be a Moderation Committee of the concerned Section consisting of the following
members to moderate the question papers of End-Semester Examinations:
(a) Principal
(b) Incharge of the Section concerned
(c) One Senior Teacher of the Section for each broad area of specialization.
(d) The Principal may invite an expert in the area of specialization within the University, if
required.
Note: If needed, the paper setter(s) may be invited to clarify any details of the question paper.
14. NAME REMOVAL AND APPEAL TO THE CONCERNED AUTHORITY
14.1 NAME REMOVAL

If a student fails to obtain Diploma in 5 years (10 Semesters), he/she shall be given NFTE
certificate (Not Fit for Technical Education) and he/she shall not be allowed to take admission
in Diploma in Engineering in future.
302
14.2 APPEAL FOR EXTENSION IN NORMAL COURSE DURATION AND NFTE

If a student is given NFTE as per Clause 14.1of these ordinances, he/she may appeal to the
Academic Council through proper channel stating the reasons for not being able to obtain the
Diploma within five years and the Academic Council, if satisfied with the reasons, may
extend the total duration of the program by two more semesters beyond 10 semesters. Under
no circumstances a student shall be allowed to complete the program after the lapse of 12
15. DECLARATION OF RESULTS
(a) If a student clears all the courses/subjects for the award of the Diploma, his result shall be
shown as “passed”.
(b) The Division in which a successful candidate is to be placed at the end of Final Semester
Examination shall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of all the semesters.
(c) Candidates who obtain 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be placed in First Division
with Honours.
(d) Candidates who obtain 65% of cumulative marks or more but less than 75% of cumulative
marks shall be placed in the First Division.
(e) Candidates who obtain less than 65% of cumulative marks shall be placed in the Second
Division.
(f) Ranks/Positions shall be determined at the end of the final semester. The student may take a
certificate of Rank/Position from the chief Tabulator on demand. Only those students shall be
eligible for Ranks/Positions who shall fulfill the following conditions:
(i) They do not have any break in their studies.
(ii) They have passed every scheduled course in first attempt.
(iii) They have not improved the percentage of marks in any course after passing the course.
(iv) They have not been awarded any discretionary marks (DM).
(v) They have not secured second division.
16. GRACE AND DISCRETIONARY MARKS
(a) A maximum of two grace marks (GM) may be awarded for passing a course.
(b) A maximum of two discretionary marks (DM) may be awarded by the tabulator to a candidate
for improvement of division.
17. TRANSITORY ORDINANCES
17.1 Students admitted to Diploma Course during the session 2012-13 or earlier shall continue to
be governed by the Ordinances (Academic) enforced at the time of their admission.
17.2 If any student admitted during the session 2012-13 or earlier and due to any reason becomes a
regular student in I or II semester of Diploma course (such as readmission or continuation in I
year) with those who were admitted during the session 2013-14 or later shall be governed by
the ordinances effective from the session 2013-14.
17.3 If any student admitted during the session 2012-13 or earlier and due to any reason seeks
continuation in any course with those who were admitted during the session 2013-14 or later,
the Equivalent Courses for such student will be decided by the Curriculum Development
Committee. His/her examination will be conducted along with the semester students and
marks will be registered on annual basis in the result.
303
CHAPTER – XXXVIII
Diploma in Catering and Food Technology, Architectural Assistantship Electronics
Engineering, Costume Design and Dress Making and Office Assistantship and Secretarial
Practice
(for women only)

(deleted)

CHAPTER – XXXVIII(A)
DIPLOMA IN ENGINEERING (3-Years)
(Electronics/Electronics-TV Technology/Computer) /
Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/
Diploma in Office Assistantship & Secretarial Practice) (2- Years)
(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XXXVIII(B)
(For Diploma Courses in Women’s Polytechnic)
**
Diploma in Engineering (Electronics/Information Technology/Computer) (3-years course)
Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Office Assistantship
and Secretarial Practice (2-years course)
Effective from the session 2002-2003

(Deleted)


O.M. XM/AC-IV/PA/Ordinances/221 dated 6.2.97./EC: 5.7.97.


304

CHAPTER – XXXVIII(C)
Diploma in Engineering (Computer/Electronics/Information Technology)
(3-year course)
1. The Diploma in Engineering (Computer/Electronics / Information Technology) shall be awarded to

candidates who have undergone at this University a regular course of study for three academic years
in the relevant branch after having passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination of this
University with English, Mathematics and Sciences or higher Examination of the University with
English, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry or an Examination recognised by the University as its
equivalent and have passed First, Second and Final Examinations of the Diploma in Engineering.
2. The First Year Examination of Diploma in Engineering in relevant branch shall be open to
candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University
and put in at least 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.
3. The Second Year Examination of Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who have
First Year Examination of the Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch and have put in
at least 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.
4. The Final Year Examination of the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who have
Second Year Examination of Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch and have put in
atleast 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.
work. A practical course/project shall consist of practical/sessional work and corresponding practical

(i) at least 40% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination (written paper)
of each theory course and also 25% marks in the University Examination (written paper) and
course or project and also 25% marks in the University Examination/ Viva-Voce
Examination.
shall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of First, Second and Final Year
Examinations of the Diploma in Engineering taken together.
(ii) A candidate who obtains 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be placed in First Division
with Honours.

305
(iii) A Candidate who obtains 65% of cumulative marks or more but less than 75% of cumulative
8. (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances (Academic), a Supplementary

Examination shall be held only after Final Year Annual Examination. The Supplementary
Examination shall consist of Final Year Courses (Theory/Practical) only.
(ii) A candidate of Final Year of Diploma in Engineering who has failed in not more than four
Courses at Annual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediately following
Supplementary Examination.
(iii) A candidate who has not appeared in Annual Examination due to any reason shall not be
eligible to appear in the immediately following Supplementary Examination.
(iv) A regular promoted student while studying in II or Final Year of Diploma in Engineering may
appear at the next subsequent University Examination in uncleared backlog courses of I or II
Year of Diploma in Engineering as the case maybe.
(v) A candidate after passing the Diploma in Engineering can improve her performance at the
subsequent examination (Supplementary/Annual) only once by appearing at the examination
in two theory courses of Final Year of Diploma in Engineering provided that she is not
pursuing or undergoing any other course of study anywhere in the mean while. Such
candidates shall not be provided hostel accommodation;
Provided that if the candidate fails to improve her performance, the marksheet and/or
diploma certificate awarded to her earlier shall not be withdrawn.
(vi) No candidate shall be allowed to improve her marks in sessional or University Examination of
a course after having passed it except in case of improvement of performance as mentioned in
Clause 8(v). Any candidate who fails to fulfil the requirement of promotion as laid down in
Clauses 9 and 10 shall cease to be a regular student. Such candidate may appear in uncleared
courses as ex-student at the subsequent University Examination, if otherwise eligible. The
marks awarded at the subsequent University Examination and sessional marks obtained earlier
as a regular student shall be taken into consideration for passing the uncleared/backlog
courses.
(vii) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 60% of sessional marks in Engineering
Drawing or practical course(s) may be allowed to repeat the sessional as well as University
Examination during the subsequent sessions(s) in regular classes, if otherwise eligible. In such
cases, marks obtained earlier in sessional work as well as University Examination shall be
disregarded.
(viii) A candidate who passes all the courses prescribed for First, Second and Final Year
Examinations of Diploma in Engineering separately in first attempt as a regular candidate
shall be awarded rank/position. A candidate who passes a course(s) with grace
marks/discretionary marks or passes in the Supplementary Examination/backlog course(s) at
any stage during his entire Diploma in Engineering shall not be awarded any rank/position.
Further, any candidate securing Second Division shall not be considered for the award of
rank/position.
306
9. A candidate, who has appeared at the First Year Examination of Diploma in Engineering, shall be
promoted to the Second Year of Diploma in Engineering, provided that she has failed in not more
than four(4) theory and/or practical course(s) of First Year of Diploma in Engineering.
10. A candidate, who has appeared at the Second Year Examination of Diploma in Engineering, shall be
promoted to the Final Year of Diploma in Engineering, provided that she has failed in not more than
four(4) courses of Second Year of Diploma in Engineering and has cleared all the courses of First
Year of Diploma in Engineering.
11. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Diploma in relevant
branch of study within three academic years after her admission. However, she may be permitted by
the Dean Faculty of Engineering & Technology to complete the remaining requirements within next
two additional academic years;
Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year of Diploma in Engineering to
Second Year of Diploma in Engineering within two academic years after their admission, shall not
be allowed to repeat the class and their admission shall stand cancelled;
Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second Year of Diploma in
Engineering to Final Year of Diploma in Engineering within two academic years after their
promotion from the First Year of Diploma in Engineering shall not be allowed to repeat the class and
their admission shall stand cancelled.
However, if a candidate who has undergone a regular course of study in Final Year of Diploma in
Engineering and fulfils the attendance requirements, but fails to complete the requirements of
Diploma in Engineering in the relevant branch of study within five academic years after her
admission, then the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Faculty/Dean, may further
permit her to complete the remaining requirements of the Diploma in Engineering as an ex-student
within one more additional academic year. If the candidate fails to complete the requirements of the
Diploma in Engineering within six years from the date of her admission shall stand cancelled. In no
case, the total duration shall exceed six years from the date of her admission.
12(i) A candidate of First/Second Year of Diploma in Engineering who has not been promoted to
Second/Final Year of Diploma in Engineering or a candidate of Final Year Diploma in Engineering
who has not been found eligible for Supplementary Examination after Annual Examination may seek
continuation/re-admission as a regular candidate in the same class in the immediately following
academic session within a week of the commencement of the class. Such candidates shall fulfil the
attendance and sessional requirements etc afresh. Any marks obtained earlier and attendance during
the preceding session shall be disregarded.
(ii) A candidate of First/Second/Final Year Diploma in Engineering who has not appeared in Annual
Examination due to shortage of attendance must seek continuation/re-admission as a regular
candidate in the same class in the immediately following academic session within a week of the
commencement of the class. Such candidates shall fulfil the attendance and sessional requirements
etc afresh. Any marks obtained earlier and attendance during the preceding session shall be
disregarded.
enable a candidate to pass an Examination. Moreover, a maximum of two (2) Discretionary Marks
(DM) may be awarded to a candidate of Final Year of Diploma in Engineering for improvement of
307
Division provided that she has not been awarded any grace mark in Final Year Examination of
Diploma in Engineering. The GM/DM so awarded may be added to aggregate of marks.
Candidates admitted to Diploma in Engineering upto session 2004-2005 shall continue to be

governed by the Ordinances (Academic) enforced at the time of their admission. However, any
candidate admitted during the session 2004-2005 or earlier and due to any reason becomes a regular-
student in any class of Diploma in Engineering with those who were admitted during the session
2005-2006 or later shall be governed by the amended Ordinances effective from the session 2005-
2006.
308

CHAPTER – XXXVIII(D)
Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/
Secretarial Practice (2-year course)
1. Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Secretarial Practice shall be awarded to the
candidates who have undergone at this University a regular course of study for two academic years
in the relevant course of study after having passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination of
this University with English as one of the subjects or an examination recognised by the University as
its equivalent and have passed First and Final Examinations of the Diploma Course.
2. The First Year Examination of Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Secretarial
Practice shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic
year at the University and put in at least 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken
together.
3. The Final Examination Year of Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Secretarial
Practice shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic
year at the University after having passed the First Year Examination of the corresponding Diploma
Course and have put in at least 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.
work. A practical course/project shall consist of practical/sessional work and corresponding practical
(i) at least 40% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination (written paper) of
each theory course and also 25% marks in the University Examination (written paper) and
(ii) at least 60% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination/Viva-Voce of
each practical course or project and also 25% marks in the University Examination/ Viva-
Voce Examination.
shall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of First and Final Year
Examinations of the Diploma Course taken together.
(ii) A Candidate who obtains 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be placed in First Division
with Honours.
(iii) A Candidate who obtains 65% of cumulative marks or more but less than 75% of cumulative

309
7. (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances (Academic), a Supplementary

Examination shall be held only after Final Year Annual Examination. The Supplementary
Examination shall consist of Final Year Courses (Theory/Practical) only.
(ii) A candidate of Final Year of Diploma Course who has failed in not more than four courses at
Annual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediately following Supplementary
Examination.
(iii) A candidate who has not appeared in Annual Examination due to any reason shall not be
eligible to appear in the immediately following Supplementary Examination.
(iv) A regular promoted student while studying in Final Year of Diploma in Engineering may
appear at the next subsequent University Examination in uncleared backlog courses of I Year
of Diploma Course.
(v) A candidate after passing the Diploma Course can improve her performance at the subsequent
examination (Supplementary/Annual) only once by appearing at the examination in two
theory courses of Final Year of Diploma Course provided that she is not pursuing or
undergoing any other course of study anywhere in the mean while. Such candidates shall not
be provided hostel accommodation;
Provided that if the candidate fails to improve her performance, the marksheet and/or diploma
certificate awarded to her earlier shall not be withdrawn.
(vi) No candidate shall be allowed to improve her marks in sessional or University Examination of
a course after having passed it except in case of improvement of performance as mentioned in
Clause 7(v). Any candidate who fails to fulfil the requirement of promotion as laid down in
Clause 8 shall cease to be a regular student. Such candidate may appear in uncleared courses
as ex-student at the subsequent University Examination, if otherwise eligible. The marks
awarded at the subsequent University Examination and sessional marks obtained earlier as a
regular student shall be taken into consideration for passing the uncleared/backlog courses.
(vii) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 60% of sessional marks in practice based
theory course or practical course(s) may be allowed to repeat the sessional as well as
University Examination during the subsequent sessions(s) in regular classes, if otherwise
eligible. In such cases, marks obtained earlier in sessional work as well as University
Examination shall be disregarded.
(viii) A candidate who passes all the courses prescribed for First and Final Year Examinations of
Diploma Course separately in first attempt as a regular candidate shall be awarded
rank/position. A candidate who passes a course(s) with grace marks/discretionary marks or
passes in the Supplementary Examination/backlog course(s) at any stage during his entire
duration of Diploma Course shall not be awarded any rank/position. Further, any candidate
securing Second Division shall not be considered for the award of rank/position.
8. A candidate, who has appeared at the First Year Examination of Diploma Course shall be promoted
to the Final Year of Diploma Course provided that she has failed in not more than four(4) theory
and/or practical course(s) of First Year of Diploma Course.
9. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Diploma Course within
two academic years after her admission. However, she may be permitted by the Dean Faculty of
310
Engineering & Technology to complete the remaining requirements within next two additional
academic years;
Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year of Diploma Course to Final
Year of Diploma Course within two academic years after their admission, shall not be allowed to
repeat the class and their admission shall stand cancelled;
However, if a candidate who has undergone a regular course of study in Final Year of Diploma
Course and fulfils the attendance requirements, but fails to complete the requirements of Diploma
Course within four academic years after her admission, then the Academic Council on the
recommendations of the Faculty/Dean, may further permit her to complete the remaining
requirements of the Diploma Course as an ex-student within one more additional academic year. If
the candidate fails to complete the requirements of the Diploma Course within five years from the
date of her admission shall stand cancelled. In no case, the total duration shall exceed five years
from the date of her admission.
10.(i) A candidate of First Year of Diploma Course who has not been promoted to Final Year of Diploma
Course or a candidate of Final Year Diploma course who has not been found eligible for
Supplementary Examination after Annual Examination may seek continuation/re-admission as
regular candidate in the same class in the immediately following academic session within a week of
the commencement of the class. Such candidates shall fulfil the attendance and sessional
requirements etc afresh. Any marks obtained earlier and attendance during the preceding session
shall be disregarded.
(ii) A candidate of First / Final Year Diploma Course who has not appeared in Annual Examination due
to shortage of attendance must seek continuation / re – admission as a regular candidate in the same
class in the immediately following academic session within a week of the commencement of the
class. Such candidates shall fulfil the attendance and other requirements etc afresh. Any marks
obtained earlier and attendance during the preceding session shall be disregarded.
enable a candidate to pass an Examination. Moreover, a maximum of two (2) Discretionary Marks
(DM) may be awarded to a candidate of Final Year of Diploma Course for improvement of Division
provided that she has not been awarded any grace mark in Final Year Examination of Diploma
Course. The GM/DM so awarded may be added to aggregate of marks.
Candidates admitted to Diploma Course upto session 2004-2005 shall continue to be governed by
the Ordinances (Academic) enforced at the time of their admission. However, any candidate
admitted during the session 2004-2005 or earlier and due to any reason becomes a regular-student in
Final Year of Diploma Course with those who were admitted during the session 2005-2006 or later
shall be governed by the New Ordinances effective from the session 2005-2006.
311

CHAPTER XXXVIII (E)
2-Years Advance Diploma in Food Technology Programme
University Polytechnic (Boys)
Faculty of Engineering and Technology, AMU, Aligarh.
AND
2-Years Diploma in Secretarial Practice/Costume Design & Garment Technology Programmes
University Women’s Polytechnic
(To be effective from the academic session 2014-15)
(Semester System)
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 University Polytechnic (Boys), Aligarh Muslim University offers full-time 2-Years (4-
Semesters) programme leading to Advance Diploma in Food Technology.
1.2 University Women‟s Polytechnic, Aligarh Muslim University offers full-time 2-Years (4-
Semesters) Diploma programs leading to Diploma in Secretarial Practice and Diploma in
Costume Design & Garment Technology.
2. ELIGIBILITY
2.1 For Advance Diploma in Food Technology:

B.Sc. (Science) / B.Sc. (Life Sciences)/B.Sc. (Home Science) with not less than 55% marks in
the aggregate.
OR
Diploma in Engineering with First Division in Civil/ Construction Technology/ Mechanical/
Architecture / Chemical/ Environmental Engg. / RAC/ Production Engg. / Computer Engg. /
Electronics Engg. / Electrical Engg./ Instrumentation & Control.
2.2 For Diploma in Secretarial Practice:

Senior Secondary School Certificate of this University or its equivalent examination in
Second Division with English as one of the subjects at SSC or SSSC level.
2.3 For Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology:

Senior Secondary School Certificate of this University or its equivalent examination in
Second Division with English as one of the subjects at SSC or SSSC level.
OR
Almiat Degree of Jamea-Tus- Salehat, Rampur
Notwithstanding with above provisions, eligibility criteria amended by the University from
time to time shall be applicable.
3. ADMISSION
The admission to Advance Diploma in Food Technology and Diploma in Secretarial
Practice/Costume Design & Garment Technology Programmes shall be made in the First Semester
through competition as per the existing practice of the Aligarh Muslim University.

XM/RU/F.No.003/14/11 dt. 06.5.2014
312
4. ACADEMIC SESSION
semester shall be approximately of 20 weeks duration. The „odd‟ semester shall normally commence
in the month of July/August and the „even‟ semester in the month of December/January. In the
beginning of every session, the Dean, in consultation with the Principal, shall notify a detailed
5. DURATION OF PROGRAMME

The minimum duration of the programmes shall be four (4) consecutive semesters after admission.

(a) The maximum duration of programmes shall be of six (6) semesters after admission.

There shall be a standing Curriculum Development Committee (CDC) consisting of
concerned section Incharge and one senior teacher from that section teaching the course.
Principal shall be the convener of the committee.
(c) To suggest necessary changes in the ordinances.
(d) Any other task related to academics.
reject or change the proposal(s) of the CDC before recommending to the Faculty.

(a) The curriculum of each Advance Diploma/diploma course shall contain a list of
courses having a course number, course title, number of contact periods, maximum
marks assigned to various components of evaluation.
(b) It shall specify all other conditions required for the award of the Advance Diploma/
Diploma.

The curriculum of each Advance Diploma/ diploma course shall be prepared by the section
concerned and shall be recommended by the respective Board of Studies and be placed in the
Faculty Meeting for approval. Final approval for the ordinances shall be obtained before it may be
implemented. Once approved by the Faculty Meeting, the curriculum shall be implemented. The
same procedure shall be followed for any modification/change in the curriculum.
7. REGISTRATION

(a) A student who gets admission in Advance Diploma in Food Technology/ Diploma in
Secretarial Practice/Costume Design & Garment Technology Programmes will be
313
automatically deemed to have been registered for all courses of First Semester of Advance
Diploma in Food Technology/ Diploma in Secretarial Practice/Costume Design & Garment
Technology.
(b) Every student is required to register in each semester (from second semester onwards) for the
courses that he/she desires to pursue in that semester. The registration schedule shall be
announced by the Dean/Principal for every semester. The registration process involves the
following:
i. Submitting a registration form in the office of the Principal and obtaining a registration
card signed by the Principal.
ii. Paying the required fee.
(c) A student shall register for higher semester courses only if he/she has also registered for all
uncleared courses of previous semesters.
(d) A student shall have an option to add/delete/alter the courses he/she has registered within a
week from the registration, if desired.
(e) In case any registered course is not deleted within stipulated time, it shall be counted as an
attempt and shall be shown absent if not attended.
(f) No student shall be allowed to register for more than 44 class periods in a semester.
(g) A student may be denied registration in a course due to reasons of paucity of staff or space or
other facilities, especially in case of the student registering a course for improving the
percentage in a passed course.
(h) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission from the
Dean of faculty, his/her name shall be removed from the rolls of the university. Such a student
may apply to the Dean for re-admission stating the reasons for not being able to register for
two consecutive semesters and the Dean of faculty shall take suitable decision prior to the last
date of registration according to the merit of the case.
8. PROMOTION CRITERIA
8.1 A candidate who attended the first semester of the Advance Diploma/diploma course shall be
promoted to second semester of the Advance Diploma/diploma course if he/she completed the
attendance requirements in the 75% courses/subjects of the first semester.
8.2 A candidate who has appeared in I and/or II semester examination of Advance
Diploma/Diploma Course, shall be promoted to the III semester, provided that he/she has
failed in not more than 50% courses (theory and/or practical) of I and II-semester (combined).
8.3 A candidate who attended the third semester of the Advance Diploma/ diploma course shall
be promoted to fourth semester of the Advance Diploma/ diploma course if he/she completed
the attendance requirements in the 75% courses/subjects of third semester.
Note: Any fraction in the number of courses must be rounded off to the nearest lower whole number.
9. ATTENDANCE
securing 75% or more attendance in a course in a semester shall be eligible to appear in the
End Semester Examination of the course concerned.
9.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in the above provisions, attendance requirement rules
amended by the university authorities from time to time shall be applicable. Condonation of
the attendance, if any, shall be done as per university rules applicable from time to time.
314

Mid Semester Examination of each course shall be of one hour duration and shall be
conducted as per norms and schedule notified by the office of the Dean on the
recommendation of the Principal in each semester.

mentioned in study/Teaching and Evaluation/ Examination scheme of individual programmes
and shall be conducted as per norms and schedule notified by the Controller of Examination
of the University on the advice of the Dean. The end semester examinations of
laboratory/practical courses and other courses such as seminar, field work and project etc.
shall be conducted as notified by the Dean/ Principal concerned.
10.3 Makeup Test
Students who miss the Mid Semester Examination in a course due to illness or some other
extra-ordinary compelling situation may contact the teacher(s) concerned of the course with
the request to conduct a make-up test. The teacher(s) shall follow the guidelines in this regard
approved by the Faculty from time to time. The marks obtained shall be reduced by 20%.
There shall be no makeup test/examination for End Semester Examination.

Generally each course shall be evaluated as per the approved study and evaluation scheme. To
pass each course, a candidate must appear in the End Semester Examination and also obtains:
(a) At least 40% combined marks in Course Work, Mid Semester Examination
and End Semester Examination of each Theory Course.
(b) At least 60% combined marks in Course Work and End Semester
Examination of each Lab/Project Course.
Note: Any fraction in any component of evaluation should be rounded off to the nearest next whole
number.
(i) If a candidate could not appear in any course due to shortage of attendance, he/she has to repeat
the course by registering it again and shall be required to appear in all the components of
evaluation afresh.
(ii) However, if a student is re-appearing in the examination of a theory course and has already
fulfilled the attendance requirements in that course, he/she shall appear in End Semester
Examination only and his/her old marks of sessional/course work and Mid Semester shall be
counted. In case of a Lab course/ Drawing course, the student shall have to register the course
and fulfill the attendance requirements again and shall have to appear in all components of
evaluation; old marks of sessional/ course work shall not be counted.
(a) The examiners for the End Semester Examination of all theory courses shall normally be the
315
an examiner as per the university rules, the Principal in consultation with Incharge of the
section may recommend the name of any other person as examiner.
(b) The examiners for the End Semester Examination of all Lab/Project courses shall normally be
the teacher(s) associated with the course as Internal Examiner(s) along with one external
examiner, recommended by BOS of the section concerned. In case of non-availability of
external examiner, the Principal/Incharge of the section shall appoint another teacher to act as
the external examiner.
(i) Supplementary examination shall be held only for those students who have cleared all the
theory as well as practical courses up to second semester and have not more than four courses
of theory and practical combined to clear from third and/or fourth semesters.
(ii) Supplementary examination shall be held only after the final semester (fourth semester).

There shall be a Moderation Committee of the concerned section consisting of the following
members to moderate the question papers of End Semester Examination:
(a) Principal
(d) The Principal may invite an expert in the area of specialization within the University, if
required.
14.1 NAME REMOVAL AND NFTE

If a student fails to obtain Advance Diploma /Diploma in 3 years(6 semesters), he/she shall be given
NFTE certificate (Not Fit for Technical Education) and shall not be allowed to take admission in
Advance Diploma in Food Technology/ Diploma in Secretarial Practice/Costume Design & Garment
Technology Programmes in future.

Diploma within three years and the Academic Council, if satisfied with the reasons, may extend the
total duration of the program by two more semesters beyond 6 semesters. Under no circumstances a
student shall be allowed to complete the program after the lapse of 8 semesters after admission.

(a) If a student clears all the courses/subjects for the award of the Diploma, his/her result shall be
shown as “passed”.
316
with Honours.
Division.
i. They do not have any break in their studies.
ii. They have passed every scheduled course in first attempt.
iii. They have not improved the percentage of marks in any course after passing the course.
iv. They have not been awarded any discretionary marks (DM).
v. They have not secured second Division.
(a) A maximum of two grace marks (GM) may be awarded for passing a course.
(b) A maximum of two discretionary marks (DM) may be awarded by the tabulator to a
candidate for improvement of division.
17.1 Students admitted to Advance Diploma/Diploma Course during the session 2013-14 or earlier shall
continue to be governed by the Ordinances (Academic) enforced at the time of their admission.
regular student in I or II semester of Advance Diploma/Diploma course (such as readmission or
continuation in I year) with those who were admitted during the session 2014-15 or later shall be
governed by the ordinances effective from the session 2014-15.
17.3 If any student admitted during the session 2013-14 or earlier and due to any reason seeks continuation
in any course with those who were admitted during the session 2014-15 or later, the Equivalent
Courses for such student will be decided by the Curriculum Development Committee. His/Her
examination will be conducted along with the semester students and marks will be registered on
annual basis in the result.
317
CHAPTER – XXXIX
Certificate in Mechanical and Civil Draftsmanship

(deleted)
CHAPTER – XL
B.U.M.S. (Bachelor of Unani Medicine & Surgery)
**(deleted)
Transitory Ordinance
**(deleted)

CHAPTER – XL
Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat (BUMS)
(Bachelor of Unani Medicine and Surgery)

(Deleted)


E.C. dated 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
318

CHAPTER – XL(A)
KAMIL-E-TIB-O-JARAHAT (B.U.M.S.)
1. The Degree of Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat (Bachelor of Unani Medicine and Surgery) shall be awarded
to the candidates who:
(i) have previously passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this
University with Physics, Chemistry and Biology as optional subjects or an examination
recognized by the University as its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in aggregate of
the above subjects or the Pre-Tib Examination of one year duration of this University, and
have undergone a regular course of study for not less than four and a half years in the
University, and
(ii) have passed the First, Second, third and Final Professional Examinations of this University
and have undergone the prescribed training in the form of rotatory Internship for a period of
one year or for such period prescribed by the CCIM at the Centre recognized for the purpose.
2. The medium of instruction shall be Urdu substantiated with English wherever necessary. The
terminology used shall be standard modern terminology with Arabic equivalents.
PRE-TIB
3. No candidate shall be permitted to appear at the Pre-Tib Examination unless he has:


(i) Passed the Oriental qualification equivalent to Intermediate Examination (10+2) as specified
in the Gazette Notification No. 1561 dated 24 May, 2013.

(ii)(a) has undergone a regular course of study for one academic year after being admitted to the
course and has fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement as prescribed by the CCIM (i.e.
atleast 75% of the attendance) and
(b) has obtained the prescribed minimum marks in sessionals and record book separately.
(i) The Pre-Tib Examination shall comprise the following subjects:
(1) Tabiyat (Physics)

(2) Keemia (Chemistry)
(3) Haiwaniyat (Zoology)
(4) Habatiyat (Botany)
(5) English
4. The Pre-Tib Examination shall comprise such written papers, sessionals, practical, and Viva-Voce
examinations as prescribed by the Board of Studies and the Faculty of Unani Medicine from time to
time.
Provided that in subjects for which practical/Viva-Voce, Sessionals and record book have been
prescribed, the distribution of marks shall be as follows:

E.C. dated 18.8.2001/29.12.2001.

O.M. No. (C)/7527 dated 21.7.2014

A.C. dated 14.7.2009
319
(a) Theory 100 marks | (40% min. passing marks)


(b) Practical 70 marks | (40% min. passing marks
Sessional 20 marks
Record Book 10 marks
Total of (a) & (b): 200
5. There shall be a Supplementary Examination to be conducted within one month of the declaration of
the result of Pre-Tib Annual Examination.
A candidate who has failed in one or more subject(s) shall be eligible to appear at the Supplementary
Examination in the subject (s) not cleared by him.
(i) That, if a candidate fails to appear at the Annual Examination will be allowed to appear at the
Supplementary Examination on the recommendation of the Dean, Faculty of Unani Medicine
provided that he/she has filled in the examination form for the Annual Examination and has
submitted Medical Certificate from a Medical Officer, University Health Service or from a
registered medical practitioner as per University rules within 15 days of the commencement
of Annual Examination.
(ii) Provided that no candidate shall be allowed to appear at the Pre-Tib Examination after more
than two years (4 successive attempts in Annual and Supplementary) from the date he/she is
admitted to the Pre-Tib Course.
(iii) Provided further that the candidate, who fails to clear the prescribed requirements to pass the
Pre-Tib Examination within two years (4 attempts) may be allowed to appear at the
subsequent Annual Examination as last attempt by the Academic Council on the
recommendation of the Dean, Faculty of Unani Medicine. Thereafter his/her admission shall
be treated as cancelled.
Provided further that candidate passing the Pre-Tib Examination shall be promoted to the
Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat (BUMS) First Professional Course.
FIRST PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION


6. The BUMS first Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a
regular course of study for not less than One Academic year (including examination) after having
been admitted to the First Professional course.
No candidate shall be permitted to appear at the first professional examination more than four times
in succession (Initially two attempts as a regular student and last two attempts as ex-student).
Notwithstanding their results in the examination, all the bonafide candidates appeared at the first
professional examination shall be allowed provisionally to attend the regular classes of BUMS
second professional course, their status will, however, be determined after the declaration of the
result of first professional (second) examination in the following manner:
(i) The provisional permission to attend the classes of BUMS second Professional course, to
those who have passed in not less than 50% of the number of the papers/subjects prescribed

O.M. No. (C)/7527 dated 21.7.2014

A.C. dated 14.7.2009
320
for BUMS first professional examination, shall be regularized. For the remaining papers not
yet cleared, the candidates shall appear to avail their third and fourth attempts along with the
next regular batch appearing for his/her first and second examination of BUMS first
professional.
(ii) The provisional permission of attending classes of BUMS second professional to those who
have passed in less than 50% of the number of the papers/subjects prescribed for BUMS first
professional examination shall be withdrawn and the candidate shall be clubbed with the next
BUMS first professional batch and shall be treated accordingly. They will, however, be
allowed to appear in the first professional BUMS examination only for the paper(s) which are
not yet cleared, and have to avail their third and fourth attempts(s) as an ex-student.
(iii) The candidate who fails to clear all the papers prescribed for BUMS first professional in four
successive attempts, his/her admission shall be deemed as cancelled.

6.(a) The First Professional Examination will be held at the end of teaching for one academic year or as
per the academic calendar notified by the faculty ; and shall comprise the following subjects
01. Arabic and Mantiq-wa-Falsafa (Logic)

02. Kulliyat-e-Umoore-e-Tabiya (Basic Principals of Unani Medicine)
03. Tashreeh-ul-Badam (Anatomy)
04. Munafeul Aza (Physiology)
Note: The students who have passed subjects of Arabic, Mantiq-wa-Falsafa in the qualifying examination
will be exempted from Arabic and Mantiq-wa-Falsafa papers.

6.(b) Provided that in subject(s) for which Theory, Practical (including Viva-Voce, if any), Sessional
and Record Book marks have been prescribed, the distribution of marks shall be as follows:
Subject Theory Practi- Sessional Record Total

cal Book
1.Arabic and Mantiq-wa-Falsafa 100 - - - 100
2. Kulliyat Umoore Tabiya
(Basic Principals of Unani
100 70 20 10 200
Medicine)
3. Tashreeh-ul-Badan (Anatomy)
Paper I
Paper II 100 70 20 10 300
100
4. Munafeul Aza (Physiology
Paper I
Paper II 100
100 70 20 10 300

O.M. No. (C)/7527 dated 21.7.2014
321
SECOND PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION


7. The Second Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular
course of study for not less than one academic year (including examination) after having been
allowed provisionally to attend the classes of second professional course and have passed in 50% or
more of the total number of papers/subjects prescribed for first professional examination.
Provided that the result of the second professional examination shall remain with held for those
candidates, who are appearing simultaneously for any paper(s)/subjects of first professional
examination not yet cleared.
Provided further that no candidate shall be permitted to appear at the second professional examination
more than four times in succession (initially two attempts as a regular student). Notwithstanding their
results in the examination, all the bonafide candidates appeared at the second professional
examination and has cleared all the papers of first professional examination shall be allowed
provisionally to attend the regular classes of BUMS third professional course, their status will,
however, be determined after declaration of the result of second professional (second) examination in
the following manner.
(i) The provisional permission to attend the classes of BUMS third professional course, to those who
have passed in more than 50% of the number of the papers prescribed for BUMS second
professional examination and all the papers/subjects prescribed for BUMS first professional
examination shall be regularized. For the remaining papers/subjects of second professional not yet
cleared, the candidates shall appear to avail their third and fourth attempts along with the next
regular batch appearing for their first and second examination of BUMS second professional.
(ii) Provided that the candidates allowed to appear at the first examination of second prof BUMS and
also appearing simultaneously for paper(s) of first prof BUMS examination for fourth attempts,
his/her result for second prof examination shall remain with held unless he/she has cleared all the
paper(s) of first prof BUMS examination. Further, such candidate shall however be permitted to
attend the classes of III prof BUMS course if he/she clears all the papers prescribed for Ist prof
BUMS examination.
(iii)The provisional permission of attending classes of BUMS third professional to those who have not
passed in not less than 50% of the number of the papers prescribed for BUMS IInd professional
examination shall be withdrawn and the candidate shall be clubbed with the next BUMS second
professional batch and be treated accordingly. They will, however, be allowed to appears in the
second prof B.U.M.S. examination only for the paper(s) which they have not yet cleared, and have
to avail their third and fourth attempt(s).
(iv) The candidate who fails to clear all the papers prescribed for BUMS second prof. in four
successive attempts, his/her admission shall be deemed as cancelled.

8. (a) The second Professional Examination will be held at the end of teaching (including examination)
and training for one academic year from and shall comprise the following papers:
(1) Tareekh-e-Tib (History of Medicine)
(2) Tahffuzi-wa-Samaji-Tib (Preventive and Community Medicine)
(3) Ilmul Advia

A.C. dated 14.7.2009

O.M. No. (C)/7527 dated 21.7.2014
322
(4) Mahiyatul Amraz

≠
Only those students who passed in all papers/subjects of I Professional Examination and have
passed in at least 50% of the prescribed papers/subjects of the II Professional Examination will be
allowed to take on the III Professional Course.

8.(b) Provided that in subject(s) for which Theory, Practical, (including Viva-Voce, if any) Sessional and
Record Book marks have been prescribed, the distribution of marks shall be as follows:
II PROFESSIONAL
Subject Theory Practical Sessional Record Total
Book
1. Tareekh-e-Tib 100 - - - 100
(History of Medicine)
2. Tahffuzi-wa- 100 70 20 10 200
Samaji-Tib
(Preventive and
Community
Medicine)
3. Ilmul Advia
Paper –I 100 70 20 10
Kulliyat-e-Advia 300
Paper – II 100
Advia Mufridat
4. Mahiyatul Amraz
Paper –I 100 70 20 10
Mahiyatul Amraz
Wa-Ilmul 300
Jaraseem
Paper-II 100
Mahiyatul
Amraz Nizami
THIRD PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION


9. The third Professional examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course
of study for an academic year (including examination) after having been allowed provisionally to
attend the classes of third professional course and passed in 50% papers prescribed for second
professional examination of the total number of papers/subject.

10. The third professional examination shall be held at the end of teaching (including examination) and
training for one academic year and shall comprise the following papers.
01 Communication skill
02 Ilmul Saidla wa Murakkabat
03 Tibbe Qanoon wa Ilmul Samoom
04 Sareeriyat wa Usoole Ilaj
05 Ilaj Bit Tadbeer
≠
O.M. No. XM/SPA/FN-57(X)/II-475 dated 21.11.2006/30.12.2006.

O.M. No. (C)/7527 dated 21.7.2014

A.C. dated 14.7.2009
323
06 Amraz-e-Atfal

Provided that in subject(s) for which theory, practical (including Viva-Voce, if any) examination
sessional and record book marks have been prescribed, the distribution of marks shall be as follows:
Subject Theory Practical Sessi Record Total

onal Book
1. Communication Skill 100 - - - 100
2. Ilmul Saidai wa Murakkabat
Paper I 100 70 20 10
Ilmul Saidla 300
Paper II 100
Advia Murakkabat
3. Tibbe Qanoon wa Ilmul Samoom 100 70 20 10 200
4. Sareeriyat-wa-Usoole Ilaj 100 70 20 10 200
5. Ilaj Bit Tadbeer 100 70 20 10 200
6. Amraz-e-Atfal 100 70 20 10 200
FINAL PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION


11. The forth and Final Professional course will be of one and a half year duration (including
examination). The students who have failed in not more than two subjects in the third professional
examination shall be eligible to attend the classes of Final professional course.

12. The final Professional examination shall be open to candidates who have passed in all subjects of
third professional examination and fulfill the requirements of attendance, sessional and record book
marks as prescribed by the University Ordinances. The final professional examination shall be held
in the following subjects:
01 Moalijat
02 Amraz-e-Niswan (Gynaecology)
03 Ilmul Qabalat-wa-Naumaulood (Obstetrics and Neonatology)
04 Ilmul Jarahat (Surgery)
05 Ain, Uzn, Anf, Halaq-wa-Asnan (Eye, Ear, Nose, Throat and Dentistry)
Provided that in subjects for which Theory, Practical (including viva-voce, if any), Sessional and
Record book marks have been prescribed, the distribution of marks shall be as following:
Subject Theory Practical Sessi Record Total

onal Book
1. Moalijat-I
Paper I 100 70 20 10
Amraz-e-Nizam-e-Dimag wa Assab
and Baath 300
Paper II 100
Amraz-e-Tanaffus, Dauran-e-

O.M. No. (C)/7527 dated 21.7.2014
324
Khoon, Tauleeq-e-Dam,Tihal
2. Moalijat-II
Paper I 100 70 20 10
Amraz-e-Hazn, Baul-o-Tanasul 300
Paper II 100
Amraz-e-Mutaddiyah
Jild-o-Tazeeniyat, Amraz-e-Mafasil
Khoon, Tauleeq-e-Dam,Tihal
3. Amraz-e-Niswan 100 70 20 10 200
4. Ilmul Qabalat-wa-Naumaulood 100 70 20 10 200
5. Ilmul Jarahat
Paper I 100 70 20 10
Jarahat Umoomi 300
Paper II 100
Jarahat Nizami
6. Ain, Uzn, Anf, Halaq-wa-Asnan 100 70 20 10 200

13. Provided further that minimum pass marks in Arabic and Mantiq-wa-Falsafa of I Professional
Examination shall be 40% of the maximum marks allotted to each subjects.

14. To pass each of the Professional Examination the candidate must obtain atleast 50% of the marks in
each written paper and sessional. The record book and practical/viva-voce combined together in
each subject.

15. Provided that in the subject having two papers, a candidate shall be declared to have passed if
he/she secured at least 50% marks in both papers combined.

16. A candidate securing 60% marks in aggregate of all Professional Examinations (excluding marks
in Arabic and Mantiq-wa-Falsafa) of First, Second, Third and Final Professional Examinations shall
be placed in the First Division and the candidates securing less than 60% but not less than 50%
marks shall be placed in Second Division.
Provided that a candidate who passed an examination securing 75%or more marks in aggregate of a
subject (theory, practical, sessional and record book) shall be declared to have passed that subject
with distinction.
Provided further that the position of the candidate shall be decided on the basis of the total marks
obtained in all the Professional Examinations (excluding the marks in Arabic and Mantiq-wa-
Falsafa of First, Second, Third and Final Professional in first attempt and within the prescribed
duration of the course.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Ordinances the examination for First, Second, Third and
Final Professional courses shall be held twice a year. The First examination for First, Second, Third
Professional courses shall ordinarily be conducted every year in the month of May/June, whereas the
first examination of Final Professional and second examination on First, Second and Third
Professional courses shall be conducted simultaneously in the month of December/January.
The second examination of Final Professional course shall, however, be conducted after one month
of the declaration of result for first examination of the final professional course.
Provided that such candidates shall not be required to appear again at a subsequent examination in a
subject in which he/she has already passed.

O.M. No. (C)/7527 dated 21.7.2014
325

Internship training
17. Notwithstanding anything contained in these ordinances, the internship training of one year duration
should invariably be completed within a period of eighteen months from the date of its
commencement. The internship training shall commence soon after the declaration of result.

Duration of the course
18. No candidate shall be permitted to fulfill all the prescribed requirements including internship for the
award of the degree beyond 09 years from the date of his/her admission to BUMS course.
Provided that if a candidate fails to complete all the requirements for the award of the degree within
aforesaid period his/her name shall be removed from the University rolls and he/she shall be given
no further chance to complete the BUMS course.
Provided further, a candidate may avail 04 successive attempts to clear all the subjects/papers
prescribed for a professional course examination subject to the condition that the projected duration
of entire course of BUMS should not in any case, exceed the limit as specified in clause 18.

Attendance
19. The candidate is required to put-in at least 75% attendance in theory and practical separately in every
subject. Provided that the candidate fails to put-in required attendance in theory or practical, he/she
will detained from appearing in that paper/subject only. However he/she be required to complete the
attendance requirements in theory and practical both and for which permission will be granted to
attend the classes of theory and practical along with the next batch and thereafter for appearing at the
examination whenever the candidate fulfills the stipulated attendance requirements.

Sessional and record book
20. The candidate is required to submit his/her practical record book prior to the commencement of
examination. No sessional and/record book prior to the commencement of examination. No sessional
and/record book marks will be entertained after the commencement of the examination.
21. No candidate will be permitted to appear at the examination unless he/she obtained minimum
passing marks in Sessional & Record Book in the subject separately.
22. The candidate has to appear in theory, practical & Viva-Voce examination in case he/she was
declared fail in theory, practical & Viva-Voce.

These Ordinances shall come into force for the batch admitted in Sessional 2013-14
These Ordinances supersede the existing Ordinances (Academic) XL(A) relating to
Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat (BUMS) Course.
(CCIM Gazette notification dated 24 May, 2013 adopted by the University vide O.M.
No.(C)/6388 dated 29.10.2013).

The batches admitted earlier (2013) shall be governed by the existing ordinance
(Academic) Chapter XL(A) and the degree shall be awarded to them accordingly. (EC-
Item No.14 dated 15.12.2012, issued vide D.No.(C)/4745 dated 17.10.2013).

A.C. dated 14.7.2009

O.M. No. (C)/7527 dated 21.7.2014
326
CHAPTER – XLI
M.D. (Ilmul Advia)

(deleted)

CHAPTER – XLI(A)
Mahir-e-Tib (M.D.) (Kulliyat-wa-Ilmul
†
Amraz/Moallijat/Ilmul Advia)

(Deleted)


E.C. Res. No. 4 (para 69 of Part-C of Appendix-C) dated 21/22.2.1987 & 27.3.1987.
†
E.C. Res. No. 63 (para 8 of the Appendix) dated 21/22.2.87 & 27.3.1987.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
327
CHAPTER – XLI(B)
MAHIR-E-TIB [MD / MS (UNANI)]
(With effect from 2001 – Batch)
†
1. The degree of Mahir-e-Tib (Doctor of Medicine) (M.D.) shall be awarded to the candidates in Ilmul
Advia/Kulliyat Umoor-e-Tabiya/Moalejat/Tahaffuzi-Wa-Samaji-Tib/Munafeul Aza/Ilmus Saidla/
Ilmul Atfal/Ilaj Bit Tadbeer/ Amraz-e-Jild-wa-Zohrawiya, Ilmul Amraz and Mahir-e-Jarahat (Master
of Surgery) (M.S.) in Ilmul Jarahat/ Tashreeh-ul-Badan/Amraz-e-Uzn, Anaf-Wa-Halaq/Ilmul
Qabalat-Wa-Amraz-e-Niswan.
(a) undergone a regular course of study for not less than three academic years in the Department
concerned of the Faculty of Unani Medicine and have passed MD/MS I II and III year
examinations of this University, and
(b) submitted a thesis comprising original work, which is duly approved within the prescribed
time.

2. The admission to Mahir-e-Tib 1(Doctor of Medicine)/Mahir-e-Jarahat (Master of Surgery) shall be
open to candidates holding a degree of Kamil-e-Tib-O-Jaharat or Bachelor of Unani Medicine and
Surgery (BUMS) or its equivalent with atleast 50% marks, from a recognised Institution included in
the second schedule of I.M.C.C. Act 1970 and enrolled in the State Register of I.S.M.
•
3. (i) The admission to the courses shall be open to the candidates through the Combined
Competitive Entrance Test consisting of only one paper, objective in nature, conducted by
the University in accordance with the rules and procedure prescribed for the purpose by the
Academic Council from time to time. There will be common counseling for choice of subject
after determining the merit of the candidate in the Combined Competitive Entrance Test.
• (ii) A candidate possessing P.G. degree in a subject of Unani system will not be considered for
admission in any other subject of Unani system.
(iii) A permanent teacher of this University shall be exempted from appearing at the competitive
entrance test, if he/she has three years teaching experience in the subject/course concerned,
provided that he /she possesses prescribed qualifications. The admission to a teacher
candidate shall be over and above the available seats in the Department.
4. ATTENDANCE
Each student shall be required to put in atleast 185% of total class attendance, both in theory and
practical separately, in each subject/course.
5. MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION AND EXAMINATION
Medium of instruction shall be Urdu substantiated with Arabic, Persian and English terminology
wherever necessary. The terminology shall essentially be in Unani Tib.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/F53U/II-137 dated 08.7.2005.

OM No. XM/SPA/FN-75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.
†A.C. Item No. 25 dated 30.7.2011 (affective from 2007 batch)
328
6. DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
(i) Maximum marks for theory paper(s) in each subject/course shall be 100.
(ii) Maximum marks for practical and viva-voce/clinical examination in each subject/course shall
be 75 and for internal assessment/sessionals in each subject/course shall be 25.
(iii) Viva-voce examination for thesis shall be held after the receipt of favourable report from the
Examiners.
(iv) In order to pass the examination, the candidate must obtain atleast 50% of maximum marks
in written paper(s), practical and viva-voce examination and internal assessment/sessionals
separately;
Provided that if there are more than one section/ theory paper in a subject/course, the cumulative
marks obtained in all sections/theory papers shall be considered for passing.
7. TEACHING AND TRAINING
The teaching and training of †Mahir-e-Tib (M.D.)/Mahir-e-Jarahat (M.S.) shall be held in the
department concerned in the following manner for three years.
MD/MS - I year A regular course of study in each discipline in the department for one year after
the admission.
MD/MS - II year A regular course of study in each discipline in the department for one year after
having passed not less than 50% of the papers prescribed for I year MD/MS
examination.
MD/MS - III year A regular course of study in each discipline in the department for one year after
having passed all subjects/courses of I year and not less than 50% of the paper
prescribed for II year MD/MS examinations and has submitted the thesis at least
one month before the commencement of the examinations.
8. (A) EXAMINATION AND ASSESSMENT
I The examination and assessment of †Mahir – e – Tib (M.D.)/Mahir-e-Jarahat (M.S.) shall be

based on:
(a) Prescribed written papers.
(b) Internal assessment/sessionals, practical and viva-voce/clinical examination in each
subject/course;
Provided that a candidate shall be eligible to appear at the first examination only when he/she fulfils
conditions of requisite attendance and has secured at least 50% marks in internal assessment work of
each subject/course.
II The examination shall be held twice a year with a gap of about 6 months.
†
III If a candidate fails to clear all papers prescribed for the first year in four consecutive chances
his/her admission to the course shall be deemed to have been cancelled.

OM No. XM/RU/F.No. 0005/09/1390 dt. 17.3.2009
†
A.C. Item No. 25 dated 30.7.2011 (affective from 2007/batch)
329
(B) SECOND EXAMINATION
The second examination shall be open to the candidates who –
(i) have failed to clear one or more subjects/courses prescribed for first examination,
(ii) are ex-students as defined in chapter XVII of Ordinances (Academic),
(iii) are otherwise eligible but could not appear at the first examination due to reasons beyond
their control;
Provided that in case of illness, they have submitted, within 15 days from the last examination, a
Medical Certificate issued by CMO (AMU) or by a registered Medical Practitioner.
9. MAHIR –E – TIB †(MD)/MAHIR-E-JARAHAT (MS) FINAL YEAR EXAMINATION

(i) The MD/MS– III year (Final) examination will be held at the end of three years after having
passed all the subjects/courses of MD/MS – I year examination and not less than 50% of the
papers prescribed for II year examinations;
Provided that if a candidate fails to clear all the subjects/courses prescribed for the final year
examination in four consecutive chances, his/her admission to the course shall be deemed to have
been as cancelled.
(ii) The MD/MS – III year (Final) examination will be open to the candidates who have,
(a) cleared all the subjects/courses of MD/MS–I year and not less than 50% of the papers
prescribed for II year examinations,
(b) fulfilled the conditions prescribed for attendance and internal assessment.
(c) been ex-students as defined under chapter XVII of Ordinances (Academic),
†
(d) The candidate shall be required to submit the thesis atleast three months before the
scheduled date of MD/MS-Final year examination.
(iii) The candidate who fails at the final year examination may be permitted to appear at the next
examination conducted by the University as per the schedule prescribed in these Ordinances.
(iv) There shall be one examiner for theory and two examiners (one external and one internal) for
practical and viva-voce/clinical examination in each subject/course.
(v) There shall be no re-evaluation in any subject/course of MD/MS.
10. THESIS
(i) The thesis shall be compulsory for all students and should embody their own original work
done under the guidance of a supervisor appointed for the purpose.
(ii) The topic of thesis shall be approved by the Board of Studies of the department concerned.
†
(iii) The supervisor shall be a Professor, Reader, Lecturer having atleast three years teaching
experience after post graduation in the specialty concerned.
Provided that if the Board of Studies consider it desirable, it may, in a special case, associate another
eminent teacher, even, of an allied or cognate subject, as co-supervisor of the candidate.
†
A.C. Item No. 25 dated 30.7.2011 (affective from 2007/batch)

OM No. XM/RU/F.No. 0005/09/1390 dt. 17.3.2009
330
(iv) No candidate shall be permitted to change the topic of his/her thesis without the
recommendation of supervisor and prior approval of the Board of Studies of the department;
Provided that such change(s) will be permissible within one year from the date of the original
approval of the topic.
(v) The candidate shall be required to submit the thesis atleast three months before the scheduled
date of MD/MS - Final year examination.
(vi) The candidate shall submit four copies of the thesis to the Chairman of the department who
shall forward the same to the Dean, Faculty of Unani Medicine for onward transmission to
the Controller of Examinations for evaluation by the examiners.
11. (i) Every thesis of MD/MS shall be examined/evaluated by four examiners, two of whom shall
be external examiners, who should not be in the service of the University and two internal
examiners (one of them shall be the supervisor and the other shall be the Chairman of the
department);
Provided that in case the Chairman happens to be the supervisor of the candidate, the co-supervisor,
and if there is no co-supervisor, one of the senior teachers recommended by the Board of Studies of
the department concerned other than the Chairman in the department shall be the examiner for the
thesis in place of the Chairman.
(ii) If the reports of all the examiners are favourable, the Dean, F/O Unani Medicine shall
recommend for holding of the viva-voce examination.
(iii) For viva-voce examination of thesis, there shall be one external examiner (from among the
two external examiners appointed for evaluation of the thesis) and one internal examiner (the
Supervisor);
Provided that in case of divergent opinions of the examiners, the †Board of Studies may either return
the thesis of the candidate for resubmission after revision in the light of the opinion/deficiencies
pointed out by the examiners or reject it. In case of rejection, the thesis shall be submitted afresh
within one year.
(iv) The candidate may write his/her thesis in Urdu or English.

†
12. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, the student admitted in the Post-Graduate
degree course shall complete the course with-in five years from the date of admission. In case of
rejection of thesis the time limit shall be extendable up to one year.
†
13. A candidate having Post-graduate in a subject of Unani Medicine shall not be allowed admission in
any subject of Unani Medicine for Post-graduate course.
†
14. A candidate in any subject of Post-graduate degree course shall not be allowed to switch over or
seek admission in any other subject of Post-graduate course after a period of six months from the
date of admission.
†
A.C. Item No. 25 dated 30.7.2011 (affective from 2007 batch)
331
†
COURSES FOR MAHIR – E – TIB (MD) and MAHIR-E-JARAHAT (MS)
1. Kulliyat-Umoor-e-Tabiya (Principle of Medicine)

I Year 1. Umoor-e-Tabiya, Hayati Kemiya and Itlaqi Afalul Aza
2. Usoole Tahqeeq-wa-Jadid Tahqeeqi Izafat
II Year 1. Kulliyat-e-Umoor-e-Tabiya I (Arkan, Mizaj, Akhlat wa Aza)

2. Kulliyat-e-Umoor-e-Tabiya II (Arwah, Quwa wa Afal)\
III Year 1. Kulliyat-e-Nabz-wa-Bol-o-Baraz

2. Itlaqi Kulliyat
3. Kulliyat-e-Usoole Elaj, Asbab-o-Alamat
2. Tashreeh-ul-Badan (Anatomy)
I Year 1. Genetics and Development Anatomy
2. Biostatistics and Research Methadology
3. Applied Anatomy
II Year 1. Asabi Tashreeh (Anatomy of Nervous System)

III Year 2. Jadeed Tahqeeqi Izafat
3. Munafeul Aza (Physiology)

I Year 1. Umoore Tabiya with Biostatistics and Genetics
2. Applied Physiology (Munafeul Aza) of Musculo Skeletal System
Digestive System, Cardiovascular System
II Year 1. Applied Physiology of Respiratory System & Special Seveses

2. Applied Physiology of Endocrine System, Nervous System &
Urogenital System
III Year 1. Clinical Physiology

2. Jadeed Itlaqi Izafat
4. Ilmul Advia (Pharmacology)

I Year 1. Usool Wa Qavanin-e-Advia
2. Usoole-e-Tahqeeq-wa-Hayati Shumariyat (Research Methodology and
Biostatistics)
3. Ilmul Wasf-ul-Aqaqir (Pharmacognosy)
II Year 1. Advia Mufridat-Mai-Jadeed Izafat
2. Advia Murrakkabat-Mai-Jadid Izafat
3. Afalul-Advia (General wa Experimental Pharmacology)
III Year 1. Tibbi Kemiya-wa-Meyaar Bandi (Medicinal Chemistry and

Standardization of Unani Drugs)
2. Ilmul Saidla-wa-Taklees
5. Ilmul Qabalat-Wa Amraz-e-Niswan (Gynaecology and Obstetrics)

I Year 1. Hayati Kemiya-wa-Itlaqi Geniyat (Biochemistry, Applied Genetics)
2. Usool-e-Tehqiq-wa-Hayati Shumariyat (Research Methodology
†
A.C. Item No. 25 dated 30.7.2011 (affective from 2007 batch)
332
and Biostatistics)
3. Italqi Kulliyat, Tashreeh-wa-Munafeul Aza
II Year 1. Ilmul Qabalat

2. Amraz-e-Niswan
III Year 1. Jadid Tehqiqi Izafat

2. Amraz-e-Nau-Maulood
6. Ilmul Jarahat (Surgery)

I Year 1. Basic Sciences (Anatomy and Physiology and History of Jarahiyat;
special reference to Fasd, Kae and Hajamat Bish Shurt)
2. Basic Principles of Management in Surgery (Jarahat) and Unani Drugs
used in Surgical Practice.
II Year 1. Takhdeer-e-Umoomi wa Muqami (Anaesthesia-General and Local)

2. Amaliyat-e-Jarahiyah (Operative Surgery)
3. Amraz-e-Ezam-o-Mafasil including Physiotherapy (Old and
Recent Concepts).
III Year 1. Jarahat-e-Umoomi (General Surgery)

2. Jarahat-e-Khusosi (Systemic Surgery)
3. Recent Advances.
7. Moalejat (Medicine)
I Year 1. Itlaqi Hayati Kemiya, Geniyat-wa-Hayati Shumariyat
(Applied Biochemistry, Genetics and Medical Biostatistics)
2. Regimenal Therapy (Venesection, Cupping, Leeching etc.)
3. Usool-e-Tashkheesh-wa-Tajweez-Mai-Jadeed Izafa (Recent Advances)
II Year 1. Amraz-e-Nizam-e-A asab-wa-Ghudad-e-laqanati.

2. Amraz-e-Nizame Tanaffus-wa-Dauran-e-Khoon.
III Year 1. Amraz-e-Nizame Hazm, Baul-wa-Tanasul

2. Amraz-e-Mutaddiya, Hummiyat, Jild-wa-Mafasil
8. Tahaffuzi Wa Samaji Tib (Preventive and Socia Medicine)

I Year 1. Nazariya-wa-Tarikh-e-Hifzane Sehat (Concept and History
of Hifzan-e-Sehat-wa-Samaji Tib)
2. Nazariya Sehat-wa-Marz Mai Maholiyati Asrat-wa-Sehati
Tanzeemat (Concept of Health and Diseases, Effects of
Environment and Health Organisation)
3. Usool-e-Tahqeeq-wa-Hayati Shumariyat
II Year 1. Asbab-e-Sitta Zaroriya-Mai-Jadeed Izafat

2. Dalak, Riyazat, Hamman-wa-Yoga ki Ahmiyat
III Year 1. Amraz-e-Mutaddi-wa-Wabai-wa-Tahaffuzi Iqdamaa

2. Qaumi Sehat, Khandani Bahbood, Jinsi Ikhtilat Amraz
(STD)-wa-Peshawarana Amraz (Industrial Hazards)
333
CHAPTER – XLII
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (M.B.B.S.)

(Deleted)

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
334

CHAPTER – XLII(A)
(Effective from 1997 batch)
BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY (MBBS)
1. No candidate shall be admitted to the Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS)
Course of Jawaharlal Nehru Medical College of the University unless:-
i. He/she has completed the age of 17 years on or before thirty first day of December of the
year commencing the prescribed academic session of said course.
ii. H/she has passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate (10+2) Examination of the
University or its equivalent examination recognised by the University for the purpose with
not less than 50% marks in Physics, Chemistry and Biology subjects taken together and with
not less than 50% marks in English.
iii. He/she has been selected for admission to this said course on merit, on the basis of an
entrance examination conducted by the University in accordance with the rules and
procedures prescribed for the purpose by the Academic Council, as amended from time to
time.
2. The candidates admitted to the MBBS Course of the University shall be eligible for the award of the
degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery after they have undergone a regular course
of study and training, in the subjects comprising the medical curriculum, for not less not four and a
half academic years divided into three phases (nine semesters; each semester being of six months
duration) as under, and have passed the First, Second and Third (Final) Professional Examinations
conducted by the University in the manner prescribed hereafter, followed by one year compulsory
rotatory internship in the manner prescribed by the Faculty from time to time.
Phase I Training : Two Semesters (Semester I & II)
Phase II Training : Three Semesters (Semester III, IV & V)
Phase III Training : Part I : Two Semesters (Semester VI & VII)
Part II : Two Semesters (Semester VIII & IX)
3. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a candidate who has passed the First
Professional Examination of the MBBS Course from a Medical College of any other University may
be considered for admission, through migration, to the course of study, with the approval of Medical
Council of India, provided that he/she fulfills the following conditions and the rules and procedure
prescribed by the Academic Council in this behalf.
i. The migration is sought for on compassionate grounds, as specified for the purpose by the
Academic Council.
ii. The college from which migration is sought for is recognised by the medical council of India.
iii. The application for migration completed in all respect is submitted to the concerned
authorities within a period of one month of declaration of the result of the First Professional
Examination.

335
iv. The candidate submits an affidavit stating that he/she will pursue three semester of phase II
before appearing at the Second Professional Examination of MBBS at the JN Medical
College of the University, which should be certified by the Registrar of the University.
v. The migration from any other Medical College to the JN Medical College of the University
cannot be claimed as a right by the candidate.
4. The First Professional Examination shall be held at the end of second semester in the following
subjects and shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study and training
for two semesters during phase I.
1. Anatomy
2. Physiology, and
3. Bio-chemistry
Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to appear at the First Professional Examination more
than four times and their four chances are completed too in three years from the date of enrolment.
5. The Second Professional Examination shall be held at the end of the fifth semester in the following
subjects and shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study and training
for three semesters during phase II.
1. Pathology,
2. Microbiology
3. Pharmacology and
4. Forensic Medicine
Provided that passing First Professional Examination is Compulsory for entering into phase II training.

No candidate shall be permitted to appear at the Second Professional Examination more than four
consecutive times.
6. A candidate who fails in the Second Professional Examination shall not be allowed to appear in the
Third (Final) Professional Part-I Examination unless he has passed all the subjects of Second
Professional Examination.
7. The Third (Final) Professional Part I Examination shall be held at the end of the seventh semester in
the following subjects and shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study
and training for two semesters under phase III Part-I
1. Ophthalmology
2. Oto-rhyno-larynogology, and
3. Community Medicine

Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to appear at the third (Final) Professional Part-I
Examination more than four consecutive times.
8. The Third (Final) Professional, Part II Examination shall be held at the end of ninth semester in the
following subjects and shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study
and training for two semesters under phase III (Part II) and have passed the Third (Final)
Professional, Part I Examination.
1. Medicine
2. Surgery

A.C. dated 19.1.2010
336
3. Obstetrics and Gynaecology and

4. Paediatrics

Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to appear at the third (Final) Professional Part-II
Examination more than four consecutive times.
Provided that passing the Third (Final) Professional Part-I Examination is not compulsory for
entering into VIII and IX semesters training.
9. There shall be one main examination for each professional examination and a supplementary
examination to be held after two months but before six months from the date of the declaration of
the result of the main examination.
Provided that the supplementary examination shall be open to candidates who:

(a) were unable to appear at the main professional examination or any part thereof for good and
sufficient reasons to be determined by the Dean or
(b) have failed in one or more subjects at the main examination.
(c) If a candidate fails to complete the requirements of MBBS degree programme within nine
academic years (excluding rotatory internship) from the date of his/her admission he/she shall not be
permitted to pursue his/her studies in MBBS degree programmes.
Provided further that such candidates shall not be required to appear at a subsequent examination in
a subject in which they have already passed.
10. A candidate shall be eligible to appear at the respective professional examination (Main &
Supplementary) only if he/she has;

(a) Put in 75% attendance in lectures inclusive of attendance in non-lecture teaching/training to
be specified by the Faculty.

(b) Secured 35% of the total marks fixed for internal assessment (sessionals) in a particular
subject in or to become eligible to appear in the professional examination in that subject.
Provided that the internal assessment shall have a weightage of 20% of the total marks in that
subject and shall be done in the manner prescribed by the Faculty.
(c) If the candidate does not secure 35% sessional marks before appearing in the
main/supplementary examinations, he/she will be allowed to improve the sessional marks
before the subsequent examination.
Provided further that the sessional marks shall be awarded according to the rules framed in this
behalf by the Faculty.
11. The marks alloted to each theory paper, practical, oral (viva-voce), internal assessment and clinical
examinations etc. shall be as given in Table (1).

A.C. dated 19.1.2010

OM NO XM/PA/1744 dated 28.5.2004 (As per MCI notification dated 16.10.2003).
337
12. In order to pass First, Second and Third (Final) Professional Examinations, a candidate has to obtain
atleast 50% of the total marks in Theory including oral (viva-voce) and 50% in Practicals/Clinicals.
13. A candidate who secures 75% marks or above in the aggregate of a subject shall be declared to have
passed that subject with distinction provided that he/she passed in all other subjects in the main
examination in first attempt.
14. A candidate who has obtained distinction in atleast five subjects, one in each of the professional
examinations shall be declared to have passed the MBBS Examination with Honours provided that
no candidate shall be deemed to have passed the examination with Honours unless he/she has passed
each of the professional examination in the first attempt.

15.(a) A candidate having passed Final Professional Part-II Examination has to undergo 12 months
compulsory rotator Internship in the following disciplines:
Internship Compulsory Time distribution
Community Medicine 2 months

Medicine 2 months
Surgery 2 months
(including Anaesthesia)
Obst. & Gynaecology 2 months
(including Family welfare Planning)
Paediatrics 1 month
Orthopaedics 1 month
(including PMR)
Ophthalmology 15 days
Otorhinotaryngology (ENT) 15 days
Casualty 15 days
Elective Posting (1 x 15 days) 15 days

Subject for elective posting will be as follows:
i. Dermatology and Sexually
Transmitted Disease
ii. Tuberculosis and Respiratory Diseases
iii. Radio-diagnosis
iv. Forensic Medicine
v. Blood Bank
vi Psychiatry
(b) Internship shall be completed within 15 months after passing Final Professional Part-II
Examination. Further decided that if the candidate fails to complete his/her Internship within
15 months, his/her request for extension in the period of Internship will be considered by the
Academic Council.

A.C. dated 19.1.2010
338
Table (1) for Distribution of Marks
Examination, Subject Theory Papers Oral Practical/ Internal Assessment Total

(I) (II) (Viva) Clinical (Theory) (Practicals) Marks
(I) First Professional Examination:
Anatomy 50 50 20 40 20 20 200
Physical 50 50 20 40 20 20 200
Biochemistry 50 50 20 40 20 20 200
(II) Second Professional Examination:
Pathology 40 40 15 25 15 15 150
Microbiology 40 40 15 25 15 15 150
Pharmacology 40 40 15 25 15 15 150
Forensic Med. 40 - 10 30 10 10 100
(III) Third Professional (Part I) Examination:
Ophthalmology 40 - 10 30 10 10 100
ENT 40 - 10 30 10 10 100
Comm. Med. 60 60 10 30 20 20 200
Third Professional (Part II) Examination:

Medicine 60 60 20 100 30 30 300
Surgery 60 60 20 100 30 30 300
Obstestrics & 40 40 30 50 20 20 200
Gynaecology
Paediatrics 40 - 10 30 10 10 100
Grand Total: 2450

339

CHAPTER – XLII(B)
DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY
(B.D.S.) COURSE

(Deleted)

EC : dated 9.3.2000.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
340

CHAPTER – XLII(C)
Degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery
(B.D.S) Course
1. There shall be a course of study in Dental Surgery leading to the degree of Bachelor of Dental
Surgery (B.D.S) at and by Dr. Ziauddin Ahmad Dental College, Faculty of Medicine, AMU,
Aligarh.
2. The candidates seeking admission to the BDS course of study must have passed Senior Secondary
School Certificate Examination of this University, or an examination recognized by the University
as its equivalent in the subjects of Physics, Chemistry, Biology and English and must have obtained
a minimum of 50% marks in aggregate taken together in Physics, Chemistry and Biology at the
qualifying examination. Further, the candidate must have come in the merit list prepared as a result
of competitive entrance examination by securing not less than 50% marks in Physics, Chemistry and
Biology taken together in the competitive examination. The candidate must have completed the age
of 17 years on or before 31st December of the year of the admission.
The admission shall be based strictly on merit as determined by a competitive test conducted by
University and as per the admission policy approved by Academic Council from time to time,
provided that the admission of candidates under NRI/Foreign student category shall be based on the
merit in the qualifying examination and as per rules and procedure approved by Academic Council
from time to time.
3. Duration
(a) The duration of the course shall be four academic years.

(b) For candidate possessing MBBS degree, the duration of the course shall be of two academic
years.
(c) Candidates after passing the final professional examination followed by the year paid
compulsory rotatory internship in Dr. Ziauddin Ahmad Dental College shall be eligible for the
award of the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery.
4. Curriculum/Syllabi shall be as per recommendations of Dental Council of India and Academic

Council of the University.
5. Examination:
A.(i) The first professional examination shall be open to candidate who have undergone a course of study
for not less than one academic year;
Provided that no candidates shall be permitted to avail more than four attempts at the first
professional examination.
(ii) Every candidate shall be examined in the following subjects:-
(1) General Human Anatomy including Embryology and Histology.

(2) General Human Physiology and Biochemistry.
(3) Dental Materials used in Dentistry.

OM. NO. XM/SPA/FN-57/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.
341
B.(i) The second professional examination shall be open to candidates who have successfully completed
the first professional BDS examination and thereafter undergone a course of study for not less than
one academic year;
Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than four attempts at the second

(1) General & Dental Pharmacology and Therapeutics
(2) General Pathology and Microbiology including Immunology.
(3) Human Oral Anatomy including Embryology and Histology.
C.(i) The third professional examination shall be open to candidates who have successfully completed
second professional BDS examination and thereafter undergone a course of study for not less than
one academic year;
Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than four attempts at the third

(1) General Medicine
(2) General Surgery
(3) Oral Pathology and Microbiology
(4) Preventive and Community Dentistry.
D.(i) The final professional examination shall be open to candidates who have successfully completed the
third professional BDS examination and thereafter undergone a course of study for not less than one
academic year;
Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than four attempts at the final

(1) Prosthodontics including Crown and Bridge.
(2) Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics
(3) Pedodontics
(4) Orthodontics
(5) Periodontics
(6) Oral Surgery L.A. and G.A.
(7) Oral Medicine (Oral Diagnosis) and Radiology.
6. Notwithstanding any thing contained in these Ordinances, if a candidate fails to complete the
requirements of BDS degree programme (excluding one year paid rotatory intership) within eight
academic years from the date of his/her admission, he/she shall not be allowed to pursue his/her
studies in BDS degree programme.
7. To pass in a subject in each of the professional examination, a candidate must secure a minimum of
50% marks in the University Examination as well as 50% in the aggregate ie University
Examination and Internal Assessment taken together and also in each Division viz. Theory and
Practical and/or Clinical separately.
8. A candidate who has passed in all the subjects of the professional examination in the first attempt
and has secured 75% or more marks shall be declared to have passed with distinction in that
particular subject/subjects.
342
9. The number of lecture hours and practical/clinical hours are specified in Appendix.
10. A candidate shall be eligible to appear at the respective professional examination (main or/and
second examination) only if he/she has put in 75% attendance in lectures and 75% in
practical/clinical in each subject separately in each year and completed the requirements of
laboratory exercises and clinical work of each department.
11. There shall be one main examination for each professional course and a second examination to be
held after two months from the date of declaration of result of the main examination and not later
than six months, provided that the second examination shall be open to candidate who:
sufficient reasons to be determined by the Committee of Examinations/Dean, Faculty of Medicine.
OR
(b) have failed in one or more subjects at the main examination, provided that such candidates shall not
be required to appear at the subsequent examination in a subject in which they have already passed.
12. Distribution of Marks:
Each subject will have a maximum 200 marks as follows:

Internal Assessment University Examination Total
Marks Marks Marks
Written 25 75 100
Oral & Practical/
Clinical 25 75 100
13. There shall be one paper in each subject, containing Part-I and Part-II in which one part shall be set
and examined by an external examiner.
14. A candidate who fails in one subject in an examination, may be permitted to go to the next higher
class but shall not be eligible to appear in the next higher professional examination before he/she
clears the subject of the previous year professional examination.
15. Not more than 20 candidates shall be examined in one day in clinical or practical.
16. A candidate who has obtained distinction in at least 5 subjects, atleast one in each professional
examination shall be declared to have passed the professional B.D.S. examination with honours
provided that no candidate shall be deemed to have passed the professional B.D.S. examination with
honours unless he/she has passed each of the professional examination in the first attempt.
17. I, II and III positions will be mentioned in the results as well as in certificate of marks of the
candidates in each professional examination.
18. The highest marks obtained by a candidate in a subject will be mentioned in the result as well as in
certificate of marks of the candidates in each professional examination.
19. Transitory Ordinances:

The candidates admitted in 2005-2006 or earlier who are required to clear first/second/third/final
professional examinations shall be exempted from the provisions, specified in the Clauses
4(A)(i)/(B)(i)/(C)(i)/(D)(i) of the Ordinances (Academic).
343
Appendix
MINIMUM WORKING HOURS FOR EACH SUBJECT OF STUDY

(BDS Course)
Total Practical/Clinical
Hours
S.No. Subject Lecture Practical Available Total Hours
Hours Hours Clinical Hours
1. General Human Anatomy 70 130 --- 200
2. General Human Physiology 50 40 --- ---
& Biochemistry 25 30 145
3. Dental Materials 35 30 --- 65
4. General Pathology 45 60 --- ---
& Microbiology 30 60 195
5. General Dental Pharmacology 40 20 --- 60
6. Oral Anatomy, Histology & Physiology 40 90 --- 130
7. General Medicine 40 90 (90) 130
8. General Surgery 40 90 (90) 130
9. Oral Pathology & Microbiology 50 90 140
10. Orthodontics 40 150 (120) 190
11. Periodontics 45 205 (150) 250
12. Pedodontics 40 150 (100) 190
13. Prosthodontics & Crown & Bridge 100 900 (540) 1000
14. Conservative Dentistry & Endodontics 70 600 (360) 670
15. Oral Surgery, Local Anaesthesia & 60 220 (150) 280
General Anaesthesia
16. Oral Medicine & Roentgenology 40 90 (90) 130
17. Community Dentistry 30 100 1300
Total 890 3145 (1690) 4035
Note: The teaching of a subject may be spread over one ore more years (one or more classes of BDS) depending upon the
local facilities, taking care that excessive load is not placed on candidates during any one year.
344
CHAPTER – XLIII
M.D./M.S.

(deleted)

345
CHAPTER – XLIII(A)
DOCTOR OF MEDICINE (MD)/MASTER OF SURGERY (MS)
1. No candidate shall be registered to undertake course of study and training for MD/MS unless he
has:-
(a) passed MBBS Degree of this University or an examination recognized by the University as its
equivalent.
(b) satisfactorily completed internship for a period of one year and is registered with the State
Medical Council/Medical Council of India.
(c) been selected on the basis of merit of Post Graduate Competitive Admission Test.
2. (a) Study and training course is available for MD/MS in the subjects of:
MD: (i) Anaesthesiology

(ii) Anatomy
(iii) Biochemistry
(iv) Forensic Medicine,
(v) General Medicine,
(vi) Microbiology
(vii) Pediatrics
(viii) Pathology
(ix) Pharmacology
(x) Physiology

(xi) Psychiatry
(xii) Radio-Diagnosis
(xiii) Radio-Therapy
(xiv) Community Medicine

(xv) Pulmonary Medicine

(xvi) Dermatology, Venereology & Leprosy
MS: (i) General Surgery
(ii) Ophthalmology
(iii) Orthopaedics
(iv) Oto Rhinolaryngology

(v) Obstetrics & Gynaecology
(b) The minimum period of study and training for obtaining these Degrees shall be three calendar
years in the course after full registration with Medical Council. The candidates are required
to attend not less than 80% of the training period in each year.
3. (a) The examination for the MD/MS shall consist of two parts:
Part-I : shall comprise of a Thesis on a subject approved in the manner specified below

E.C. dated 27.2.1999.

A.C. dated 19.1.2010.

E.C. Item No. 13 dated 29.9.2012.

A.C. Item No. 39 dated 30.10.2012.
346
Part-II : shall comprise of Written Papers, Clinical and Practical & Viva-voce Examinations
in the manner specified below.
(b) The candidate shall be eligible to appear at Part-II of the examination only after his Thesis
has been approved/accepted by all the four examiners, has completed the prescribed period of
study and training and has put in a minimum of 80% attendance in each year of training
period in Department concerned from the date of admission in that particular course of the
study and training. Acceptance of the Thesis, duration of stay and minimum attendance shall
be a pre-condition for the candidate to appear in Part-II of the Examination.
(c) All the candidates joining post-graduate study and training programme shall work as full time
Residents during whole period of post-graduate training.
4. The subject of the Thesis shall be approved by the Board of Studies of the Department concerned, if
it is satisfied that the proposed subject is suitable for research and that such research can be
profitably pursued at Aligarh and that the candidate possesses the ability to conduct subject. If the
Department concerned is satisfied regarding the suitability of the subject to the applicant, it shall
subject to confirmation by the Faculty of Medicine, allocate the subject of Thesis and appoint a post-
graduate teacher as specified by the Medical Council of India, to guide and supervise the work of the
candidate. Provided that the Department concerned, in exceptional cases, may associate not more
than two postgraduate teachers as co-supervisors of the candidate.
5. No candidate shall be permitted to change the subject of his Thesis without the prior approval of the
Board of Studies of the Department concerned and only on the recommendation of the supervisor(s).
Such change can be made within three months from the date of original approval on the subject by
the Board of Studies of the Department concerned. Such changes shall be subject o confirmation by
the Faculty of Medicine and Academic Council.
6. (a) The Thesis of each candidate shall contain the result of his own research and investigations.
Reference to the work of others shall be clearly indicated and differentiated from his personal
observations.
(b) Four copies of the Thesis shall be submitted at least six months before the Examination to the
Chairman of the Department concerned, along with the certificate form supervisor(s) to the
effect that it is based on the candidate‟s own observation and investigations. The Chairman
of the Department shall forward the same to the Dean, Faculty of Medicine certifying that the
candidate has stayed and worked for full time in the Department for the duration of the
prescribed period of three calendar years and has put in a minimum of 80% attendance during
the period.
7. The appointment of examiners shall be as per recommendations of Medical Council of India and
academic Council.
(a) Every Thesis shall be examined by four examiners, who shall be postgraduate teachers, as
laid down by MCI and appointed in the manner prescribed in Clause 1 of Chapter-XV of
these Ordinances, two of whom shall be the persons not engaged in teaching in the
University. The examiners shall ordinarily be appointed for not more than two consecutive
times and the examiner of thesis shall not be the examiner for Theory and Practical/Clinical
examination.

A.C. dated 19.1.2010
347

(i) The faculty members, only those who possess a total of eight years at least teaching
experience, out of which at least five years teaching experience as Assistant
Professor/Lecturer gained after obtaining post graduate degree, shall be recognized as
Post Graduate Teacher.
(ii) No person shall be appointed as an internal examiner in any subject unless he/she has
three years experience as recognized PG teacher in the concerned subject. For external
examiners, he/she should have minimum six years of experience as recognized PG
teacher.
(b) If the examiners unanimously recommend that the Thesis be approved on the ground that it
constituted a worthwhile contribution to knowledge of the subject, the candidate shall be
permitted to appear at Part-II of the Examination.
(c) If the examiner(s) are unable to recommend that the Thesis be approved, the report(s) shall be
sent by the Dean, Faculty of Medicine to the Chairman of the Department who shall put it
before the Board of Studies of the Department concerned for suitable revision in the light of
recommendations of the examiner(s), before resubmission after six months, or to reject it
outright.
8. Part-II of the Examination shall consist of the Written Papers, Clinical and/or Practical Examination
and Viva-voce. There shall be four written papers, two to be set in and evaluated by the external
and two, by the internal examiners.
9. (a) Part-II of the examination shall be conducted by a Board of four examiners appointed in the
manner prescribed in Clause 1 of Chapter – XV of these Ordinances and MCI rules; two of
whom shall be persons not engaged in teaching in the University. The examiners shall
ordinarily be appointed for not more than two consecutive terms.
(b) There shall be four written papers, two to be set in and evaluated by the external examiners
and two, by the internal examiners. All the four examiners shall examine the candidate in
Practical/Clinical and Viva-voce Examination.

(c) The distribution of marks shall be as under:
(i) Four papers (of 100 marks each) 400
(ii) Clinical/Practical 300
(iii) Viva-Voce Examination 100
Total 800 Marks
To pass the examination, the candidate must obtain at least 50% of marks in theory and 50%
marks in Viva-Voce and Clinical/Practical.
(d) The maximum number of candidates to be examined in Clinical/Practical and Oral (Viva-
voce) in any day for MD/MS Degree shall not exceed six.
10. A candidate who fails at the Part-II Examination may be permitted to appear at the subsequent
examination as an ex-student as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter-XVII of these Ordinances, without
submitting fresh Thesis.

O.M. No. XM/RU/F.No.008/14/25 dated 24.7.2014

A.C. dated 19.1.2010
348
11. Part-II Examination shall be held only twice in a year with an interval of four to six months between
the two examinations.
12. Teachers of the Faculty of Medicine who have MD/MS may be permitted by the concerned
Department of Studies as a special case to submit a Thesis without undergoing a regular course of
study, research and/or training after completing three years in the service of the University
excluding the period of Registrarship/Demonstratorship, provided they are otherwise eligible. Such
teachers shall, however, be from Department concerned, for a period not less than one year before
appearing in Part-II of the Examination.
13. Candidate registered for MD/MS courses must clear the Final Examination within five years of the
date of admission.

(14) Under no circumstances Migration/transfer of students undergoing any Post-Graduate Degree/
Diploma/Specially course shall be permitted.
DIPLOMA COURSES
1. No candidate shall be registered to undertake course of study and training for Diploma unless he
has:
(a) passed MBBS examination of this University or an examination recognized by the University
as its equivalent,
(b) satisfactorily completed Internship for the period of one year and is registered with the State
(c) is selected on merit of Postgraduate Competitive Admission Test.
2. Study and training course is available for the Diploma in the subjects of:
(i) Anaesthesiology (DA)

(ii) Child Health (DCH)
(iii) Laryngology and Otology (DLO)
(iv) Medical Radio-Diagnosis (DMRD)
(v) Gaynaecology and obstetrics (DGO)
(vi) Ophthalmology (DO)
(vii) Orthopaedics Surgery (DOS)
(viii) Radio-Therapy (DRT)
3. The Examination shall be conducted by a Board of four examiners as appointed in the manner
prescribed by MCI and in Clause 1 of Chapter – XI of the Academic Ordinances, two of whom shall
be persons not engaged in teaching in this University.
4. The theory examination shall comprise of four written papers; two to be set in and evaluated by the
external and two, by internal examiners. Clinical, Practical and Viva-Voce Examination will be
conducted by the four examiners as a Board.
5. The distribution of marks shall be as under:

(a) Four Papers (of 50 marks each) 200
349
(b) Clinical/Practical 150
(c) Viva-Voce Examination 50
Total: 400 Marks

6. To pass the examination, the candidate must obtain at least 50% of marks provided for the theory
and 50% in Viva-voce and Clinical/Practical.
7. The maximum number of candidates to be examined in Clinical/Practical and Oral (Viva-Voce) in

any day for Diploma shall not exceed six.
8. There shall be only two Examinations in a year, with an interval of four to six months between the
two examinations.
9. The candidate registered for Diploma course must clear the Final Examination within five years
from the date of admission.
A candidate is eligible to appear for the examination if the following conditions are fulfilled:
(i) Completed 3 years (36 calendar months) for Degree Courses or 2 years (24 calendar months)
for Diploma Courses, of stay in the Department concerned as residents.
(ii) Attended at least 80% of the training period of each year in the Department concerned. The
rest 20% includes his/her due casual leave and earned leave of absence to any reason.
(iii) Any other leave or absence availed by the students apart from mentioned above shall be duly
compensated to fulfil the above mentioned requirement of 80% of the training period of
3 years or 2 years as the case may be.
350
CHAPTER – XLIV
Diploma in Ophthalmology (D.O.) **(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XLV
Diploma in Orthopaedic Surgery (D.O.S.) **(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XLVI
Diploma in Laryngology and Otology (D.L.O.) **(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XLVII
Diploma in Anaesthesiology (D.A.) **(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XLVIII
Diploma in Medical Radio-Diagnosis (D.M.R.D.) **(Deleted)
And
Diploma in Medical Radio-Therapy (D.M.R.T.) **(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XLIX
Diploma in Gynecology and Obstetrics (D.G.O.) **(Deleted)
CHAPTER – L
Diploma in Child Health (D.C.H.) **(Deleted)
CHAPTER – LI
Diploma in Clinical Pathology (D.C.P.) (Deleted)
CHAPTER – LII
Bachelor of Library & Information Science

(Deleted)


EC Res No 14(44) (3) dated 12/13/15 July 1980.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
351

CHAPTER LII- A
Bachelor of Library and Information Science (B.L.I.Sc.)

1. Introduction:
The Department of Library & Information Science offers a full time programme leading to the
Bachelor of Library and Information Science (B.L.I.Sc.).
2. Eligibility:
A candidate will be eligible to apply for admission to B.L.I.Sc. programme, if he/she has qualified :
Either
B.A./B.Sc./B.Com./B.Th. of this University or its equivalent examination with at least 50% marks.
OR
B.A./B.Sc./B.Com./B.Th. with 45% marks plus a Master‟s degree with II Division.
3. Criteria for Admission :
Selection of candidates in B.L.I.Sc. will be made through an admission test comprising of a written
test conducted through a paper comprising of 100 questions of one marks each as per the details
given below:
 General English – 50 Multiple choice questions - 50 Marks
 General Knowledge – 40 Multiple choice questions - 40 Marks
 General Awareness about the books and their use
in library 10 Multiple choice questions - 10 Marks
4. Academic Session :
The academic session for B.L.I.Sc. programme is divided into 02 regular semesters – Autumn and
Winter, each of which shall be of approximately 20 weeks duration. The Autumn semester will
normally commence in the month of July/August and the winter in month of December/January
every year. In the beginning of every session, the Controller of Examination in consultation with the
Chairman of the Department of Library & Information Science shall notify the detailed academic
calendar indicating the date of commencement of classes, last teaching day, date of commencement
of examination etc.
5. Duration of the Program:
The minimum duration of the programme shall be of two consecutive semesters after admission.
The maximum duration of the programme shall be of four consecutive semesters after admission.
However, grace of two more consecutive semesters may be allowed by the Academic Council on the
recommendation of the Chairman of the Department and Dean of the faculty.
6. Curriculum and Credit System:

E.C. Item No. 11,dated: 12.07.2014
352
In order to be eligible for the award of degree of B.L.I.Sc., a candidate shall have to pass in I & II
semester examinations comprising of papers of two/four credits, so as to accumulate a total of 48
credits.
7. Attendance:
Students who have put in 75% or more attendance in a semester will be eligible to appear in the End-
Semester Examination as prescribed in Chapter XVII of Academic Ordinances.
8. Examination & Evaluation
 Each 4 credit paper will be evaluated out of 100 marks whereas each 02 credit paper will
be evaluated out of 50 marks. The components of evaluation of the two types of paper
will be as follows:
 Four credit paper

Sessionals 25%
 Two credit paper

Sessionals 15%
 To pass in each paper in a semester, a candidate has to secure a minimum of :
 36% Marks in each paper

(inclusive of Sessional work)
 40% Marks in Aggregate
9. Result :
 Not with standing anything contained in the foregoing clauses, if a student passes all the
examinations in I and II semesters, his/her division will be awarded on the basis of aggregate
percentage of marks as detailed below:
 I Division 60 % & above

 II Division 50 % & above but less than 60%
 III Division 40% & above but less than 50%
 Grace Marks (GM) and Discretionary Marks (DM) may be awarded as per University rules.
 Distinction will be awarded in a paper in which a student secures 75% or more marks in
aggregate of that paper.
10. Promotion from I to II Semester :

A student of I semester shall be eligible to be promoted to II semester if he/she completes the
attendance requirement as well as secures a minimum of 16 credits in I semester.
11. Ex-students (as defined in Chapter XVII (A) Revised of the Ordinances (Academic)), will be
permitted by the Dean on the recommendation of the Chairman to appear in the corresponding End
Semester Examination. The marks obtained earlier by the ex-students in Sessional
work/project/dissertation/viva-voce as the case may be, shall be carried forward.
353
In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held.
12. Improvement :
To improve his/her performance, a candidate who passes I and II Semester examinations may appear
in not more than 25% of the written papers of theory courses at the corresponding End Semester
Examination, not later than one academic session after the declaration of his/her result. No
improvement in the marks secured in Sessionals/Dissertation/viva-voce examination will be allowed.
Such candidates shall not be entitled for hostel accommodation.
Permission for improvement shall be granted only once by the Dean on the recommendation of the
Chairman, provided the candidate is not enrolled in any other course of study during the academic
year when he is permitted for improvement.
Provided further that if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance, the marks sheet and / or
no more offered in these new Ordinances, will be allowed to pass the alternative courses of the new
curriculum, and in case there are no alternative courses, the old courses may be offered. A student
these revised Ordinances. Such cases may be allowed on a case by case basis.
354
CHAPTER – LIII
Master of Library & Information Science

(Deleted)

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
355
CHAPTER – LIII(A)
Master of Library and Information Science (M.L.I.Sc.)
1. The degree of Mater of Library and Information Science (M.L.I.Sc.) shall be awarded to a candidate
who has passed B.L.I.Sc./B.Lib.Sc./B.L. & I.Sc. examination of this University with at least 50%
marks in aggregate or an examination recognised by the University as its equivalent and has
undergone a regular course of study for not less than one academic year comprising of two
semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of first and second semesters.
2. In order to be eligible for the award of degree of M.L.I.Sc., a candidate shall have to pass in
semester examinations each comprising of five courses of four credits each so as to accumulate 40
credits distributed in two semesters of 20 credits per semester alongwith the dissertation of four
credits (ie to accumulate a total of 44 credit for the award of M.L.I.Sc. degree) in the manner as
specified in Clause (6) below.
3. The courses, the credits and the marks allotted to each course shall be as prescribed by the Academic
Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Library and
Information Science and the Faculty of Social Sciences.
4. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation in each course consisting of sessional work spread over
the semester followed by End Semester Examination at the end of each semester.
(b) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course/ project/
dissertation shall be as follows (1 credits means 25 marks):
Sessional work : 25% marks
University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all courses taken together in each semester.
6. (a) To pass each course/project/dissertation/viva-voce and to accumulate credits to it, a candidate

must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and End Semester Examination,
taken together and at least 50% marks in aggregate of all courses of I and II Semester
Examinations for the award of degree of M.L.I.Sc.
If a candidate fails to obtain 50% marks in aggregate for the award of degree, he/she may appear for
improvement in the next subsequent semester examinations only in one or more courses as an ex-
student;
Provided that the marks obtained earlier by the candidate for sessional work/dissertation/viva-voce
examination shall be taken into account at the subsequent semester examinations.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum marks to pass a course may be allowed to
appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course. The
marks awarded at the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a

356
regular candidate, shall be taken into account. The marks in the courses in which the
(c) For ex-student, as defined in Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted to
appear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, the marks obtained earlier in sessional
work/project/ dissertation/viva-voce shall be carried forward.
However, a candidate who has fulfilled attendance requirements of I and II Semesters may be
permitted to appear at the next immediately following End Semester Examinations as an ex-student
to complete the remaining requirements for the award of M.L.I.Sc. degree;
less than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Division.
the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/dissertation/viva-
voce examination. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/dissertation/viva-voce
10. Ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVIII(A) of Ordinances (Academic) who are eligible
to appear at the M.L.I.Sc. examination under Annual System, shall be allowed to complete the
degree requirements till 2005 examination.
357
CHAPTER – LIV
Master of Business Administration

(deleted)

CHAPTER – LIV(A)
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (M.B.A.)

(Deleted)


E.C. dated 9.9.96 & 3.5.97.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
358

CHAPTER – LIV(B)
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for admission to the Degree of Master of Business Administration
unless he/she has passed the B.A., B.Sc., B.Com (Pass or Honours) or B.Sc. Engg. /B.Tech.
Examination of this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent
with a minimum of 50 per cent marks and has undergone a regular course of study in the University
for not less than three academic sessions.
2. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Bushiness Administration shall be open to:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of MBA in the University for two academic
sessions,
(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII.
3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Business Administration shall consist of Part-I and
Part-II. Each part is divided into two Semesters. The number of written papers and the marks
allotted to each paper including seasonal work, viva-voce examination, summer training and
dissertation at each part of the Examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the
recommendations of the Department of Business Administration.

The examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in this
4. The dissertation shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks. The Supervisor of the candidate shall
evaluate the dissertation out of 50 marks. The evaluation of the remaining 50 marks will be based
on the viva-voce on his/her dissertation. The via voce will be conducted by a Committee consisting
of an External and two Internal Examiners recommended by the Board of Studies of the Department.
The viva voce examination for the dissertation shall be conducted at the end of fourth semester.
5. (a) To pass each paper in the Semester Examination, the candidate must obtain at least 40 per
cent marks (in its Sessional and End Semester Examination combined).
(b) In order to be promoted to Part II, a candidate shall have to clear at least 75% (rounded off to
the nearest whole number) of the papers of Part-I. A candidate who fails to secure 40 per cent
marks in more than 25% of papers of MBA Part I (First Semester and Second Semester
combined) shall have to appear in all papers of MBA Part I Examination in the subsequent
academic session as an ex-student.
(c) Every candidate shall have to undergo an eight weeks training at a reputed business
organization in India or abroad. Upon completion of the training the candidate shall have to
make an oral presentation of his/her training before a joint session of the Faculty and the
students. Obtaining 75% attendance in the presentation sessions is compulsory failing
which the report and oral presentation shall not be evaluated. The training shall be evaluated
out of a total of 100 marks in a breakup of 40 marks for oral presentation and 60 marks for

A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.

A.C. dated 19.01.2010
359
written report. The latter shall be evaluated by two teachers of the Department appointed by
the Board of Studies. Each teacher shall evaluate the training report out of 30 marks.
Provided that if the candidate does not satisfactorily defend his/her training in oral presentation and
secures less than 40 per cent marks (i.e. 16 marks), he/she shall be required to undergo the training
afresh. After the fresh training, the candidate shall have to defend his/her training in the same
manner as stated above.
6. (a) The division in which the successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on the
basis of the aggregate marks obtained by them in Part-I and II examinations combined.
(b) Candidates who obtain 60 per cent marks in the aggregate or more shall be placed in First
Division, and those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 50 per cent marks, in
Second Division.
However, if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate of Part I and Pat II
Examinations combined shall have to appear for improvement in any or all papers of MBA Part II in
which he/she has obtained less than 50 per cent marks in the subsequent academic sessions to make
50 per cent marks in aggregate as an ex-student.
Provided that if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate in MBA Part I shall
be allowed to appear for improvement in a maximum of 25 per cent papers of Part I along with the
MBA Part II Examination in the subsequent academic session.
7. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of MBA within four academic sessions after his
admission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further. However, a fifth year‟s grace may be
allowed by the permission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman of the
Department and the Dean of the Faculty.
360

CHAPTER – LIV(C)
MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (M.I.B.M.)

(Deleted)

CHAPTER – LIV(D)
MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL BUSIENSS MANAGEMENT (M.I.B.M.)

(Deleted)

EC 9.9.1996/3.5.97.

A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
361

CHAPTER – LIV(E)

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS) (MBA (IB))
1. No candidate shall be eligible for admission to the Degree of Master of Business Administration
(MBA (IB)) unless he/she has passed the B.A. B.Sc., B.Com. (Pass or Honours) or B.Sc.
Engg./B.Tech. Examinations of this University or an examination recognized by this University as
its equivalent with a minimum of 50% marks.
2. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Business Administration (International Business) shall
be open to:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of MBA (IB) in the University for two
academic sessions;
(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII/XVII-A.
3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Business Administration (International Business) shall
consist of Part I and Part II. Each Part is divided into two Semesters. The number of written papers
and the marks allotted to each paper including Sessional Work, Viva-voce Examination, Summer
Training and Dissertation in each part of the Examination shall be prescribed by the Academic
Council on the recommendations of the Department of Business Administration.

The examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in this
4. The Dissertation shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks. The Supervisor of the candidate
shall evaluate the Dissertation out of 50 marks. The evaluation of the remaining 50 marks will be
based on the Viva-Voce on his/her Dissertation. The Viva-Voce will be conducted by a Committee
consisting of an External and two Internal Examiners recommended by the Board of Studies of the
Department. The Viva-Voce Examination for the Dissertation shall be conducted by the end of
Fourth Semester.
5. (a) To pass each paper/course in the Semester Examination, the candidate must obtain at least 40
per cent marks in its Sessionals and End Semester Examination combined.
(b) In order to be promoted to Part II, a candidate shall have to clear at least 75% (rounded off to
the nearest whole number) of the papers/courses of Part I.A candidate who fails to secure 40
per cent marks in more than 25% of papers/courses of Part I (First Semester and Second
Semester combined) shall have to appear in all papers/courses of Part I Examination in the
subsequent academic session as an ex-student.
(a) Every candidate shall have to undergo an eight weeks training at a reputed business
organization in India or abroad. Upon completion of the training, the candidate shall have to

A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.

Change in nomenclature from Mater of International Business Management (MIBM) to Master of Business Administration
(International Business) (MBA (IB)) Vide OM No./XM/SPA/FN-75/II-278 dated 27/28..3.2006.
A.C. dated 19.1.2010
362
make an oral presentation of his/her training before a joint session of the Faculty and the
students. Obtaining 75% attendance in the presentation sessions is compulsory failing which
the report and oral presentation shall not be evaluated. The training shall be evaluated out of
a total of 100 marks in a breakup of 40 marks for oral presentation and 60 marks for written
report. The latter shall be evaluated by two teachers of the Department of Business
Administration appointed by the Board of Studies. Each teacher shall evaluate the training
report out of 30 marks;
Provided that if the candidate does not satisfactorily defend his/her training in oral presentation and
secures less than 40 per cent marks (i.e. 16 marks), he/she shall be required to undergo the training
afresh. After the fresh training, the candidate shall have to defend his/her training in the same
manner as stated above.
6. (a) The division in which the successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on the
basis of the aggregate marks obtained by them in Part I and II Examinations combined.
(b) Candidates who obtain 60 per cent marks in the aggregate or more shall be placed in First
Division, and those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 50 per cent marks, in
Second Division.
However, if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate of Part I and Part II
Examinations combined shall have to appear for improvement in any or all papers/courses of Part II
in which he/she has obtained less than 50 per cent marks in the subsequent academic sessions to
make 50 per cent marks in aggregate as an ex-student.
Provided that if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate in Part I shall be
allowed to appear for improvement in a maximum of 25 per cent papers of Part I along with Part II
Examination in the subsequent academic session.
7. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of MBA(IB) within four academic sessions after
his/her admission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further. However, a fifth year grace may
be allowed by the permission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman of
the Department and the Dean of the Faculty concerned.
 A.C. dated 19.1.2010

363
CHAPTER – LV
Diploma in Bank Administration

(Deleted)
CHAPTER – LVI
Diploma in Secretarial Work

(deleted)
CHAPTER – LVII
Diploma in Steno-Typing

(Deleted)
CHAPTER – LVIII
Advanced Diploma in Professional Psychology

(deleted)


(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).

364

CHAPTER – LVIII(A)
Post Graduate Diploma in Rehabilitation Psychology
(Effective from the Academic Session 2002-2003

(Deleted)
CHAPTER – LIX
Diploma in Foreign Affairs

Deleted
CHAPTER – LX
Diploma in Public Administration
*
Deleted


(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).

EC dated 16.3.1985.
365
CHAPTER – LXI
Post Graduate Diploma in West Asian Studies
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the P.G. Diploma in west Asian Studies unless he has passed at
least one year previously the B.A., B.Sc., B.Com., M.B.B.S., B.Sc. Engg., or B.E. Degree
Examination of this University or an examination recognized as its equivalent
2. The examination for the Diploma in West Asian Studies shall be open to
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two semesters;
OR
(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 8 below.
3. The courses, the number of credits and marks allotted to each course, shall be prescribed by the
academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of West Asian Studies and the Faculty of
Social Science.
4. The courses shall be taken by a candidate with the approval of the adviser appointed by the Board of
West Asian Studies.

5. In order to be eligible for the award of the Diploma a candidate shall have to pass in sessional work
and semester examinations of each course and viva-voce examination separately.
**
6. There shall be a viva-voce examination carrying 100 marks alongwith four courses of 100 marks
each (inclusive of sessionals of 25 marks).
7. To pass in a course and obtain the credits assigned to it a candidate must obtain at least 40 per cent
of the marks in sessional work and at least 40 per cent of the aggregate marks in sessional work and
written and/or viva-voce examination.
8. A candidate who fails to obtain 40 per cent of the aggregate marks but has passed in sessioal work,
may appear subsequently only at the Semester Examination of that course as an ex-student to obtain
the credit for it;
9. Candidates who accumulate the requisite number of credits mentioned in clause 5 above or more
and who obtain 60 per cent of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the first division, those
who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 50 per cent shall be placed in the second division.
Those who obtain less than 50 per cent but not less than 40 per cent shall be placed in the third
division.
10. If a candidate fails to accumulate the requisite credits after having studied as a regular candidate for
two semesters he may be allowed by the Dean to study for not more than 2 additional semesters
immediately following.
11. A candidate who fails to accumulate the requisite credits within four semesters after his admission,
shall not be allowed to take further courses for the diploma without the permission of the Academic
Council on the recommendation of the Dean.

366
CHAPTER – LXII
Advanced Diploma in Mathematics

Deleted

E.C. Res. No. (para 18 of appendix 1(b) dated 16.3.1985.)
367
CHAPTER – LXIII
Post Graduate Diploma in Hydrogeology
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of Post-graduate Diploma in Hydrogeology unless he
has passed at least one year previously the M.Sc. examination in Geology, Applied Geology,
Geophysics with B.Sc. in Geology or B.Sc. in Civil Engineering.
2. The Examination for Postgraduate Diploma in Hydrogeolgoy shall be open to:-
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for one academic
year;
OR
(b) ex-student as defined in chapter XVII, clause 5.
3. The Examination shall comprise such written papers/practical/sessional/viva-voce examination

and/or project work as may be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the
Department of Geology and the Faculty of Science.

4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% marks in (i) written papers, (ii)
laboratory course, (iii) sessional work, (iv) project work and (v) viva-voce examination, and 50% of
the marks in aggregate.
A candidate who has passed in individual papers/laboratory course/project work/viva-voce
examination but failed to obtain 50% of aggregate marks for passing the Examination may appear as
an ex-student in subsequent Examination in one or more papers/practicals/project/viva-voce
examination so as to be eligible for the award of degree.
5. Candidate who obtain 60% of the marks or more in the aggregate will be placed in the first
division, those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% marks in the second division.

368
CHAPTER – LXIV
Diploma in Statistics

(Deleted)

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
369

CHAPTER – LXV
Examination in Languages
(A) Certificate of Proficiency in Language
**
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Certificate of Proficiency in a Language unless he has passed
at least one year previously the High School/Secondary School Certificate or an equivalent
examination.
2. The Examinations for the Certificate shall be open to:-

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic year in the
University.
(c) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.
3. In order to be eligible for the award of the Certificate, a candidate shall have to pass in sessional
work and examination.
4. The course, the number of papers and the marks allotted to each paper including sessional work
and/or viva-voce examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation
of the Board of Studies of the Department concerned and the Faculty of Arts.
5. (a) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 36% of the marks in the aggregate
of sessional work and written and/or viva-voce examination;
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 36% of the aggregate marks may appear subsequently at the
subsequent examination;
Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his course of study
shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations.
6. Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the first division;
those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% shall be placed in the second division and
those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 36% shall be placed in the Third Division.
(B) Diploma of Proficiency in Language
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Diploma of in Proficiency Language unless he has passed at
least one year previously the Certificate of Proficiency in Language Examination or an examination
recognized as its equivalent.
Provided that a candidate may be admitted to the Diploma course without having obtained the
Certificate of Proficiency in Language if the Chairman of the Department concerned certifies, after a
test, that the candidate is fit for admission.
2. The Examination for the Diploma shall be open to:-

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic year in the
University.

E.C. Res. No. 6(68) Dated 22.12.1980 and 21/22.2.1981.
**
370
(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

3. In order to be eligible for the award of the Diploma, a candidate shall have to pass in sessional work
and examination.
4. The course, the number of papers and marks allotted to each paper including sessional work and/or
viva voce examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the
Board of Studies of the Department concerned and the Faculty of Arts.
5. (a) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 36% of the marks in the aggregate
of sessional work and written and/or viva-voce examination;
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 36% of the aggregate of marks may appear subsequently at
the Examination as an ex-student.

6. Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,
those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50%, shall be placed in the Second Division and
those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 36%, shall be placed in the Third Division.

371
CHAPTER – LXVI
Post Graduate Diploma in Linguistics
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the P.G. Diploma in Linguistics unless he has passed at least one
year previously the B.A., B.Sc., or B.Com. Examination of this University or an examination
recognized as its equivalent and a knowledge of any modern or classical language.
2. The Examination for the Diploma in Linguistics shall be open to:-
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two semesters;
or
(b) ex-students as defined in chapter XVII, Clause 5.
3. The Examination shall comprise such written papers viva-voce examination and/or sessional work,
as may be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Department of
Linguistics and the Faculty of Arts.
4. In order to be eligible for the award of the Diploma a candidate shall have to pass in sessional work
and semester examinations so as to accumulate at least 32 credits.
5. (a) To pass in a course and obtain the credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40%
of the marks in sessional work and at least 40% of the aggregate marks in sessional work and
written and/or viva voce examination.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 40% of the aggregate of marks but has passed in sessional
work may appear subsequently only at the Semester Examination prescribed for that course
as an ex-student to obtain the credits for it.
6. Candidates who accumulate the requisite number of credits and who obtain 60% of the aggregate or
more shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50%
shall be placed in the Second Division and those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 40%
shall be placed in the Third Division.
372
CHAPTER – LXVII
Certificate in Qira’at (Quranic Phonetics)
1. The Examination for Certificate in Qira‟at (Quranic Phonetics) shall be open to candidates who
either
**
(a) have passed the High School /Secondary School Certificate examination of this University or
an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and have undergone a regular
course of study in the University for one academic year;
OR
(b) ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clause 5.
2. The Examination shall comprise one written paper of 60 marks and a vocal and via-voce
examination of 40 marks.
3. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30 per cent of the marks in written paper
and vocal and viva-voce examination separately and 36 per cent of the marks in the aggregate.
4. Candidates who obtain 60 per cent of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the first
division; those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 48 per cent in the second division;
and those who obtain less than 48 per cent but not less than 36 per cent in the third division.
**
373
CHAPTER – LXVII(A)

Certificate in Shia Theology

(Deleted)


(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
374
CHAPTER – LXVIII
Diploma in Qira’at (Quranic Phonetics)
1. The Examination for Diploma in Qira‟at (Quranic Phonetics) shall be open to candidates who
(a) have passed at least one year previously the Certificate of Qira‟at Examination of this
University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent;
(b) have attended one year course provided by the University in the subject;
OR
(c) private teacher candidates and ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clauses 3, 4 and 5.
2. The Examination shall comprise one written papers of 100 marks and viva-voce examination
carrying 50 marks.
3. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30 per cent of the marks in the written
papers and vocal and viva voce examination separately and 36 per cent of the marks in the
aggregate.
4. Candidates who obtain 60 per cent of the marks or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the First
Division; those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 48 per cent in the Second Division;
and those who obtain less than 48 per cent but not less than 36 per cent of the marks in the Third
Division.
375
CHAPTER – LXVIII(A)
Diploma in Shia Theology

(Deleted)
CHAPTER – LXIX
Diploma in Professional Courses

(deleted)


(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).

376
CHAPTER – LXIX(A)
ONE YEAR DIPLOMA IN PROFESSIONAL COURSES
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of any of the following Diplomas unless he has passed
not less than one year previously the examination as noted against each of this University or an
examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course of
study in this University for not less than one year:
(i) P.G. Diploma in Electronics B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Examination or an
Data Processing and Machine examination recognized as its equivalent.
Operation
(ii) P.G. Diploma in Museology B.Sc. or B.A. Examination having any
one or the following subjects (in order of
preference) Zoology, Botany, Geology,
Chemistry, History, Archaeology,
Anthropology or Fine Art.
(iii) P.G. Diploma in Company B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Examination of this
Law, Banking and Insurance University or an examination recognized
as its equivalent.
(iv) P.G. Diploma in Labour Law -do-
& Labour Relations
(v) P.G. Diploma in Criminology -do-
and Criminal Administration
(vi) P.G. Diploma in Pest B.Sc. Examination with Biology or
Management Agriculture of this University or an
examination recognized as its equivalent.

(vii) P.G. Diploma in Laboratory B.Sc. Examination of this University or
Technology (Physical and an examination recognized as its
Chemical) equivalent. Must have studied Physics
and Chemistry at SSSC (10+2)/
Intermediate stage.
(viii) P.G. Diploma in Gem Testing B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Examination of this
and Jewelry Designing University or an examination recognized
as its equivalent, or graduation in any
discipline of this University
(ix) P.G. Diploma in Applied Arts Bachelor‟s Degree of this University or an
examination recognized as its equivalent,
provided that candidates would be given
admission in order of preference. Those
who have passed (I) M.A. Fine Arts,
Drawing & Painting and then to those
who have passed (ii) B.A. (Hons) in Fine
Arts (iii) B.A. (Hons) with Fine Arts as
one of the subsidiary subjects (iv)
Bachelor‟s Degree with special aptitude
in Arts.
(x) P.G. Diploma in Electrical B.Sc. Examination of this University or
Maintenance an examination recognized as its
equivalent with Mathematics or Physics

E.C. dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.

E.C. dated 19.9.1997/AC dated 15.9.2005 (change of nomenclature).
377
as one of the subjects.

(xi) P.G. Diploma in Cartography B.A./B.Sc. Examination with Geography
as main or subsidiary subject of this
University or an examination recognized
as its equivalent.
(xii) P.G. Diploma in Orthoptics B.Sc. with: Physics or Zoology as one of
the subjects or an examination recognized
by this University as its equivalent with
50% marks in the aggregate.
(xiii) P.G. Diploma in Psciculture B.Sc. with Zoology or Botany as one of
the subjects from this University or an
examination recognized by the University
as its equivalent.
(xiv) P.G. Diploma in Horticulture Bachelor‟s Degree with Biology as one of
the subjects at +2 level or its equivalent
examination.
(xv) P.G. Diploma in Journalism B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Examination of this
University or an examination recognized
as its equivalent.
(xvi) P.G. Diploma in Computer Bachelor‟s Degree of this University or an
Programming examination recognized by this University
as its equivalent with 50% marks in the
aggregate.
(xvii) Diploma in Computer High School Examination/
Application Secondary School Certificate
Examination.
(xviii) Certificate in Functional Hindi Senior Secondary School Certificate
(6 months) Examination (10+2) of this University or
an examination recognized by the
OR
Secondary School Certificate Examinat-
ion / High School Examination/ Matricu-
late Examination with at least five years
experience of working in any Government
or Semi Government/Autonomous or any
other organization of repute and still in
employment.

(xix) P.G. Diploma in Public B.A.B.Sc./B.Com. with not less than 50%
Relation of marks in aggregate of this University
or an examination recognized by this
*
(xx) P.G. Diploma in Taxation -do-
**
(xxi) P.G. Diploma in Biological B.Sc. with not less than 45% marks in
Laboratory Techniques aggregate and Biology as one of the
subjects at SSSC examination

(xxii) P.G. Diploma in Food B.Sc. (Hons.) with Chemistry as one of

E.C. dated 9.9.96 & 3.5.97.
**
378
Analysis the subjects with not less than 55% marks

in aggregate
**
(xxiii) P.G. Diploma in M.Sc. in Chemistry with not less than
Environmental Chemistry 50% marks in aggregate
2. The Examination for one year Diploma in Professional Courses shall be open to:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period of
one year;
(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).
3. No candidate shall be eligible to appear at one year Diploma Examination without one academic
session having elapsed after his passing the qualifying examination concerned of this University or
an examination recognized as its equivalent.
4. The subjects/papers and marks allotted to each subject/paper, inclusive of sessional work and/or
practical examination and/or viva-voce examination and/or project, if any, shall be prescribed by the
Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the Center of Professional
Courses.

5. (a) To pass the Diploma Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the marks in
individual papers, sessionals, practicals and viva-voce and/or project work separately and at
least 40% of the marks in the aggregate.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain at least 40% of the marks in individual papers, practical
and/or viva-voce and/or project work, separately, shall cease to be a regular student and may
appear subsequently only at the Examination prescribed for the papers and/or viva-voce
and/or practical and/or project work concerned as an ex-student.
(c) A candidate who fails to obtain at least 40% of the marks prescribed for sessional work in a
theory or practical course(s), shall re-register himself as a regular student during the next
academic session and appear in the Examination in accordance with the
Ordinances/Regulations. Provided that in the case of such candidates, the marks obtained in
the sessionals, practicals, viva-voce and the project work during previous academic year shall
stand automatically cancelled.
6. Candidates who obtain at least 60% marks in the aggregate, shall be placed in the First Division,
those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% in the Second Division, candidates who obtain
less than 50% but not less than 40% marks shall be placed in the Third Division.
7. Candidates who obtain 75% or more of the maximum marks prescribed for any subject, shall be
declared to have passed with distinction in that particular subject.

379
8. If a candidate fails to pass the Diploma Examination within two years from the date of his
admission, he shall not be permitted to appear in the examination again except with the permission
of the Vice-Chancellor/Academic Council.

CHAPTER – LXIX(B)
TWO – YEAR DIPLOMA IN PROFESSIONAL COURSES
1. No candidate shall be eligible for award of any of the following Diplomas and Certificates unless he
has passed not less than two years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination
of this University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has
undergone a regular course of study in this University for not less than two years:
(i) Diploma in Pharmacy

(ii) Diploma in Medical Lab. Tech. (Pathology, Microbiology, Biochemistry)
(iii) Diploma in Dialysis Techniques
(iv) Diploma in Operation Theatre Management
(v) Diploma in Ophthalmic Assistance
(vi) Diploma in Medical Lab. Tech. (Radiology)

(vii) Diploma in Dental Hygiene.
2. The examination for the above Professional Courses shall be open to:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular courses of study in the University for a period of
two years;
3. The Examination shall be held in two parts: Part-I (First Year) and Part-II (Second Year).
No candidate shall be eligible to appear at the First Year Diploma Examination without one
academic session having elapsed after his passing the Senior Secondary School Certificate
Examination of this University or its equivalent, after undergoing regular study for one academic
session; at the Second Year (Final) Diploma Examination without having completed one academic
year after fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the I Year Diploma Examination and undergoing
one academic session of regular study.
4. The subjects/papers and marks allotted to each subject/paper, inclusive of sessional work and/or
project work etc. shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board
of Studies of the Center of Professional Courses.
5. (a) To pass the examination for each year, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the marks in
individual papers, sessionals, practical and/or viva-voce and/or project work, separately, and
at least 40% of the marks in the aggregate.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain at least 40% of the marks in individual papers, practicals
and/or viva-voce and/or project work, separately, may appear subsequently only at the
Examination prescribed for the papers and/or practical and/or project work concerned.

E.C. dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.

D.No. (c) 1649 dated 11.11.2013.
380
(c) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum pass marks prescribed for sessional work in a
theory or practical course(s), shall register himself as a regular student during the next
Ordinances/Regulations. Provided that in the case of such candidates, the marks obtained in
the sessionals, practical, viva-voce and the project work during the previous academic year
shall stand automatically cancelled.
6. A candidate who obtains at least 40% of the marks in at least three of the five of the total number of
papers, practical, viva-voce and project work, shall be promoted from I Year to II Year of the
Course. Provided that such promoted candidates shall appear in those papers, practical, viva-voce
and project work of the I Year in which they have failed, along with the II Year Examination.
papers, practical, viva-voce and project work as provided in the first paragraph of this Clause,
though he has fulfilled the necessary attendance requirements, he shall cease to be a regular student.
He may appear at the subsequent examination as an ex-student only in the paper, and/or practical,
and/or viva-voce, and/or project work in which he has failed.
Provided further that if a candidate fails to pass the Course within three years from the date of his
admission, he can appear in subsequent examination with the permission of the Vice-
Chancellor/Academic Council.
7. A candidate who obtains 75% or more of the maximum marks prescribed for any subject, shall be
declared to have passed with distinction in that particular subject.
8. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the Annual II Year Diploma
Examination, which shall be open to candidates who were eligible to appear, but failed to pass the II
Year Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist of the II Year
papers/practical/viva-voce only and shall ordinarily be held not more than three months following
the Annual II Year Examination.
9. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, the distribution of marks of papers and
minimum pass marks etc. for Diploma in Pharmacy Examination shall be governed by the guidelines
prescribed by the Pharmacy Council of India.
10. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, the distribution of marks and papers, the
minimum pass marks etc. for the Certificate in Dental Hygiene shall be governed by the guidelines
prescribed by the Dental Council of India.

(deleted)

381

CHAPTER – LXIX(C)

DIPLOMA IN PHYSIOTHERAPY
(3-Year Course)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for award of the Diploma in Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation unless
he has passed not less than three years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate
Examination of this University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course of study in this
University for not less than three years and has undergone apprenticeship for the required period.
2. The Examination for the Diploma in Physiotherapy & Rehabilitation shall be open to:
(a) candidate who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period of
three years;
3. The Examination shall be held in three parts:
Part I (First Year)

Part II (Second Year)
Part III (Third Year)
No candidate shall be eligible to appear at the First Year Diploma Examination without one
academic session having elapsed after his passing the Senior Secondary School Certificate
Examination of this University or its equivalent, after undergoing regular study for one academic
session; at the Second Year Diploma Examination without having completed one academic year
after fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the I Year Examination and undergoing one academic
session of regular study, and at the Third (Final) Year Diploma Examination after having completed
one academic year after fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the Second Year Examination and
undergoing one academic session of regular study.
4. The subjects/papers and marks allotted to each subject/paper inclusive of sessional work and/or
practical examination and/or viva-voce examination and/or project work shall be prescribed by the
Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the Center of Professional
Courses.
5. (a) To pass the Examination for each year, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the marks in
individual papers, sessionals, practicals and/or viva-voce and/or project work, separately and
at least 40% of the marks in the aggregate.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain at least 40% of the marks in individual papers, practicals
and/or viva-voce and/or project work, separately, may appear subsequently only at the

E.C. dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.

& rehabilitation deleted Vide D.No. (c) 6459 dated 11.11.2013.
382
examination prescribed or the papers and/or viva-voce and/or practical and/or project work
concerned.
Ordinances/Regulations.
Provided that in case of such candidates, the marks obtained in the sessionals, practicals, viva-voce
and the project work during the previous academic year shall stand automatically cancelled.
6. A candidate who obtains at least 40% of the marks in at least three of the five of the total number of
papers, practicals, viva-voce and project work, shall be promoted from I Year to the II Year of the
Course. The students studing in the II Year Course shall be promoted to III Year provided they have
obtained at least 40% of the marks in at least three of the five of the total number of papers,
practicals viva-voce and project work at the II Year Examination and have passed in the papers,
practicals, viva-voce, project etc. of the I Year Examination.
Provided that if a candidate who is a regular student, fails to pass in the minimum number of papers,
practicals, viva-voce and project work as provided in the first paragraph of this Clause though he has
fulfilled the necessary attendance requirements, he shall cease to be a regular student. He may
appear at the subsequent examination as an ex-student only in the paper, and/or practical, and/or
viva-voce, and/or project work in which he has failed.
Provided further that if a candidate fails to pass the course within four years from the date of his
admission, he can appear in subsequent examination with the permission of the Vice-
7. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the III Year Diploma Annual
Examination, which shall be open to candidates who were eligible to appear, but failed to pass the
III Year Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist of the III Year
papers/practicals/viva-voce only and shall ordinarily be held not more than three months following
the III Year Annual Examination.
TRANSITORY PROVISION

(deleted)

383
CHAPTER – LXX
Post Graduate Diploma in Computer Science

(deleted)
CHAPTER – LXXI
Diploma in Teaching (Urdu Medium)

(Deleted)


(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
384
CHAPTER –LXXI-A
Diploma in Teaching
(Semester System)
(Semester System)
1. Introduction
(a) A.M.U. offers full time programme leading to the Diploma in Teaching in the Faculty of
Social Sciences.
(b) The medium of instructions in this programme is Urdu.
(c) It is four semesters course of two years duration.
2. Eligibility
(a) Admission in Diploma in Teaching will be open to the candidates who have passed B.A.
with at least 45% marks with Urdu as a subject as main or subsidiary
(b) III Semester of the said Examination will be open to candidates who have passed Semester I
& II Examination of Diploma in Teaching at least one year previously.
3. Admission
The admissions to the D.T. program will be made normally in the Autumn Semester as per the
4. Academic Session
The academic session is divided into four regular semesters – in two years, each of which shall be of
approximately 20 weeks duration - The first and third semester will normally commence in the
month of July/August every year, and the Second and Fourth Semester in the month of
December/January.

The minimum duration of the program shall be four consecutive semesters after admission.
5.2. Maximum Duration

The maximum duration of the program shall be six consecutive semesters after admission.
6. Curriculum and Credit System :
6.1 Credit System :

The D.T.. program will have a curriculum in which every course will be assigned certain
credits reflecting its weight and contact periods per week, as given below :
1. Lecturer period (L) per week = 1 Credit

1. Practical Lesson = 0.2 Credit
385
Normally, every theory course will be of 4 credits & every practical course will be of 10 Credit . In
addition to theory and practical courses there may be other courses such as Educational hand work,
school based activities etc. , which will be assigned credits as per their contribution in the program
without regard to contact periods.
6.2 Curriculum
The curriculum for D.T. program will contain courses in various categories having credits in
such a way that the total of all credits will be equal to that required for the award of diploma as
specified elsewhere in these ordinances.

There shall be a Coordinator, D.T. Program to be nominated by the Chairman of the

The curriculum for D.T. program will contain a listing of all courses, with each course having
a course category, course number, course title, number of contact periods per week, number of
credits assigned, and the marks assigned to various components of evaluation.
The curriculum for Diploma in Teaching program will be prepared by the department and will
be approved by the Board of Studies of the Department. It will then be vetted by the CDC and
will then be placed in the Faculty along with the recommendations of the CDC for approval.
Once approved by the Faculty, the Curriculum will be implemented. The same procedure
shall be used for any modification in the Curriculum.
7. Registration :
semester. The registration process involves-
(c) If a student fails to register without specific permission from the Dean, his/her name may be
removed from the rolls of the Faculty. Such a student may apply to the Dean for re-admission
stating the reasons for not being able to register for two consecutive semesters and the Dean
will take suitable decision on the merit of the case.
8. Attendance :
386
9.1 Components of Evaluation :
evaluation.
(i) Theory courses :

Sessionals 25%
(ii) Practical (Continuous Evaluation) (75 or 50) Marks

In each Methods
Of Teaching
Paper
Criticism 25 Marks
Simulated Teaching 50 marks
End-Semester Examination 100 Marks

sessional/Practical/Criticism as well as End-Semester Examination of that course and
secure a minimum of 40% marks in aggregate. However a maximum of one Grace Mark
may be awarded in each course to pass in that course.
* For backlog courses (where the attendance requirement has already been fulfilled), the
student shall appear only in the End-Semester examination and his/her sessional marks
* However, if the student also wishes to improve his/her sessional/criticism, he/she will
have to fulfil the attendance requirement, earn sessional marks and appear in the End-
semester examination afresh and the previous sessional marks, if any, will be cancelled.

387
the teacher(s) associated with the course. The practical courses will be examined by two
internal examiners and an external examiner not in service of this University at the time of
examination. In case the external examiner dues not turn up for the examination, Chairman of
the department shall call another person to act as an external examiner, even from within the
University, if necessary.

(iii) One external senior faculty member, not in the service of this University
question paper.
A student who undergoes two years of regular study in the program, earns 121 credits subject to
the break up in various courses categories and fulfils such other conditions as may be mentioned in
the curriculum will be awarded the degree. He/she must also pay all University dues as per rules.
11.1 Promotion
11.1.1 Promotion from Semester to Semester

A student of one Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to next Semester if he/she
completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed courses of
previous Semester. Rules of 75% attendance, to be eligible, for examination shall be
applicable in all the semesters.
11.1.2 A student of one semester shall be eligible to be promoted to next semester if he/she has
cleared 50% papers from current semester including back-log papers.
11.2 Mercy Appeal
completion of requirements of Diploma in Teaching programme within the maximum
duration specified, he/she may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor stating the reasons for not
being able to complete the requirements of programme and the Vice-Chancellor, if
satisfied with the reasons may allow the continuation of admission of the student only
once during the tenure of the program, extending the total duration of the program by two
semesters, at the maximum, beyond 4 semesters, If required. Under no circumstances a
student will be allowed to complete the program after the lapse of 6 semesters after
admission.
388
12. Improvement
(a) If a candidate passes I and II or III and IV semester examinations and wishes to improve
his/her performance in theory papers, he/she may appear in the End Semester Examinations
of not more than 25% of the theory courses, not later than one academic session after the
declaration of his/her result of passing the complete examination as an ex-student.. There
shall be no improvement in the sessional work. The sessional marks awarded to him/her
during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward.
(b) A candidate who secures a Third Division in the Final Examination in Practice Teaching
may get only one chance to appear again in the examination in order to improve his/her
division in the immediately following academic session provided that he/she gets enrolled
as an ex-student and teaches at least 20 lessons under the supervision of the Department of
Education of this University during the session.
(c) A candidate will be permitted to improve his/her performance as per provisions of Clause
12(a) and/or 12(b) only if the candidate is not pursuing any other course of study. Further,
such candidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation.
(d) If the candidate fails to improve his/her performance, the marks sheet and/or degree
awarded to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn
13. Result :
(a) The division awarded to D.T. students will be based on aggregate percentage of marks in
theory and practical separately as given below :

60% and above First
50% and above but less that 59% Second
40% and above but less that 49% Third
no more offered in these new ordinances and new curriculum will be allowed to pass the alternative
389
Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh

CERTIFICATE OF MARKS
Diploma in Teaching (D.T.) Examination, 2014
I Semester
S.No Course Title Credit Sessional Examination Total
No. Obtd. Max. Obtd. Max Obtd. Max.
.
1. Principles of Education – I 4 25 75 100
2. Educational Psychology – I 4 25 75 100
3. Methods of Teaching – I 4 25 75 100
4. Teaching Subject – I 4 25 75 100
(Urdu)
5. Teaching Subject – II 4 25 75 100
(Maths.)
6. Educational Handwork 2 12 38 50
Aggregate Credit 22 Aggregate Marks 550
II Semester
S.No Course Title Credit Sessional Examination Total
No. Obtd. Max Obtd. Max. Obtd. Ma
. x.
1. Principles of Education – 4 25 75 100
II
2. Educational Psychology – 4 25 75 100
II
3. Methods of Teaching – II 4 25 75 100
4. Teaching Subject – I 4 25 75 100
(Urdu)
5. Teaching Subject – II 4 25 75 100
(Maths.)
6. School based activities 2 50
Aggregate Credit 22 Aggregate Marks 550
Teaching Practice I & II Semester

1. Teaching Practice (36 Lessons in both subjects (Urdu & Maths.) - 8 Credits
In I and II semester and simulated teaching (04 Lessons)* (01 Lesson = 0.20
Credits)
2. Criticism in both subject (Urdu & Maths.) 1+1
390
3. Final Exams of Practice Teaching in two teaching 4+4

subjects
* Simulated teaching of 4 Lessons will be done in one subjects (i.e. Urdu ) in the presence of
subject teacher and students in Department of Education.
Teaching Practice
S.No. Teaching Practice Credit Practical (Practice Criticism Final Exam.
Teaching)
Obtd. Max. Obtd. Max. Obtd. Max.
1. Teaching Practice 8 75 25 100
(36 lessons in both
subject in First & 8 75 25 100
Second Semester
2. Simulated Teaching 2 50
Total Credit Theory Practical
1. I Semester = 22 Credits
2. II Semester = 22 Credits 18 Credit
_________________
44 Credit + 18 62 Credits
III Semester
S.No. Course Title Credit Sessional Examination Total
No. Obtd. Max. Obtd. Max. Obtd. Max.
1. Problems and Trends of 4 25 75 100
Primary Education &
Educational Evaluation-
I
2. School Organization, 4 25 75 100
Community Education
& Health Education
3. Methods of Teaching 4 25 75 100
Hindi
Science
5. SUPW 2 12 38 50
(Tailoring/Gardening)
Aggregate Credit 18 Aggregate Marks (Theory) 450
IV Semester
S.No. Course Title Credit Sessional Examination Total
No. Obtd. Max. Obtd. Max. Obtd. Max.
1. Problems and Trends 4 25 75 100
of Primary Education
& Educational
Evaluation-II
2. Education of Children 4 25 75 100
with Special needs
Social Studies
391
Science
5. Physical Education 2 12 38 50
(First Aid and
Recreation)
Aggregate Credit 18 Aggregate Marks (Theory) 450
Teaching Practice in III & IV Semester

Credit
1. Teaching Practice (36 Lessons) in all three subjects 8 (1 Lesson =
(Hindi, Science & Social Science) in III & IV Semesters 0.20 Credit)
And 4 Lessons of simulated teaching : *
2. Criticism in all three subjects (Hindi, Science & Social Sciences 1+1+1
3. Final Exams of Practice Teaching in three teaching subjects 4+4+4

(Hindi, Science & Social Science)
* Simulated teaching of 4 lessons will be done in one subjects (i.e. Science) in the presence of
subject teacher and students in Department of Education.
Teaching Practice
S.No. Teaching Practice Credit Practical (Practice Criticism Final Exam.

Teaching)
Obtd. Max. Obtd. Max. Obtd. Max.
1. Teaching Practice (36 Hindi 7 50 25 100
lessons in both subject
in Third & Fourth Science 7 50 25 100
Semesters
Social 7 50 25 100
Science
2. Simulated Teaching 2 50
Total Credit III & IV Semester

Theory Practical
1. III Semester = 18 Credits
2. IV Semester = 18 Credits 23 Credits
________________
Total Credit 36 Credit 23 = 59 Credits
Total Credit in I & II Year
1. I & II Semester = 62 Credit

2. III & IV Semester = 59 Credit
________________
121 Credit
________________
392
CHAPTER – LXXII
DIPLOMA IN FORENSIC MEDICINE

(deleted)
CHAPTER – LXXIII
Diploma in Tuberculosis and Chest Diseases (D.T. C.D.)
**
(deleted)

CHAPTER – LXXIV
M.CH. (PLASTIC SURGERY)

(Deleted)


E.C. Res. No. 74(2)(a) dated 12/13/15 July, 1980.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
393

CHAPTER- LXXIV-A
DOCTOR OF MEDICINE (DM) / MAGISTER CHIRURGIAE (M.Ch.)
(Effective from the batch - 2011)
1. No candidate shall be registered to undertake course of study and training for MD/M.Ch. unless he
has :
(a) passed M.D./M.S. Degree of this University or an examination recognized by the University
as its equivalent.
(b) Satisfactorily completed internship for a period of one year and is registered with the State
(c) been selected on the basis of merit of Post Graduate Competitive Admission Test.
2. (a) For the admission in D.M. (Doctor of Medicine) course, candidates must possess recognized
degree of M.D. or its equivalent degree in the subject shown against them:
S.No. Area of Specialization prior requirement
1. Endocrinology MD (Medicine)
MD (Paediatric)
(b) For the admission in M.Ch. (Magister Chirurgiae) course, candidates must possess recognized
degree of M.S. or its equivalent degree in the subject shown against them:
S.No. Area of Specialization prior requirement
(i) Plastic & Reconstructive Surgery M.S. (Surgery)

(ii) Cardiovascular & Thoracic Surgery M.S. (Surgery)
(iii) Neuro-Surgery M.S. (Surgery)
(iv) Paediatric Surgery M.S.(Surgery)
3. (a) The training programme shall be on the same pattern as for MD/MS in clinical disciplines;
practical training including advanced Diagnostic, Therapeutic and Laboratory techniques,
relevant to subject specialization. For M.Ch. students there shall also be participation in
surgical operations.
(b) The minimum period of study and training for obtaining these Degrees shall be three calendar
years in the course after commencement of session. The candidates are required to attend
80% of the training period in each year and to participate in all facets of educational process.
(c) Post graduate students shall maintain a record (log book) of the work carried out by them and
the same shall be checked and assessed by the faculty members imparting the training.
(d) The students may be required to visit other institution(s) in the country for a period not
exceeding two months. He/she will be required to produce a certificate of satisfactory
work/training from the Head of the Department /Director of Centre which he had visited.

O.M.D.No.XM/RU/F.No.008/14/25 dated 24.7.2014
394
(e) The post graduate students shall be required to participate in teaching and training programme
of undergraduate student and interns.
4. (a) The examination for the D.M./M.Ch. shall consist of two parts:
Part- I shall comprise of a thesis on a subject approved in the manner specified
below.
Part-II shall comprise of Written Papers, Clinical and Practical & Viva-Voce
Examinations in the manner specified below.
(b) The student shall be eligible to appear at Part-II of the examination only after his/her thesis
has been approved/accepted by all the four examiners, has completed the prescribed period of
study and training and has put in a minimum of 80% attendance in each year of training
period in Department /Centre concerned from the date of admission in that particular course
of the study and training. Acceptance of the thesis duration of stay and minimum attendance
shall be a precondition for the students to appear in Part-II of the Examination.
(c) All the candidates joining post-graduate course shall work as full time Residents during whole
period of post-graduate training.
5. (a) The subject of the thesis shall be approved by the Board of Studies of the Department/Centre
concerned, if it is satisfied that the proposed subject is suitable for research and that such
research can be pursued. If the Department/Centre concerned is satisfied regarding the
suitability of the subject, it shall subject to confirmation by the Faculty of Medicine, allocate
the subject of thesis and appoint a post graduate teacher as specified by the Medical Council
of India, to guide and supervise the work of the student. Provided that the Department/Centre
concerned, in exceptional cases may associate not more than two post graduate teachers as co
supervisor of the student.
(b) No student shall be permitted to change the subject of his thesis without the prior approval of
the Board of Studies of the Department/Centre concerned and only on the recommendation of
the supervisor(s). Such change can be made within three months from the date of original
approval on the subject by the Board of Studies of the Department concerned. Such changes
shall be subject to confirmation by the Faculty of Medicine and Academic Council.
(c) (i) The Thesis of each candidate shall contain the result of his own research and
investigations. Reference to the work of others shall be clearly indicated and
differentiated from his personal observations.
(ii) Four copies of the thesis shall be submitted at least six months before the Examination to
the Chairman of the Department concerned, along with the certificate form supervisor(s)
to the effect that it is based on the candidate‟s own observation and investigations. The
Chairman of the Department shall forward the same to the Dean, Faculty of Medicine for
onward transmission to the Controller of Examinations.
6. The appointment of examiners shall be as per recommendations of Medical Council of India and
Academic Council.
(a) Every thesis shall be examined by four examiners, who shall be postgraduate teachers, as laid
down by MCI and appointed in the manner prescribed in Clause 1 of Chapter-XV of these
Ordinances, two of whom shall be the persons not engaged in teaching in the University. The
395
examiners shall ordinarily be appointed for not more than two consecutive times and the
external examiner of the thesis shall not be the examiner for theory and clinical examinations.
(b) If the examiners unanimously recommend that the thesis be approved on the ground that it
constituted a worthwhile contribution to knowledge of the subject, the student shall be
permitted to appear at Part-II of the Examination.
(c) If the examiner(s) are unable to recommend that the thesis be approved, the report(s) shall be
sent by the Dean, Faculty of Medicine to the Chairman of the Department/Centre who shall
put it before the Board of Studies of the Department concerned for suitable revision in the
light of recommendations of the examiner(s), before resubmission after six months or to reject
it outright.
7. Part-II of the Examination shall consist of the Written Papers, Clinical /Practical Examinations and
Viva-Voce. There shall be four written papers, two to be set in and evaluated by the External and
two, by the internal examiners.
(a) Part-II of the examination shall be conducted by a Board of four examiners appointed in the
manner prescribed in Clause 1 of Chapter – XV of these Ordinances and MCI rules; two of
whom shall be persons not engaged in teaching in the University. The examiners shall
ordinarily be appointed for not more than two consecutive terms.
(b) There shall be four written papers, two to be set in and evaluated by the external examiners
and two, by the internal examiners. All the four examiners shall examine the candidate in
Practical/Clinical and Viva-Voce Examination.
(c) The theory examination shall be held sufficiently earlier than the clinical and practical
examination, so that answer books can be assessed and evaluated before the start of
clinical/practical and oral examination.
(d) The distribution of marks shall be as under:

(i) Four papers (of 100 marks each) : 400
(ii) Clinical/Practical : 300
(iii) Viva-Voce Examination : 100
Total : 800 Marks

To pass the examination, the student must obtain at least 50% of marks provided for the
theory and 50% in Viva-Voce and Clinical/Practical.
(e) The maximum number of candidates to be examined in Clinical/Practical and Oral (Viva-
Voce) in a day for DM/M.Ch. Degree shall not exceed three.
8. A student who fails at the Part-II Examination may be permitted to appear at the subsequent
examination as an ex-student as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter –XVII of these Ordinances, without
submitting fresh thesis.
9. Part-II Examination shall be held only twice in a year with an interval of four to six months between
the two examinations.
10. Student registered for DM/M.Ch. courses must clear the Final Examination within five years of the
date of submission.
396
11. Under no circumstances Migration/transfer of students undergoing DM/M.Ch. course shall be

permitted.
CHAPTER – LXXV
DIPLOMA IN DRAFTING AND DESIGNING (CIVIL/MECH.)

(deleted)
CHAPTER – LXXVI
Postgraduate Diploma in Petroleum Processing
(Deleted by E.C. dated 28.8.94 & 24.9.94)

CHAPTER – LXXVII
Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science
and Applications (P.D.C.A.)

(Deleted)

CHAPTER – LXXVII(A)
FOR
Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and Applications (PDCA)
(Under Semester System-Effective from the session 2003 – 2004)

(Deleted)

CHAPTER – LXXVIII
MASTER IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND APPLICATIONS
(M.C.A.)

(Deleted)


E.C. Res. No. 22(12) dated 19.4.1986.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).


E.C. Res. No. 22(12) dated 19.4.1986.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
397

CHAPTER – LXXVIII(A)
FOR
MASTER IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND APPLICATIONS (MCA)
(Under Semester System-Effective from the session 2003 – 2004)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of degree of Master in Computer Science and
Applications (MCA) unless he/she has :-
(a) passed not less than THREE year previously the B.Sc. (Hons) examination of this University
(10+2+3 pattern) with Physics and Mathematics/Statistics as main or subsidiary subjects or
B.Sc. (Hons.) (Computer Applications/Science/Information Technology/Computer
Maintenance) examination of this University with at least 55% marks in aggregate or an
examination recognized by the University as its equivalent, having secured at least 55%
marks in aggregate at graduation level or at least two First classes out of three Public
Examinations passed.
OR
Passed B. Tech. examination of this University with at least 55% marks in aggregate or its
equivalent CPI or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent with atleast 55%
marks in aggregate.
(b) undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period of not less than six
Semester and has passed the prescribed examination of Master in Computer Science and
Applications (MCA).
2. The Examination for the Master in Computer Science and Applications (MCA) shall be held in six
parts namely, Semester-I and Semester-II, Semester-III, Semester-IV, Semester-V and Semester-VI.
Each examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study as per
Clause2, Chapter XVII (A) of the ordinances. No candidate shall be eligible to appear:
(i) at Semester-I examination without one academic semester having elapsed after having passed
the B.Sc. (Hons)/B. Tech. examination of this University or its equivalent.
(ii) at Semester-II examination without having completed two semesters after having passed the
B.Sc. (Hons)/B.Tech. examination of this University or this equivalent.
(iii) at Semester-III examination without having completed one semester after fulfilling the
prescribed requirements for promotion to MCA-II Year.
(iv) at Semester-IV examination without having completed two semesters after fulfilling the
prescribed requirements for promotion to MCA-II Year.
(v) at Semester-V examination without having completed one semester after fulfilling the
prescribed requirements for promotion to MCA-III Year.
(vi) at Semesters-VI examination without having completed two semesters after fulfilling the
prescribed requirements for promotion to MCA-III Year.

398
3. The examination shall comprise written papers, practical and/or project/dissertation, sessional work
and viva-voce. The number of practicals, project/dissertation, sessional work and viva-voce, and the
marks/credits allotted to them shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations
of the Board of Studies of the Department and Faculty of Science.
4. To pass each of the examination of Semester-I, Semester-II, Semester-III, Semester-IV, Semester-V

and Semesters-VI, a candidate must obtain at least:
(a) 40% of marks in each written paper;
(b) 50% of marks in each sessional work, practical/project/dissertation and/or viva-voce
examination, separately.
(c) 45% of marks in aggregate.
5. (a) A candidate who has fulfilled the attendance and other requirements and has passed in
sessional work, but has failed to secure the minimum pass marks in written paper/practical
and/or viva-voce examination and/or aggregate or is unable to take examination, may appear
in paper, practical/viva-voce concerned at a sequent written/practical/viva-voce examination
of such courses as an ex-students;
Provided that the marks obtained by such a candidate for sessional work during his/her regular
course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.
(b) A candidate who fails to secure the minimum pass marks in the sessional work in any course,
shall not be permitted to appear at the end semester examination of that course. He/she shall
be required to register himself/herself in the following corresponding semester to complete
the sessional work prescribed for the course concerned to become eligible to appear at the
course examination.
6. The division in which successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on the basis of the
aggregate of marks obtained by them in all the six semesters taken together.
Candidate who obtain 60% marks in aggregate or more shall be placed in the First Division and
those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% marks shall be placed in the Second Division
and those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 45% marks shall be declared PASS only.
7. (a) No candidate shall be promoted to Second Year of MCA if:

(i) he/she failed in sessional work of more than two courses prescribed for I and/or II
Semester.
(ii) he/she has failed end semester examination in more than two courses prescribed for I
Year and (I and II Semesters).
(b) No candidate shall be promoted to Third Year of MCA unless:

(i) he/she has passed in sessional works of all courses prescribed for I Year & II Year.
(ii) he/she passed in all courses prescribed for I Year and not failed in more than two
courses prescribed for II Year (III and IV Semesters.)
8. There shall be supplementary after VI semesters for candidates, who have failed in not more than
two courses of V & VI semesters.
9. A candidate, who fails to accumulate the requisite credits within Ten Semesters after his/her
admission, shall not be allowed to further pursue courses for the degree without the permission of
the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Chairman and the Dean concerned.
399
Provided that he/she has been a regular candidate for V and VI semester and has fulfilled attendance
requirements;
Provided further that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyond
12 semesters from the date of his/her first admission;
10. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a student of PDCA, who has completed
the requirements of the Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and Applications (PDCA) course
(excluding project/dissertation work) of this University and has obtained at least 60% marks in
aggregate and has been permitted to join the Second Year of MCA course during the next year on
the basis of course work of PDCA, shall have all the credits, acquired by him/her in PDCA,
transferred to the MCA degree and shall be required to complete all the requirements of MCA First
Year. Such a candidate will not be awarded the Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and
Applications (PDCA) if he continues in MCA.
11. No candidate, who has been sponsored to Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and
Applications (PDCA) course, shall be permitted to join Second Year of Master in Computer Science
and Applications (MCA) course during the next year on the basis of course work of PDCA.
MCA
FIRST SEMESTER Total Credits : 24
S.No. Course Title Credit Contact Marks Allotted

Hours SessionalsEnd Total
per Sem.
week Exam
01 Fundamentals of Information 4 4 30 70 100
Technology
02 Algorithms and Data Structure 4 4 30 70 100
03 Digital Computer Organisation – I 4 4 30 70 100
04 Numerical and Statistical Methods 4 4 30 70 100
05 Design and Analysis of Information 4 4 30 70 100
System – I (SSAD)
06 Lab. I 4 6 30 70 100
400
SECOND SEMESTER Total Credits : 24

Hours SessionalsEnd Total
per Sem.
week Exam
01 Design and Analysis of Information 4 4 30 70 100
System – II (OOAD)
02 Object Oriented Programming Using 4 4 30 70 100
C++
03 Discrete Mathematics 4 4 30 70 100
04 Database Management System 4 6 30 70 100
05 Digital Computer Organisation – II 4 6 30 70 100
06 Lab. II 4 6 30 70 100
THIRD SEMESTER Total Credits : 24

hours SessionalsEnd Total
per Sem.
week Exam
01 Artificial Intelligence – I 4 4 30 70 100
02 Operating System 4 4 30 70 100
03 Microprocessor Architecture & 4 4 30 70 100
Applications
04 Advanced Database Management 4 4 30 70 100
System
05 Accounting & Financial Management 4 4 30 70 100
06 Lab. III 4 6 30 70 100
FOURTH SEMESTER Total Credits : 24

per Sem.
week Exam
01 Artificial Intelligence –II 4 4 30 70 100
02 Compiler Design 4 4 30 70 100
03 Computer Graphics 4 4 30 70 100
04 Computer Network –I 4 4 30 70 100
05 Optimization Techniques – I 4 4 30 70 100
06 Lab. IV 4 6 30 70 100
401
FIFTH SEMESTER Total Credits : 24

per Sem.
week Exam
01 Optimization Techniques –II 4 4 30 70 100
02 E-Commerce 4 4 30 70 100
03 Software Engineering 4 4 30 70 100
04 Web Engineering Tools & 4 4 30 70 100
Technologies
05 Computer Networks – II 4 4 30 70 100
06 Lab. V 4 6 30 70 100
SIXTH SEMESTER Total Credits : 24

per Sem.
week Exam
01 Dissertation (4 to 6 Months) 24 -- -- 600 600
402
CHAPTER – LXXIX
Certificate In Urdu Calligraphy
**
(deleted)
CHAPTER – LXXX
Diploma In Urdu Calligraphy
**
(deleted)
CHAPTER – LXXXI
M.Tech. (Applied Geophysics)
**
(deleted)
CHAPTER – LXXXII
M.Tech. (Remote Sensing Applications)

(deleted)

403

CHAPTER – LXXXII(A)
POST M.Sc. DIPLOMA IN MUSEOLOGY
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology unless he has
passed at least one year previously the M.Sc. or M.A. Examination in Zoology, Wildlife &
Ornithology, Botany, Geology, Chemistry, Anthropology, Archaeology, History, Fine Arts or
Education from this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent.
2. The Examination for Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology shall be open to:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in this University for one academic
year.
OR
(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.
3. The Examination shall comprise such written papers, practical, sessional, viva-voce examination
and/or project work as may be prescribed by the Academic Council.

4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 33% marks in (i) written papers,
(ii) laboratory course, (iii) sessional work, (iv) project work, and (v) viva-voce examination,
separately and 40% of the marks in aggregate.
A candidate who has passed in individual papers/laboratory course/project work/viva-voce

examination but failed to obtain 40% of aggregate marks for passing the examination may appear as
an ex-student in subsequent examination in one or more papers/practicals/project/viva-voce
examination so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.
Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his/her regular course
of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.
5. Candidates, who obtain 60% of the marks or more in the aggregate will be placed in the First
Division, those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% marks shall be placed in the Second
Division and those who obtain less than 50% marks but not less than 40% shall be placed in the
Third Division.

Executive Council 3.8.91/14-15.9. 91.

404
CHAPTER – LXXXIII
Post-Graduate Diploma in the Teaching of
English Language and Literature

(deleted)

405

CHAPTER – LXXXIV
Certificate in Professional Skills (For Women Only)
(Effective from academic Session 1986-87)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for award of a Certificate in Proficiency in a Skill unless she has:
(a) (i) passed at least six months previously the Secondary School Certificate Examination or an
examination recognized by the University as its equivalent;
(ii) been a regular student of the University at the same time she is registered for the award of the
Certificate in Professional Skills; and
(iii) undergone a part-time course of study comprising theory and skill development components
for a period of six months at the Career Planning Center of the University.
‡
(b) (i) passed at least six months, previously the Secondary School Certificate Examination or an
examination recognised by the University as its equivalent.
(ii) been a housewife, student of other institutions or ex-student of AMU
(iii) undergrone a part-time course of study comprising theory & skill development component
for a period of atleast three months at the Career Planning Centre of the University.
2. The Examination for the Certificate in Professional Skills shall be open to the:
(i) candidates who have undergone a part-time course of study in the manner prescribed in
Clause (iii) aforesaid;
OR
(ii) ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.
3. The Examination shall comprise such theory paper(s)/sessionals and practical/viva-voce

examinations as may be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board
of Studies of the Career Planning Centre.
4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must secure at least 50% of the marks prescribed for (a) theory
paper(s) and sessionals (b) practical and viva-voce examinations, separately.

5. Candidates who obtain at least 75% marks or above shall be awarded „A‟ Grade; those obtaining
less than 75% but no less than 65%, „B‟ Grade; less than 65% but not less than 60%, „C‟ Grade;
less than 60% but not less than 55%, „D‟ Grade, and those obtaining less than 55% but not less than
50%, „E‟ Grade and those obtaining less than 50% shall be awarded fail grade „F‟.
6. Candidates who fail to pass an Examination may be permitted to appear at the subsequent
examination only as ex-students in the paper(s) or practical/viva-voce in which they have secured
less than 50% marks.

E.C. Res. No. 63 (Appendix Z 18) dated 21/22.2.1987 and 27.3.1987.
‡
OM: C – 1, AC/713 – 5/905 dated 5.3.1991.

406

CHAPTER – LXXXV
Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing Management
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Post-Graduate Diploma in Marketing
Management unless he has passed at least one year previously, a Bachelor‟s Degree Examination
from this University or any other University recognized by this University as equivalent thereto.
2. The Examination for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Marketing Management shall be open to the
candidates:
(a) who have undergone a part-time course of study prescribed for this purpose in the University
for one academic session;
OR
(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).
3. The Examination shall comprise five theory papers, a project/dissertation, a viva-voce examination
and sessional work in each paper.
4. In order to become eligible for appearing in the Examination, a candidate shall have to fulfill the
attendance requirements as prescribed by the University from time to time and secure a minimum
percentage of sessional marks as may be prescribed by the Academic Council.

5. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain not less than 40% marks in the written
examination of each paper separately and not less than 40% marks in the aggregate.
A candidate who has passed in individual papers but failed to obtain 40% of marks in aggregate for
passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination in one or more
written examination of the papers so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.
6. The candidates who secure 60% of the marks or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the First
Division; those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the marks shall be placed in the
Second Division. Those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 40% of the marks shall be
placed in the Third Division.
7. Notwithstanding anything contrary to these Ordinances, a candidate who fails in not more than two
papers, has to appear in those papers only as an ex-student at the immediately following
examination.
8. A candidate, who fails to qualify for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Marketing Management within a
period of two academic sessions after the admission to the course, shall not ordinarily be allowed to
pursue the course further;
Provided that a candidate may be allowed to appear at a subsequent examination with the prior
permission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department and
the Dean of the Faculty concerned;
Provided further that in no case shall a candidate be allowed to pursue the course beyond a total
period of three academic sessions after his admission to the course.

E.C. Res. No. 26(4) dated 10/11.12.1988.

407

CHAPTER – LXXXVI
Postgraduate Diploma in Personnel Management
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Post-Graduate Diploma in Personnel
Management unless he has passed at least one year previously a Bachelor‟s Degree Examination
from this University or any other examination recognized by this University as equivalent thereto.
2. The Examination for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Personnel Management shall be open to the
candidates:
(a) who have undergone a part-time course of study prescribed for this purpose in the University
for one academic session;
OR
(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).
3. The Examination shall comprise five theory papers, project/dissertation, a viva-voce examination
and sessional work in each paper.
4. In order to become eligible for appearing in the examination, a candidate shall have to fulfill the

5. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain not less than 40% marks in the written
examination of each paper separately and not less than 40% marks in the aggregate.
A candidate who has passed in written examination of individual papers but failed to obtain 40% of
marks in aggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent
Examination in one or more written examination of the papers so as to be eligible for the award of
Degree.
papers, has to appear in those papers only as an ex-student at the immediately following
examination.

E.C. Res. No. 26(5) dated 10/11.12,1988.

408
8. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Personnel Management within a
period of two academic sessions after the admission to the course, shall not ordinarily be allowed to
pursue the course further.
Provided that a candidate may be allowed to appear at a subsequent examination with the prior
permission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department
and the Dean of the Faculty concerned.
Provided further that in no case shall a candidate be allowed to pursue the course beyond a total
period of three academic sessions after his admission to the course.
409
CHAPTER – LXXXVI(A)
Post Graduate Diploma in Business Finance
(Part Time –Evening Course)
(w.e.f. 1997 – 98)
1. COURSE OF STUDY:
One Year Post Graduate Diploma Course in Business Finance
2. DURATION:
One Year
3. INTAKE
30 Students
4. MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTIONS AND EXAMINATIONS:

English only
5. Deleted
6. ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS OR MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS:

The eligibility requirements for admission to the P.G. Diploma in Business Finance (DBF) shall be
as follows:
Candidates should have passed the Bachelor‟s degree examinations in Arts, Science, Social Sciences
and Commerce with atleast 50% marks in aggregate from this University or any other University
recognized as equivalent thereto.
NOTE: Candidates who have appeared in the Final Year of the Bachelor‟s degree examination, but the
result is awaited, will also be eligible to apply. In such cases selection will be provisional subject to
the fulfillment of the above mentioned requirements by the date of interview.
7. Deleted
8. COURSE STRUCUTRE
The schedule of papers/courses prescribed for this Diploma course shall be as follows:
COURSE TITLE OF PAPER/COURSE EXAM. SESSIONAL
NO. MARKS MARKS
DBF – 01 Business Economics and Statistics 75 25

DBF – 02 Financial Accounting and Reporting 75 25
DBF – 03 Cost and Management Accounting 75 25
DBF – 04 Indian Financial System 75 25
DBF – 05 Business Policy and Environment 75 25
DBF – 06 Computer Application to Business Finance 75 25
DBF – 07 Training Report 50 -
DBF – 08 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 50 -
9. EVALUATION:
(i) Each paper/course shall carry 100 marks of which 25 marks shall be reserved for internal
assessment through written tests. The remaining 75 marks in each paper/course shall be
410
awarded on the basis of a written examination at the end of the academic session. The
duration of written examination of each paper shall be three hours.
Each candidate shall have to submit dissertation on the topic assigned to him/her by the
department under the supervision of a teacher which shall be evaluated out of 75 marks. The
requirement of dissertation shall not be deemed to have fulfilled unless he appears for a viva-
voce examinations of 25 marks which shall be conducted by the supervisor concerned.
(ii) The minimum marks for passing the examination shall be 40% in each paper/course
including dissertation.
(iii) Successful candidates will be classified on the basis of combined marks for all papers/courses
including dissertation as follows:
(a) Candidates securing 60% and above I Division
(b) Candidates securing 50% and above but below 60% marks. – II Division
(c) Candidates securing 40% and above but below 50% marks – Pass
If a candidate fails to clear one paper/course, he/she will be allowed to appear in that paper in
next examination. However, candidates failing in more than one paper/course will have to re-
appear in all the papers in the next following examination.
10. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS:
Only those candidates who have been certified by the department to have attended 75% of the total
number of lectures conducted during the course of academic session, shall be eligible to appear in
the sessional test and examinations.
11. Deleted
12. Deleted
411
CHAPTER – LXXXVII
DIPLOMA IN DRAFTING & DESIGNING
(CIVIL AND MECHANICAL)
**
(deleted)

( deleted)

412
CHAPTER – LXXXVIII
Post-M.A. Diploma in Urdu Translation

(Deleted)

413

CHAPTER – LXXXIX
Post-Graduate Diploma in Applicable Mathematics
(Industrial Mathematics)

(Deleted)
CHAPTER – LXXXX (XC)

Post-Graduate Diploma in Portfolio Management
(Effective from academic Session 1987-88)

(deleted)
CHAPTER – LXXXXI (XCI)

POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COOPERATION AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT
(Effective from academic session 1987-88)
**
(deleted)

CHAPTER – LXXXXII (XCII)
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE
(5-Year Degree Course)

(Deleted)

Ref. O.M. No. XM/AC-IV/187 dated 5.7.1988.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).


OM NO XM/AC-IV/2759 dated 7.2.1995.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
414

CHAPTER – LXXXXII (A)/XCII(A)
(Under Semester System based on Earned Credits & Grading Scheme of Evaluation )
for
Bachelor of Architecture (5-Years Degree Course)
(Effective for the students admitted from the Session 2001 – 2002)
1. Introduction :
(1.1) Faculty of Engineering & Technology has adopted Semester System in place of conventional
Annual System for the students admitted to B.Arch.. Programmes from the academic session 2001-
2002. Continuous internal assessment, grading system, credit based core and elective courses are
essential links for the success of Semester System. It allows a student to qualify for his/her Degree
by accumulating a minimum number of specified credits depending upon the ability and
convenience of individual student within a specified frame work.
(1.2) These Ordinances (Academic) and related Regulations will be applicable to the students admitted to
B.Arch. Programme during the session 2001-2002 and onwards (under Semester System based on
Earned Credits and Grading Scheme of Evaluation) offered by the Faculty of Engineering &
Technology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh. All existing rules, Regulations and Ordinances
(Academic) related to B.Arch. Programme under Annual System and Grading Scheme of
Evaluation are in fructuous in the light of these Ordinances (Academic).
(1.3) On the recommendations of the Faculty of Engineering & Technology and approved by various
authorities of the University, any or all these Ordinances (Academic) and related Regulations may
be deleted or replaced by new ones at any time.
(1.4) The medium of instruction in B.Arch.. Programme is English.
2. Admissions :
(2.1) The Degree of Bachelor of Architecture (B.Arch.) shall be awarded to the candidates who have
undergone at this University a regular course of study for four and half Academic Years consisting
of Nine Semesters and four months Professional Training in 10th Semester after having passed the
Senior Secondary School Certificate (10+2) Examination of this University with English, Physics,
Chemistry & Mathematics or an Examination recognized by this University as its equivalent or
have passed the Diploma in Engineering Examination of this University provided that the
candidate has been selected for admission to B.Arch. Programme through Entrance Test (including
Aptitude Test) for Admission.
(2.2) Admissions to B.Arch. Programme shall be made at First Semester level through an Entrance Test
for Admission conducted by this University. Detailed procedure and rules for admission to B.Arch.
Programme shall be made available in the Guide to Admissions published by the University every
year.
(2.3) Any candidate, not appearing at the Entrance Test for Admission shall not be considered for
admission to B.Arch. Programme.
However, two seats are reserved for admission to B.Arch. Programme for eligible rank/position
holders of Final Year Diploma in Engineering (Architectural Assistantship) Examination of this

EC dated 98.8.2001 & 29.12.2001.
415
University in the year immediately preceding without appearing in the Entrance Test for Admission.
Detailed rules for admission to rank/position holders at Diploma in Engineering (Architectural
Assistantship) of this University are given in the Regulations to the Ordinances ( Academic)
prescribed in this behalf by the University from time to time.
Few seats are also reserved for admission to B.Arch. Programme for Self Financing Foreign
Nationals/NRIs under IEF- Scheme/Cultural Exchange Programme without appearing in the
Entrance Test for Admission in accordance with the rules and procedures specified in Special
Information Bulletin for Admissions to Foreign Nationals/NRIs published by this University every
year.
(2.4) There shall be no direct admission at any level of B.Arch. Programme above First Semester level
either on transfer basis from other Engineering Institution in India or abroad or on any other ground.
(2.5) The University/Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology or any other competent authority
reserves the right to cancel the admission of any student at any stage during his/her Degree
Programme on grounds of unsatisfactory performance in studies or shortage of attendance in
classes or indisciplined behaviour.(as per Ordinances of the University)
(2.6) Every student admitted to B.Arch. Programme should get himself/herself registered in all regular
semesters until the completion of the requirements of his/her Degree within permissible time limit.
If for any valid reasons, he/she is unable to register in a Semester, he/she must seek permission of
the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology. In the absence of such permission, he/she would be
deemed to have left the Degree Programme and his/her name shall be struck off from the roll of the
Faculty/University. However, when a student has been permitted to withdraw from all courses
during a semester, he/she continues to be on rolls of the Faculty/University.
3. Academic Calendar:
(3.1) Each Academic Year ( 52 weeks ) is divided into two Semesters viz. First ( Autumn ) Semester and
Second ( Spring ) Semester, each of which shall be of 20 weeks duration followed by 2 weeks of
Winter Break and 10 weeks of Summer Vacations (which may be utilized for Professional Training
Period). The tentative break up of each Semester shall be as follows :
(i) First (Autumn) Semester :
End Semester Univ. Exam. 2 Weeks
(ii) Winter Break (to be utilized for College Week/
Educational Tour) 2 Weeks
(iii) Second (Spring) Semester:
End-Semester Univ. Exam. 2 Weeks
(iv) Summer Vacations ( to be utilized for Professional
Training of 1 ½ months after VI Semester) 10 weeks
416
(v) Professional Training during 10th Semester 04 months
4. Teaching Schedule: (Refer to Regulations)
5. Types of Courses
(5.1) EE-Courses (Theory): mean those courses in which course work (HA,Quiz, Test etc) including
Mid Semester Examination are evaluated through internal assessment and End-Semester University
Examination in theory or EE-papers are evaluated by the Examiner(s) to be appointed by the Board
of Studies of the Department.
(5.2) IE-Courses (Practical/Practice): mean those courses in which course work related to
Laboratory/Field Work/Workshop Practice/Drawing & Design Practice/Report Writing/Oral Tests
etc. including Mid-Semester Examination are evaluated through internal assessment and End-
Semester University Examination is to be evaluated by Internal & External Examiners to be
appointed by the Board of Studies of the Department.
(5.3) JE-Courses (Drawing & Design Practice): mean those major courses in which course work
(Drawing/Design Practice etc) including Mid-Semester Examination are to be evaluated through
internal assessment and End-Semester University Examination are evaluated by a Jury of External
and Internal Experts (Examiners) to be appointed by the Board of Studies of the Department of
Architecture. The Design thesis at IX – Semester level shall be evaluated by a Jury of External &
Internal Experts at all stages.
6. Semester-Wise Course Structure/Teaching & Examination Schedule:
(6.1) Each Course ( EE-,IE-or JE-) has certain number of credits (Cr.) assigned to it depending upon its
contact hours per week and their nature as specified below :
1 Lecture hour (L) in a week = 1 Credit
1 Tutorial hour (T) in a week = 1 Credit
1 Practical/Practice hour (P) in a week = 0.5 Credit
(excluding Professional Training)
1 Design & Drawing (Studio) hour (D) in a week = 1 Credit
(6.2) Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester-wise Course Structure) indicating
nature of the Course (EE-, IE-, JE-), Course Category, Course Number & their Titles, Contact
Hours of Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals or Practice/Design (Studio) per week & assigned Credits shall
be prescribed by the Faculty on the recommendations of the respective Board of Studies of the
Architecture Department (refer to Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule / Semester-
wise Course Structure) in the light of clause 5 and 6.1.
(6.3) A letter grade is awarded in each course for which a student is registered during a Semester. On
obtaining a pass grade as per Clause 16.4 of Ordinances, the student is supposed to accumulate the
credits assigned to the course which will be termed as Earned Credits (EC).
(6.4) The minimum number of earned credits required for the award of B.Arch. Degree is 300. This
requirement may be changed by the University at any time considered necessary by it.
(6.5) The break up of students class contact hours for various categories of courses of B.Arch. Degree
Programme shall be as follows:
417
Stage I –Basic Courses
S. No. Various Categories of Courses Minimum No. of

Teaching Hours
Required
1. Architecture Design 600

2. Building Construction 360
3. Building Materials and Sciences 60
4. Architectural Drawings & Graphics 360
5. History of Architecture 120
6. Workshop Practice 120
7. Landscape Design 60
8. Structural Mechanics & Theory of Structures 300
9. Surveying & Leveling 60
10. Building Services & Equipments 90
11. Humanities 60
12. Estimating & Costing 60
13. Principles of Human Settlements 60
2310
Stage-II
S. No. Various Categories of Courses Minimum No. of

Teaching Hours
Required
1. Architectural Design, Planning & Thesis 570

2. Building Constructions & Materials
and Specifications 210
3. Building Sciences & Services 60
4. Town Planning Theory 60
5. Professional Practice 90
6. Building Bye-laws 15
7. Structural System 45
8. Electives such as 60
(i) Housing
(ii) Urban Design
(iii) Interior Design
(iv) Building Management
(v) Landscape Design
(vi) Urban Planning
1110
Note:
(i) The list of various categories of courses at two stages are suggestive only. These courses pertaining
to the Architecture may be taught under different names. New Courses may be introduced and
certain courses may be given less or more emphasis depending upon the requirement of the Degree
Programme.
418
(ii) For the purpose of calculating the contact hours of class room study, approximately 32 hours
(Lectures, Tutorials, Practicals and/or (Studio Design Practice) per week per semester may be
considered. For nine semester (4 1/2 years) of study at the rate of 15 teaching weeks per semester,
the total number of hours available for first & second stages works out to be 4320 hours.
(iii) Approximately 75% of the total hours of study have been taken into account for calculating the
minimum hours of study during the first two stages of nine semester teaching while the Department
of Architecture will allocate the balance of about 25% of study hours (approximately 900) to the
B.Arch. courses of special nature pertaining to the need of B.Arch. Degree Programme.
(6.6) The Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCAC):
It shall advise the students to register themselves for the above categories of courses keeping their
interest and to progress at their own pace, subject to certain constraints of Earned Credits and Slot
System specified in these Ordinances (Academic). This Advisory Committee will help the student
individually in finalizing his/her study schedule during the semester.
(6.7) Of the total course work requirements, several courses are compulsory known as Core Courses
and the rest are Elective Courses. Students may choose elective courses from the list of Elective
Courses specified by the Architecture Department in accordance with their individual needs for
his/her future career, every semester.
(6.8) In all, 67 credits of Course Work is required to be registered in the first two Semesters of B.Arch.
Programme as specified in Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester wise
Course Structure). (To be decided by the Faculty of Engineering & Technology)
(6.9) The remaining Course Work requirements at III or higher semester level is to be decided by the
Board of Studies of the Department of Architecture.

7. Deleted
8. Registration:
(8.1) Every student admitted to B.Arch. Degree Programme should register himself/herself in all regular
semesters till he/she completes all the requirements of his/her Degree. The registration in a course
means that the student‟s name is on the roll list in a course for which he/she wants to study and earn
credits. If for any valid reasons, he/she is unable to register in a semester, he/she must seek prior
permission of the Dean Faculty of Engineering & Technology, without which, he/she would be
deemed to have left the B Arch Degree Programme and his/her name may be struck off the rolls of
the Faculty/University.
(8.2) Every student is expected to register for the normal credit loading as per Teaching & Examination
Schedule in each regular semester. However, a student at his/her own option may depart from the
prescribed credit loading, when feasible. Every student is required to get his/her registration
properly completed at his/her own responsibility, failing which he/she shall not be allowed to attend
any classes.
(8.3) A student who joins first semester of B.Arch. programme will automatically deemed to have been
registered for all the courses of I & II Semesters of I Year B.Arch. Programme specified in the

419
Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester-wise Course Structure). Registration cards for first
two semesters will be issued by the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology at the
time of admission to B.Arch. Degree Programme. Registration of student for third semester and
onwards will be taken up by the Architecture Department on the dates announced by the
Faculty/Department.
(8.4) The academic record of the student shall be maintained by recording the courses by the Office of the
Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. for which he/she registers in a semester and the grades obtained in
these courses, along-with the eligibility requirements of minimum earned credits for continuation of
his/her Degree Programme.
(8.5) It is mandatory for all students to present themselves on the scheduled day for registration. Before
the commencement of classes, each student will be given a Course Registration Card which will be
the official record of courses registered by the student. Addition, deletion and withdrawal courses
shall also be marked on this card by the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology.
Ordinarily, no late registration is permissible. However, in extra ordinary genuine situations due to
illness or emergent circumstances, if a student is unable to reach the Office of the Dean, Faculty of
Engineering & Technology on the scheduled date of registration, an authorized representative may
approach the Dean Faculty of Engineering & Technology with necessary documents/proof for
permission of late registration.
(8.6) Each student is supposed to get himself/herself registered for the courses of his/her choice and
prepares his/her own study Schedule for the semester on the advisement by the Departmental Course
Advisory Committee (DCAC) subject to certain constraints of Earned Credit System, his/her past
performance, work load, and available slots in the Time-Table.
(8.7) Those students who do not fulfil all the requirements of first two semesters of the Programme but
have fulfilled the minimum Earned Credit requirements for continuation of registration, will
normally be required to first register for the uncleared courses as far as possible. They may in
addition, register for other courses in accordance with the conditions specified below and in
consultation with Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCDA).
(i) Only those students who have cleared all University and Hall dues of the previous semesters
and have paid required advance payments of University and Hall charges for the current
semester will be permitted for registration in the courses during current semester. (order to be
issued by the University)
(ii) The courses for which registration is sought are being offered during the semester by the
teaching department concerned.

(iii) The total number of credits registered during a semester at third or higher semester levels,
should not be more than 45 which should include fresh courses, backlog courses and courses
for improvement of grades, whether through attending classes afresh or through End-
Semester Examination alone.

(iv) Registration for Design thesis/Project may be done only after promotion IX semester with the
concurrence of the Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DADC).


O.M. No XM/AC/Reg/2042 dated 19.8.2004.
420

(8.8) Normally the registration for a semester will be done before the end of the previous semester. The
detailed schedule of registration including deadlines for modifications and penalties for late
registration will be announced by the Dean in each semester.
(8.9) A student who is awarded grade E,F,I or W in any Elective Course may register for the same course
or any other Elective Course from the same group of Electives according to his liking in consultation
with the Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DADC).

(8.10) Repetition of Course:
(i) If a student fails to get a passing grade in a course, all marks obtained by him/her in all the
components of that course will stand cancelled, and he/she will have to register the course, or its
alternative, afresh in a subsequent semester and appear afresh in all the components i.e., Course
work, Mid-Semester Examination and End-Semester Examination etc. and his/her grade will be
determined on the basis of recently obtained marks.
(ii) A student may repeat the course only once in which he/she has been awarded a pass grade
during previous semester, provided that the student has passed the course in first
attempt/registration.
(8.11) When the student re-registers for a course as stated above ( 8.9 & 8.10) and is awarded a regular
grade ( A,B,C,D or E ), the better of the two grades will be counted for computing SPI (Semester
Performance Index)/CPI (Cumulative Performance Index ) and / or Division.
(8.12) Any student failing in more than one JE-Course in each autumn and spring semesters separately
shall not be allowed for registration for the next semester courses.

9. Deleted

10. Registration of Courses in End Semester Examination mode:

(10.1)Students may register only one graduating course, as explained in (10.2) below in End-Semester
Examination mode also, the explanation of which is given in (10.5) below.

(10.2)A student may be allowed to register for one course of not more than 5 credits in End-Semester
Examination mode if he/she is able to graduate by passing such a course, irrespective of whether the
course is being offered in the current semester to regular students or not, provided that the student
has fulfilled the attendance requirement earlier and has been awarded E or I grade in that course.
Such a course shall be known as a graduating course. The conditions given in (10.5) for End-
Semester Examination mode shall apply.

(10.3) Since the need for a graduating course mentioned in (10.2) above can be known only after the
declaration of result of the previous semester, the registration for a graduating course may be done
after the declaration of result of the previous semester up to a date notified by the Dean, Faculty of
Engineering & Technology.

(10.4) The End-Semester Examination of all graduating courses shall be conducted simultaneously along
with the End-Semester Examination of regular courses of the current semester examination.

OM No. XM/RU/0002/08/2728 (Internal) dt 25.11.2008

OM No. XM/SPA/FN-57(xiv)/II-534 dated 14.3.2007.

OM No. XM/SPA/FN-57(xiv)/II-534 dated 14.3.2007.
421

(10.5) In the End Semester Examination mode of graduating course registration, the student shall appear in
the End Semester Examination component of the course only Grade D shall be awarded if the
student concerned obtained 35% or more of the marks allotted to End Semester Examination alone.
In case the marks obtained are less than 35%, grade E will be awarded.
11. Attendance: (In lieu of Clause (2) of Chapter XVII of the existing Ordinances):
Attendance in all classes (Lectures, Tutorials, Practicals, Drawing and /or Design Practice) of each
course separately is compulsory at least once. Students who have put in 70% or more attendance in a
course in a semester will be eligible to appear in the End-Semester Examination of that course.
Students who have put in 60% or more but less than 70% attendance in a course may be considered
for condonation of shortage of attendance in that course by the condonation committee. Students
whose attendance in a course is less than 60% or whose shortage in attendance has not been
condoned will not be eligible to appear the End-Semester Examination of that course and will be
will stand cancelled. However, in case a student is repeating a course and the student has already
fulfilled the attendance requirement in that course, he/she will not be detained due to shortage of
attendance in that course during the repeating semester.
12. Degree Requirements:
(12.1) B.Arch. Degree shall be awarded to a student if he/she has accumulated a minimum of 300 Earned
Credits within minimum 10 semesters as specified in the B.Arch. Degree Programme subject to
break up in various categories of courses mentioned therein. He/she must also pay all University and
Hall dues as per rules. Moreover, there should be no case of indiscipline pending against him/her.
(12.2) A student can register himself/herself for the courses upto a maximum of 320 credits during his/her
entire B.Arch. Degree Programme. If a student earns more than a specified minimum total credits
(300 +) for the Degree, the better grades satisfying the Degree requirements will be considered for
determining the Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) & / or Division.
(12.3) A letter grade ( as mentioned in Grade Awarding Procedure ) shall be awarded in each course for
which the student is registered during a semester.
(12.4) The Credits of the Courses in which a student has been awarded regular passing grade as per Clause
16.4 of the Ordinances (Academic), will be counted as Earned Credits (EC) by the student.
13. Semester and Cumulative Performance Index ( SPI/CPI ):
(13.1) The performance of the student is measured by (i) Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) and (ii) the
number of Earned Credits (EC).
(13.2) The Semester Performance Index (SPI) is the weighted average of the grade points of all courses
registered during the semester and describes the performance of a student in all courses registered
during a semester. If the grade points corresponding to the letter grades awarded to a student in all
courses registered during a semester are denoted by G1,G2,G3 etc. and their corresponding credits
by C1,C2,C3 etc., The SPI is computed as follows :
SPI = ( C1G1+C2G2 + C3G3+..)/(C1+C2+C3+…) or

OM No. XM/RU/0002/2728 (Internal) 25.11.2008
422
SPI = (Grade Points x Course Credits)/  (Credits in all registered courses)
(13.3) The Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) describes the overall performance of a student in all
passed courses up to and including the latest semester since his/her admission to B.Arch. Degree
Programme.
(13.4) When a student repeats a course, the better of the two grades awarded to the student in the course
shall be counted in computing SPI/CPI.
Example for computing SPI/CPI:

I Semester / I Year B.Arch..
Course Course Grade Earned Points Remarks*

EN101C 4 B 4 32
AP 101C 3 C 3 18
AC 101C 3 B 3 24
AM101C 5 E 0 10(-)*
EE 101C 3 F 0 00
ME101C 4 C 4 24
ME103C 4 C 4 24
AP191C 1 A 1 10
AC191C 1 B 1 08
ME191C 1.5 B 1.5 12
Total 29.5 21.5 162/152
SPI = ( I Semester ) = 162/29.5 = 5.491 ; CPI = Not applicable ;

EC = 21.5
II Semester / I Year B.Arch.
Course Course Grade Earned Points Remark*
CO102C 4 A 4 40
AP102C 3 B 3 24
AC102C 3 B 3 24
AM102C 5 D 5 20
EL102C 3 E 0 06(-)*
ME102C 4 F 0 00
CE102C 4 I 0 00
AP192C 1 B 1 08
AC192C 1 B 1 08
ME192C 1.5 C 1.5 09
Total : 29.5 18.5 139/133
*To be excluded from the calculation of CPI.

SPI(II Semester) = 139/29.5=4.711; EC (II Semester)=18.5 ; EC (Cumulative)=21.5+18.5=40
CPI=(152+133)/(21.5 + 18.5) = 7.125;
423
14. Termination of Registration:


(14.1)Deleted

(14.2)Deleted

(14.3)Deleted

(14.4)A student is allowed only 16 semesters at the maximum, since admission, for completing all the
requirements for graduation. The minimum Earned Credit (EC) requirement at the end of even
number of semesters after admission for continuation of admission in the B.Arch. Degree
Programme shall be as specified below:
Check Point (No. of semesters Minimum EC requirements

from the date of admission)
2 semesters 0
4 semesters 35
6 semesters 70
8 semesters 110
10 semesters 150
12 semesters 190
14 semesters 230
16 semesters 300
The requirements shown in the above table will be operated as given below:
(i) If a student obtains Earned Credits (EC) more than the minimum required plus 10 as given in
the above table, his/her result will be shown as “Continued”.
(ii) If a student obtains Earned Credits (EC) that are more than the minimum required by 10 credits
or less, up to 14 semesters check point, his/her result will be shown as “Probation”.
(iii) If a student obtains Earned Credits (EC) less than the minimum required as given in the above
table, his/her admission in the B.Arch. degree program will b e cancelled and his/her result will
be shown as “Name Removed”.

(14.5) If a student‟s admission has been cancelled in accordance with the provisions of clause (14.4), the
student may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor stating the reasons for not being able to earn the
required credits, and the Vice-Chancellor, if he is satisfied with the reasons, may allow the
total duration of the program by one year, at the maximum, beyond 16 semesters, if required.
15. Moderation Committee for Question Papers: (In lieu of Clause (9) of Chapter XV of the existing
Academic Ordinances)
(15.1) Ordinarily, End Semester University Examination of EE-Courses (Core/Elective) of B.Arch may be
internally evaluated by the internal Examiner(s) to be appointed by the Board of Studies of the
concerned Department.



A.C. Item No. 17, dt. 14.7.2009
424
For End Semester University Examination of IE-Courses of B.Arch. there may be Internal and
External Examiners to be appointed by the Board of Studies of the concerned Department.
The End Semester University Examination of JE-Courses shall be through written paper, viva-voce
examination etc. to be conducted by a Jury consisting of Internal & External Examiners, of which at
least one shall be an External member to be appointed by the Board of Studies of Architecture
Department.
Evaluation of Project/Design Thesis of B.Arch. may be through Seminar and Viva-voce Test to be
conducted by the Jury of Internal and External Examiners to be appointed by the Board of Studies of
the Architecture Department.
(15.2) There shall be a Teacher Incharge for each course. He/she along with other associated
Teachers/Examiners, appointed by the respective Board of Studies of the Department shall be
responsible for (i) conducting the course (ii) holding tests/examinations (iii) maintaining the
performance record of the students in various components of evaluation etc.
(15.3) There shall be a Moderation Committee of the concerned Department consisting of the following
members to moderate the Question Papers of the End-Semester University Examination of B.Arch.
Degree Programme in accordance with the Regulations in this behalf.
(i) Chairman of the Department concerned …Convener
(ii) One Senior Teacher of the Department in each broad area of specialization
Note: The Teacher Incharge of the Course or Paper Setter may be invited, if necessary, to clarify the
necessary details of the question paper.
(15.4) Result Moderation Committee:
(In lieu of Clause (9) of Chapter XV of the existing Academic Ordinances)
There shall be a Result Moderation Committee of the concerned Department consisting of the
following members to moderate course-wise results of B.Arch. Degree Programme in accordance
with the Regulations in this behalf.
(i) Chairman of the Department concerned -(Convener)

(ii) One Senior Teacher of the Department in each broad specialization.
(iii) Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner(s) concerned.
Note: The Result Moderation Committee shall be convened, ordinarily; within one week after the End-
Semester University Examination of all EE- & JE- courses have been held to moderate the course-
wise results.
16. Evaluation of Students’ Performance:
(16.1) A regular grade (A, B, C, D or E) is awarded to a student in a course for which he/she is registered.
The grades in each course shall be awarded on the basis of overall performance in various
components of evaluation (i.e. combined marks in course work including Mid-Semester
Examination during the entire semester and End-Semester University Examination of a EE-/IE-/JE-
/Project/ Design Thesis course).
425
(16.2) The Credits assigned to the course for which the student is registered and is awarded a regular
passing grade as per Clause 16.4 of Ordinances (Academic) in the course is counted as Earned
Credits (EC).
(16.3) The relative weightages of various components of evaluation for various types of courses as
mentioned in the Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester wise Course Structure) shall be as
follows:
(A) Theory Courses: (EE-Courses)

i) Course Work (HA, Quiz Tests etc.) 15%
ii) Mid-Semester Examination 25%
iii) End-Semester Univ. Exam. 60%

(B) Drawing/Design & Similar Courses (EE-Courses):
(including Computers & Programming)
i) Drawing/Design Course Work / Practice Work etc. 40%
ii) Mid-Semester Examination 20%
iii) End-Semester Univ. Exam. 40%
(C) Practical Courses: (IE-Courses)

i) Course Work related to Laboratory, Field Work,
Workshop Practice, Report Writing, Drawing & Design Practice, Oral Tests/Examinations
etc. 60%
ii) Comprehensive End-Semester Univ. Exam. 40%

(D) Project Course:/Design Thesis: (In IX Semester through external and internal evaluation)
i) Seminars (Three Stages) etc. 60%
ii) End Semester Comprehensive Jury Examination. 40%
*
(E) Architectural Design Courses (JE – Courses):
i) Course Work 50%
ii) Mid Semester Examination 10%
iii) End Semester University Examination 40%
(16.4) The combined marks obtained by a student in various components of evaluation (Course Work
including Mid-Semester Examination & End-Semester University Examination of a course shall be
converted into regular letter grades (A,B,C,D,E) on 10-points scale along with other special letter
grades F,I and W as given below:
Regular Letter Grades Grade Point Significance

A 10 Outstanding
B 8 Very Good
C 6 Good (Min. Passing Grade in JE-Courses)
D 4 Satisfactory (Min. Passing
Grade in EE-/IE-Courses)
E 2 Unsatisfactory

O.M.No.XM/PA/FN-B.Tech./B.Arch/II-90 dated 26/27.4.2005.

O.M.No.XM/PA/FN-B.Tech./B.Arch/II-90 dated 26/27.4.2005.
426
Special Letter Grade

I 0 Incomplete grade (Absent in
End Semester Univ. Exam.)
F 0 Fail grade due to unsatisfactory
attendance & or Performance in studies in a
course during the semester
W 0 Withdrawal from a registered course(s)
NOTE: To earn credits, a student must obtain grade A,B,C,or D in each registered EE-/IE-Course and
grade A,B or C in each registered JE-Course, required for the award of Degree.
(16.5) The following grade ranges may ordinarily be used for the award of grades to the students in a
course.
Grade Ranges Grade
(Percentage of combined marks in course work including Mid-Semester Examination and End
Semester University Examination)
____________________________________________________
75% and above A
less than 35% E
Note: Fraction in marks obtained by a student in a course may be rounded off to the next whole number.
(16.6) Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiners may set a higher or lower grade ranges depending upon
the nature of the course, general performance of the students in the course and distribution of
students population etc.

(16.7) To pass a course/improvement of grades by a margin of two or one marks may further be reviewed
by awarding G.M. by the Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiners/Result Moderation Committee.
In case of an extra –ordinary abnormal situations, the Result Moderation Committee may take
suitable corrective measures and even recommend for re-evaluation of answer-scripts of all students
in the course. In such abnormal cases, the Teachers Incharge of the Course/ Paper Setter/ Examiner
is required to place the evaluated answer scripts along with the brief solution and marking scheme
before the Result Moderation Committee for speedy re-evaluation of answer-scripts.
(16.8) The Grade Ranges used earlier for the course shall be used for awarding grades in re-evaluation
cases. Special attention must be paid while re-evaluation in border line cases. The re-evaluated
grades shall be final and binding on the examinee.
The re-evaluation is permissible in a maximum of two EE- Courses in each Semester. There shall be
no re-evaluation of IE-, JE- or Design Thesis, Seminar or Course Work related to any course.
(16.9) Incomplete Grade (I): It is awarded to a student in a course, if he/she has done Course Work during
the semester and has not been able to appear at the End Semester University Examination on
medical ground or due to extra-ordinary circumstances. Such students who have been awarded grade

427
(I) may apply for re-registration for the same course or its substitute (if permissible) in the
subsequent semesters.
(16.10) Detained Grade (F):If a student has been registered for a course but has not attended it properly
(i.e. detained due to shortage in attendance), the Teacher-Incharge of the Course/Examiner will
record grade „F‟ irrespective of his/her academic performance in course work &/or end-semester
University Examination. In such cases, the student is required to re-register himself/herself in the
course or its substitute, if possible, during the subsequent semesters to earn regular grades.
(16.11) Withdrawal Grade (W):It indicates that the student has opted to withdraw on medical ground or
otherwise from the registered course(s) after the approval by the Dean, Faculty of Engineering &
Technology. In such cases, grade „W‟ will be awarded in the course(s).
**
(16.12) The candidates who have accumulated the required earned credits as per proviso of clause (12)
of these ordinances, shall be termed as successful candidates.
The Division in which successful candidates are to be placed at the end of the Final year
B.Arch./B.Tech. Programme shall be based on Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) as indicated
below:
First division with Honours CPI = > 8.5
First division 8.5>CPI = > 6.5
Second division CPI < 6.5
For the purpose of conversion of CPI(x) into Equivalent Percentage of Aggregate (y%) the
following formula may be used :
3 2
y% = (20x – 380x + 2725x – 1690)/84
17. Scholarships & Medals: (For details, refer to Regulations to Ordinances (Academic) in this behalf.)
Transitory Ordinances to Chapter XCII(A) of Ordinances (Academic):

The last examination as per Chapter XCII of Ordinances (Academic)(as amended up to 2000-2001
for B.Arch. Programme) will be held as under:
I Year B.Arch. 2001
II Year B.Arch. 2002
III Year B.Arch. 2003
IV Year B.Arch. 2004
V Year B.Arch. 2005
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, students who fail in the above mentioned
examinations and want to appear at the next corresponding examination shall be governed by the
following Ordinances(Academic).
a) The candidates who are admitted to B.Arch. Degree Programme in the session 2000-2001 or earlier
and are joining the classes under the Chapter XCII(A) of New Ordinances (Academic) as regular
students, shall be governed by the New Ordinances, effective from the session 2001-2002 provided
**
428
that such students give an undertaking to abide by the New Ordinances, Regulations & Rules
prescribed for the purpose.
The total Earned Credit Requirements during the entire Degree Programme for such students who
were admitted and studied few classes under Annual System, but due to shortage of attendance or
otherwise were allowed to continue the remaining classes under Semester System, shall be
computed taking into account the prescribed credits (i.e. 60 of I year or 120 of II year or 180 of III
year) under Annual System and remaining prescribed credits of the Degree Programme to be
covered under Semester System as regular student.
**
The remaining year-wise Earned Credit Requirements for such students shall be same as for the
students admitted under Semester System. However, there shall be no relaxation in maximum
duration for completing the Degree Programme. It shall be the responsibility of the student to
complete the Degree requirements at such a pace as to complete the programme within the
maximum prescribed time limit of 14 semesters/7 years (for B.Tech) or 16 Semesters/8 years (for
B.Arch.)
**
The table as per annexure shall be used for computing Earned Credit Requirements for the students
who were admitted and studied few classes under Annual System but due to shortage of attendance
or otherwise they were allowed to complete the remaining classes under the Semester System.
**
Explanation:
If a student is admitted to B.Tech. (Mech.) Programme under Annual System and has studied I Year
and II Year as a regular student under Annual System, but fails to clear the requisite number of
courses for promotion to next higher class and after a lapse of one academic year and after fulfilling
the condition for promotion, the student is allowed to continue his/her studies under Semester
System as per Transitory Ordinances.
**
He will complete the remaining prescribed Earned Credit (E.C.) requirements of III Year and Final
Year B.Tech (Mech.) under Semester System (i.e. 28 credits for V Semester, 28 credits for VI
Semester, 25.5 credits for VII Semester and 23.5 credits for VIII Semester or a total of 105 credits).
The minimum E.C. requirements for the award of Degree in this case shall be 120 credits of Annual
System and 105 credits of Semester System i.e a total of 225 credits (not 220 credits).
**
(b) There shall be no Equivalent Courses under Semester System in lieu of the Courses and under
Annual System.
**
A promoted/ex-student who has failed in old courses of Annual System shall be required to clear
his/her uncleared courses under Annual System. For such students, the sessional marks obtained
earlier as regular student shall be taken into account for the award of grades as per the old procedure
(refer to Chapter XXXIV(D)/XCII of Academic Ordinances).

However, if the sessional marks in an old course are not available with the Examiner/
Tabulator/Chief Tabulator, the grades may be awarded on the basis of the marks obtained in the
University Examination only. In such cases, the marks obtained in University Examination may be
enhanced proportionally to the total of maximum marks in the University Examination component
and sessionals together in the concerned course under Annual System. However, such students shall
not be awarded beyond grade „B‟. In this exercise, a fraction should be rounded off to the next
whole number.

429
Table for Total Earned Credit Requirements for the student who will complete the Degree Programme
under combined Annual System and Semester System.
Branch of Study Credits already cleared under Credits to be accumulated Total

Annual System under Semester System Minimum
I Year II Year III Year II Year III Year IV Year Earned
Credits Credits Credits Credits Credits Credits Credit
Requirem
ents for
the award
of Degree
B.Tech. (Civil) 60+ - - 56+ 58.5+ 49 223.5
60+ 60+ - - 58.5+ 49 227.5
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 49 229
B.Tech.(Elect.) 60+ - - 57+ 52+ 52 221
60+ 60+ - - 52+ 52 224
60+ 60+ 60+ - 52 232
-
B.Tech. 60+ - - 55+ 54+ 52 221
(Electronics) 60+ 60+ - - 54+ 52 226
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 52 232
B.Tech. (Chemical) 60+ - - 55.5+ 56+ 51.5 223
60+ 60+ - - 56+ 51.5 227.5
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 51.5 231.7
B.Tech. (Petro- 60+ - - 58.5 56+ 46.5 221
Chemical) 60+ 60+ - - 56+ 46.5 222.5
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 46.5 226.5
B.Tech 60+ - - 56+ 56+ 49 221
(Mechanical) 60+ 60+ - - 56+ 49 225
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 49 229
B.Tech. (Computer) 60+ - - 52+ 56+ 53 221
60+ 60+ - - 56+ 53 229
60+ 60+ 60+ - - 53 233
B.Arch. 72 __ __ __ __ 63 64 67 39 305
72 72 __ __ __ __ 64 67 39 314
72 72 72 __ __ __ __ 67 39 322
72 72 72 72 __ __ __ __ 39 337
430
REGULATIONS TO CHAPTER B.ARCH. – XCII(A)

FOR B.Tech. Degree Programme
1. Teaching & Examination Schedule
First two Semesters of B.Tech Degree Programme
(First Semester (Autumn)
Course No. Course Title Periods Per Week Credits

L T P D
(A) THEORY COURSES:

EN 101 English 3 1 - - 4
AP 103 Applied Physics 2 1 - - 3
AC 103 Applied Chemistry 2 1 - - 3
AM 101 Applied Mathematics 4 1 - - 5
EE 101 Basis Electrical Engineering 2 1 - - 3
ME 101 Basis Thermal Sciences 3 1 - - 4
ME 103 **Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - - 4
AR 101 Principles of Architecture 2 1 - - 3
(A) PRACTICAL COURSES:

AP 191 Applied Physics Lab. - - 2 - 1
AC 191 Applied Chemistry Lab. - - 2 - 1
ME 191 Manufacturing Processes Lab. - - 3 - 1.5
Total 21 8 7 32.5
Second Semester (Spring)

(A) THEORY COURSES:
CO 101 *Computers and Programming 2 2 - - 4
AM 102 Applied Mathematics II 4 1 - - 5
EL 101 Basic Electronics Engineering 2 1 - - 3
CE 101 Strength of Material 3 1 - - 4
AR 105 Design Philosophy 2 1 - - 3
AR 102 Construction & Materials 2 - - 2 4
AR 103 Architectural Drawing I 1 - - 3 4
AR 104 Arts & Graphics I 1 - - 2 3
B JE – COURSES:
BS/AP 192 Applied Physics Lab II 1 - 1 3 4.5
Total 18 6 1 10 34.5
*The Course CO101 (Computers and Programing) is to be taught by:

(1) Computer E.D. (also Coordinating Department) (2) Electronics ED (3) ED (4) MED (5) Chemical ED
& (6) AMD and (7) CED
431
2. ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS:
(2.1) COURSE CATEGORY:
Letter Symbols: Course Categories

BS Basic Sciences (AP – Physics, AC-Chemistry, AM-Mathematics
ESA Engineering Sciences and Arts
HM Languages, Humanities, Social Sciences and Management
DC Departmental Core
DE Departmental Electives
OE Open Category Electives/Unspecified
(2.2) Course Category Symbols used in Teaching & Examination Schedule
(C) Core Courses

(E) Elective Courses
(Th) Theory Courses
(Pr) Practical Courses
EE-Course Theory Courses in B.Arch.
IE-Course Practical/Practical Courses in B.Arch.
JE-Course Major Jury Courses in B.Arch.
(2.3) Various Courses that follow will contain the following information’s:
Course Category Course No. Course Title LTP Credits Remarks*
L – T – P - Lecture- Tutorial- Practical-Design (Studio) hours per week

Cr. - Credits assigned as per the following weightages
1 Lecture hour/week = 1 Credit
1 Tutorial hour/week = 1 Credit
1 Practical hour/week = 0.5 Credit
Course No. (Refer to Course Numbering Scheme)

*Remarks : Exam. Time for End Semester University Examination.
3. Attendance:

(3.1) Deleted

(3.2) Deleted

(3.3) Deleted

(3.4) Deleted.

(3.5) Deleted

(3.6) Deleted

432
4. Termination of Registration (Withdrawal from Semester(s):
(i) In case of withdrawal from a semester(s), the maximum duration in B.Arch. Degree Programme
shall be same as eight academic years or semesters since admission.
(ii) If a student has withdrawn for one or two semesters during his entire time schedule, the earned
credits requirements would be reduced for each withdrawn semester and the earned credit
requirements for continuation of registration in B.Arch. Degree Programme for each remaining
Semesters shall be increased proportionately.

(iii) Deleted
5. Teaching Incharge of the Course:
(5.1) All evaluation records should properly be maintained by the respective Teacher Incharge of the
Course/associated teachers so that scrutiny/checking/re-evaluation and any other statistical data
analysis could be carried out if and when necessary.
(5.2) When a course is being taught by more than one teacher to various groups/sections/classes, the
course instructions and evaluation work etc. should be on a common standard. They must mutually
consult each other to lay out guide lines for instructions and evaluation and to maintain uniformity in
all aspects of academic matters.
(5.3) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers should announce to every
group/section/class, the necessary information in respect of (i) the conduct of instructional schedule
(lecture-wise academic programme, text books & reference literature, home-assignments, tutorial
sheets and instructional sheets for laboratory and field work etc.) (ii) various components of
evaluation, their frequency, duration, tentative schedule of home-work and tests and their relative
weightages, (iii) details of grade awarding procedure etc. and (iv) conduct of make up tests because
of illness or extra ordinary compelling situations. (Student must report to the Teacher Incharge of
the Course or associated teacher, immediately on return to the classes and request him for make up
in quizzes, Mid-Semester Examination, laboratory work including oral test etc.) There shall be no
make up in End Semester University Examination.
(5.4) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers must ensure that the assignments,
answer scripts of Mid-Semester Examination, laboratory reports and drawing/design exercises etc.
are returned to the students after correction/evaluation.
(5.5) Normally, every teacher who has been assigned a Theory Course by the Board of Studies of the
Department shall be the Examiner. However, in exceptional cases, any part of the evaluation work
(paper setting and/or evaluation of answer scripts of End-Semester University Examination) may be
entrusted to some other teachers of the Department.
(5.6) The Teachers Incharge of the Course shall be Paper Setter as well as Examiner for evaluation of
answer scripts. The remaining associated teachers shall be Co-Examiners for evaluation of answer
scripts of End Semester University Examination. He is supposed to prepare brief solution in case of
numerical questions and salient points in case of descriptive questions and marking scheme of
evaluation which may be used by the associated Teachers/Examiners.

433
(5.7) The Teacher Incharge of the Course in consultation with the associated teachers shall prepare home-
assignments, tutorial sheets, question papers for Mid-Semester Examination and End-Semester
(5.8) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers are required to be present at the
Examination Centre on scheduled dates for conducting tests/examination of the course assigned to
them. The Teacher Incharge/Paper Setter/Examiner may announce printing or other minor
errors/omissions in the question paper to the students in the Examination Halls, if necessary, which
must be reported to the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology. However, he cannot
change/add/delete any question or part there of in the question paper.
(5.9) Examiners are advised to award marks against each question or part thereof inside the answer scripts
to facilitate proper marking and the same is to be recorded in the cage provided on the cover page of
the answer scripts.
(5.10) All the Examiners are advised not to proceed on leave/to avail vacations till the evaluation work is
completed and the grade award lists and evaluated answer scripts are submitted for
Scrutiny/Moderation of Result. In case of emergency or extra-ordinary compelling situations, the
examiner must obtain prior permission of the Chairman of the Department who will arrange for
alternate arrangement for evaluation of answer scripts, if necessary.
(5.11) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers who have been assigned a course are
responsible to notify the marks in various components of evaluation to all the students in the course
before the commencement of End-Semester University Examination. If a student finds any
discrepancy, omission or error in the modified marks, may approach the concerned teacher for
ratification/correction. Necessary correction must be made before the marks/grades in the course are
sent to the Chairman of the Department for Scrutiny/course-wise Moderation of Result.
(5.12) In case of any error in the submission of marks in the course work by the Teacher Incharge of the
Course/Examiner(s), a Committee consisting of the following members shall take suitable remedial
measures depending upon the merit of the case:
1. Dean, F/O Engg. & Tech. ............. Chairman

3. Chairman of the Department concerned.
4. One Senior member of the Faculty, not belonging to the concerned
Department to be nominated by the Dean
5. Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engineering and Technology
(5.13) There shall be compulsory re-totaling and scrutiny of evaluated answer scripts of the End Semester
University Examination as per procedure laid down in Clause (8).
(5.14) If the student is not satisfied with the evaluation of the answer script of End-Semester University
Examination, he/she may apply to the Controller of Examination for re-evaluation in accordance
with the rules laid down by the University in this behalf.
(5.15) Procedure for Submission of Grade Award Lists:

The Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner(s) shall prepare the detailed Grade Award Lists in
Duplicate and will submit them along with evaluated answer scripts, and remuneration bills
(question paper, attendance sheets are to be kept inside the bundle of answer script) to the Chief
Scrutinizer/Scrutinizer of the Department for compulsory re-totaling and scrutiny of answer scripts.
434
After scrutiny, the grade award lists are to be sent to the Chairman of the Department concerned for
course-wise Moderation of Result within one week time after the End-Semester University
Examination of the Course is held. The Chairman of the Department will ensure that this one week
time limit is strictly observed. The Chairman of the Department will forward the moderated grade
award list in duplicate to the Chief Tabulator (Engineering College) for result processing and
remuneration bills to the Office of the Controller of Examination.
6. Examination Schedule:
(6.1) Mid-Semester Examination Schedule:

Mid Semester Examination (written) of Theory Courses shall be conducted in a week time allocated
for this purpose. Since, no written Mid-Semester Examination are to be held for Practical Courses,
the Mid-Semester Examination of Theory Courses can be conducted during a week time, ordinarily
one test a day. In no case, Mid-Semester examination should spill over to next week. The evaluated
answer scripts of Mid-Semester Examination must be returned to the students within two weeks.
(6.2) End Semester Uni. Exam. Schedule:

End Semester University Examination will be conducted in two weeks time allotted for this purpose.
One day gap between University Examination of two Theory Courses of a semester is permissible.
(6.3) End Semester University Examination of Practical Courses shall be after the University Examination
of Theory Courses have been held.
(6.4) The Scheme of Examination for B.Tech. Programme will be prepared at the Dean‟s level after
consulting respective Chairmen of the Departments and shall be sent to the Controller of
Examinations for notification.
7. Rules for the award of Scholarships/Medals:
(7.1) Various scholarships, stipends and other financial assistance are available to the meritorious &
deserving students after admission in the University, subject to fulfilling the conditions of the award,
the details of which can be obtained from the Office of the Dean Students Welfare.
(7.2) The University awards some merit scholarship and medals to B.Tech. students strictly in order of
merit in accordance to the following rules:
(i) Only those students who are admitted to B.Tech. Programme through Entrance Test for
Admission will be eligible for the award of the merit scholarships.
(ii) The number of merit scholarships/medals and their value for eligible students shall be as
determined by the University from time to time.
(iii) The merit scholarships shall be tenable for eleven months of each academic year starting
from July every year regardless of the date of commencement of the academic year provided
that the student joins the B.Tech. classes, there is not disciplinary action pending against
him/her and has put in attendance requirements satisfactorily during the past two semesters
for which merit scholarship is awarded.
(iv) The Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology will send the list of merit scholarship
holders of the Dean Students Welfare within a week after the declaration of results.
435
(v) The amount of merit scholarships will not be paid to the students, but it will be adjusted
towards his/her University & Hall dues and the balance, if any, shall be paid to the
scholarship holder.
(vi) The merit criteria for the award of merit scholarships/medals shall be as follows:
(a) For students admitted to I Year B.Tech. class in all branches of Engineering, the order
of merit shall be determined on the basis of the performance at the Entrance Test for
Admission.
(b) For students joining II Year B.Tech. class (in all branches of Engineering) after
accumulating prescribed Earned Credits (EC) for the first two semesters, the order of
merit shall be determined on the basis of CPI at the first two semester Examinations in
their first attempt.
(c) For students joining III Year B.Tech. class (in the relevant branch of Engineering),
after accumulating the prescribed Earned Credits for the four semesters, the order of
merit shall be determined on the basis of CPI at the first four semester Examinations
(d) For students joining IV Year B.Tech. class (in the relevant branch of Engineering),
after accumulating the prescribed Earned Credits for the first six semesters, the order
of merit shall be determined on the basis of CPI at the first six semester Examinations
(vii) In case of tie in a position/rank, the order of merit shall be determined on the basis of the
performance at the end of preceding two semester Examinations together. In case, the
performance in the preceding two semester Examinations also happens to be the same, the
performance in the two semester Examinations previous to that will be considered, and so on,
till the tie is broken.
(7.3) Medals/Prize:
(i) A Gold Medal is awarded to a student who is adjudged to be the best (first in order of merit)
among the graduating students of all B.Tech. Programmes. In lieu of Gold Medal, the
University may make the award in any other form, it consider appropriate.
(ii) A Medal is awarded to student who is adjudged to be the best (first in order to merit) among
the graduating students of B.Tech. in each branch of Engineering Programme.
(iii) One Chakoo Prize is awarded to a student who is adjudged to be the best in Surveying
(Theory & Practical Courses of pre-final year level) among the graduating students of
B.Tech. (Civil Engineering) Programme.
8. Chief Scrutinizer & Scrutinizers for Compulsory Re-totaling and Scrutiny (under Grading
System of Evaluation):
The compulsory Re-totaling & Scrutiny of all evaluated answer scripts of End Semester University
Examination is being done in order to ensure that any omission or discrepancy in marks/grades is
rectified well before the declaration of examination results. It is expected that the
Examiners/Teacher Incharge of the Course will submit all the evaluated answer scripts of End
Semester University Examination, grade award list in duplicate, attendance sheet, question paper
and remuneration bills to the Scrutinizer/Chief Scrutinizer of the Department concerned within one
week after the End Semester University Examination has been held.
The following guidelines/instructions are to be followed by the Scrutinizers/Chief Scrutinizers for

Graduate Courses under Grading System of Evaluation.
436
(8.1) After receiving the answer-scripts and grade award list etc., the Scrutinizer will check that all the
answers have been evaluated and marks have been awarded at the end of each question a part there
of and the same have been recorded properly in the cage provided on the cover page of each answer
script.
(8.2) The Scrutinizer will also check the total marks written on the cover page of the answer scripts which
must tally with the marks entered in the grade award lists of the course. He is also advised to check
(i) grand total of various components of evaluation in the grade award lists (ii) award of grades as
per specified grade ranges and (iii) grace marks if any, in border line cases as per rules in this
regard.
(8.3) If any answer has been left un-evaluated, the Scrutinizer will inform the concerned Teacher Incharge
of the Course/Examiner through the Chairman of the concerned Department for evaluation and
appending the signature wherever required.
(8.4) If the Scrutinizer finds any discrepancy/error in marks/grades recorded on the cover page of the
answer-scripts or grade award lists, he will correct them and put his signature.
(8.5) After rebottling and scrutiny of answer-scripts of answer-scripts and grade award lists is completed,
the Chief Scrutinizer will append his signature on each answer-scripts and grade award lists and
send the grade award lists in duplicate along with verified remuneration bills to the Chairman of the
Department concerned for course-wise Moderation of Result who is turn will forwards the same to
the Chief Tabulator (Engineering College) for result processing.
(8.6) The scrutinized answer scripts are to be kept in safe custody of Examiners/Teacher Incharge of the
Course till re-evaluation work is completed or till 20 days after the declaration of result, whichever
is later.
(8.7) The re-evaluated answer-scripts are to be sent separately and the remaining answer-scripts with a
statement indicating number of answer scripts received, number of re-evaluated answer-scripts
submitted to the Chairman of the Department and number of remaining answer-scripts in the bundle
should be sent to the Office of the Controller of Examination by the Examiner(s)/Teacher Incharge
of the Course.
(8.8) Chief Scrutinizer shall monitor the work of re-totaling and scrutiny. If there is any delay in
submission of evaluate answer-scripts and grade award lists on the part of Examiners/Teacher
Incharge of the Course, he will immediately report his matter to the Chairman of the Department.

9. Deleted

437
CHAPTER – XCII(B)
Bachelor of Architecture in the Faculty of Engineering & Technology

1. Introduction
program leading to the Bachelor of Architecture (B. Arch.).
(b) The medium of instruction in B.Arch. Program is English.
2. Eligibility
A candidate will be eligible for admission to B.Arch. program if he/she has passed the Senior
Secondary School Certificate (10+2) Examination of this University or an Examination recognized
by this University as its equivalent with 50% marks in aggregate of English, Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics, or have passed the Diploma in Engineering/Architecture Examination of this
University with 50% marks in aggregate.
3. Admission
The admissions to the B.Arch. program will be made normally in the Autumn Semester as per the
4. Academic Session

The minimum duration of the B. Arch. program shall be ten consecutive semesters after admission.

The maximum duration of the B. Arch. program shall be sixeen consecutive semesters after
admission.
6.1 Credit System
The B.Arch. program will have a curriculum in which every course will be assigned certain credits

438

1 Drawing period (D) per week = 1 Credit
contact periods.

Mathematics etc.)


6.3 Coordinators and Curr iculum Development Committee
There shall be a Chief Coordinator, B.Arch. Program, to be nominated by the Dean, and a
Coordinator, B.Arch. programme, in the department, to be nominated by the Chairman of the
department concerned. Normally the Chief Tabulator will be the Chief Coordinator, B. Arch.
Program. There shall also be a standing Curriculum Development Committee (CDC), to be
constituted by the Faculty. The Chief Coordinator, B.Arch. Program, will be the Convener of the
CDC.
The curriculum will contain a listing of all courses, with each course having a course category,
course number, course title, number of contact periods per week, number of credits assigned, the
marks assigned to various components of evaluation, and the duration of Examinations. It will also
have a list of alternative courses in the new curriculum for the old curriculum courses and filler
courses to compensate for the shortfall in credits earned by taking alternative courses in any
category, if needed. It will also specify all other conditions required for the award of degree.
439

The curriculum for B. Arch. program will be prepared by the department concerned and will be
approved by the Board of Studies of the department. It will then be vetted by the CDC and will then
be placed in the Faculty along with the recommendations of the CDC for approval. Once approved
by the Faculty, the Curriculum will be implemented. The same procedure shall be used for any
modification in the Curriculum.
7. Registration
(i) Submitting a registration form in the office of the Chairman and obtaining a registration
card signed by the Chairman;
un-cleared courses of previous semesters, especially in the case of un-cleared courses of first
two semesters.
(e) No student will be allowed to register for more than 45 credits in a semester. A graduating
course, however, will not be included in this limit.
(f) A student may be denied registration in a course due to reasons of paucity of staff or space or
a passed course.
(g) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission from
the Dean, his/her name may be removed from the rolls of the faculty. Such a student may
apply to the Dean for re-admission stating the reasons for not being able to register for two
(h) A student of B. Arch programme cannot register for 2 Architectural design (JE) courses in the
same semester in case attendance is required in both the courses.
(i) A student of B. Arch. cannot register for any course with F grade in the X semester.
440
graduating course.
Ordinances)

Each course will be evaluated out of 100 marks. The courses will normally have the following c
omponents of evaluation:
(a) Theory courses:

(c) Architectural design courses

(d) Drawing courses
(e) Project/Design Thesis in IX Semester
To be completed in 4 stages through a jury (construction of jury given in conduct of
examinations)
Stages 1-3 60 marks (20 marks each stage)
Stage IV (End Semester Examination) 40 marks
441
curriculum.
9.2 Grading System

A 10 Outstanding
B 8 Very good
C 6 Good
There shall be no D grade in the Architectural Design (JE) courses as well as Design Thesis; C grade
will be the minimum pass grade in these courses.
course.
Range Grade
75 and above A
Less than 35 E
442
If a student passes a course by obtaining grade D (C in the Architectural Design (JE) courses and
Design Thesis) or above he/she earns the credits assigned to that course.
as follows:
SPI = (C1G1 + C2G2 +……) / (C1 + C2 +…….)
those courses.
since admission.
examination.
443
(c) The Jury in case of examination of Project/Design thesis in IX semester shall consist of:
(i) Chairman (Head of Jury)

(ii) Respective Guide of students (Internal Examiner)
(iii) External Examiner(s)
All the members of the Jury shall be treated as Examiners in all 4 stages and remuneration/TA-DA
shall be paid as per university norms.

(ii) Two senior teachers of the Department (to be appointed by the BOS).
paper.

(ii) Two senior teachers of the Department (to be appointed by the BOS)
Note: Examiner(s) concerned may be invited especially if the committee so desires.
The Result Moderation Committee will examine the result of each theory course and in case of an
abnormal situation; it may take suitable corrective measures in consultation with the examiner(s).
The examiner(s) will place the evaluated answer scripts along with the brief solution and marking
scheme before the Committee. In case of difference of opinion among the members of the
Committee, the majority decision will prevail, in which the examiner(s) will not participate.
9.10 There shall be no re-evaluation in Architectural Design (JE) courses and Design Thesis.
degree of Bachelor of Architecture. He/she must also pay all University dues as per rules.
11.1 Name Removal

444
admission to the B. Arch. program will be cancelled and his/her name will be removed from the rolls
of the University.

2 semesters 0
4 semesters 30
6 semesters 60
8 semesters 90
10 semesters 120
12 semesters 150
14 semesters 180
16 semesters 240
11.2 Mercy Appeal
12. Result
(b) The Division awarded to “Graduated” students will be based on CPI as given below:

y = (20x3 - 380x2 + 2725x - 1690)/84
445

446
Regulations to Chapter XCII(B) of Ordinances (Academic) for

Bachelor of Architecture Program
1. Explanations
1.1 Course Number
optional.
(b) The third character will be 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 indicating First Year, Second Year, Third Year,
Fourth Year, or Fifth Year of the B.Arch. program.

1-4 and 6-7 = Theory courses
5 = Architectural Design courses (JE)
9 = Laboratory/Practical courses
1.2 Faculty Number
digits indicating the year of admission; the third and fourth characters are always “AR” indicating
Architecture; the fifth character is always “B” indicating B. Arch. program; the sixth, seventh and
eighth characters are numerical digits that are for identifying a student of a particular batch.
1.3 Marks
447
Marks.
course.
2.4 Syllabus
of the case.
448

5. Chief Tabulator, B.Arch. Program.
4. Examinations
The duration of Mid-Semester and End-Semester Examinations of all courses shall be as given in the
curriculum. If the duration is not mentioned in the curriculum, it will be as notified by the
Dean/Chairman in every semester. Students who miss the Mid-Semester Examination in a course
due to illness or some other extra-ordinary compelling situation may contact the teacher(s)
concerned of the course with the request to conduct a make-up test. The teacher(s) shall follow the
guidelines in this regard approved by the Faculty from time to time. There shall be no make-up
test/examination for end-semester examinations.
5. Additional Course categories
EE-Course: Theory Courses

IE-Course: Practical Courses
JE-Course: Major Jury Courses (to be evaluated by external and internal examiner on the same day
of examination), Design Thesis in IX semester (to be evaluated by external and internal jury in 4
stages)
449

CHAPTER – XCIII
MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (M.S.W.)

(Deleted)

CHAPTER – XCIII(A)
MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (MSW)

(Deleted)

EC dated 5.7.97.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).

EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001.
450

CHAPTER – XCIII(B)
Master of Social Work (MSW)
(Semester System)
1. Introduction
1.1 Department of Sociology and Social Work has adopted semester system in place of Annual
system for the students admitted to MSW (Master of Social Work) Programme from the
Academic Session 2002-2003. The duration of this course will be of four semesters.
1.2 These Academic Ordinances will be applicable to the students admitted to MSW (Master of
Social Work) Programme during the Session 2002-2003 and onwards (under Semester
System). All existing Academic Ordinances related to MSW (Master of Social Work)
Programme under Annual system are infructuous in the light of these Academic Ordinances.
2. Admissions
2.1 No candidate shall be eligible for the Degree in MSW (Master of Social Work) under
semester system unless he/she has obtained a B.A./B.Sc./B.Com Honours degree of this
University or its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in aggregate and has under gone a
regular course of study in the University for not less than three academic sessions.
2.2 The candidate shall be selected for admission to the MSW (Master of Social Work)
Programme at First Semester Level on the basis of Competitive Written Admission Test
followed by Group Discussion and Interview.
2.3 Any candidate, not appearing at the Entrance Test for Admission shall not be considered for
admission to MSW (Master of Social Work) Programme.
However, few seats (over & above intake) are also reserved for admission to MSW (Master of
Social Work) Programme for self financing foreign Nationals/NRIs under I.E.F.-
Scheme/Cultural Exchange Programme without appearing in the Entrance Test for Admission
in accordance with the rules and procedures specified in Special Information Bulletin for
Admission to Foreign Nationals/NRIs published by this University every year.
2.4 Every student admitted to MSW (Master of Social Work) Programme should get
himself/herself registered in all regular semesters until the completion of the requirements of
his/her Degree within permissible time limit.
3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Social Work shall be open to:
(a) Candidates who have undergone a regular course of MSW in the University for two Academic
Session; Comprising four semesters.
(b) Ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII
4. The Examination for the Degree of MSW (Master of Social Work), shall consist of Part I and Part II.
Each part is divided into two semesters. The number of written papers and the marks allotted to each
paper including sessional work, viva-voce examination, concurrent field work & weekly seminar
presentation at each part of the Examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the
recommendations of the Department of Sociology & Social Work and Faculty of Social Sciences.

O.M. LD.No.(C)/1153 dated 30.9.2002.
451
To appear at each semester examination a candidate must put in 75% attendance in lectures, tutorials
and the concurrent field work & weekly seminar presentation separately for each semester.
5. In order to promote to the second year (after first-two semesters) a candidate shall have to clear at
least six out of eight written theory papers as well as concurrent field work & weekly seminar
presentation and viva-voce (as prescribed) of I & II semesters.
6. In order to eligible for the award of Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in each theory paper,
sessional works, concurrent field work & weekly seminar presentation and via-voce examination to
be held during each semester examination.
Provided that in addition to viva-voce and concurrent field work & weekly seminar presentation,
there shall be 16 papers carrying 100 marks each and there shall be concurrent field work & weekly
seminar presentation and viva-voce of 400 marks to be spread over two years of four semesters.
Provided further that there shall be a winter camp (rural) and winter camp (urban) of 1-2 weeks in
semester I & III respectively and block field placement (summer training) of 6-8 week in semester II
& IV. A report of satisfactory completion of Block Field Work from the
Organization/Establishment/Institution will be submitted by the student. The Degree shall be
awarded only after the satisfactory report of Block Field Work (Summer Training) is received.
7. Credit System :
(i) Each theory paper carrying 100 marks will be of four Credits.
(ii) Each concurrent field work & weekly seminar presentation and viva-voce courses carrying 50
marks will be of two Credits.
(iii) There shall be three lecture periods per week and one tutorial period per week for a four
Credit course.
(iv) There shall be one lecture period per week and two field work tutorial periods per week for a
two Credit courses.
During of examination papers of four Credits will be three hours and the students will be asked to
answer 5 questions in each paper.
Duration of examination papers of two Credits will be two hours and the students will be asked to
answer 3 questions in each paper.
In order to become eligible for the award of Master Degree in Social Work (MSW) a candidate shall
have to clear 80 Credits in four semester duration.
8. Semester-wise course structure:

Semester I - There shall be four papers of 100 marks each including sessional work and
concurrent field work & weekly seminar presentation and viva-voce carrying 50 marks each. (Total
marks 400+50+50=500 marks).
Semester II - Four papers of 100 marks each including sessional work and concurrent field work &
weekly seminar presentation and via-voce carrying 50 marks each. (Total marks 400+50+50=500
marks).
Semester III – Four papers 100 marks each including sessional work and concurrent field work &
weekly seminar presentation and via-voce carrying 50 marks each. (Total marks 400+50+50=500
marks).
Semester IV - Four papers (one compulsory and three elective papers) of 100 marks each including
sessional work and concurrent field work & weekly seminar presentation and via-voce carrying 50
marks each (Total marks 400+50+50=500 marks) Grand total (500+500+500+500=2000 marks).
The break-up of marks in each theory paper will be as follows for each Semester Examination :
452
(a) Written University Examination 75 marks

(b) Sessional Work 25 marks
(c) Field Work & Weekly Seminar Presentation 50 marks
(d) Viva-Voce 50 marks
9. To pass the examination a candidate must obtain

(a) 40% marks in sessional work of each paper
(b) 40% marks in each written paper
(c) 40% marks in viva-voce examination/concurrent field work & weekly seminar presentation.
(d) 40% of the aggregate marks of I,II,III & IV Semester Examinations combined.
Explanation : Sessional Work in each paper shall be based on class tests, candidates who fails to
obtain the required percentage of marks in the aggregate for passing the Master‟s Examination may
appear as an Ex-student in subsequent examination in one or more papers and practical examination
only in which he/she has failed to obtain 40% marks. Provided that the marks awarded to such
candidate for sessional work during his regular course of study shall be taken into account at the
subsequent examination. Provided further subject to provisions of Clause 8 Chapter XXIII, a regular
candidate who fails to obtain the required minimum marks in any paper/field work at the Part I or
Part II examination may appear in the paper only at subsequent examination. Provided further if a
candidate fails in more than two theory papers may appear as ex-student during subsequent
University examination.
10. A candidate who obtains 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the 1st Division,
one who obtains less than 60% but not less than 50% of the marks shall be placed in the 2 nd division
and one who obtains less than 50% but not less than 40% marks shall be placed in the 3 rd division.
Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean,
Faculty of Social Sciences to repeat the examination in one or more written papers after passing the
complete examination in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter –XVII of the Academic Ordinances.
11. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of MSW (Master of Social Work) within four
academic sessions after his/her admission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further.
However, a fifth year grace may be allowed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the
Chairman of the Department of Sociology & Social Work and the Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences.
12. Academic Calendar: Each Academic year (52 weeks) is divided into two semester viz first
semester and second semester each of which shall be of 20 weeks duration followed by 1-2 weeks of
winter camp and 6-8 weeks of summer training.
The tentative break-up of each semester shall be as follows :
(i) 1st Semester
Teaching period 16 weeks

Preparation Leave 1 week
End Semester Univ. Exam 2 weeks
Evaluation and Result Processing Period 1 week
Winter Camp (Rural) 1-2 weeks
Winter Break 1 week
(ii) 2nd Semester

453

Summer Break 1 week
Summer Training 6-8 weeks
(iii) 3rd Semester

Winter Camp (Urban) 1-2 weeks
Winter Break 1 week
(iv) 4th Semester

Summer Break 1 week
Summer Training 6-8 weeks
Declaration of result The final result of MSW students will be
declared after the submission of Summer Training Report.
454

CHAPTER-XCIII (C)
MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (MSW)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for admission to the Master‟s Degree in Social Work (MSW) under
semester system unless he/she has obtained Bachelor Degree in any discipline with at least 50%
marks in aggregate and has undergone a regular course of study in the university for not less than
three academic sessions.
2. The candidate shall be selected for admission on the basis of Competitive Written Admission Test,
Group Discussion and Interview/Aptitude Assessment. For the candidates who qualified written test,
physical presence in the Group Discussion and Interview/Aptitude Assessment is compulsory to
become eligible for selection.
3. The examination for the Degree of Master of Social Work shall be open to:
(a) Candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the university for two academic
sessions.
(b) Ex-students as defined in chapter XVII
4. The examination for the Degree of Master of Social Work shall consist of Part I and Part II. Each
part is divided into two semesters. The number of written papers and the marks allotted to each paper
including Sessional work, viva-voce examination, Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation at
each part of the examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of
the Department of Social Work and the faculty concerned.
5. To appear at each semester examination a candidate must put in the minimum percentage of
attendance as prescribed by Academic Council form time to time.
6. (a) To pass each paper in the Semester Examination the candidate must obtain at least 40% marks
in all papers separately.
(b) In order to be promoted to the semester II a candidate shall have to clear at least 03 written
papers out of 04 written papers and will have to compulsorily pass Concurrent Field Work &
Seminar Presentation and Viva-voce (as prescribed) of semester I. To be promoted to MSW
semester III, the candidate shall have to pass 03 written papers out of 04 written papers of
MSW semester I & II separately and will have to compulsorily pass Concurrent Field Work &
Seminar Presentation and Viva-voce (as prescribed) of semester II. Further, in order to be
promoted to semester IV a candidate shall have to clear all papers of semester I and 03 written
papers out of 04 written papers of semester II & III separately and will have to compulsorily
pass Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation and Viva-voce (as prescribed) of
semester III.
7. In order to be eligible for the award of the Degree, a candidate shall have to pass each paper/field
work (inclusive of Sessional work) and also the Viva-voce examination to be held along with the
each semester examination.
Provided that in addition to Viva-voce and concurrent field work & seminar presentation, there shall
be atleast 16 papers carrying 100 marks each and there shall be Concurrent Field Work & Seminar
Presentation and Viva-voce of 400 marks to be spread over two years (Part I & Part II).

455
Provided further that there shall be a Winter Camp (Rural) and Winter Camp (Urban) of 1-2 weeks
in semester I & III respectively and 6-8 weeks Block Field Work (Summer Training) in semester II
& IV. A report of satisfactory completion of Block Field Work from the
Organisation/Establishment/Institution will be submitted by the students. The Degree shall be
awarded only after the satisfactory report of Block Field Work (Summer Training) is received.
8. Credit System
Each paper carrying 100 marks will be 4 Credits course of 03 lectures and 01 tutorial per week
Each paper carrying 50 marks will be 2 Credits course of 02 lectures and 01 tutorial per week
Duration of examination papers of 04 Credits will be 03 hours and the students will be asked to
answer 5 questions in each paper
Duration of examination paper of 02 Credits will be 02 hours and the student will asked 3 questions
in each paper
In order to become eligible for the award of Master Degree in Social Work (MSW) a candidate shall
have to clear 80 Credits in four semesters duration.
9. Semester-wise course structure:

Semester I- There shall be four papers of 100 marks each including Sessional work and Concurrent
Field Work & Seminar Presentation and viva-voce carrying 50 marks each. (Total marks:
400+50+50= 500 marks)
Semester II- Four papers of 100 marks each including Sessional work and Concurrent Field Work &
Seminar Presentation and viva-voce carrying 50 marks each. (Total marks: 400+50+50= 500 marks)
Semester III- Four papers of 100 marks each including Sessional work and Concurrent Field Work
& Seminar Presentation and viva-voce carrying 50 marks each. (Total marks: 400+50+50= 500
marks)
Semester IV- Four papers of 100 marks each including sessional work and Concurrent Field Work
& Seminar Presentation and viva-voce carrying 50 marks each (Total marks: 400+50+50= 500
marks)
(Grand total: 500+500+500+500=2000 marks).
The break-up of marks for each Semester Examination will be as follows:

(a) Sessional Work 25 marks
(b) Written Examination 75 marks
10. To pass the examination a candidate must obtain

(a) 40% marks in sessional work (in each paper)
(b) 40% marks in each written paper
(c) 40% marks in viva-voce examination/Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation
(d) 45% of the aggregate marks of semester I, II, III & IV Examinations taken together.
Explanation: Sessional work in each paper shall be based on class tests. Provided that a
candidate who fails to obtain the required percentage of marks in aggregate for passing the Master‟s
examination may appear as an Ex-student in subsequent examination in one or more papers and
practical only in which he/she has failed to obtain 45% marks.
456
Provided further that subject to provisions of Clause 8 chapter XXIII, a regular candidate who fails
to obtain the required minimum marks in any paper/field work at the Part I or Part II examination
may appear in the paper only at any subsequent examination.
11. A candidate who obtains 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the 1 st division, one
who obtains less than 60% but not less than 50% of the marks shall be placed in the 2 nd division, one
who obtains less than 50% but not less than 45% marks shall be placed in the 3rd division.
Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean,
Faculty of Social Sciences to repeat the examination in one or more written papers after passing the
complete examination in accordance with Clause 14 of chapter-XVII of the Academic Ordinance.
12. A candidate who fails to qualify for the degree of MSW (Master of Social Work) within four
academic sessions & after his/her admission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further.
However, a fifth year grace may be allowed by the permission of the Academic Council on the
recommendation of the Chairman of the Department of Social Work and the Dean of the Faculty
concerned.
457
CHAPTER – XCIV
Post-graduate Diploma in Human Rights

(Deleted)

Chapter – XCIV(A)
Post – Graduate Diploma in Human Rights
(in the Faculty of Social Sciences)

(Deleted)

AC dated 19.6.1997.

458

Chapter – XCIV(B)
Post – Graduate Diploma in Women’s Studies
(2 – Semester Part-Time Evening Programme)
(in the Faculty of Social Sciences)
1. The Post –Graduate Diploma in Women‟s Studies shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed
Bachelor‟s Degree programme in any discipline with not less than 50% marks in aggregate of this
University or an examination recognised by this University as its equivalent and has undergone a
regular course of Post Graduate Diploma in Women‟s Studies for not less than one academic year
comprising of two semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of first and
second semesters separately;
Provided that the candidate who is pursuing the Five Year Bachelor of Law Course and has cleared
all prescribed courses of the first three years, shall also be deemed eligible for admission to the Post
Graduate Diploma in Women‟s Studies.
2. In order to be eligible for the award of P.G Diploma in Women‟s Studies, a candidate shall have to
pass four theory courses of 4 credits each and a viva-voce of 2 credits in each semester examinations
in accordance with the decision of Academic Council on the recommendations of Board of Studies
and the Faculty of Social Sciences.
3. The courses, the credits and the marks allotted to each course shall be prescribed by the Academic
Council on the recommentations of the Board of Studies and the Faculty of Social Sciences.
4. The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each theory course shall be as
follows:
5. The semester examinations shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course study
in this University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all courses taken together in each
semester.
6. (a) To pass each theory course/viva-voce examination and to accumulate credits assigned to it, a
candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and End Semester
Examination , taken together.
course as an ex-student, as per Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic). The marks
awarded at the subsequent End Semester Examination and sessional marks obtained earlier as
a regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate
(c) In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/ FN-75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.
459
However, a candidate who has fulfilled attendance requirements of I and II semesters after the
expiry of two academic sessions, may be permitted to appear at the immediately following End
Semester Examinations with the prior permission of the Academic Council on the recommendations
of the Director of Centre/Dean Faculty of Social Sciences as an ex-student to complete the
remaining requirements for the award of Post Graduate Diploma in Women‟s Studies;
and those who secure less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in Third Division.
Examinations not later than one academic session after the declaration of his/her result on passing
the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/viva-voce
examination. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/viva-voce examination during
his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward;
Provided that such permission to appear at the examination for improvement shall be granted only
once, and the candidate is not pursuing or undergoing any other part-time Diploma Course in the
meanwhile;
Such candidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation.

460
CHAPTER – XCV
MASTER’S DEGREE IN JOURNALISM &
MASS COMMUNICATION (MJMC)

(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XCV(A)
MASTER’S DEGREE IN JOURNALISM &
MASS COMMUNICATION (MJMC)

(Deleted)
CHAPTER – XCV(B)
Master of Journalism & Mass Communication (MJMC)

(Deleted)

EC dated 27.2.1999.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).

EC dated 29.12.2001.

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).


(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
461
CHAPTER – XCV(C)

M.A. (Mass Communication (MAMC))
1. (a) The degree of M.A. (Mass Communication) (MAMC) shall be awarded to a candidate who
has passed Bachelor‟s degree in any discipline of this University or an examination
recognised by the University as its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in aggregate and
has undergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic years comprising of
four semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of the first, second,
third and fourth semesters.
(b) Candidates seeking admission to MAMC course will be selected on merit based on Admission
Tests conducted by the University.
2. (a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses (five courses in each semester) in
accordance with the decision of the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board
of Studies of the Department of Mass Communication and the Faculty of Social Sciences. The
courses shall carry specified number of credits and marks
(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the degree of M.A. (Mass Communication), a candidate
shall have to pass in semester examinations so as to accumulate 80 credits distributed in four
semesters of 20 credits each alongwith four credits for viva-voce examinations, in the manner
as specified in Clause (6) below.
(c) If a candidate wishes to accumulate additional credits by regular study in the course(s) apart
from the prescribed courses he/she may be permitted with the consent of the Department and
the Faculty.
3. (a) The MAMC examination in a course shall comprise of End Semester Examination in
Theory/Practical course and sessional work and/or practical work and/or project/dissertation
and/or viva-voce examinations as prescribed by the Academic Council on the
recommendations of the Board of Studies of Department of Mass Communication and the
Faculty of Social Science.
(b) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course shall be as
follows:
Sessional Work : End Semester Examination
25% marks : 75% marks
(c) Sessional work in each course shall be based on tutorial assignments/seminar/group
discussion/ essay writing/ class tests/practical work (if any) or as specified by the Board of
Studies, of the Department of Mass Communication.

Change of nomenclature from Master of Journalism & Mass Communication (MJMC) to M.A. (Mass Communication) (MAMC)
vide letter No. 105/Faculty of Social Sciences dated 21.2.2006 as per directive from U.G.C./EC dated 4.10.2005
462
University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, practical and other courses
taken together in each semester;
Provided that the minimum attendance requirements of 75% shall have to fulfilled by the candidate
for each additional course separately, so that he/she can appear in the End Semester Examination
and perform sessional work/practicals (wherever prescribed).
6. (a) To pass each of the theory/practical/project/dissertation/viva-voce courses and to accumulate

credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and
End Semester Examination, taken together;
Provided that the candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and End
Semester Examination taken together so as to pass in each additional course and to accumulate the
credits assigned to it.
Provided that the candidate shall not be deemed eligible for the award of MAMC degree, unless
he/she has secured at least 50 percent marks in aggregate at all courses of first, second, third and
fourth semester examinations and has completed Summer Training satisfactorily as specified by the
Board of Studies of the Department of Mass Communication.
However, if a candidate obtains less than 50 percent marks in aggregate of I and/or II semester
examinations, shall be allowed to appear for improvement in End Semester Examinations of one or
more courses in the next subsequent session alongwith III and/or IV semester examinations.
Further, if a candidate obtains less than 50 percent marks in aggregate of all four semester
examinations combined shall have to appear for improvement in End Semester Examinations of one
or more courses in the next subsequent session. The marks awarded at the subsequent semester
examination and sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular student shall be taken into account.
The marks of the courses in which the candidate has passed and did not appear for improvement
shall be carried forward. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/viva-
voce/project/dissertation/seminar.
allowed to appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course. The
marks awarded at the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular
student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already
passed shall be carried forward.
(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted to

appear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded in the sessionals/ practical work/
project/dissertation/viva-voce/seminar during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.
to pursue the studies in II semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for re -
registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put in at least
75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Such candidate may apply
to the Dean of the Faculty for re-registration in the II semester in the next academic session.
463
Dean of the Faculty for re-registration in the III/IV semester in the next academic session within the
maximum permissible period of four academic sessions from the date of his/her admission.
acquire 20 credits in the I and II semester examinations taken together shall not be promoted to the
III semester. He/she shall cease to be a regular student;
in which he/she has failed, at the next semester examinations. A candidate who thus having ceased
as a regular student in the I or/and II Semester(s). He/She shall have to fulfill the attendance
requirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals (if any) and shall appear in
the End Semester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and II semesters. Any
marks obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. Similarly a
student in III and/or IV semester. He/She shall have to fulfill the attendance requirement afresh and
Examination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV Semester. Any marks obtained
in the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. But no candidate shall be
student. He/she may be permitted to appear at the next immediately following End Semester
Examinations of I and II and/or of III and IV semester courses, as the case may be, as an ex-student
permitted by the Academic Council only if he has undergone a regular course of study in III and IV
semesters and after having fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III/IV semesters;
Provided further that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyond 10
semesters from the date of his/her first admission;
(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study, promoted to III/ IV semester can not receive
instruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/ II semester.
III semester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/her control
may be allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and /or IV semester examination as the case
may be.
464
(e) No candidate shall be eligible for MAMC degree unless he/she has passed in all courses for
the I,II,III and IV semester examinations and has completed Summer Training satisfactorily as
specified by the Board of Studies of the Department of Mass Communication.
Second Division.
Provided that the accumulated credits of additional course(s) by the candidate shall not be counted
towards Division.
(Theory) Courses not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result on passing the
complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/ practicals/ viva-voce/
project/dissertation/seminar. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work and practical
Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate shall not have
joined any other course of study in the meanwhile;
465
CHAPTER – XCVI
for
M.Sc. (Museology) (Under Semester System)
(in the Faculty of Life Sciences)
1. The degree of M.Sc. (Museology) shall be awarded to a candidate who has obtained Bachelor
degree under 10+2+3 system of education with relevant subjects such as Zoology, Botany, Wild
Life, Geology, Geography, Anthropology, Archaeology, Agriculture, Forestory, Environmental
Sciences, Chemistry, Industrial Chemistry, Biochemistry, Computer Applications, Engineering or
any other relevant subject, from this University or an examination recognized by the University as
its equivalent and has undergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic years
comprising of four semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of the first,
second, third and fourth semesters.
2. The candidates will be selected for admission to M.Sc. (Museology) strictly on merit to be
determined on the percentage of marks in aggregate obtained at the qualifying examination.
3. (a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses in accordance with the decisions of
the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of
Museology and the Faculty of Life Sciences. The courses shall carry specified number of
credits and marks.
(b) In order to be eligible for the award of M.Sc. (Museology) degree, a candidate shall have to
pass in all the four semester examinations so as to acquire/accumulate 96 credits distributed
in four semesters of 24 credits each, in the manner as specified in Clause (6) below;
Provided that, there shall be practical courses of two or four credits each as specified by the Board
of Studies of the Department of Museology and the Faculty of Life Sciences.
(b) The M.Sc. (Museology) examination in a course shall comprise of End Semester
Examination in Theory/ Practical Course and sessional work and/or practical work and/or
project/dissertation/ specimens & field study and/or seminar and/or viva-voce examinations
as prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of
the Department of Museology and Faculty of Life Sciences.
(c) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each theory /practical
course/dissertation /project shall be as follows:

(d) Sessional work in each course shall be based on assignments/class tests/practical work or as
specified by the Board of Studies of Department of Museology.

466
University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, laboratory and other courses
6 (a) To pass each of the theory/laboratory/project/dissertation/specimen & field study/ seminar/

viva-voce courses and to accumulate credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least
40% of the total marks in sessional work and End Semester Examination, taken together;

appear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, sessional marks awarded in a course(s)
during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.
candidate may apply to the Dean of the concerned Faculty for re-registration in the II
semester in the next academic session.
within the maximum permissible period of four academic sessions.
in which he/she has failed, at the next semester examinations. An ex-student who thus having ceased
Semester Examination of all the courses at the immediately following examination of I and/or II
semesters. Any marks obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be
disregarded. Similarly a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance
requirement, fails to secure the required number of credits for obtaining the degree, may also apply
for re-registration as a regular student in III and/or IV semester. He/she shall have to fulfil the
attendance requirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals/ project and
shall appear in all End Semester Examination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV
Semester. Any marks obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be
467
disregarded. But no candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two
consecutive years in any semester;
degree within eight (8) semesters from the date of his/her first admission, he/she shall cease to be a
regular student. He/she may be permitted to appear at the immediately following End Semester
Examinations of I and/or II and/or of III and/or IV semester courses, as the case may be, as an
ex-student permitted by the Academic Council only if he/she has undergone a regular course of
study in III and IV semesters and after having fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III and
IV semesters;
Provided further that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyond
ten (10) semesters from the date of his/her first admission.
(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study and promoted to III/ IV semester can not
receive instruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/ II semester;
(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass the courses at the I or/and
8. No candidate shall be eligible for M.Sc. (Museology) degree in a subject unless he/she has passed all
courses for the I, II, III and IV semester examinations.
The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis of
Third Division;
performance, he/she may appear in not more than 25% of the written papers (Theory courses) at the
End Semester Examinations concerned not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result
on passing the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/
practical work/ viva-voce/ project/dissertation/seminar/specimens & field study. The marks awarded
to him/her for the sessional work and practical examination during his/her regular course of study
shall be carried forward. Such candidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation;
Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate is not pursuing or
468

CHAPTER – XCVI(A)
Post – M.Sc. Diploma in Museology
(in the Faculty of Life Sciences)
1. The Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed M.Sc.
Degree with not less than 50% marks in aggregate of this University or an examination recognised
by this university as its equivalent in Zoology/Wild life/ Botany/Geology/Chemistry/ Anthropology/
Archaeology/History/Fine Arts and has undergone a regular course of study for not less than one
academic year comprising of two semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance
of first and second semesters.
2. In order to be eligible for the award of Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology , a candidate shall have to
pass in all the semester examinations so as to accumulate 48 credits distributed in two semesters.
3. The courses, the credits and the marks allotted to each course shall be prescribed by the Academic
Council on the recomentations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Museology and the
Faculty of Life Sciences.
4. The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course/ dissertation shall be as
follows:
5. The semester examinations shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of
study in this University for two semesters and have put in at least 75% attendance in all courses
6. (a) To pass each course/ dissertation and to accumulate credits assigned to it, a candidate must
obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and End Semester Examination ,
taken together.
course as an ex-student, as per Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic). The marks
awarded at the subsequent end semester examination and sessional marks obtained earlier as
a regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate
(c) In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held.
However, a candidate who has fulfilled attendance requirements of I and II Semesters, may be
permitted to appear at the immediately following End Semester Examinations as an ex-student to
complete the remaining requirements for the award of Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology;

469
and those who obtain less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in Third Division.
the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/dissertation/ viva-
voce examination. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/dissertation/ viva-voce
470

CHAPTER – XCVII
MASTER OF FINANCE AND CONTROL (MFC)
1. Master of Finance and Control (MFC) shall be a two years full-time professional course divided into
four terms. There shall be separate course of studies for each term and there shall be separate
Examination for each term. The course of studies and examination in relation thereto shall comprise
of theory papers, sessional work, dissertation, training report, term papers and class assignments
which will carry maximum marks as indicated in the course structure.
2. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Finance & Control shall be open to:
(a) Candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two academic
sessions comprising four terms.
(b) Ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clause 5.
3. The Examination of the Degree of Master of Finance & Control shall consist of papers as per course
structure and following will be the scheme of evaluation:
(i) Each paper shall carry 100 marks of which 30 marks shall be reserved for internal assessment
based on class room participation, seminar, term papers, tests and viva-voce. The weightage
given to each of these factors shall be decided and announced at the beginning of the term.
(ii) The remaining 70 marks in each paper shall be awarded on the basis of a written examination
at the end of each term. The duration of the written examination of each paper shall be two
hours.
(iii) The scheme of evaluation for the project wok shall be as follows:
(a) Project work shall begin from the 3rd term of Part II(II Year) and shall be evaluated for 70
marks by the Supervisor concerned.
(b) There shall be a viva-voce examination at the end of Part II and shall be evaluated on the
basis of 30 marks by the Supervisor concerned and Chairman, Department of Commerce.
(c) The Supervisors for the above purpose shall be appointed by the Board of Studies.
(iv) The minimum marks for passing the examination for each term shall be 45% in each paper
and 50% in the aggregate of the term.
(v) If a student fails or fails to appear in any one of the papers in a Term Examination, he/she
will be promoted to the next term and will be allowed to appear in that paper in the
Examination for that particular term in the next year. However, if a candidate fails or fails to
appear in more than one paper in one term, he/she will not be promoted to the next term.
Candidate failing in one paper, may be permitted to make up the deficiency at subsequent but
regular and scheduled examination only. There shall be no supplementary or special

A.C. dated 27.7.1999.
471
examination for such purpose. Further the Department shall have no responsibility to
organize and impart teaching in the paper in which candidate failed.
(vi) “If at the end of the First Year, a student fails to secure 50% marks in the aggregate in either
term but has secured 45% marks in each paper then the candidate will be allowed to proceed
to the next term and to reappear in any paper/papers according to his choice at the appropriate
time in order to improve his position to get the required 50% marks in aggregate.”
(vii) Discretionary marks/Grace marks upto Four marks can be awarded in one paper only in the
3rd and 4th Term examination. No such marks shall be awarded in 1 st or 2nd Term examination
4. Successful candidates will be classified on the basis of combined results of all the four term
Examinations as follows:
(a) Candidates securing 60% and above - First Division
(b) All others - Second Division
5. (a) The condition of passing the course shall not be deemed to have been satisfied unless
students undergo Practical Training under the supervision of the Department in approved
Organizations for at least two months.
At the end of first two terms each student shall have to undertake Practical Training for a period of
two months in approved Organizations.
6. No candidate shall be considered to have perused a regular course of study and shall therefore not be
eligible to take an examination unless he is certified by the Department to have attended three-fourth
of the total number of lectures, tutorials and seminars conducted in each term during his course of
study.
7. If a candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of MFC within four academic sessions after his
admission, he/she shall not be allowed to peruse the course further without the permission of the
Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of Department of Commerce.
1. Candidates admitted to MFC Course shall not seek part-time employment during the tenure of
two years course of study.
2. The language of instructions and examinations in each term shall be English.
3. The maximum time allowed to the candidates for a submission of Dissertation/Project Report
as prescribed in MFC-24 in IV Term shall be six months from the date of end of MFC IV
Term Examination. A candidate may, however, be allowed as a special case to submit his/her
Dissertation/Project Report after the expiry of six months after obtaining necessary
permission from the Departmental Committee/Board of Studies.

8. Approved the revival of the submission of Training Report by MFC students by end of their III
Term w.e.f. the session 2003-04. Further approved the evaluation of the Training Report out of a
maximum of 100 marks split to
(a) written part of the Report carrying 70 maximum marks, and

O.M. NO. XM/PA/Ord.F.35(i) – MFC III – 82 dated 19.4.2004.
472
(b) presentation of the report before an audience comprising the Chairman or his nonimee, the
examiner & the classmates, carrying 30 marks. There shall be one examiner for the written
part as well as presentation part and he shall receive examination remuneration for each part
separately.
ANNEXURE – D
MASTER OF FINANCE AND CONTROL (MFC)
COURSE STRUCTURE
(To be effective from the session 1997-98)

Course No. Title Of The Paper Max. Marks
Sessional Exam. Total
MFC-I TERM
MFC-01 General Management 30 70 100
MFC-02 Managerial Economics 30 70 100
MFC-03 Regulatory Environment of Business 30 70 100
MFC-04 Quantitative Methods 30 70 100
MFC-05 Financial Accounting & Reporting 30 70 100
MFC-06 Financial Management 30 70 100

MFC-II TERM
MFC-07 Cost of Accounting for Planning and 30 70 100
Control
MFC-08 Personnel Management 30 70 100
MFC-09 Electronic data Processing (Theory) 10 30
100
Electronic Data Processing (Practical) 20 40
MFC-10 Investment Analysis 30 70 100
MFC-11 Indian Financial System 30 70 100
MFC-12 Tax Accounting 30 70 100
MFC-III TERM
MFC-13 Strategic Management 30 70 100
MFC-14 Corporate Tax Management 30 70 100
MFC-15 Portfolio Management 30 70 100
MFC-16 International Finance 30 70 100
MFC-17 Small Business Financial Management 30 70 100
MFC-18 Accounting for Decision Making 30 70 100

MFC-IV TERM
MFC-19 Multinational Financial Management 30 70 100
MFC-20 Project Management 30 70 100

MFC-21 Marketing of Financial Services 30 70 100
MFC-22 Insurance & Risk Management 30 70 100
MFC-23 Management of Bank Funds & Bank 30 70 100
Accounts
MFC-24 Project Study/Report 70
100
Viva – Voce 30
473

CHAPTER – XCVIII
MASTER OF TOURISM ADMINISTRATION (MTA)
1. Master of Tourism Administration (MTA) shall be a two years professional course divided into four
terms. There shall be separate course of studies for each Term and there shall be separate
Examination for each Term. The course of studies and examination in relation thereto shall
comprise of theory papers, sessional work, dissertation, training report, term papers and class
assignments which will carry maximum marks as indicated in the course structure.
2. The examination for the Degree of Master of Tourism Administration shall be open to:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two Academic
Sessions comprising four terms.
(b) e-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clause 5.
3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Tourism Administration shall consists of papers as per
course structure and following will be the scheme of evaluation:
(i) Each paper shall carry 100 marks of which 30 marks shall be reserved for internal assessment
based on class room participation, seminar, term papers, tests, viva-voce and attendance. The
weightage given to each of these factors shall be decided and announced at the beginning of
the term.
at the end of each term. The duration of the written examination of each paper shall be two
hours.
(iii) There shall be a viva-voce examination at the end of each term and shall carry 100 marks
each. Examiners for viva-voce shall be appointed by the Board of Studies.
(iv) The minimum marks for passing the examination for each term shall be 45% in each paper
and 50% in the aggregate of the term.
(v) If a student fails or fails to appear in any one of the papers in Term Examination, he/she will
be promoted to the next term and will be allowed to appear in that paper in the Examination
for that particular term in the next year. However, if a candidate fails or fails to appear in
more than one paper in one term, he will not be promoted to the next term. Candidate failing
in one paper may be permitted to make up the deficiency at subsequent but regular and
scheduled examination only. There shall be no supplementary or special examination for
such purpose. Further, the Department shall have no responsibility to organize and impart
teaching in the paper in which candidate failed.
(vi) “If at the end of the First Year, a student fails to secureD50% marks in the aggregate in either
term but has secured 45% marks in each paper then the candidate will be allowed to proceed
in the next term and to re-appear in any paper/papers according to his choice at the
appropriate time in order to improve his position to get the required 50% marks in
aggregate.”

AC dated 27.7.1999.
474
(vii) Discretionary/Grace marks up to four marks can be awarded in one paper only in the 3 rd and
4th Term Examination. No such marks shall be awarded in 1 st and 2nd Term Examination.
4. Successful candidates will be classified on the basis of combined results of all the four Term
Examinations as follows:
(a) Candidates securing 60% and above - First Division
(b) All others - Second Division
5. The requirements for successful completion of the course leading to award of MTA Degree also
include 8 week On-the-Job Training (Summer Training) in reputed/leading Tourism/Travel
Organizations and a report based on this training in the 3 rd term and a report on Tourist Centre
visited in the 4th term. Provided further that each of these reports shall carry maximum of 100
marks and shall be evaluated by the Supervisor to be appointed by the Board of Studies.
6. No candidate shall be considered to have pursued a regular course of study and shall therefore not be
eligible to take an Examination unless he is certified by the Department to have attended three fourth
of the total number of lectures, tutorials and seminars conducted in each term during his course of
study.
7. If a candidate who fails to qualify for the degree of MTA within four academic sessions after his
admission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further without the permission of the Academic
Council on the recommendation of Board of Studies of the Department of Commerce
8. The language of instructions and examination in each term shall be English.


9. (Deleted)
10. The maximum period allowed to the candidates for submission of Project Report/Report on Tourist
Center visited as prescribed in IV term, shall be six months from the date of end of Examination of
IV term. A candidate may, however be allowed as a special case to submit his/her
Dissertation/Project Report after the expiry of six moths after obtaining necessary permission from
the Departmental Committee/Board of Studies.

AC dated 27.1.2003.
475
ANNEXURE – E
MASTER OF TOURISM ADMINISTRATION (MTA)

COURSE STRUCTURE
(To be effective from the session 1997-98)
Course No. Title Of The Paper Max. Marks

Sessional Exam Total
MTA-I TERM
MTA-101 Economics of Tourism 30 70 100
MTA-102 Planning and Management of 30 70 100
International Tourism
MTA-103 Tourism Marketing 30 70 100
MTA-104 Indian History 30 70 100
MTA-105 Organization & Management 30 70 100
MTA-106 Hotel Management 30 70 100
MTA-107 Foreign Language 30 70 100
MTA-108 Viva Voce - 100 100
MTA-II TERM
MTA-201 Indian Society and Culture 30 70 100
MTA-202 Financial Management 30 70 100
MTA-203 Human Resource Development 30 70 100
MTA-204 Organizational Behaviour 30 70 100
MTA-205 Quantitative Methods 30 70 100
MTA-206 Tourism Geography 30 70 100
MTA-208 Viva-Voce - 100 100
MTA-III TERM
MTA-301 Business Policy & Social Responsibility 30 70 100
MTA-302 Legal & Regulatory Frame-Work of 30 70 100
Tourism
MTA-303 Management of Travel Agency & Tour 30 70 100
Operations
MTA-304 Operations Management 30 70 100
MTA-305 Pricing Policy and Consumer Behaviour 30 70 100
MTA-307 Report on On-the-Job Training - 100 100
MTA-IV TERM
MTA-401 Tourist Products of India 30 70 100
MTA-402 Management Information System and 30 70 100
Computer Application
MTA-403 Environment and Ecology 30 70 100
MTA-404 Adventure Tourism 30 70 100
MTA-405 Public Enterprise Management of an 30 70 100
Organization connected with Tourism
MTA-407 Report on Tourist Centre Visited - 100 100
476
CHAPTER – IC (XCIX)
M.Tech. (Computer Science & Technology)

(Deleted)

(A.C. Item No. 22 dated 24.01.2015).
477

CHAPTER – C
POST DIPLOMA IN ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
1. The Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering shall be awarded to candidates who have
undergone at the University a regular course of study for three semesters (1½ academic years) after
having passed the Diploma in Engineering in Civil/Mechanical/Chemical/Drafting & Designing
(Civil), and Drafting & Designing (Mechanical) Examination of the University or the Institutions
recognized by the University of the same level.
2. The First Semester Examination for the Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering shall be open
to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for First Semester at the University.
3. The Second Semester Examination for the Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering shall be
open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for Second Semester at the
University after having passed the First Semester Examination for the Post Diploma in
Environmental Engineering.
4. The Final Semester Examination for the Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering shall be open
to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for Third Semester at the University
after having passed the Second Semester Examination for the Post Diploma in Environmental
Engineering.
5. First and Second Semester Examinations shall be conducted partly by means of written paper and
partly by means of sessional work, practical and viva voce examination and Third Semester
examination shall be based on project, sessional work and viva voce as may be prescribed by the
Faculty on the recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. A theory course consists of
written paper and corresponding theory sessional. A practical/project course consists of practical
sessional and corresponding practical viva voce examinations.
6. To pass each examination, a candidate must obtain:
(i) At least 40 per cent marks in each theory course and securing at least 25 per cent in the
(ii) At least 60 per cent marks in each practical course.
7. (a) The Division in which the successful candidates are to be placed at the end of Final
Examination shall be determined on the basis of the combined result of the First, Second and
Final Semester Examinations.
(b) Candidates who obtain 75% of the total marks or more shall be declared to have passed the
Examination in First Division with Honours.
(c) A candidate who obtains 65% of the total marks or more but less than 75% shall be placed in
the First Division and who obtains less than 65% of the total marks but more than 50% of the
total marks shall be placed in the Second Division.

EC dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001.
478
(d) A candidate who obtains less than 50% of the total marks shall be declared as failed.
8. No candidate shall be allowed to improve his marks in Sessional or University Examination of a
course after having passed it.
9. (a) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of the First Semester shall not be
promoted to the Second Semester.
(b) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of Second Semester shall not be
promoted to the Third Semester.
(c) A candidate who fails in prescribed courses of First and Second Semesters shall have to clear
all the backlog papers in the Third Semester within the prescribed duration of the Post
Diploma in Environmental Engineering after which he will be entitled for the award of Post
Diploma in Environmental Engineering.
10. No candidate shall be allowed to continue in the Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering
Course beyond two and half years from the date of his admission to the First Semester of Post
Diploma in Environmental Engineering. However, under special circumstances where the situation
so justifies, the Academic Council on the recombination of the Faculty, may extend the duration.
479

CHAPTER – CI
Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management and Applications
(3 – Semester Course for Women Candidates)
1. The Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management and Applications shall be awarded to
candidates who have undergone at the University a regular course of study for three semesters (1.5
academic years) after having passed the Diploma in Engineering (Computer/Electronics/Information
Technology)/BCA/B.Sc. (Hons.) with Mathematics as main or subsidiary subject, or B.Sc. (Hons).
in Information Technology Examination or his equivalent examination recognized by this
University.
2. The First Semester Examination for the Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management and
Applications shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course to study for the first
semester at the University and have put in at least 75% physical attendance in all course taken
together during the semester.
3. The Second Semester Examination for the Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management
and Applications shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the
second semester at the University after having passed the first semester examination for the
Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management and Applications and have put in atleast
75% physical attendance in all course taken together during the semester.
4. The Final Semester Examination for the Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management and
Applications shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the third
semester at the University after having passed the second semester examination for the Advanced
Diploma in Multimedia System Management and Applications and have put in at least 75% physical
attendance in all courses taken together during the semester.
5. Each of the Examination shall consist of theory courses and/or practical course and/or project as
prescribed by the faculty on the recommendations of the Board of Studies concerned. A theory
course shall consist of University Examination (written paper) and corresponding sessional work. A
practical course/project shall consist of practical/project sessional work and corresponding practical
6. To pass each examination, a candidate must obtain:-
(i) At least 40% of total marks in sessional work and University Examination (written paper)
taken together in each theory course and securing at least 25% in the University Examination
(written paper).
(ii) At least 60% of total marks in practical work/project sessional work and practical/viva-voce
examination taken together in each practical course/project.
7. (i) The division in which the successful candidate is to be placed at the end of a Final
Examination shall be determined on the basis of the combined result (cumulative marks) of
the First, Second and Final Semester Examination taken together.

480
(ii) A Candidate who obtains 75% of the cumulative marks or more shall be declared to have
passed the Final Examination in First Division with Honors.
(iii) A candidate who obtains 65% of the cumulative marks or more but less than 75% shall be
placed in the First Division and who obtains less than 65% of the cumulative marks but more
than 50% of the cumulative mark shall be placed in the Second Division.
(iv) A candidate who obtains less than 50% of the cumulative marks shall be declared as failed.
8. No candidate shall be allowed to improve her marks in sessional or University Examination of a

course after having passed it. However, if a candidate who fails to obtain at least 50% of cumulative
marks, may improve her performance in the subsequent University Examination in one or more
theory papers only after passing all prescribed courses as per Clause (14) of Chapter XVII of the
Ordinances (Academic).
9. (i) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of the First Semester of the
Diploma Course shall not be promoted to the Second Semester of Diploma Course.
(ii) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of the Second Semester of the
Diploma Course shall not be promoted to the Final Semester of Diploma Course.
(iii) A candidate who fails in prescribed course(s) in First and/or Second Semester shall have to
clear backlog course(s) along with the First and/or Second Semester Examination held in the
next academic session as the case may be. The project may be submitted after completing the
requirements of First and Second Semesters.
10. No candidate shall be allowed to continue in the Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System
Management and Applications Course beyond two and half years from the date of her admission to
the first semester of Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management and Applications.
However, under special circumstances where the situation so justifies, the Academic Council on the
recommendation of the Faculty, may extend the duration.
481

CHAPTER CI-A
1-Year Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering Programme at

University Polytechnic (Boys)
AND
1-Year Advance Diploma in Multimedia Systems/Interior Decoration Programmes
University Women’s Polytechnic
(Effective from the Academic Session 2014-15)
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 University Polytechnic(Boys), Aligarh Muslim University offers full time 1-Year( 2-
Semesters) Advance Diploma Programme leading to Advance Diploma in
Environmental Engineering.
1.2 University Women’s Polytechnic, Aligarh Muslim University offers full time 1-Year (2-
Semesters) Advance Diploma Programmes leading to Advance Diploma in Multimedia
Systems and Interior Decoration.
2. ELIGIBILITY
2.1 For Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering:

B.Sc. (Science) / B.Sc. (Life Sciences) with not less than 55% marks in the aggregate.
OR
Diploma in Engineering with First Division in Civil/ Construction Technology/ Mechanical/
Architecture / Chemical/ Environmental Engg. / RAC/ Production Engg. / Computer Engg. /
Electronics Engg. / Electrical Engg./Instrumentation & Control.
2.2 For Advance Diploma in Multimedia Systems:

Diploma in Engineering with First Division in Computer / Electronics / Information Technology
from a recognized Board / University
OR
B.Sc.(Hons.) Computer Applications / B.C.A. /B. Sc. with Mathematics as main or subsidiary
subject / B. Sc. (Hons.) Information Technology with not less than 50% marks in aggregate from a
recognized University.
2.3 For Advance Diploma in Interior Decoration:

Bachelor‟s Degree in any discipline from this University or its equivalent with not less than 50%
marks in aggregate
OR
Diploma in Engineering/Diploma in Secretarial Practice/ Diploma in Costume Design and Garment
Technology or its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in aggregate.
Notwithstanding with above provisions, eligibility criteria amended by the University from time to
time shall be applicable.

XM/RU/F.No.003/14/11 dt. 06.5.2014
482
3. ADMISSION
The admission to Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering/ Multimedia Systems/Interior

Decoration Programmes shall be made in the First Semester through competition as per the existing
practice of the Aligarh Muslim University.
4. ACADEMIC SESSION
semester shall be approximately of 20 weeks duration. The „Odd‟ semester shall normally
commence in the month of July/August and the „even‟ semester in the month of December/January.
In the beginning of every session, the Dean, in consultation with the Principal, shall notify a detailed
5. DURATION OF PROGRAMMES

The minimum duration of the programmes shall be two (2) consecutive semesters after admission.

The maximum duration of the programmes shall be four (4) semesters after admission.

There shall be a standing Curriculum Development Committee (CDC) consisting of concerned
section Incharge and one senior teacher from that section teaching the course. Principal shall be the
convener of the committee.

(c) To suggest necessary changes in the ordinances.
(d) Any other task related to academics.
reject or change the proposal(s) of the CDC before recommending to the Faculty.

(a) The curriculum of each Advance diploma course shall contain a list of courses having a
course number, course title, number of contact periods, maximum marks assigned to various
components of evaluation.
(b) It shall specify all other conditions required for the award of the Advance Diploma.

The curriculum of each advance diploma course shall be prepared by the section concerned and shall
be recommended by the respective Board of Studies and be placed in the Faculty Meeting for
approval. Final approval for the ordinances shall be obtained before it may be implemented. Once
approved by the Faculty Meeting, the curriculum shall be implemented. The same procedure shall be
followed for any modification/change in the curriculum.
483
7. REGISTRATION
(a) A student who gets admission in Advance Diploma Programmes will be automatically
deemed to have been registered for all courses of First Semester of Advance Diploma
Programmes.
(b) Every student is required to register in each semester for the courses that he/she desires to
pursue in that semester. The registration schedule shall be announced by the Dean/Principal
for every semester. The registration process involves the following:
i. Submitting a registration form in the office of the Principal and obtaining a registration
card signed by the Principal.
ii. Paying the required fee.
(c) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission
from the Dean of faculty, his/her name shall be removed from the rolls of the university.
Such a student may apply to the Dean for re-admission stating the reasons for not being
able to register for two consecutive semesters and the Dean of faculty shall take suitable
decision prior to the last date of registration according to the merit of the case.
8. PROMOTION CRITERION
A candidate who attended the first semester of Advance Diploma Course shall be promoted to
second semester of the Advance Diploma Course if he/she completed the attendance requirements in
the 75% courses/subjects of the first semester.
9. ATTENDANCE
securing 75% or more attendance in a course in a semester shall be eligible to appear in the End
Semester Examination of the course concerned.
9.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in the above provisions, attendance requirement rules amended
by the university authorities from time to time shall be applicable. Condonation of the attendance, if
any, shall be done as per university rules applicable from time to time.

Mid Semester Examination of each course will be of one hour duration and shall be conducted as per
norms and schedule notified by the office of the Dean on the recommendation of the Principal in
each semester.

mentioned in Study/Teaching and Evaluation/Examination scheme of individual Advance Diploma
Courses shall be conducted as per norms and schedule notified by the Controller of Examination of
the University on the advice of the Dean. The End Semester Examinations of Lab/Practical Courses
and other courses such as seminar, field work, and project etc. shall be conducted as notified by the
Dean/ Principal concerned.
484
10.3 Makeup Test

Students who miss the Mid Semester Examination in a course due to illness or some other extra-
Faculty from time to time. The marks obtained shall be reduced by 20%. There shall be no makeup
test/examination for End Semester Examination.

Generally each course shall be evaluated as per the approved study and evaluation scheme.
To pass each course, a candidate must appear in the End Semester Examination and also obtain:
(a) At least 40% combined marks in Course Work, Mid Semester Examination and End
Semester Examination of each Theory Course.
(b) At least 60% combined marks in Course Work and End Semester Examination of each
Lab/Project/Seminar Course.
Note: Any fraction in any component of evaluation should be rounded off to the nearest next whole
number.

(i) If a candidate could not appear in any course due to shortage of attendance, he/she has to
repeat the course by registering it again and shall be required to appear in all the components
of evaluation afresh.
(ii) However, if a student is re-appearing in the examination of a course and has already fulfilled
the attendance requirements in that course, he/she will appear in End Semester Examination
only and his/her old marks of sessional/course work and Mid Semester will be counted. In
case of a Lab course/ Drawing course, the student shall have to register the course and fulfill
the attendance requirements again and shall have to appear in all components of evaluation;
old marks of sessional/ course work shall not be counted.
(a) The examiners for the End Semester Examination of all theory courses shall normally be the
an examiner as per the university rules, the Principal in consultation with Incharge of the
section may recommend the name of any other person as examiner.
(b) The examiners for the End Semester Examination of all Lab/Project/Seminar courses shall
normally be the teacher(s) associated with the course as Internal Examiner(s) along with one
external examiner, recommended by BOS of the section concerned. In case of non-availability
of external examiner, the Principal/Incharge of the section shall appoint another teacher to act
as the external examiner.
(i) Supplementary examination shall be held only for those students who have not more than four
courses of theory and practical combined to clear from first and/or second semesters.
485
(ii) Supplementary examination shall be held only after the final semester (second semester).

There shall be a Moderation Committee of the concerned section consisting of the following
members to moderate the question papers of End Semester Examination:
(a) Principal
(d) The Principal may invite an expert in the area of specialization within the University,
if required.
14.1 NAME REMOVAL AND NFTE
If a student fails to obtain Advance Diploma in 2 years(4 semesters), he/she shall be given NFTE
certificate (Not Fit for Technical Education) and shall not be allowed to take admission in Advance
Diploma in Environmental Engineering/ Advance Diploma in Multimedia Systems and Interior
Decoration in future.
Advance Diploma within two years and the Academic Council, if satisfied with the reasons, may
extend the total duration of the program by two more semesters beyond 4 semesters. Under no
circumstances a student shall be allowed to complete the program after the lapse of 6 semesters after
admission.
(a) If a student clears all the courses/subjects for the award of the Advance Diploma, his/her
result shall be shown as “passed”.
with Honours.
Division.
486
i. They do not have any break in their studies.
ii. They have passed every scheduled course in first attempt.
iii. They have not improved the percentage of marks in any course after passing the course.
iv. They have not been awarded any discretionary marks (DM).
v. They have not secured second Division.
(a) A maximum of Two Grace Marks (GM) may be awarded for passing a course.
(b) A maximum of Two Discretionary Marks (DM) may be awarded by the tabulator to a
candidate for improvement of Division.
17.1 Students admitted to Advance Diploma Course during the session 2013-14 or earlier shall
continue to be governed by the Ordinances (Academic) enforced at the time of their
admission.
regular student in I or II semester of Advance Diploma course (such as readmission or
continuation in I year) with those who were admitted during the session 2014-15 or later shall
be governed by the ordinances effective from the session 2014-15.
17.3 If any student admitted during the session 2013-14 or earlier and due to any reason seeks
continuation in any course with those who were admitted during the session 2014-15 or later,
the Equivalent Courses for such student will be decided by the Curriculum Development
Committee. His/Her examination will be conducted along with the semester students and
marks will be registered on annual basis in the result.
487

CHAPTER – CII
Doctor in Philosophy (Business Administration)
1. A Research Committee shall be constituted for the purpose of administration of the Ph.D. (Business
Administration) in the manner specified below:
(a) The Chairman of the Committee shall be the Dean of the Faculty of Management Studies &
Research of Aligarh Muslim University (AMU).
(b) The Co-Chairman of the Committee shall be the Director of Centre for Management
Association, All India Management Association (AIMA) or any other person from the AIMA
nominated by the Director-General of the AIMA.
(c) The Chairman Department of Business Administration shall be the ex-officio member of the
Research Committee. In case, the offices of the Dean and the Chairman are occupied by the
same person, the Vice Chancellor shall nominate a Professor of the Department of Business
Administration for a period of two years or till these offices are occupied by two different
incumbents, whichever is earlier; if there is no professor at a particular time, the Vice-
Chancellor may nominate the senior most Reader for the same period.
(d) Another member of the Research Committee shall be nominated by the Director-General
from AIMA-CME; and
(e) One member shall be an external expert recommended by the Board of Studies of
Department of Business Administration of Aligarh Muslim University and nominated by the
Vice-Chancellor. The appointment of the external expert shall be done with the concurrence
of the AIMA-CME.
2. A candidate will be eligible for admission to a course of study leading to the degree of Ph.D.
(Business Administration) if:
(a) he/she has passed the Master‟s degree examination in Management or allied subjects from
commerce, humanities, sciences, etc. from this University or an equivalent examination
recognised by this University or a PGDBM/PGDBA of at least two years duration from an
institution approved by the AICTE with not less than 55 per cent marks or equivalent grade
provided that he/she also had obtained not less than 50 per cent marks at his Bachelor‟s
degree examination subject to any further requirements for eligibility that may be laid down
by the Research Committee from time to time.
OR
(b) he/she has a professional qualification such as Engineering and Technology, Law, Chartered
Accountancy, Cost Accountancy, or any other equivalent professional qualification,
equivalent to a Master‟s degree, with at least 55 per cent marks or equivalent grade.
AND
The candidate should have five years post qualification managerial experience. The candidate
should be a full-time Manager Administrator/Teacher etc. in Industry/Government/Ministry/
Military Organization/NGO/Educational Institution etc during the entire duration of the

OM.No. (C)/1426 dated 22.11.1999 from the office of the Registrar (Council Section)

Revised vide O.M. No.(C)/1802 dated 27.4.2006 from the office of the Registrar (Council Section)
488
programme. Or as an academician in a Management Institution recognized by the All India

Council for Technical Education (AICTE) having a minimum experience of three years. In
case, the candidate does not remain in employment for whatsoever reasons during the
programme he/she has to seek permission from the Research Committee for further
continuance of the programme.
3. The admission to Ph.D (Business Administration) programme shall be administered by AIMA-CME

at New Delhi in association with the Faculty of Management Studies and Research. Admission to
the Ph.D (Business Administration) programme shall be made through a written test to be conducted
by the AIMA followed by a personal interview to be conducted by the Research Committee. The
mode of conduct and the venue of the written test and interview shall be decided mutually by the
AMU and the AIMA.
4. Candidates found suitable thus will be admitted to the Foundation Programme. Qualifying the
required number of courses as prescribed by the Research Committee from time to time is a pre-
requisite for registration under the Ph.D. (Business Administration) Programme. There shall be
compulsory courses in general management courses in functional and sub-functional areas and
research methodology as laid down by the Research Committee from time to time. The courses will
be divided into four modules to be completed in one year normally. However a maximum of three
years would be available to the candidates for completion of Foundation Programme.
5. Candidates may be exempted from one or more courses, subject to an upper limit of 50 per cent of
the total number of optional courses to be done, if they have already undergone a similar course
during any of their preceding educational programme. The AIMA‟s Credit Transfer Committee on a
case-to-case basis shall take the decision for exemption. Each case for exception shall be referred to
the Dean of the Faculty of Management Studies & Research. Aligarh Muslim University who shall
after reviewing the case accord his concurrence.
6. On completion of each semester, the candidate shall appear in an examination, consisting of theory
papers, to be conducted by the AIMA. Only those candidates shall be permitted to appear in the
examination who have completed the assignments, etc. for the particular courses to the satisfaction
of the AIMA.
7. The candidates shall be required to obtain at least a C grade in each course separately and secure an
overall B grade on a 4-point scale in the course work after the end of two semesters failing which
they will have to repeat the courses at the next examination.
8. On successful completion of the Foundation Programme, the candidate shall submit in the prescribed
format his/her detailed research proposal within three months of the completion of the programme or
before the next meeting of the Research Committee for research phase whichever is later, failing
which he/she will not be allowed to pursue the research programme ordinarily. However, if the
candidate is not able to do so for any genuine reason he/she may be allowed to submit the proposal
in the subsequent meeting of the Research Committee with the prior approval of the Chairman,
Research Committee. No further extension will be allowed in any case. The candidate then shall be
required to present the proposal before the Research Committee which shall evaluate the proposal on
the basis of the presentation done in the Seminar organized for this purpose. If necessary on the
recommendation of the Research Committee, the proposal may have to be modified/ changed for
resubmission for final approval. On the recommendation of Research Committee, the candidate shall
be registered for Ph.D. (Business Administration).
489
9. The Research Committee shall normally meet four times a year in such a manner that two meetings
each are held for the purposes of approval and admission process. The Research Committee shall
ordinarily meet in the months of January and July for approval of the research proposals. It shall
ordinarily meet twice within four weeks of the declaration of the Foundation Programme
examination dates to process the research proposals.
10. Each Ph.D. (Business Administration) candidate shall be guided by a committee consisting of two
thesis advisers. One of the advisers shall be a senior faculty member from the Department of
Business Administration, Faculty of Management Studies & Research AMU who shall be the
internal adviser and the other one will be proposed by the candidate who shall be the external
adviser. The candidate shall obtain the concurrence of the proposed external adviser in the prescribed
format. The external adviser would be a senior level academician or manager in the industry. The
names of the advisers shall be approved by the Research Committee.
11. The candidate shall pursue his/her research work with the guidance of the thesis advisers and put in
regular effort and give adequate time for the research work to be carried on satisfactorily. He/she
shall be required to submit a six-monthly evaluation report to the Research Committee in the
prescribed format signed by both the advisers. The Research Committee shall review the
performance of the candidate and provide comments and suggestions. These suggestions shall be
binding on the candidate and their adherence shall be reported at the next six-monthly evaluation.
In the event when minor change in the research topic or change of internal/external advisor is
urgently needed and there is no likely-hood for holding the meeting of Research Committee in near
future, the Chairman, Research Committee may take appropriate action in this regard to avoid delay
and to report in the next meeting of the Committee.
12. The candidate shall be eligible to submit his/her thesis after a minimum period of two years and a
maximum period of four years after registration for the Ph.D. (Business Administration) programme
i.e. after completion of the Foundation Programme.
However, the Chairman, Research Committee on formal request by the candidate may allow an
additional six-months grace period.
13. On completion of the research work, the candidate shall be required to present and defend his/her
thesis in a pre-submission seminar to be arranged at the AMU. The seminar shall be organised at the
Faculty of Management Studies and Research, A.M.U. based on the recommendations of the
advisers in the prescribed format. The seminar shall be open to the faculty members and research
scholars at the Faculty of Management Studies & Research and they may ask questions and seek
clarifications on the presentation. On successful presentation as verified by the Chairman,
Department of Business Administration and the Dean, Faculty of Management Studies & Research,
AMU, the thesis will be submitted.
14. The candidate shall submit five copies of the thesis to the AMU alongwith the certificate from the
advisors. The thesis shall be in the English Language. He/she should also submit a brief abstract of
his/her thesis and indicate in a prefatory note what part of the thesis he/she claims as original, what
sources he/she has used, and in what respect his/her investigation appears to him/her to advance the
study of that branch of knowledge. Any original papers published by the candidate may be submitted
as subsidiary or supporting material in favour of the candidature.
15. The thesis submitted by the candidate shall be examined by three external examiners, out of whom
one shall be the internal advisor. The Vice-Chancellor AMU on the recommendation of the
Chairman, Research Committee, shall appoint the two external examiners. One of the external
490
examiners should necessarily be from a foreign country and the other from any other management
institute/department in India, including retired ones.
16. Each examiner shall write an evaluation report and make specific recommendation whether:
(a) the thesis should be accepted for the award of Ph.D (Business Administration) degree subject
to a successful defence at the viva-voce examination; or
(b) the thesis should be resubmitted after modifications suggested by the examiner; or
(c) the thesis should be rejected.
17. The evaluation reports by the examiners shall be reviewed by the Chairman, Research Committee
who shall recommend the conduct of the viva- voce examination. The Chairman, Department of
Business Administration shall then arrange for the conduct of the viva-voce examination.
18. The viva-voce examination of the candidate shall be conducted by a panel consisting of the internal
adviser and at least one of the two examiners appointed for evaluation of the thesis. The viva-voce
shall be conducted in a manner similar to that for the Ph.D. degree of AMU.
19. On successful defence of the thesis at the viva-voce examination, the candidate shall be awarded
Ph.D. (Business Administration) by the AMU.
20. In case of a situation arising where there is no specific guideline provided by the above rules, then
recourse shall be taken to the procedure provided for the Academic Ordinances related to the Ph.D.
degree of the AMU.
21. Candidates admitted under the previous MOU Ordinances shall continue on the same terms and
conditions, not withstanding the amendments/additions made in MOU Ordinances.
491

CHAPTER – CIII
Post Graduate Diploma in Banking, Risk and Insurance Management
(Semester System)
1. The P.G. Diploma in Banking, Risk and Insurance Management shall be awarded to a candidate who
has completed Bachelor‟s degree in any discipline with at least 50% marks in aggregate from this
University or an examination recognised by this University as its equivalent and has undergone a
regular course of study for not less than one academic year comprising two semesters and fulfilled
all the requirements including those of attendance of first and second semesters and one month‟s
practical training programme in an approved organisation after second semester examination.
Admission shall be based on the performance of admission test, personal interview/aptitude

assessment and group discussion. Candidates appearing in the final year of the Bachelor‟s degree
examination will also be eligible to apply. In such cases, selection will be provisional subject to the
fulfillment of the above mentioned requirements by the date of interview/group discussion.
2. The examination for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Banking, Risk and Insurance Management shall
be open to:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for not less than
one academic year comprising two semesters.
Or
(b) ex-students as defined in Clause (5) of Chapter XVII (Revised) (Semester System).
3. (a) The courses, with the prescribed credits and marks (comprising of written paper and sessional
work), viva-voce examination and compulsory training programme shall be prescribed by the
Faculty on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Commerce
from time to time.
(b) A candidate shall be required to take 12 courses of four credits (100 marks) each in a manner
that he/she shall pursue 6 courses in first semester and remaining 6 courses and
comprehensive viva-voce examination of two credits (50 marks) in the second semester as
well as compulsory Training Programme of four credits (100 marks) in an approved
organisation during /after second semester examination, as specified below in Clause (4).
(c) In order to be qualified for the award of P.G. Diploma in Banking, Risk and Insurance
Management, a candidate shall have to pass in all the courses, viva-voce examination and
training work programme so as to accumulate 54 credits distributed over two semesters.
4. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation of sessional work consisting of internal assessment
based on class room participation, seminar, mid-semester tests and viva-voce etc. spread over
two semesters followed by the End Semester Examination.
The allocation of marks for each theory course shall be as follows:
(Internal Assessment) :
(Written paper)
The duration of End Semester Examination of each theory course shall be of two hours.

OM.No. XM/SPA/FN- 57 (xiii)/II-516 dt. 21.2.2007
492
(b) There shall be a comprehensive viva-voce examination consisting of 50 marks (2 credits) at

the end of second semester.
(c) Each student shall submit a training report by the end of September in the same examination
year. The training report shall be of 70 marks and shall be awarded by the Supervisor of the
candidate to be appointed by the Board of Studies of Commerce Department. The remaining
30 marks shall be for viva-voce examination to be conducted by the supervisor concerned
and the Chairman of the Department of Commerce. However, a candidate may be allowed, as
a special case, to submit his/her training report after the expiry of four months after obtaining
necessary permission from the Departmental Committee/ Chairman of Commerce
Department.
(d) The semester examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course
of study in this University and have put in at least 75% of attendance in all courses taken
together in each semester.
5. (a) To pass each theory course or viva-voce examination or training programme/ report and to
accumulate credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 45% of the total marks in
sessional work (internal assessment) and End Semester Examination taken together and
atleast 50% marks in aggregate of marks in both semesters.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum marks required to pass a course may be allowed
to appear only at the next subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course.
In no case, any supplementary or special examination shall be held. The marks awarded at
the next subsequent End Semester Examination and the marks obtained earlier in the
sessional work (internal assessment) in the course(s) as a regular candidate shall be taken into
account to pass the course(s) to accumulate credits.
(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter XVII(A) (Semester System) of the Ordinances
(Academic) and permitted to appear at the subsequent End Semester Examination, marks
obtained in sessional work during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.
6. (a) A candidate who fails to put in atleast 75% of attendance in first semester shall not be
allowed to pursue his/her studies in second semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean,
Faculty of Commerce for re-registration/ continuation in the first semester in the next
academic session. Similarly, a candidate who fails to put in atleast 75% of attendance in
second semester may apply to the Dean Faculty of Commerce for re-registration /
continuation in the second semester in the next academic session.
(b) A candidate who puts in at least 75% attendance and completes sessional work requirements
but fails in one or more course(s) in the first and/or second semester examination(s), shall
cease to be a regular student. Such candidate may appear as an ex-student only in the End
Semester Examination(s) of the course(s) in which he/she has failed at the next subsequent
End Semester Examination subject to the permission by the Dean Faculty of Commerce;
Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements
of first and/or second semester may also apply for re-registration/continuation as a regular
candidate in the first and/or second semester. Such candidate who seeks re-registration /
continuation shall have to fulfil the attendance requirements of first and/or second semester
afresh and shall again perform sessional work etc and shall appear in the next subsequent End
Semester Examination of all courses and viva-voce examination. Marks obtained in the
493
immediately preceding semester(s) and the attendance shall be disregarded. No candidate

shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two consecutive academic
years in any semester;
Provided further that a candidate may be permitted by the Dean to appear at Semester
Examinations as an ex-student for one more year.
Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to qualify for the award of P.G. Diploma in
Banking, Risk and Insurance Management within six semesters (three year) from the date of
his/her admission, he/she may be permitted by Academic Council on the recommendations of
the Dean and Chairman of the Department of Commerce within next two semesters (one
year) as an ex-student to complete the requirements of Degree. In no case the candidate shall
be allowed to complete the course after four years from the date of his/her admission.
7. A candidate who fails to obtain required marks to pass the course(s) at the first semester
examination, or is unable to take the examination for reasons beyond his/her control after fulfilling
the requirements of attendance, may be allowed to pursue the course of study for the second
semester subject to the permission of the Dean, Faculty of Commerce.
8. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of P.G. Diploma in Banking, Risk and Insurance
Management unless he/she has passed in all courses of first and second semesters including viva-
voce and training programme.
aggregate marks of all courses of both the semesters including viva-voce and training report taken
together. Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First
Division and those who obtain less than 60% but not less 50% of the aggregate marks shall be
placed in Second Division.
A candidates who has secured 45% marks in each course (Sessional Work and End Semester
Examination, taken together)/viva-voce/training report and fails to obtain at least 50% marks taken
together in first and second semester examinations shall be allowed to re-appear at the next
subsequent End Semester Examinations in a course(s) of his/her choice as an ex-student in order to
improve his/her performance and to fulfil the requirement of 50% aggregate marks of both
semesters. There shall be no improvement in sessional work.
Such candidate shall not be provided any hostel accommodation;
Provided that such permission shall be granted subject to the condition that the candidate is not
pursuing or undergoing any other course of study in the mean while.
10. A maximum of four(4) Grace Marks may be awarded in one course only in either first or second
semester to enable a candidate to pass the Final Examination. A maximum of four(4) Discretionary
Marks may be awarded to a candidate for improvement of Division or to fulfil the requirement of
50% aggregate marks of both the semester examinations, provided that he/she has not been awarded
any Grace Marks. The Grace/Discretionary Marks so awarded are to be added to aggregate of
marks.
11. Candidate admitted to P.G. Diploma in Banking, Risk and Management course of study shall not be
allowed to seek part – time employment during the tenure of his/her regular course of study.
12. The language of instruction and examination shall be English.

494
CHAPTER – CIV

Bachelor of Theology (Hons.)/B.Th. (Hons.)
(Sunni/Shia)
(3-year Degree Programme)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of B.Th. (Hons.) Degree unless he has passed not less
than three years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University
or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent or an Oriental Examination as
listed in Anexture–I alongwith SSSC Examination in English only of this University or an
Examination recognised by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course of
study in the University for not less than three years.
The candidates holding B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. (Hons.) degree are not eligible to pursue this course.
2. (i) The Examination for the B.Th. (Hons.) Degree shall be open to:-
(a) Candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University.
(b) Private Women or Teacher candidates or ex-students as defined in Chapter – XVII(A).
(ii) The B.Th. (Hons.) Examination shall be held in three parts, namely, Part-I, Part-II and Part-
III and subject to the provision of Clause 10 of this Chapter. No candidate shall be eligible to
appear at the Part I Examination without one academic year having elapsed after his passing
the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University or its equivalent; to
appear at the Part II Examination, without having completed one academic year after
fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the Part I Examination and to appear at the Part III
Examination, without having completed one academic year after passing the Part II
Examination.
3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.Th. (Hons.) Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in the
Examination in Compulsory and Optional Subjects (Main and Subsidiary).

1. Compulsory English 100 marks
2. Urdu or Hindi (equivalent to B.A. (Hons.) standard) 50 marks*
3. Islamic Studies (for students who offer Shia Theology) 50 marks*

Or
Humanities comprising Geography, Economics and
Political Science (for students who offer Sunni Theology)
(b) Optional Subjects:
1. Main Subject 800 marks
2. Two Subsidiary Subjects as 600 marks

(i) Arabic

A.C. dated 14.7.2009
495
(ii) All subjects of F/O Arts, F/o Social Sciences and Islamic Banking & Finance
Each subsidiary subject shall carry 300 marks.
4. The subsidiary subjects to be taken by a candidate shall be (i) Arabic and

(ii) Urdu/Persian/English/Hindi. Compulsory subjects shall be English and the Language
(Hindi/Urdu) of B.A. (Hons.) level. Islamic Studies or Humanities comprising of Geography,
Economics and Political Science shall also be compulsory subjects.
5. Within four weeks after the admission to B.Th. (Hons.) Course, the Dean of the Faculty, on the
advice/recommendations of the Chairmen of the Departments concerned, may allow a candidate to
change his/her Subsidiary Subjects.
6. The subjects and the marks allotted to each subject inclusive of sessional work and/or viva-voce
examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of
Studies of the Department and the Faculty concerned as given in Anexture – II
7. (a) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% of the marks in individual
papers (inclusive of sessional work) and 36% of the marks in the aggregate of all the papers,
sessional work and viva-voce in English and Optional Subjects (Main and Subsidiary) at all
the three Parts of the B.Th. (Hons.) Examination combined. A candidate who has passed in
individual papers of all subjects (Compulsory as well as Optional Subjects) but failed to
obtain 36% of marks in aggregate of Compulsory English and Optional Subjects for passing
the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination in one or more
papers of Part III only so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 30% of the maximum marks in an individual papers
(inclusive of sessional work) may appear subsequently only at the examination prescribed
for the paper concerned;
Provided further that private candidates, as defined in Chapter XVII(A), shall be exempted from
sessional work, and the marks obtained by private candidates in the written papers shall be raised
maximum marks of the written paper together with the sessional work of a regular candidate.
8. Successful candidates who obtain at least 50% of the aggregate marks at all the three parts in
Compulsory English and Optional Subjects (Main and Subsidary) and at least 50% in Main Subjects
shall be awarded B.Th. (Hons.) Degree. Of such candidates those who obtain 60% of the marks or
above shall be placed in First Division and the rest in Second Division.
Candidates who pass the Examinations as per Clause(7) above but do not qualify for Honours
Degree as stated above shall be awarded B.Th. (Pass).
9. If a candidate wishes to improve his/her performance, he/she may be allowed by the Dean of the
Faculty concerned to repeat the Examination in one or more subjects of B.Th. (Hons.) Part III only
496
in order to have his/her marks revised upward in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII(A) of
these Ordinances.
10. A candidate who obtains at least 30% marks in each of three-fourths of the papers of his/her Main
and Subsidiary Subjects (inclusive of sessionals), and 50% of the papers of the Compulsory
Subjects, in Part I shall be promoted to Part II; and a candidate studying in Part II who obtains at
least 30% marks in each of three-fourth of the papers (including sessionals) of Part II shall be
promoted to Part III. Candidates promoted to Part II or III in the manner aforesaid and appearing at
Part II or III Examination shall appear in those papers of the Part I or II Examination in which they
have failed. Sessional marks obtained earlier as regular candidates in the respective papers at B.Th.
(Hons.) Part I or II shall be carried over.
For counting the number of papers (inclusive of sessionals) equal to three-fourth of papers as
required for promotion to next higher part, fractions will be disregarded. (For example, if the total
number of papers is three or six, the requirement for passing the three-fourth of these shall be
fulfilled if the candidate passes in two or four papers respectively).
Provided that unless a promoted candidate of Part II passes the Part I Examination (Optional as well
as Compulsory Subjects) shall not be eligible for promotion to Part III; For this proviso, a candidate
should be deemed to have passed if he/she obtained at least 30% of the marks in each of the papers
(inclusive of sessionals) of Part I;
papers (wherever prescribed) in the first para of this Clause, though he/she has fulfilled the
necessary attendance requirements, he/she shall cease to be a regular student. He/she may appear as
an ex-student only in papers in which he/she has failed, at the next Annual Examination and subject
to the permission by the Academic Council, at any further subsequent Annual Examinations.
Should a candidate who has thus ceased to be a regular student, passes the minimum number of
papers for promotion to Part II or Part III, as the case may be, he/she shall register himself/herself as
a regular eligible candidate for appearing at the Examination of the next higher Part;
requirements, or (b) who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements, fails to pass in the
papers required for promotion to the next higher part, applies for re-registration as a regular
candidate shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh for all papers of the Part in which
he/she is studying and notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7(b), he/she shall again perform
sessional work (any marks obtained in the preceding year being disregarded) and shall have to
appear in all the papers (inclusive of sessionals) at the next Examination of that Part. But no
candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two years in any one Part
of the B.Th. (Hons.) Course;
Provided further that in case a candidate fails to obtain the degree within five years from his/her date
of admission, he/she shall cease to be a regular student. He/she may be permitted to appear at the
two immediately following Annual including Supplementary Examinations as an ex-student, but
only if he/she had undergone a regular course of study in Part III for one year and has fulfilled the
attendance requirements.
eligible to appear at it, his/her candidature shall cease and he/she can appear at a subsequent
Examination of that part only under the permission of the Academic Council but the total duration
of his/her candidature for the whole course shall not exceed seven years from his/her date of
registration to B.Th. (Hons.) Course.
497
11. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the Annual Part III Examination,
which shall be open to those B.Th. (Hons.) students who were eligible to appear at, but have failed
to pass the B.Th. (Hons.) Part III Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist of
B.Th. (Hons.) Part III papers only and shall ordinarily be held not more than three months following
the Annual Part III Examination.
receive instruction or undertake sessional work in any paper or practical of the lower Part (i.e. Part I
or Part II, as the case may be).
Annexture – I
List of Oriental Examinations
(i) For candidates offering B.Th. (Hons.) (Sunni)

Munshi/Maulvi/Alim from Arabic/Persian Board of U.P./Bihar/West Bengal or form
Lucknow University.
Or
Almiat from Darul Uloom Nadvatul Ulema, Lucknow; Jamiatus Salehat, Rampur; Jamiatul
Falah, Bilariaganj, Azamgarh; Jamia Islamia Tilkhana, Siddharthnagar; Safa Shariat College,
Siddharthnagar; Al-Madarsatul Ulia of Darul Huda Islamic Academy, Malapuram, Kerala;
Markazu Saqafathi Sunniya, Kozhikode, Kerala; Alhe Sunnat Madarsah Asharfia Misbahul
Uloom, Mubarkpur, Azamgarh; Darul Uloom, Basti; Darul Uloom Faizpur Rasool,
Siddharthnagar; Jamia Salafia, Varanasi; Jamiatus Slam Umrabad, Tamil Nadu; Baquiatus
Salihat, Vellore; Jamia Nizamia, Hyderabad; Madarsah Aliya, Fatehpuri, Delhi; Darul Uloom,
Matlaul Uloom, Gher Mardan Khan, Rampur; Jamia Islamia Talimaldin, Dhabel, Valsad;
Jamia Ibne Taimai, Champaran; Darul Uloom Falah-e-Darain, Tadkeshwar, Surat; Jamia
Darus Salam, Malerkotla, Punjab; Jamia Qasmia Madarsah Shahi, Moradabad; Jamiatul
Hidayat Jaipur; Jameatul Rashad, Azamgarh.
Or
Having passed Vth level from Darul Uloom, Deoband; Mazahirul Uloom, Saharanpur;
Madarsatul Islah, Azamgarh.
(ii) For candidates offering B.Th. (Hons.) (Shia):

Diploma in Shia Theology from AMU or Dabeer-e-Mahir/Alim from Lucknow
University/Jamia Imamia Tanzeemul Makatib, Lucknow or Maulvi/Munshi/Alim from Board
of Arabic & Persian Examination U.P. or Maulvi from Nazmia Arabic College, Lucknow/
Jamia Sultania Sultanul Madaris, Lucknow/Jamia Imania, Varanasi/Jawadia Arabic College,
Varanasi/Wasiqa Arabic College, Faizabad/Babul Ilm, Mubarakpur, Azamgarh/ Jamia
Haidariya, Khairabad Mau.
498
ANEXTURE – II
PART – I PART – II PART – III
Subject Written Sess. U. Ex. Total Subject Written Sess. U. Ex. Total Subject Written Sess. U. Ex. Total
Papers Marks Marks Marks Papers Marks Marks Marks Papers Marks Marks Marks
Englis Englis
h I 10 40 50 h I 10 40 50 __ __ __ __ __
L
I 10 40 50* __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __
HU or Comp
IS -
Rehen
I 10 40 50* __ __ __ __ __ __ __ 50 50
-sive
Viva-
Voce
Main Main Main
I 15 60 75 III 15 60 75 V 15 60 75
(ISH) (ISH) (ISH)
II 15 60 75 IV 15 60 75 VI 15 60 75
Subs – Subs – 1 Main
I 15 60 75 III 15 60 75 VII 15 60 75
1 (ISH)
II 15 60 75 IV 15 60 75 VIII 15 60 75
Subs – Subs – 2 Main
I 15 60 75 III 15 60 75 IX 15 60 75
2 (ISH)
II 15 60 75 IV 15 60 75 X 15 60 75
Total
Marks: 500 500 500
L – Language (Hindi/Urdu of B.A. (Hons.) level)

HU – Humanities (comprising Geography, Economics & Political Science)
IS – Islamic Studies
ISH – Islamic Shariah (Sunni/Shia)
Subs – (1) Arabic
Subs – (2) Urdu/Persian/English/Hindi
* Not to be counted for the award of Division
499
CHAPTER – CV
*
Advanced Diploma in Translation


1. Introduction
The Department of Linguistics offers a part time programme leading to Advanced Diploma in
Translation.
2. A candidate will be eligible for admission to Advanced Diploma in Translation who has passed
Senior Secondary School examinations (10+2) of this University or an examinations recognized by
this University as its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in aggregate. Further the candidate
should be a full time bonafide student of Graduation/Higher Class or employee of this University.
3. Admission to this course shall be made once a year in accordance with the admission policy
approved from time to time by the Academic Council of the University.
4. Duration of the Course.
(a) The minimum duration of the course shall be three consecutive years after admission.
(b) The maximum duration of the course shall be four consecutive years after admission with no
provision for any extension.
5. Registration & Attendance
(a) Every student admitted to Advanced Diploma in Translation Course is required to register for
the course every year at the beginning of the academic session.
(b) In order to become eligible for appearing in the examination, a candidate shall have to fulfill
the attendance requirements as prescribed from time to time by the University.
(c) A candidate who fails to fulfill the minimum attendance in accordance with Chapter XVII of
the Ordinances Academic may apply for re-Registration. A candidate who fulfills the
attendance requirements but fails to pass in the Paper(s) prescribed may appear as an ex-
student in the subsequent examination.
6. Examination
(a) The examination of each year shall comprise three theory papers, inclusive of sessional work
in each paper and project report. The distribution of marks shall be as follows:
(i) Three papers of 100 marks each : 300
Sessional : 25 marks (each)
Examination : 75 marks (each)
(ii) Project report : 100
Total Marks : 400
*
O.M. XM/RU/F.N.002/13/1446 dated 21.5.2013.

O.M. XM/RU/F.N.002/13/1461 dated 30.10.2013.
500
(b) To pass the examination a candidate must obtain at least 40%marks in each paper (inclusive
of sessional work) as well as 40% in aggregate.
(c) No candidate shall be eligible to be promoted to II nd or IIIrd year until & unless he/she clears
all papers as well as Project Report of Ist and IInd year examinations respectively.
(d) The candidates, who are unable to continue the course after completing one year of study and
fulfilling all the prescribed requirements shall be awarded Certificate in Translation.
(e) The candidates, who are unable to continue the course after completing two years of study
and fulfilling all the prescribed requirements shall be awarded Diploma in Translation.
7. Candidates securing 60% or more marks in aggregate shall be placed in First division. Those who
secure less than 60% marks but not less than 50% marks in aggregate shall be placed in Second
division. Those who secure less than 50% marks but not less than 40% marks in aggregate shall be
placed in Third division. The candidates who secure less than 40% marks in aggregate shall be
treated as Fail.
8. A candidate shall be entitled to (03) grace marks (GM) for passing and (04) discretionary marks
(DM) for improvement of division.
501

CHAPTER – CVI
 Post Graduate Diploma in Portfolio Management (PGD-PM)

 Post Graduate Diploma in language for Advertisement, Marketing and Media
(PGD-LAMM)
 Post Graduate Diploma in Guidance and Counselling (PGD- GC)
 Post Graduate Diploma in Journalism and Mass Communication (PGD-JMC)
 Certificate in Communicative Skills in English (CCSE)
 Diploma in Communication Skills in English (DCSE)
1. (i) Eligibility :-The P.G. Diploma in Portfolio management (PGD-PM)/ Post Graduate Diploma
in language for Advertisement, Marketing and Media(PGD-LAMM)/ Post Graduate Diploma
in Guidance and Counselling (PGD- GC)/ Post Graduate Diploma in Journalism and Mass
Communication (PGD-JMC) under Distance Education Programme shall be awarded to a
candidate who has completed Bachelor’s degree in any discipline at least one year previously
from this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent and has
undergone a course of study for not less than one academic year under Distance Education
Programme and fulfilled all the requirements prescribed by the Centre for Distance Education.
(ii) The Certificate in Communicative Skills in English (CCSE) under Distance Education
Programme shall be awarded to a candidate who has completed Senior Secondary School
Certificate Examination (10+2) at least one year previously from this University or an
examination recognized by this University as its equivalent and has undergone a course of
study for not less one academic year under Distance Education Programme and fulfilled all
the requirements prescribed by the Centre for Distance Education.
(iii) The Diploma in Communication Skills in English (DCSE) under Distance Education
Programme shall be awarded to a candidate who has completed Certificate in Communicative
Skills in English Examination or obtained B.A. / B.Com. degree at least one year previously
from this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent and has
undergone a course of study for not less one academic year under Distance Education
Programme and fulfilled all the requirements prescribed by the Centre for distance Education.
(iv) Candidates in service are also eligible for admission under Distance Education Programme.
2. The minimum and maximum time duration for completion of the course of study/academic
programme is one academic year and four academic years respectively from the date of
registration/admission to the course.
3. The course structure and marks in each course comprising end term examination (written papers)
and sessional work or assignments, viva-voc examination and training report, (wherever applicable)
etc shall be prescribed by the Centre for Distance Education on the recommendations of the Board of
Studies of the Centre for Distance Education/Board of Management.
4. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation of sessional work and/or assignments and/or practical
work etc. followed by final end-term examination as per the respective course appendix
(b) For the P.G. Diploma in Portfolio Management Candidates after having cleared all the
prescribed courses shall have to under take 30 days on-line training with a local broker in

A.C. dated 14.7.2009
502
dealing with equity and other related transactions. They will have to submit their training
reports alongwith the Certificates of satisfactory training from the broker, with the Centre for
Distance Education programme. The training reports shall be sent to the experts/examiners for
assessment and viva-voce examination to be arranged by the Centre for Distance Education
Programme.
5. There shall be a Personal Contact Programme (PCP) of 2 to 3 weeks duration especially for guidance
and counseling at their respective Study Centres/Centre for Distance Education. Provided that the
candidate must have to attend at least 75 % of the training component( wherever applicable) of the
respective courses.
6. To pass each course/training report, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of total marks in sessional
work and written paper taken together or viva-voce examination. A candidate who fails to obtain the
minimum pass marks in the course(s) may be allowed to appear only at the next subsequent end term
examination (written papers) prescribed for the course(s). The marks awarded at the next subsequent
end term examination and the marks obtained earlier in the sessional work in the course(s) shall be
taken into account to pass the course(s). However, a candidate who fails in the course(s) may repeat
the course(s) afresh. He/she shall again register for the course(s), perform sessional work and shall
appear in the next subsequent end-term examination. Marks obtained earlier in the course(s) shall be
disregarded.
7. The division in which successful candidates are placed shall be determined on the basis of aggregate
marks of all prescribed courses including project, training report, and viva-voce examination etc.
taken together.
Candidates securing 60% or more marks in aggregate shall be placed in First Division and those who
secure 50% or more but less than 60% of marks in aggregate shall be placed in Second Division and
the rest shall be declared as pass.
8. The Grace Marks (G.M.)/Discretionary Marks at the sole discretion of the University will be
awarded to enable a candidate to pass the Final Examination or improvement of Division as per
University rules. The Grace Marks/Discretionary Marks so awarded are to be added to the aggregate
of marks.
9. If an examinee is in doubt or not satisfied with the marks obtained in any written paper of a theory
course, he/she may apply for re-totaling or re-evaluation of the answer scripts within one month of
the declaration of result. There shall be no re-evaluation of sessional work of all courses, practical
examination, viva-voce examination, project/training report. The re-evaluation/re-totaling is allowed
in not more than two written papers of theory courses only on payment of prescribed fee.
10. The medium of instructions and examination is English.
11. The Ordinance for the respective Courses shall be effective from the date of its commencement.
503
Appendix-I
Post Graduate Diploma in Portfolio Management (PGD-PM)
Course Structure:
Sessional Written Paper/

Course Code Title of Course Total Marks
Marks Univ. Exam. Marks
Corporate Finance, Planning
PGD-PM 01 25 75 100
strategy and Management
Capital and Security Market
PGD-PM 02 25 75 100
Operations in India
Investment management
PGD-PM 03 25 75 100
Concepts and Approaches
PGD-PM 04 Portfolio Management 25 75 100
Securities Evaluation and
PGD-PM 05 25 75 100
Analysis
50
50
PGD-PM 06 Training Report (Evaluation of
Viva Voce 100
Training Report)
Aggregate: 175 425 600
(i) In clause (a) viva voce is clubbed with Practical Course/Training Report 50%
(ii) In course structure (Appendix), In course No. PGD-PM06 Training Report the sessional marks
include Via-Voce and written paper concerned to evaluation of Training Report.
Appendix II
Post Graduate Diploma in language for Advertisement, Marketing and Media
(PGD-LAMM)
Course Structure:
PGD-LAMM 01 Introducing Language 25 75 100
PGD-LAMM 02 Introduction Communication 25 75 100
PGD-LAMM 03 Language of Advertising 25 75 100
PGD-LAMM 04 Language of Media 25 75 100
PGD-LAMM 05 Language of Market 25 75 100
PGD-LAMM 06 Project Report __ __ 100
PGD-LAMM 07 Viva-Voce Examination __ __ 100

504
Appendix-III
Post Graduate Diploma in Guidance and Counselling (PGD- GC)

Course Structure:

Principles and Procedure of
25 75 100
PGD-GC 01 Guidance
Approaches and Techniques of
25 75 100
PGD-GC 02 Counselling
Dynamics of Adjustment and
25 75 100
PGD-GC 03 Personality
Assessment in Guidance and
25 75 100
PGD-GC 04 Counselling
PGD-GC 05 Guidance Practicum 25 75 100
PGD-GC 06 Counselling Practicum 25 75 100
PGD-GC 07 Testing Practicum 25 75 100
PGD-GC 08 Grand Viva -- -- 100

Appendix_- IV
Post Graduate Diploma in Journalism and Mass Communication (PGD-JMC)

Course Structure:
Written Paper/
Sessional
Course Code Title of Course Univ. Exam. Total Marks
Marks
Marks
Introduction to Journalism and
PGD-JMC 01
Mass Communication 25 75 100
PGD-JMC 02 Mass Media and Society
25 75 100
Reporting, Writing and Editing
PGD-JMC 03 25 75 100
Advertisement and Public
PGD-JMC 04 Relations 25 75 100
PGD-JMC 05 Practical
50 50 100
505
Appendix-V
Certificate in Communicative Skills in English (CCSE)

Course Structure:

CCE-11 Phonetics and Spoken English 25 75 100
CCE-12 Writing Skills 25 75 100

Vocabulary Building and
CCE-13 Reading Skills 25 75 100
CCE-14 Communicative Grammar 25 75 100
Voice and Accent Training
CCE-15 (Practical) 50 50 100
Note: Laboratory/Practical/Contact Programme shall be of atleast15 sessions (two to three weeks duration)
at Study Centre/Centre for Distance Education.
Appendix-VI
Diploma in Communication Skills in English (DCSE)

Course Structure:

DCE-21 Oral Communication Skills 25 75 100
DCE-22 Legal English 25 75 100
DCE-23 Business English 25 75 100
DCE-24 English for Media Skills 25 75 100
DCE-25 Science English 25 75 100
DCE-26 Project Work 50 50 100

506

CHAPTER – CVII
Bachelor of Library & Information Science (BLIS)
1. (a) The Bachelor of Library & Information Science (BLIS) under Distance Education
Programme shall be awarded to a candidate who has completed Bachelor’s degree with 50%
of marks or more in aggregate in any discipline at least one year previously from this
University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent and has
undergone a course of study for not less than one academic year under Distance Education
Programme and fulfilled all the requirements prescribed by the Centre for Distance
Education.
(b) Candidates having Bachelor’s degree with 45% of marks or more in aggregate and library
experience of 5 years in a recognised library or Master’s degree with II Division are also
eligible for admission to Bachelor of Library and Information Science degree programme.
Candidates in service are also eligible for admission under Distance Education Programme.
2. The minimum and maximum time duration for completion of the course of study/academic
programme is one academic year and four academic years respectively from the date of
registration/admission to the course.
3. The examination for the Bachelor of Library & Information Science (BLIS) shall be open to
candidates who have undergone a course of study at the Centre for Distance Education, Aligarh
Muslim University for a period of atleast one academic year and have submitted assignments and
attended the Personal Contact Programme with requisite attendance after registration/admission to
the Bachelor of Library & Information Science (BLIS) Programme.
4. The course structure and marks in each course comprising end term examination (written papers)
and sessional work or assignments and practical examination etc shall be prescribed by the Centre
for Distance Education on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the concerned
Departments/Board of Management of Centre for Distance Education from time to time (Appendix).
5. There shall be continuous evaluation of sessional work and/or assignments and/or practical work
etc. followed by final end-term examination.
The allocation of marks in each course shall be as follows:
Sessional End-Term
Marks Exam. Marks
Theory Course 25% 75%
Practical Course 50% 50%
6. (i) There shall be a Personal Contact Programme (PCP) of 2 to 3 weeks duration especially for
guidance and counseling at their respective Study Centres/Centre for Distance Education.
Candidates must attend at least 75% of Training and Practical hours related to the registered
courses during the programme. The information will be given to the candidates, well in time
to attend PCP.

507
(ii) The students will have to submit assignments given by the Centre for Distance Education for
each course. The evaluated assignments will be counted towards the sessional work
component of the course(s).
7. To pass each course, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of total marks alloted to each course A
candidate who fails to obtain the minimum pass marks may be allowed to appear only at the next
subsequent end term examination (written papers) prescribed for the course(s). The marks awarded
at the next subsequent end term examination and the marks obtained earlier in the sessional work in
the course(s) shall be taken into account to pass the course(s). However, a candidate who fails in the
course(s) may repeat the course(s) afresh. He/she shall again register for the course(s), perform
sessional work and shall appear in the next subsequent end-term examination. Marks obtained
earlier in the course(s)/paper(s) shall be disregarded.
taken together.
Candidates securing 60% or more marks in aggregate shall be placed in First Division and those
who secure 50% or more but less than 60% of marks in aggregate shall be placed in Second
Division and the rest shall be declared as pass.
9. Grace Marks (G.M.)/Discretionary Marks may be awarded to enable a candidate to pass the Final
Examination or improvement of Division as per University rules. The Grace Marks/Discretionary
Marks so awarded are to be added to the aggregate of marks.
course, he/she may apply for re-totalling or re-evaluation of the answer scripts within one month of
the declaration of result. There shall be no re-evaluation of sessional work of all courses, practicals
examination, viva-voce examination, project/training report. The re-evaluation/re-totalling is
allowed in not more than two written papers of theory courses only on payment of prescribed fee.
11. The medium of instructions and examination is English/Hindi/Urdu

508
Appendix
Course Structure:
Written paper/
Sessional
Course Code Title of Course Univ. Exam. Total Marks
Marks
Marks
BLIS – 01 Library and Society 25 75 100
BLIS – 02 Library Management 25 75 100
BLIS – 03 Library Classification (Theory) 25 75 100
BLIS – 04 Library Cataloguing (Theory) 25 75 100
Reference and Information

BLIS – 05 25 75 100
Sources
BLIS – 06 Information Services 25 75 100
Information Technology
BLIS – 07 25 75 100
(Basics)
Library Classification
BLIS – 3P 50 50 100
(Practical)
BLIS – 4P Library Cataloguing (Practical) 50 50 100

509

CHAPTER – CVIII
B.Com. (Hons.)/B.Com (Pass)
(Effective from Academic Session 2007-2008
1. (a) No candidate shall be eligible for the B.Com. (Hons.)/B.Com (Pass) degree under Distance
Education Programme unless he/she has passed not less than three years previously the Senior
Secondary School Certificate (10+2) (Preferably in Commerce Stream) Examination of this
University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent. However, there is
no age bar for admission to B.Com. (Hons.)/B.Com (Pass) degree under Distance Education
Programme.
(b) The candidates passing equivalent examination to SSSC (10+2) conducted by different
Madaris/Boards/Institutions and recognized by the Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh shall
also be eligible for admission to B.Com. (Hons.)/B.Com. (Pass) degree under Distance
Education Programme; provided that the candidates have passed one-year Preparatory Course
of SSSC (10+2) in Commerce Stream level.
(c) The minimum duration for completion of degree programme is three years and the maximum
duration is eight years from the date of registration/admission to the degree programme.
2. (i) The examination for B.Com. (Hons.) degree shall be open to candidates who have undergone
a course of study as prescribed by the Centre for Distance Education.
(ii) The B.Com. (Hons.) examination shall be held in three parts, namely Part I, Part II and Part
III. No candidate shall be eligible to appear at the Part I examination without one academic
year having elapsed after having passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination
of this University or its equivalent examination; to appear at the Part II examination, without
having completed atleast one academic year after having appeared in Part-I examination and
fulfilling the requirements as prescribed by the Centre for Distance Education and to appear at
Part III examination, after having completed at least one academic year after appearing in Part
II examination and fulfilling the requirements as prescribed by the Centre for Distance
Education.
A candidate who has cleared some of the courses of Part-I may be allowed to register for the courses
of Part-II after registration of remaining uncleared courses of Part-I.
Similarly, a candidate who has cleared some of the courses of Part-I and Part-II may be allowed to
register for the courses of Part-III after registration of remaining uncleared courses of Part-I and
Part-II.
3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.Com. (Hons.) degree, a candidate shall have to pass in the
examination in Compulsory Subjects and Commerce subjects.
(a) Compulsory Subjects/Courses (200 marks)

(i) English (at Part-I and Part-II level) (100 marks)
(ii) Urdu or Hindi or any other Modern Indian
Languages or Indian History and Culture
(last mentioned subject is for foreign students) (50 marks)*
(iii) Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) or Ethics or
Indian National Movement (50 marks)*

A.C. dated 14.7.2009
510
(*Not to be counted for the award of Division)
Provided that:
(i) The candidates who have taken English as the Main Subject may be allowed by the Director,
Centre for Distance Education to take a Modern European Language in place of Compulsory
English.
(ii) In Category (2) of the compulsory subjects above, a candidate shall not be allowed to take the
same language as he/she has studies at an advanced level at the Secondary/Senior Secondary
(b) Commerce Subjects/Courses (1950 marks)

(i) B.Com Part-I (5 papers/courses) (550 marks)
(ii) B.Com Part-II (6 papers/courses) (650 marks)
(iii) B.Com. Part-III (7 papers/courses) and (700 marks)
(iv) B.Com. Part-III (Comprehensive Viva-Voce Examination) (50 marks)
Aggregate of marks for awarding Division (1950 marks)
(c) (i) A candidate is required to attend a two to three weeks of Personal Contact Programme of
30 hours in each year to be conducted by the Study Centre/Centre for Distance Education as
per the approved schedule. Candidates can confirm the dates for programme from their Study
Centre/ Centre for Distance Education.
(ii) A candidate, who fails to complete the course of study in three years from the date of
registration/admission, may attend PCP if he/she so desires in the year he/she wishes to take
examination on payment of extra fee for the PCP for that particular year.
4. If a candidate fails to complete the course of study within the minimum prescribed period and
wishes to take the examination in one or more paper(s)/courses/ subjects after the laps of the
minimum period, he/she shall have to take the examination in one or more papers/courses/subjects
even if syllabus has been modified/altered.
5. The Centre for Distance Education will send relevant material to all candidates by post in 2/3
installments. This instruction material will cover to the extent possible all the Compulsory as well as
Commerce subjects/courses offered by the candidate. Such material will also be available at Study
Centres/Centre for Distance Education.
6. The subjects/courses and marks allotted to each subject/course (sessional work as well as end term
examination) and/or practical examination inclusive of sessional work and/or viva-voce examination
shall be prescribed by the Centre for Distance Education on the recommendations of the Board of
Studies of concerned Departments/Board of Management for Distance Education from time to time
(Annexture).
7. Practicals will be held at designated institutions for which schedules will be provided in advance to
the candidates by the Study Centres/Centre for Distance Education.
8. For permission to appear at the examination, every candidate shall fill in the prescribed examination
form and submit the same alongwith the required documents and the prescribed fee to the Director,
Centre for Distance Education on or before the last date announced for the purpose.
9. A candidate whose examination form is found in order and has been accepted shall be issued a Hall
Ticket. Admission to Examination Centre shall be allowed only to a candidate who presents the Hall
Ticket, issued to him by the Centre for Distance Education.
511
10. The study material for the course and question papers for the examination shall be set and answered
in Urdu / English /Hindi languages subject to the following conditions:
(i) The study material and the question papers for the examination in English/Hindi/Urdu
language course shall be set and is to be answered in the same respective languages.
(ii) Candidates appearing at an examination in a language other than those mentioned in Clause
(i) above may be asked to answer a part of question papers in the languages concerned.
11. (a) To pass the examination a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the marks in each subject /
course (theory/practical) (inclusive of sessional/practical work) and viva-voce examination
prescribed for the B.Com. degree programme.
(b) A candidate shall be entitled to grace marks (GM) for passing and discretionary marks (DM)
for improvement of Division as per University rules.
(c) A candidate who passed in one or more of the subjects/courses but fails in that examination as
a whole shall not be required to pass in those subjects/ courses again at the subsequent
examinations;
Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional/practical work by the Centre for
Distance Education shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations.
12. Successful candidates who obtain more than 50% of the aggregate of marks in Compulsory English
of Part-I and Part-II and Commerce Subject /Courses shall be awarded B.Com. (Hons.) degree. Of
such candidates those who obtain 60% of marks or more shall be placed in the first division and the
rest in second division. A candidate who obtains 75% or more marks in a subject/ course shall be
declared to have passed with Distinction in that subject/ course. Candidates who pass the
examination but do not qualify for the Honors degree shall be awarded the B.Com. (Pass) degree.
13. If a candidate wishes to improve his/her performance, he/she may be allowed by the Director,
Centre for Distance Education to repeat the end term examination in one or more subjects/ courses
in order to have his/her marks revised upward provided that;
(i) The candidate has passed the B.Com examination within eight years from the date of his/her
admission/registration to the course of study.
(ii) The permission will be granted only once on the condition that the candidate did not join any
higher course in the meanwhile; and,
(iii) If the candidate fails to improve his/her performance in a subject/course the marks awarded
earlier in the subject/course will stand.
course/subject, he/she may apply for re-totaling or re-evaluation of the answer scripts within one
month of the declaration of result. There shall be no re-evaluation of sessional work of all
courses/subjects, practical and viva-voce examinations. The re-evaluation/re-totaling is allowed in
not more than two written papers of theory courses/subjects only on payment of prescribed fee.
512
ANNEXURE
Part I Part II Part III
E 1 50 E 1 50
L 1 50*
Th/Et/INM 1 50*
Commerce Commerce Comprehensive

Subjects 5 500 Subjects 6 600 Viva-Voce 50
Commerce
Subjects 7 700

Aggregate for the award of Division: 1950 Marks
Note: (i) * Not to be counted for the award of Division.

(ii) Each Commerce Subject shall carry 80 marks for end term examination (written paper) and
20 marks for sessional work (assignments etc).
(iii) E – Compulsory English
L – Language (Hindi/Urdu) etc.
Th/Et/INM –Theology
513
CHAPTER – CIX
*
- Certificate in Urdu Electronic Media

- Diploma in Urdu Electronic Media
1. (i) The Certificate Course in Urdu Electronic Media shall be awarded to candidates who have
passed Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination (10+2) or an Examination
recognized by this University as its equivalent with not less than 45 marks in aggregate and
has undergone a course of study for not less than one academic year and fulfilled all the
requirements prescribed.
(ii) The Diploma in Urdu Electronic Media shall be awarded to candidates who have completed
Certificate in Urdu Electronic Media or an examination recognized by this University as its
equivalent with not less than 45% marks in aggregate and has undergone a course of study for
not less than one academic year and fulfilled all the requirements prescribed.
(iii) The abovementioned courses are part time and shall be offered to full time bonafide students
and employees of this University. No separate hostel accommodation shall be provided to the
candidates admitted to these courses.
(iv) Admission to these courses shall be on the basis of merit of qualifying examination.
2. The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course shall be as follows:
(i) Written Examination : 75 marks
(ii) Sessional (Practical/Project work) : 25 marks
(iii) Viva-Voce : 50 marks
Total 150 marks
3. To pass each course, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the marks in written papers, sessional
and Viva-Voce in aggregate.
4. A candidate who fails to qualify in written papers and/or sessional and Viva-Voce may be permitted
to appear at subsequent examination only once as an ex-student.
5. Candidates securing 60% or more marks in aggregate shall be placed in First Division and those who
Division and those who secure less than 48% but not less than 40% marks in aggregate shall be
placed in third Division.
*
A.C. dated 19.1.2010
514
CHAPTER – CX
Master of Dental Surgery (M.D.S)
1. General:
(i) The number of admission of M.D.S. Course in each specialty shall not be more than
3 students per year per unit. The unit will comprise:
(a) Professor One (Head of the P.G. Unit)

(b) Reader Two
(c) Lecturer One
(ii) The duration of the course shall be three academic years. All the students joining this course
shall work as full time residence.
2. (a) No candidate shall be registered to undertake a course of study for M.D.S. unless he /she
has
(i) passed B.D.S. degree of this university or an equivalent examination recognized by
this university and by Dental Council of India (D.C.I.)
(ii) satisfactorily completed paid internship for a period of one year and is registered with the
State Dental Council/Dental Council of India.
(iii) been selected on the basis of merit of Post Graduate Competitive Admission Test
conducted by the Aligarh Muslim University scoring at least 50% in it.
(b) Study and training course is available for M.D.S. in the subjects of
(i) Conservative Dentistry
(ii) Periodontics
(iii) Orthodontics
(iv) Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
3. (a) Attendance
(i) A student pursuing M.D.S. Course shall work as a full time student. No student is
permitted to run a clinic or work in clinic / Laboratory / Nursing home while studying
in M.D.S.
(ii) Every student must have at least 80% of attendance in each academic year
(clinical/practical and theory separately).
(b) Monitoring the progress of Students
Every student shall maintain the work diary and logbook of his / her participation in the
training programmes conducted by the Department.
The work diary and log book shall be scrutinized certified by the Head of Post
graduate unit of Department concerned and submitted to Chairman Deptt.
concerned.
Thesis:
(i) The topic of the Thesis and the name of the Supervisor shall be approved within 6
months of admission by B.O.S. of the Department concerned. If B.O.S. is satisfied
that the proposed topic in suitable for research, and that the student possesses the ability

A.C. Item No. 2, dated 25.8.2010
515
to conduct the research in that subject, the B.O.S. shall forward the proposal to the
Faculty of Medicine for consideration
Provided that the B.O.S., in exceptional cases, may associate not more than two
postgraduate teachers as Co-Supervisors of the student.
(ii) No candidate shall be permitted to change the topic of his/her Thesis without prior
approval of the B.O.S. of the Department concerned and only on the recommendation of
the Supervisor(s). Such change can be made within three months from the date of original
approval of the topic by the B.O.S. of Department concerned. Such changes shall be
subject to confirmation by the Faculty of Medicine and Academic Council.
(iii) The Thesis of each student shall contain the results of his/her own research
and investigations. Reference to the work of others shall be clearly indicated and
differentiated from his/her personal observations.
(iv) Four copies of the Thesis shall be submitted six months prior to the Examination to
the Chairman of the Department concerned through Head of P.G. unit certifying that the
student has stayed and worked for full time in the Department for the duration of the
prescribed period along with the certificate from Supervisor (s) to the effect that it is
based on the student’s own observation and investigation. The Chairman of the
Department shall forward it to the Dean, Faculty of Medicine through Principal, Dental
College.
(v) A student whose Thesis has been accepted by the examiners, but who is declared to
have failed at the M.D.S. examination will be permitted to reappear at the subsequent
M.D.S. examination without having to submit a new Thesis. However, if the Thesis is
rejected, the Dean, Faculty of Medicine will communicate in writing to the student and in
its light the Thesis will be resubmitted to the examiners for its evaluation.
4. (a) Eligibility for M.D.S. Examination
(i) No candidate shall be allowed to appear at the M.D.S. Examination unless he produces
a Course Requirement Completion Certificate (CRC).
(ii) The criteria to issue the CRC shall be

(a) satisfactory completion of M.D.S. degree Course duration of 3 Years with 80%
attendance in each academic year.
(b) fulfilling the prescribed course requirements and
(c) fulfilling the Thesis requirement.
(b) M.D.S. Examination
(i) There shall be examination at the end of third year.

(ii) The second examination will be held within a period of four to six months after the
main examination
(iii) The examination for the M.D.S. shall consist of two parts (Part I and Part II).
A. Part I of the examination shall comprise a Thesis on a topic approved in the manner
specified below.
(a) A candidate shall have to submit his/her Thesis after two years’ continuous regular
studies research/training in the Department concerned six months before the final
examinations.
516
(b) Every Thesis shall be examined by four examiners, who shall be postgraduate
teachers, as laid down by Dental Council of India and appointed in the manner
prescribed in Clause I of Chapter-XV of these Ordinances, two of whom shall be the
persons not engaged in teaching in this University.
(c) If the examiners unanimously recommend that the Thesis be approved on the grounds that is
constitutes a worthwhile contribution to knowledge of the subject, the
candidate shall be permitted to appear at Part-II Examination.
(d) If the examiner(s) are unable to recommend that the Thesis be approved, the report(s) shall be
sent by the Dean, Faculty of Medicine to the Chairman of the Department who shall put it
before the Board of Studies of the Department concerned for suitable revision in the light of
recommendations of the examiner(s), before resubmission after six months, or to reject it
outright.
B. A candidate shall be eligible to appear at Part II of the examination only after his/her Thesis
has been approved by all the four examiners.
(a) Part II of the examination shall comprise of four written papers (one basic sciences, three
shall be on specialty of which one shall be assay type), clinical and/or practical and Viva-
Voce examination.
(b) Out of four written papers, two will be set by external examiners and two by internal
examiners. All the four examiners shall examine the candidate in practical/clinical and
Viva-Voce examination.
(c) Practical and Viva-Voce examination will be of minimum 2 days duration.
(d) Distribution of marks

Theory: Paper I – 75 Marks
Paper II – 75 Marks
Paper III – 75 Marks
Paper IV – 75 Marks
Total 300 Marks
Practical & Clinical 200 Marks
Viva-Voce 100 Marks
(e) Criteria for declaring as Pass:-
To pass M.D.S Examination, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% marks in theory and
50% marks in Viva-Voce and Practical/Clinical separately.
5. A candidate who fails at the Part II examination may be permitted to appear at a subsequent
examination as an ex-student as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances, without
submitting a fresh thesis.
6. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances a candidate admitted to M.D.S. Course

shall also be governed under the terms and conditions prescribed in the Residency Scheme and any
other scheme prescribed by the Ministry of Health, Government of India, and adopted by this
NOTE: If the adequate number of internal examiners are not available, three examiners may conduct the
examination, of whom two of them shall be externals ones.
517
Criteria for appointment of examiners shall be as per the recommendations of Dental Council of India
(D.C.I) and Ordinances (Academic).
(a) The Examiner shall be Associate Professor and hold M.D.S. degree.
(b) No person, who is not an active post graduate teacher in the subject, can be appointed as
Examiner. In the case of retired teacher, who satisfies the above conditions, he/she may be
appointed up to one year after retirement.
(c) No person shall be an external examiner for the same institution for more than two
consecutive years. However if there is a break of one year the person can be reappointed.
518
CHAPTER – CXI
*
P.G. DIPLOMA IN ISLAMIC BANKING AND FINANCE

1. No candidate shall be eligible for admission to P.G. Diploma in Islamic Banking and Finance unless
he/she has passed a Bachelor’s degree examination from this University or an examination
recognized by this University as its equivalent with a minimum of 50 percent marks in aggregate.
2. The examination for the P.G. Diploma in Islamic Banking and Finance shall be open to the
candidates.
(a) Who have under gone a full time course of study prescribed for this purpose in the University
for one academic session (two semesters).
(b) Ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).
3. The examination shall comprise nine theory papers and one Industry Project. Five compulsory
papers will be taught in the first semester, whereas the second semester will comprise three optional
papers, one compulsory paper and 6-8 week Industry Project.
(i) Each theory paper shall carry 100 marks of which 25 marks shall be allocated for sessional
work adjudged on the basis of class tests, participation, project work and home assignment
etc.
at the end of each semester.
(iii) 100 marks shall be allocated for the Industry Project.
(iv) Every candidate shall have to undergo a 6-8 weeks Industry Project in a professional
organization in the field of insurance, finance or in any other related area.
4. In order to become eligible for appearing in the examination, a candidate shall have to fulfil the
5. To pass each course of P.G. Diploma in Islamic Banking and Finance, candidate must obtain not less
than 40 percent in the written examination in each paper separately and not less than 50 percent
marks in the aggregate.
(i) To pass Project work, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of allocated mark for project.
(ii) In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held.
6. A candidate who fails to pass 50% of the prescribed courses of the first semester examination shall
not be promoted to second semester.
7. Candidates who obtain 60 percent of the marks or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the First
Division, those who obtain less than 60 percent but not less than 50 percent of the marks shall be
placed in the Second Division.
8. A Candidate who fails to qualify for the degree P.G. Diploma in Islamic Banking and Finance within
two academic sessions after his/her admission, he/she shall not be allowed to pursue the course
further without the permission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman,
Department of Business Administration and Dean, Faculty of Management Studies & Research.
Provided that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to pursue the course beyond a total period of
three academic sessions after his/her admission.
*
A.C. dated 19.01.2010.
519
Annexure
P.G. Diploma in Islamic Banking and Finance
Effective from the Session 2009-10
Course Structure
Compulsory Courses
Name of the Course Sessional Written Examination Total

Principles of Neo-classical Economics 25 75 100
Financial Management 25 75 100
Financial and Managerial Accounting 25 75 100
Elements of Islamic Economics 25 75 100
Basics of Islamic Finance 25 75 100
Quantitative Analysis and Business Research 25 75 100
Optional Courses

Islamic Insurance (Takaful) 25 75 100
Islamic Bonds (Sukuk) 25 75 100
Islamic Asset and Fund Management 25 75 100
Islamic Micro-Finance 25 75 100
History of Islamic Banking and Finance 25 75 100
Islamic Financial Market 25 75 100
Awqaf and their Management in India 25 75 100
Islamic Juisprudence (Fiqhul Muamlaat) 25 75 100
Islamic Finance in India 25 75 100
Industry Project

Industry Project -- 100 100
520
CHAPTER – CXII
Post-Graduate Diploma in Conflict Resolution and Peace Studies

(Effective from 2010-2011)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Post-Graduate Diploma in Conflict Resolution
and Peace Studies unless he has passed B.A/B.Sc/B.Com(Hons.)., B.Th., B.A.L.L.B., B.F.A.,
B.Ed., B.P.Ed., B.L.I.Sc., Examination from this University or any other University recognized by
this University as equivalent thereto.
The admission to this course will be done as defined in the Guide to Admission notified from time to
time.
2. The examination for the Post Graduate Diploma in Conflict Resolution & Peace Studies shall be
annual & open to :-
(i) Candidates who have undergone a regular course of study at the University for one academic
year.
OR
(ii) Ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).
3. The examination shall comprise four theory papers including sessional work in each paper, a
project report and Viva-Voce. The distribution of marks shall be as under:-
(a) Four papers of 100 marks : 400

Exams : 75 marks (each)
(b) Project report : 50
(c) Viva-Voce : 50
Total Marks : 500
4. In order to become eligible for appearing in the Examination, a candidate shall have to fulfill the
attendance requirements as prescribed by the University from time to time.
5. To pass the examination a candidate must obtain at least 40% marks in written & 30% marks in
Sessional exams and 40% in Project report and Viva-Voce separately.
A candidate, who has passed in individual papers but failed to obtain 40% of marks in aggregate for
passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination papers (as
contained in Para 7) so as to be eligible for the award of the Diploma.
Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for Sessional work during his regular course of

O.M. XM/RU/F.No.13/12/1433 dated 14.3.2012
521
papers has to appear in those papers only as an ex-student at the next examination.
8. A candidate, who fails to qualify for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Conflict Resolution and
Peace Studies within a period of two academic sessions after the admission to the course, the
Academic Council, on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department and the Dean, may
further extend the duration not exceeding one year to complete the course.
9. Maximum Four Grace marks may be given in not more than two subjects to pass the exams.
522
*
CHAPTER – CXIII
 Certificate in Recitation of Quran (Tajwid)

 Certificate of Recitation of Quran (Qirat)
 Certificate in Learning Quran (Language Lab)
 Certificate in Introduction in Qur’anic Sciences
 Certificate in Quranic Arabic
1. Introduction
Prof. K.A. Nizami Centre for Quranic Studies offers part time programmes leading to the above
Certificate courses.
.
2. Eligibility :
A candidate will be eligible for admission to the above courses who has passed Senior Secondary
School Certificate examination (10+2) of this University or an Oriental or an examinations
recognized by this University as its equivalent. Further, male candidates can apply for admission to
these courses and girls can apply for Tajwid Course only.
3. Admission to these courses shall be made once a year in accordance with the admission policy
(a) The minimum duration of the course shall be one year except for Learning Quran (Language
Lab) which will be of one semester after admission.
(b) The maximum duration of the course shall be three years after admission with no provision
for any extension.
5. Attendance
(a) In order to become eligible for appearing in the examination, a candidate shall have to fulfill
(b) A candidate who fails to fulfill the minimum attendance in accordance with Chapter XVII of
the Ordinances Academic may apply for continuation. A candidate who fulfills the
attendance requirements but fails to pass in the Paper prescribed may appear as an ex-student
in the subsequent examination.
6. The distribution of marks to the above mentioned courses shall be as follows:

Name of the Course Theory Viva-Voce/ Total
paper Practical marks
 Certificate in Recitation of Quran (Tajwid) ------ 100 100
 Certificate of Recitation of Quran (Qirat) One paper of 100 50 150

marks
*
O.M. XM/RU/F.N.003/13/1456 dated 05.09.2013.
523
 Certificate in Learning Quran (Language One paper of 50 50 100

Lab) marks
 Certificate in Introduction in Qur’anic One paper of 100 50 150
Sciences marks
 Certificate in Quranic Arabic One paper of 100 50 150
marks
7. To pass the examination a candidate must obtain at least 40% of marks in written paper & Viva-
Voce/Practical separately.
8. Candidates securing 60% or more marks in aggregate shall be placed in First division. Those who
placed in Third division.
524
*
CHAPTER - CXIV
Bachelor of Social Work
(effective from the session 2012-13)
1. Introduction
The Department of Social Work offers a programme leading to Bachelor of Social Work.
2. The medium of instruction is English
3. Eligibility
A candidate will be eligible to apply for admission to Bachelor of Social Work programme if he/she
has passed Senior Secondary School Certificate (10+2) of this University or an examination
recognized by this University as its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in aggregate obtained in
English and three subjects, except Typing, Tailoring, Information Practice, Craft, Music, Physical
Education and Painting.
approved from time to time by the Academic Council.
5.1 The minimum duration of the programme shall be three consecutive years after admission.
5.2 The maximum duration of the programme shall be five consecutive years after admission
6. Registration
Every student admitted to Bachelor of Social Work programme is required to register himself/herself
in each year till the completion of the course within the prescribed time.
7. Attendance
the Ordinances (Academic) may apply for re-registration as a regular student, but no
candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two years in any
Part subject to the maximum duration as specified in Clause 5.2.
8. The examination for the degree of Bachelor of Social Work shall consist of Part-I, Part-II and Part-
III as per the details given below:
(a) Compulsory subjects 200 marks

2. Urdu or Hindi 50 marks *
3. Theology (Sunni/Shia)/ 50 marks *
Indian National Movement (IM)
*
XM/RU/F.No.007/14/17 dated 28.5.2014
525
Provided that in the category (2) of the compulsory subject above, a candidate shall not be allowed
to take the same language he has studied at an advance level at the Sr. Secondary School Certificate
examination.
(b) Social Work subjects 1400 marks
The distribution of marks of papers (compulsory and Social Work subjects) are given in the
Annexure -
9. (a) To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% marks in each theory paper
(inclusive of sessionals) as well as Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation and Block
Field Work (Summer Training). He/she should also obtained 36% of the marks in the
aggregate of all theory papers, Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation, Block Field
Work (Summer Training) and Viva Voce in all the three Parts of the B.S.W Examination.
A candidate who fails to obtain 36% of the mark in aggregate may appear as an ex-student in
at the most three papers in subsequent examination.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 30% of the marks in a theory paper, Concurrent Field Work &
Seminar Presentation, Block Field Work (Summer Training) may appear subsequently only at
the examination prescribed for that paper.
Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his regular
10. Promotion
10.1 A student of Part-I shall be eligible for promotion to Part-II if he/she has passed 50% of the
prescribed papers. No candidate shall be promoted to Part-III unless he/she passes all the
papers of Part-I and 50% papers of Part-II.
10.2 A promoted candidate appearing at part-II examination shall have to appear in those papers of
Part-I examination in which he/she had failed. The marks awarded for sessional in the
respective paper shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.
10.3 A candidate who fails to pass the minimum number of papers as prescribed in 10.1, though he
has fulfilled the necessary attendance requirements, shall cease to be a regular student. He/she
may appear as an ex-student only in the paper in which he has failed at the subsequent annual
examination. After passing the minimum number of papers for promotion to Part-II or Part-
III, as the case may be, shall register as a regular student for appearing at the examination of
the next higher part.
11. There shall be only one supplementary examination following the Annual Part-III examination,
which shall be open to those BSW students who were eligible to appear but failed to pass the Part-III
examination only with no backlog papers. No supplementary examination shall be held for backlog
courses of Part-I/II examination.
12. The Division awarded to the student will be based on aggregate percentage of marks as given below:

60% and above First
36%and above but less than 50% Pass
526
13. A candidate shall be entitled to (05) grace marks (GM) in one or two papers/Viva-Voce of Part-I
and/or Part-II and Part-III to promote/pass him/her from Part-I to Part-II and subsequently to Part-
III. The grace marks so awarded shall be added to the total. 04 discretionary marks (DM shall be
awarded for improvement of division.
ANNEXURE
A. COMPULSORY SUBJECTS :
Part – I Part-II
Subject Paper Marks Subject Paper Marks
E I 50 E I 50
L I 50 - - -
Th/INM I 50 - - -
E.S. I 50 - - -
Total 200 50
Abbreviations:
E : English
E.S. : Environmental Studies
INM : Indian National Movement
L : Language (Udu/Hindi)
Th : Theology
B. SOCIAL WORK SUBJECTS :
Part-I Part-II Part-III

Papers Marks Papers Marks Papers Marks
5 375 4 300 5 375
Concurrent field 75 Concurrent 75 Concurrent field 75
work and Seminar field work and work and Seminar
Presentation Seminar Presentation
Presentation
Block field work 75 Comprehensive 50
(Summer viva-voce
Training)
450 450 500
Grand Total (Part-I + Part-II + Part-III) = 1400
Grand Total (Part-I + Part-II + Part-III including 100 marks for compulsory English) for awarding division
= 1500
1. Each Social Work subject shall carry 50 marks for Examination and 15 marks for sessional work,
Totalling = 75
2. Concurrent fieldwork and Seminar Presentation shall carry 75 marks in Part-I + Part-II + Part-III.
In part – II there shall be a Block Field Work (Summer Training) carrying 75 marks.
3. In Part-III, in addition to the 5 papers and Concurrent Field Work & Seminar presentation, there
shall be a Comprehensive Viva-Voce carrying 50 marks.
527
*
CHAPTER-CXIV-A
Bachelor Of Social Work (Bsw)
1. Introduction
(a) Aligarh Muslim University offers full-time programme leading to Bachelor of Social Work
(BSW) in the Department of Social Work, Faculty of Social Sciences.
(b) The medium of instructions in this programme is English.
2. Eligibility
Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University or any other Examination
recognized by this University as its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in aggregate.
3. The admission to the Bachelor of Social Work programme will be made in the Autumn Semester as
per the admission policy approved by the Academic Council of the University from time to time.
4. Academic Session
The academic session is divided into two regular semesters- Autumn and Winter, each of which shall
be approximately 20 weeks duration. The Autumn semester will normally commence in the month
of July/August every year and the Winter in the month of December/January.

The minimum duration of the prgramme shall be six consecutive semesters after admission.
The maximum duration of the programme shall be ten consecutive semesters after admission.
6.1 Credit System

Each theory paper as well as laboratory courses namely (i) Concurrent Field Work & Seminar
Presentation and (ii) Block Field Work, will normally be of 4 credits.
Each paper will be assigned certain credits reflecting its weight and contact periods per week, as
given below:
1 Lecture period (L) per week = 1 credit
1 Tutorial period (T) per week = 1 credit
2 Practical period (P) per week = 1 credit
(i) Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation and (ii) Block Field Work
(a) Compulsory Subjects : 24 credits

*
XM/RU/F.No.007/14/17 dated 28.5.2014
528
(b) Social Work Subjects : 142 credits

The Distribution of credits of compulsory and Social Work
subjects are given in the Annexure

The curriculum for Bachelor of Social Work programme will contain a listing of all courses, with
each course having a course number, course title, number of contact period per week, number
of credits assigned and the marks assigned to various components of evaluation.
6.4 Approval of Curriculum

The curriculum for Bachelor of Social Work programme will be prepared by the Department of
Social Work and approved by the Board of Studies of the Department. It will then be vetted
by the CDC and be placed in the Faculty along with the recommendations of the CDC for
approval. Once approved by the Faculty, the Curriculum will be implemented. The same
7. Registration
(a) Every student admitted to Bachelor of Social Work programme is required to register, in each
semester, for the courses that he/she has to pursue in that semester.
(b) If a student fails to register in two consecutive semesters without specific permission from the
Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences, his/her name may be removed from the rolls of the Faculty.
Such a student may apply to the Dean for re-admission stating the reasons for not being able
to register for two consecutive semesters and the Dean will take suitable decision on the merit
of the case.
8. Attendance
Attendance will be counted separately in each paper offered in BSW Course. Students have to put in
75% or more attendance in a paper in a semester. That will make the candidate eligible to appear in
the End Semester Examination of that paper.
Students detained from appearing in the End Semester Examination of a paper due to shortage of
attendance will have to complete the attendance requirements in that paper afresh and all marks
obtained in any component of the paper- evaluation shall stand cancelled.
9. Examination & Evaluation
9.1 Component of Evaluation

(a) Each 4 credit paper will be evaluated out of 100 marks and each 2 credit paper will be
evaluated out of 50 marks, the paper will have the following components of evaluation:
(i) Theory Paper
Sessional : 20%
End-Semester Examination of two hours duration : 80%
(ii) Laboratory Courses (Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation and Block Fieldwork
(Oral Assessment) : 40%
End-Semester Examination (Written Report) : 60%
(b) To pass a paper, the student has to compulsorily appear in the End-Semester Examination of
that paper and secure a minimum of 35% marks in aggregate. However a maximum of one
Grace Mark may be awarded in each paper to pass in that paper.
(c) Distinction will be awarded in a paper where a student secures 75% or more marks in
529
If a student passes a paper he/she earns the credits assigned to that paper.
9.3 Repetition of a failed paper
 For backlog papers (where the attendance requirement has already been fulfilled), the
student shall appear only in the End-Semester Examination and his/her sessional marks
 However, if the student also wishes to improve his/her sessional, he/she will have to fulfill
the attendance requirement, earn sessional marks and appear in the End-Semester
Examination afresh and the previous sessional marks, if any, will be cancelled.
9.4 Conduct of Examination
The examiners for the End-Semester Examination of all theory papers will normally be the
teacher(s) associated with the paper. The Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation and Block
Field Work will be examined by the teacher(s) associated with the course. The Grand viva-voce
examination will be examined by an external examiner not in the service of the University at the
time of examination. In case the external examiner does not turn up for the examination, the
Chairman of the Department shall call another person to act as the external examiner, even from
within the University, if necessary.
There shall be a Moderation Committee consisting of the following members to moderate the
question papers of the End-Semester Examination:
(i) Chairman of the Department (Convener)

(ii) One senior teacher of the Department (to be appointed by the BOS)
Note: the paper setter(s) may be invited, if necessary, to clarify the necessary details of the question
paper.
A student who undergoes six semesters years of regular study in the programme earns 166 credits
subject to the break-up in various course categories and fulfills such other conditions as may be
mentioned in the curriculum will be awarded the degree. He/She must also pay all University dues as
per rules. Moreover, there should be no case of indiscipline pending against him/her.
11. Promotion Rule and Mercy Appeal
11.1 Promotion
11.1.1. Promotion from First to Second Semester
 A student of First Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Second Semester if he/she

completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed papers of First
Semester.
530
11.1.2 Promotion from Second to Third Semester
 A student of Second Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Third Semester if he/she

completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed papers of Second
Semester
 He/she also obtains passing marks in at least 38 credits (rounded off to the nearest as whole
number) of the prescribed courses of First and Second Semesters taken together and will have
to compulsorily pass Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation.
 A student of Third Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Fourth Semester if he/she

completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed papers of Third
Semester.
 A student of Fourth Semester shall be eligible to be promoted to Fifth Semester if he/she

completes the attendance requirement of at least 75% of the prescribed papers of Fifth
Semester.
 He/she also obtains passing marks in at least 26 credits (rounded off to the nearest as whole
number) of the prescribed papers of Third Semester and Fourth Semester taken together and
will have to compulsorily pass Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation and Block
Field Work.
 Further, he/she should have also cleared all prescribed papers of First and Second Semester.
 A student of Fifth Semester shall be eligible to be prompted to Sixth Semester if he/she

completes the attendance requirements of at least 75% of the prescribed papers of Fifth
Semester.
11.2 Mercy Appeal
once during the tenure of the programme, extending the total duration of the programme by two
semesters, at the maximum, beyond 10 semesters, if required. Under no circumstances a student will
be allowed to complete the programme after the lapse of 12 consecutive semesters after admission.
12. Result
degree his/her results will be shown as “Graduated”.
(b) The division awarded to “Graduated” students will be based on aggregate percentage of marks
as given below:
60% and above First
35% and above but less than 50% Third
531
(c) Ranks/Positions will be determined after a candidate has passed all the six semesters
examinations. The ranks/positions will be determined on the basis of aggregate percentage.
Only those students who fulfill the following conditions will be eligible for ranks/positions:

(iii) They have passed every course on time as per curriculum;
The students who violate any of the above conditions will not be awarded any rank/position.
revised ordinances. Such cases may be allowed on a case to case basis.
532
Annexure
Bachelor of Social Work (BSW)
Course Curriculum under Semester System
BSW Semester I
S.No. CODE TITLE A B C Credit
1 Compulsory English -I 20* 80* C 4
2 Theology/Indian National Movement 10* C 2
3 Compulsory Urdu/Compulsory Hindi 10* C 2
4 SWB-101 Nature and History of Social Work-1 20 80 C 4
5 SWB-102 Social Case Work-1 20 80 C 4
6 SWB-103 General Sociology-1 20 80 C 4
7 SWB-104 General Psychology and Child Development-1 20 80 C 4
8 SWB-105 Economic and Political Institutions-1 20 80 C 4
9 SWB-10S1 Concurrent Field Work & Seminar Presentation 0 100 C 4
BSW Semester II
1 Compulsory English -I 20* 80* C 4
2 Theology / Indian National Movement 10* 80* C 2
3 Compulsory Urdu / Compulsory Hindi 10* 80* C 2
4 SWB-201 Nature and History of Social Work-II 20 80 C 4
5 SWB-202 Social Case Work-II 20 80 C 4
6 SWB-203 General Sociology-II 20 80 C 4
7 SWB-204 General Psychology and Child Development-II 20 80 C 4
8 SWB-205 Economic and Political Institutions-II 20 80 C 4
BSW Semester III
1 SWB-301 Social Group Work-I 20 80 C 4
2 SWB-302 Social Psychology-I 20 80 C 4
3 SWB-303 Social Structure and Social Change-I 20 80 C 4
4 SWB-304 Social Problems and Services – I 20 80 C 4
BSW Semester IV
1 SWB-401 Social Group Work-II 20 80 C 4
2 SWB-402 Social Psychology-II 20 80 C 4
3 SWB-403 Social Structure and Social Change-II 20 80 C 4
4 SWB-404 Social Problems and Services – II 20 80 C 4
533

6 SWB-40B1 Block Field Work 0 100 C 4
BSW Semester V
1 Compulsory English 20* 80* 4
2 SWB-501 Community Work and Social Action-I 20 80 C 4
2 SWB-502 Social Work Research and Social Welfare Administration-I 20 80 C 4
3 SWB-503 Social Justice, Human Rights and Social Welfare in India-I 20 80 C 4
4 SWB-504 Social Problems and Services – I 20 80 C 4
5 SWB-505 Programme Competencies-I 20 80 C 4
BSW Semester VI
1 Environmental Studies 20* 80* C 4
2 SWB-601 Community Work and Social Action-II 20 80 C 4
3 SWB-602 Social Work Research and Social Welfare Administration-II 20 80 C 4
4 SWB-603 Social Justice, Human Rights and Social Welfare in India-II 20 80 C 4
5 SWB-604 Social Problems and Services – II 20 80 C 4
6 SWB-605 Programme Competencies-II 20 80 C 4
8 SWB-60V1 Viva-Voce 0 50 C 2
*Compulsory papers, which will not be counted for the award of Division
Column A Sessional Marks Column C C for Compulsory
Column B Theory/Parctical/Viva-Voce Marks D for Optional
534
CHAPTER – CXV
*
Part-time Diploma in Educational and Vocational

Counselling (For Women only)
(effective from the session – 2011-12)
1. The Career Planning Centre offers a programme for females only leading to Part Time Diploma in
Educational and Vocational Counselling.
2. A candidate will be eligible for admission to Part Time Diploma in Educational and Vocational
Counselling who has passed Senior Secondary School Certificate (10+2) of this University or an
examination recognized by this University as its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in
aggregate. Further, the candidate should be a full time bonafide student or employee of this
University.
(a) The minimum duration of the course shall be one year after admission.
(b) The maximum duration of the course shall be two consecutive years after admission with no
5. Attendance
(d) In order to become eligible for appearing in the examination, a candidate shall have to fulfill
(e) A candidate who fails to fulfill the minimum attendance in accordance with Chapter XVII of
the Ordinances Academic may apply for continuation. A candidate who fulfills the
6. The examination shall comprise five theory papers, including sessional work in each paper, practical
including viva-voce, project report and grand Viva-Voce. The distribution of marks shall be as
follows :
(a) Five papers of 100 marks each : 500

(b) Practical of 150 marks : 150

Practical : 100 marks
Viva-Voce : 50 marks
(c) Project : 50
(d) Grand Viva-Voce : 100
Total Marks : 800
*
O.M. XM/RU/F.N. 001/13/1444 dated 22.4.2013.
535
7. To pass the examination a candidate must obtain at least 40% of marks in all the written papers,
sessionals, Project and viva-voce separately. For candidates appearing as ex-students the marks
awarded for sessional during course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent
examination.
8. A candidate who secures 60% marks in aggregate or more shall be placed in the First Division.
Those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% in aggregate shall be placed in Second
Division. Those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 40% of the marks shall be placed in
Third Division.
10. A candidate who obtains 75% or more of the maximum marks prescribed for any written paper, shall
be declared to have passed with distinction in that particular paper.
536
CHAPTER – CXVI
Five Years Bachelors of Dental Surgery (B.D.S.) Programme
1. There shall be a course of study in Dental surgery leading to the degree of Bachelor of Dental
Surgery (B.D.S.) at Dr. Ziauddin Ahmad Dental College. Faculty of Medicine, AMU, Aligarh.
2. The candidates seeking admission to the BDS course of study must have passed Senior Secondary
School Certificate Examination of this University, or an examination recognized by the University as
its equivalent in the subjects of Physics, Chemistry, Biology and English and must have obtained a
minimum of 50% marks in aggregate of Physics, Chemistry and Biology taken together at the
qualifying examination. Further, the candidate must have come in the merit list prepared as a result
of competitive entrance examination by securing not less than 50% marks in aggregate of Physics,
Chemistry and Biology taken together in the competitive entrance examination. The candidate must
have completed the age of 17 years on or before 31 st December of the year of the admission.
The admission shall be based strictly on merit as determined by a competitive test conducted by the
University and as per the admission policy approved by Academic Council from time to time,
provided that the admission of candidates under NRI/Foreign student category shall be based on the
merit in the qualifying examination and as per rules and procedure approved by Academic Council
from time to time.

Provided that a candidate who has appeared at the qualifying examination and the result has not
been declared, may provisionally be permitted to take up the competitive entrance examination and
if the candidate has been selected for admission to BDS degree programme, he/she shall not be
admitted to the course until he/she fulfils the eligibility criteria as per above ordinance in this behalf.
3. Duration
≠
(a) The duration of the course shall be four academic years with 240 teaching days in each
academic year followed by one year paid compulsory rotatory internship in the matter
prescribed by the University/Dental Council of India.
(b) Candidates after passing the final professional Examination followed by one year paid
compulsory rotatory Internship shall be eligible for the award of the degree of Bachelor of
Dental Surgery.
4. Curriculum/syllabi shall be as per recommendation of Dental Council of India and Academic

Council of the University.
5. Examination:

The Examination shall be open to candidates who satisfy the requirements of attendance, and
progress etc. as laid down by the University.

A(i) The first professional examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a course
of study for not less than one academic year; provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail
more than six attempts at the first professional examination.
(1) General Human Anatomy including Embryology and Histology.
(2) General Human Physiology and Biochemistry.

(3) Dental Anatomy, Embroyology and Oral Histology.

O.M. XM/RU/F.No.0008/09/1409 dt. 22.8.2009
≠
O.M. XM/RU/F.No.11/11/1429 dt. 30.11.2011
537
B (i) The second professional examination shall be open to candidates who have successfully
completed the first professional BDS examination and thereafter have undergone a course of study
for not less than one academic year; provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than
four attempts at the second professional examination.

(1) General & Dental Pharmacology and Therapeutics
(2) General Pathology and Microbiology

(3) Dental Materials

(4) Preclinical conservatives (only Practical and Viva-Voce)

(5) Preclinical Prosthodontics (only Practical and Viva-Voce)
C (i) The third professional examination shall be open to candidates who have successfully
completed second professional BDS examination and thereafter have undergone a course of study
for not less than one academic year; provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than
four attempts at the third professional examination.

(1) General Medicine
(2) General Surgery
(3) Oral Pathology and Microbiology
D (i) The final professional examination shall be open to candidates who have successfully
completed the third professional BDS examination and thereafter have undergone a course of
study for not less than one academic year; provided that no candidate shall be permitted to
avail more than four attempts at the final professional examination.

(1) Paediatrics & Preventive Dentistry
(2) Periodontology
(3) Orthodontics & Dentofacial Orthopaedics
(4) Oral Medicine & Radiology
≠
(5) Public Health Dentistry
≠
(6)Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics
≠
(7)Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
≠
(8)Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
6. Notwithstanding any thing contained in these Ordinances, if a candidate fails to complete the
requirements of BDS degree programme within eight academic years (excluding internship) from
the date of his/her admission, he/she shall not be allowed to pursue his/her studies in BDS degree
programme.
7. To pass in a subject of each of the professional examination, a candidate must secure.

(i) 50% of the marks in aggregate of University Written Examination, Viva-Voce and Internal
Assessment taken together.
(ii) 50% marks in aggregate of University Practical/Clinical Examination and Internal Assessment
taken together.

O.M. XM/RU/F.No.0008/09/1409 dt. 22.8.2009
≠
O.M. XM/RU/F.No.11/11/1429 dt. 30.11.2011
538
iii) In case of Preclinical Prosthetic Dentistry and Preclinical Conservative Dentistry in II

professional B.D.S., where there is no written examinations, minimum pass marks shall be
50% in Practical and Viva-Voce Examination including Internal Assessment taken together.
(iv) Grace Marks up to a maximum of 5 marks may be awarded to students who have failed only I
n one subject but have passed in all other subjects.
(v) Candidates who are not satisfied with the evaluation of the answer scripts of University
Examination, may apply to the Controller of Examination for re-evaluation in accordance
with the rules laid down by the University (Under Chapter V of the Ordinances Academic).
8. A candidate who has passed in all the subjects of the professional examination in the first attempt
and has secured 75% or more marks shall be declared to have passed with distinction in the
particular subject(s).
9. The number of lecture hours and practical/ clinical hours are specified in Appendix.
10. A candidate shall be eligible to appear at the respective professional examinations (main or/and
second examination) only if he/she has put in 75% attendance in lectures and 75% of laboratory
exercises and clinical work of each department.
In case of a subject in which there is no University examination at the end of the academic year, the
percentage of attendance shall not be less than 70%. However at the time of appearing for the
professional examination in the subject, the aggregate percentage of attendance in the subject should
satisfy above condition.
11. There shall be one main examination for each professional course and a second examination to be
held after two months from the date of declaration of result of the main examination and not later
than six months, provided that the second examination shall be open to candidates who:
sufficient reasons to be determined by the Committee of Examinations/Dean, Faculty of Medicine.
OR
(b) have failed in one or more subjects at the main examination, provided that such candidates shall
not be required to appear at the subsequent examination in a subject in which they have already
passed.
12. Distribution of Marks:

Each subject will have a maximum 200 marks as follows:
Theory 100
Practical/Clinical 100
(i) Theory 100

University Written Examination 70
Viva-Voce 20
Internal Assessment 10
Total 100
(ii) Practical/Clinical 100
University Exam 90
Internal Assessment (Written) 10
Total 100
Practical and Viva-Voce in University Examinations of:

539
(i) Pre-clinical Prosthodontics and

(ii) Pre-clinical Conservative Dentistry:
Internal Assessment 20
Practical 60
Viva-Voce 20
Total 100
The continuous assessment examination may be held frequently at least 3 times in a particular year
and the average marks of these examinations should be considered 10% of the total marks in each
subject for both theory, practical and clinical examinations separately to be set aside for internal
assessment.
13. There shall be one paper in each subject, containing Part-1 and Part-II in which one part shall be set
and examined by an external examiner.
The question paper should contain different types of question like essay, short answer objective type
and multiple choice questions
14. A candidate, who fails in one subject in an examination, may be permitted to go to the next higher
class but shall not be eligible to appear in the next higher professional examination before he/she
clears the subject of the previous year professional examination.
15. Not more than 20 candidates shall be examined in one day in clinical or practical.
16. A candidate who has obtained distinction in at least five subjects, and at least one in each
professional examination, shall be declared to have passed the professional B.D.S. Examination with
Honors; provided that no candidate shall be deemed to have passed the professional B.D.S.
Examination with Honors’ unless he/she has passed each of the professional examination in the first
attempt.
17. I, II and III position will be mentioned in the results as well as in certificate of marks of the
candidates in each professional examination.
18. The highest marks obtained by a candidate in a subject will be mentioned in the result as well as in
certificate of marks of the candidates in each professional examination.
19. Qualifications for appointment of Examiners for B.D.S. Examinations:
(1) The external/ internal examiners for B.D.S. Examinations should be those holding the post of
reader or an equivalent post or above in a Dental Institution approved/recognized by the
Dental Council of India for B.D.S. Course and possess at least 4 years teaching experience in
that particular/allied subject to B.D.S. students. The University may relax these requirements
in case of community Dentistry.
(2) 50% of examiners appointed shall be external from Medical Colleges/Dental Institutions as
approved/recognized by the Dental Council of India for B.D.S. Course.
No person shall be an external examiner for more than 3 consecutive years. However, if there is a
break of one year, the person can be reappointed.
In case of Public Health Dentistry, one examiner should be from Public Health Dentistry and the
second one may be from Periodontics
In case of Dental materials if internal examiner is from Prosthodontics, external examiner should be
from Conservative Dentistry and vice-versa.
540
20. Transitory Ordinances

Candidates admitted to B.D.S. Course (4-Year duration) in the sessions 2006-2007 and 2007-2008
shall be governed by the Old Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XLII(C).
The minimum working hours for each subject of study (BDS course) substituted for the existing
indicated at page No. 16 of the existing Principal Regulations as under:
Lecture Practical Clinical Total

Subjects
Hours Hours Hours Hours
General Human Anatomy including
100 175 275
Embryology, Osteology and Histology
General Human Physiology 120 60 180
Biochemistry 70 60 130
Dental Materials 80 240 320
Dental Anatomy Embryology and
105 250 355
Oral Histology
Dental Pharmacology & Therapeutics 70 20 90
General Pathology 55 55 110
Microbiology 65 50 115
General Medicine 60 9 150
General Surgery 60 90 150
Oral Pathology & Microbiology 145 130 275
Oral Medicine & Radiology 65 170 235
Paediatric & Preventive Dentistry 65 170 235
Orthodontics & dental orthopaedics 50 170 220
Periodontology 80 170 250
Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery 70 270 340
Conservative Dentistry & Endodontics 135 200 370 705
Prosthodontics & Crown & Bridge 135 300 370 805
Public Health Dentistry including Lectures
60 200 260
on Tobacco Control & Habit Cessation
Total 1590 1540 1989 5200
Note:
There should be a minimum of 240 teaching days every academic year consisting of 8 working hours
including one hour of lunch break.
Internship – 240x8hours- 1920 clinical hours.

541
CHAPTER – CXVII
*
Advanced Diploma in Food Technology

1. The Advanced Diploma in Food Technology shall be awarded to the candidates who have undergone
at the University a regular course for four semester (Two academic years) after having passed the
Diploma in Engineering in Mechanical / Refrigeration & Air Conditioning / Production / Chemical /
Environmental / Agriculture / Electrical / Instrumentation & Control / Electronic / Computer / Civil
with not less than 60% cumulative marks of First, Second and Third (Final) year Examination from
the University or an Examination recognised by the University as its equivalent or B.Sc. (Science /
Life Sciences/ Industrial Chemistry / Home Science) with not less than 50% cumulative marks of
First, Second and Final Year from the University or an Examination recognised by the University as
its equivalent.
2. Teaching and Examination Schedule (Semester-Wise Course Structure) indicating the nature of the
course (theory/practical/project), course numbers and course titles, teaching contact hours per week
and marks allocated to semester courses shall be prescribed by the Faculty of Engineering and
Technology on the recommendations of the Board of Studies concerned from time to time.
3. There shall be continuous evaluation of sessional work and/or practical/project work including viva-
voce examination followed by final semester examinations of the semester courses.
4. The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation (ie sessionals/ practical/project work
including viva-voce and final semester examination) of a course (theory/practical/project) shall be
prescribed by the Faculty of Engineering and Technology on the recommendations of the Board of
Studies concerned from time to time.
5 (i) The first semester examination for the Advanced Diploma in Food Technology shall be open
to the candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the first semester at the
University.
(ii) The second semester examination for the Advanced Diploma in Food Technology shall be
open to the candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the second semester
at the University after having passed the first semester examination or eligible for promotion
to second semester Advanced Diploma in Food Technology.
(iii) The third semester examination for the Advanced Diploma in Food Technology shall be open
to the candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the third semester at the
University after having passed the second semester examination or eligible for promotion to
third semester Advanced Diploma in Food Technology.
(iv) The fourth (final) semester examination for the Advanced Diploma in Food Technology shall
be open to the candidates who have undergone a regular course of the study for the fourth
semester at the University after having passed the third semester examination or eligible for
promotion to fourth (final) semester for the Advanced Diploma in Food Technology.
6. The examination for all the semesters shall be conducted by means of written papers, sessionals,
practical and/or viva-voce examination including project work in final semester. A theory course
shall consist of written paper and corresponding theory sessionals. A practical/ project course shall
consist of practical sessionals and corresponding practical and/or viva-voce examination.
*
A.C. dated 14.7.2009
542
7. (i) The semester examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course
of study in this University and have put in atleast 75% physical attendance in all theory,
practical and/or project courses taken together in each semester.
(ii) Candidates who have put in 65% or more but less 75% physical attendance during a semester
may be considered for condonation of shortage of attendance by the Condonation Committee.
(iii) A candidate who fails to put in atleast 75% of physical attendance or whose shortage of
attendance has not been condoned, shall not be allowed to pursue his/her studies in the next
semester. Such candidates may apply to the Principal, University Polytechnic for re-admission
in that semester in the next academic session, if otherwise eligible.
8. There shall be no Supplementary examination after each semester examination.
9. To pass each semester examination a candidate must obtain (i) at least 40% combined marks in
sessional work and the University examination of each theory course and also 25% marks in the
University examination component and (ii) at least 60% combined marks in sessional work and
University examination of the each practical/project course and also 25% marks in the University
examination component.
10. (i) The division in which the successful candidates are to be placed at the end of final
examination shall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of the first, second,
third and fourth semester examinations of the course of study.
(ii) Candidates who obtain 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be declared to have passed the
examination in first division with honours.
(iii) Candidates who obtain 65% of the cumulative marks or more but less than 75% shall be
declared to have passed the examination in the first division and those who obtain less than
65% of cumulative marks shall be placed in the second division.
11. No candidate shall be allowed to improve his/her marks in sessional work or University examination
of a course after having passed it.
12. (i) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of the first semester shall not be
promoted to the second semester.
(ii) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of the second semester
shall not be promoted to the third semester.
(iii) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of the third semester shall not be
promoted to the fourth semester.
13. (i) A candidate who fails in a course(s) of the first/third semester shall have to clear all the
backlog course(s) alongwith the examination of subsequent batch of the first/third semester.
(ii) A candidate who fails in a course(s) of the second/fourth semester shall have to clear all the
backlog course(s) alongwith the examinations of subsequent batch of second/fourth semester.
14. A candidate who fails in prescribed courses of the first, second, and third semester shall have to clear
all the backlog courses alongwith fourth semester courses within the prescribed duration of the
course of study to be entitled for the award of the Advanced Diploma in Food Technology.
15. A candidate of first, second, third and fourth semester who could not appear at his/her semester
examination as a regular candidate due to illness or otherwise may apply to the Dean F/O
543
Engineering & Technology through the Principal University Polytechnic for permission to appear at
the subsequent semester examination provided that he/she has secured not less than 50% of the total
marks in sessional components of the courses (Theory & Practical). The application along with the
Medical Certificate of the Medical Officer of the University Health Service/ Superintendent of the
JN Medical College and Hospital / Chief Medical Officer of the District, must be submitted by the
candidate in the Office of the University Polytechnic within two weeks from the date of
commencement of the semester examination.
16. No candidate shall be allowed to continue in the Advanced Diploma in Food Technology course
beyond 4 years from the date of his/her first admission to Advanced Diploma in Food Technology
course. However, under special circumstances where the situation so justifies, the principal may
recommend through the Dean F/O Engineering and Technology to Academic council may extend the
duration by one more year.
his sessional component is less than 50% of the total marks in the sessional components of the
courses (Theory & Practical) during a semester.
18. An ex-student who becomes eligible for promotion shall be required to re-register himself/herself as
a regular student for the next semester.
19. A maximum of five Grace Marks (GM) may be awarded in one course only to enable a candidate to
pass the semester examination. Moreover, a maximum of two Discretionary Marks (DM) may be
awarded to a candidate in final semester examination for improvement of Division provided that
he/she has not been awarded any grace mark in final semester examination. The GM/DM so awarded
may be added to aggregate of marks.
544
CHAPTER – CXVIII
*
Post-Graduate Diploma in Mass Communication (Urdu)

PGDMC (U)
(in the Faculty of Arts)
1. The 3-semester Post-Graduate Diploma in Mass Communication (Urdu) shall be awarded to

candidates who have passed Bachelor’s Degree (B.A./B.Sc./B.Com.) programme of this University
or an examination recognised by this University as its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in
aggregate and has undergone a regular course of Post-Graduate Diploma in Mass Communication
(Urdu) for not less than three semesters and has fulfilled all the requirements including attendance.
Knowledge of Urdu language is essential
2. Admission to P.G. Diploma in Mass Communication (Urdu) will be based on the merit determined
through departmental written test which shall cover (i) Essay writing in Urdu and (ii) General
awareness and knowledge of Urdu, Hindi and English literature to be conducted by the Department
of Urdu.
3. There shall be semester system of examination. In order to be eligible for the award of P.G. Diploma
in Mass Communication (Urdu), a candidates shall have to pass the prescribed courses of 100 maks
each during the first and second semesters and a dissertation/project work including viva-voce
examination of 100 marks in the third semester in accordance with the recommendations of the
Faculty of Arts and the Board of Studies of the Department of Urdu.
4. The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course shall be as follows:
(i) Written Examination : 60 marks

(ii) Sessional Work : 15 marks
(iii) Field Work/Practical : 25 marks
(including Viva-Voce)
Total : 100 marks
5. The examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in this
University and have put in atleast 75% physical attendance in all courses taken together in the first
and second semester separately.
Candidates who have put in 65% or more but less than 75% physical attendance may be considered
for condonation of shortage of attendance by the Condonation Committee on Medical or any other
genuine ground.
A candidate who fails to put in 75% of physical attendace during a semester or whose attendance has
not been condoned shall not be allowed to pursue his/her studies in the next semester. Such
candidates may apply to the Dean Faculty of Arts for re-admission/continuation in that semester in
the next academic year, if otherwise eligible.
6. (i) To pass each course of P.G. Diploma in Mass Communication (Urdu), a candidate must
obtain at least 40% in aggregate marks of written examination, sessional work and field
work/practical of each course.
*
A.C. dated 14.7.2009
545
(ii) To pass dissertation/project work, a candidate must obtain at least 50% of allocated marks for
dissertation/project work.
(iii) In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held.
(iv) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum pass marks in a course/dissertation/project work
may be permitted to appear at the subsequent examination for that course(s) as an ex-student
as per Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic). Marks awarded at the subsequent
examination as an ex-student and the marks in sessional and field work/practical, obtained
earlier as a regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the
7. A candidate who has fulfilled the attendance requirements of first and second semesters combined
and has not been promoted to third semester after the expiry of two academic sessions from the date
of his/her admission may be permitted to appear at the subsequent examination with prior permission
of Academic Council on the recommendations of the Dean Faculty of Arts and Chairman of the
Urdu Department as an ex-student to complete the course work. He/she may then be allowed to
pursue his/her dissertation/project work within the next two semesters. In no case, a candidate shall
be permitted further to continue his/her studies to complete the requirements for the award of P.G.
Diploma in Mass Communication (Urdu) and his/her name shall be removed from the University.
8. A candidate who fails to pass 50% of the prescribed courses of the first and second semester
examinations taken together shall not be promoted to third (final) semester for dissertaton/project
work.
9. No grace marks shall be awarded to a candidate for passing a course of P.G. Diploma in Mass
Communication (Urdu). However, a maximum of two discretionary marks may be awarded to a
candidate in aggregate only for improvement of Division. The D.M. so awarded may be indicated
and added to the aggregate of marks.
10. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed, shall be determined on the basis of
aggregate marks obtained by him/her in first, second and third semestes taken together. Candidates
who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in First Division, those who obtain
and those who secure less than 48% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in Third Division.
No permission shall be granted to appear at the subsequent examination for improvement of his/her
performance after passing the course of study of P.G. Diploma in Mass Communication (Urdu).
11. Medium of instruction shall be Urdu.

546

CHAPTER – CXIX
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN THE LANGUAGE OF ADVERTISING MEDIA
AND MARKET (PGDLAMM)
(One Year Programme in the Faculty of Arts)
(Effective from the session 2007– 08)
1. The Postgraduate Diploma in the Language of Advertising Media and Market (PGDLAMM) shall be
awarded to candidates who have passed Bachelor’s Degree (B.A./B.Sc./B.Com.) programme of this
University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent with not less than 50%
marks in aggregate and has undergone a regular course of study of Post Graduate Diploma in
Language of Advertising Media and Market for one year.
2. Admission to Post Graduate Diploma in the Language of Advertising Media and Market will be
based on the merit.
3. (a) There shall be annual examination. In order to be eligible for the award of Post Graduate
Diploma in the Language of Advertising Media and Market a candidate shall have to pass the
prescribed courses, dissertation/project work including Viva-Voce in accordance with the
recommendations of the Faculty of Arts and the Board of Studies, Department of Linguistics.
(b) Candidates who wish to obtain the degree of “Postgraduate Diploma in the
Language of Advertising Media and Market” are required to study four
Courses each carrying 100 marks (75 marks for written examination and 25
marks for sessional evaluation). The Viva-Voce of 100 marks will be held at
the completion of the course work and a Project Work of 100 marks as
specified below:
Course No. Course Title Examination Sessional Total

Marks : Marks Marks
LAMM01 INTRODUCING LANGUAGE 75 : 25 100

LAMM02 LANGUAGE OF ADVERTISING 75 : 25 100
LAMM03 COMMUNICATION 75 : 25 100
LAMM04 LANGUAGE OF MEDIA AND MARKET 75 : 25 100
LAMM05 PROJECT REPORT (to be submitted before ____ 100
the completion of the course)
LAMM06 VIVA-VOCE 100 ____ 100
Total 600 Marks

4. (i) To pass each theory course of Postgraduate Diploma in the Language of Advertising Media
and Market, a candidate must obtain atleast 40% marks in aggregate of written examination
and sessional work taken together.

547
(ii) To pass dissertation/project work and Viva-Voce, a candidate must obtain at

least 50% of allocated marks for dissertation/project work and Viva-Voce
separately.
(iii) In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held.
(iv) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum marks in a theory course, and
Viva-Voce may be permitted to appear at the subsequent examination as an
ex-student and the marks in sessional and dissertation/project work obtained,
earlier as a regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the
courses in which the candidate has already passed shall be carried forward. If
a candidate fails in Project Work, he/she shall submit the Project Work afresh
during the subsequent session.
5. No grace marks shall be awarded to a candidate for passing a course of Post Graduate Diploma in
the Language of Advertising Media and Market. However, a maximum of two discretionary marks
shall be awarded to a candidate in aggregate only for improvement of Division. The D.M. so
awarded may be indicated and added to the aggregate of marks.
6. The division in which successful candidates are to be placed, shall be determined on the basis of
aggregate marks obtained by them during the course of study. Candidates who obtain 60% of the
aggregate marks or more shall be placed in First Division, those who obtain less than 60% but not
less than 48% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Division and those who secure
less than 48% but not less than 40% marks of the aggregate marks shall be placed in Third Division.
7. No permission shall be granted to appear at the subsequent examination for improvement after
passing the course of study of Postgraduate Diploma in Language of Advertising Media and Market.
8. Medium of instruction of examination shall be English.

548
CHAPTER – CXX
*
Advanced P.G. Diploma in Nanotechnology

(Two Semester Course)
1. The Advanced P.G. Diploma in Nanotechnology shall be awarded to the candidates who have
undergone at the University a regular course of study for two semesters (one academic year) after
having passed the B.Tech. or M.Sc. (Physics/Chemistry) or its equivalent examination from a
University recognized by this University with not less than 60% marks.
2. The First Semester Examination for the Advanced P.G. Diploma in Nanotechnology shall be open to
candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the First Semester at the University and
have put in at least 70% physical attendance in each course during the semester.
3. The Second Semester Examination for the Advanced P.G. Diploma in Nanotechnology shall be open
to candidates who have completed the project work of 5 to 6 months duration at the University
and/or any other recognized University and/or Research Institute/Organization after having passed
the First Semester examination for the Advanced P.G. Diploma in Nanotechnology and have put in
at least 70% physical attendance during the semester.
4. First Semester Examination shall consist of theory courses and/or practical course as prescribed by
the Faculty on the recommendations of the Board of Studies concerned. A theory course shall consist
of University Examination (written paper) and corresponding sessional work. During the Second
Semester a project shall consist of practical work, submission of a dissertation and corresponding
viva-voce.
5. (a) Ordinarily, the project and dissertation of a candaidate shall be supervised by one member of
the teaching staff as approved by the concerned Board of Studies. However, another member
of the teaching staff of the university may also be associated as Co-Supervisor with the
approval of the concerned Board of Studies.
(b) Provided that a candidate may be allowed to do his/her project work in other Departments of
this University or in any other recognized University/Research Institute/Organization. In such
cases, combined supervision may be done by associating Supervisor from the said
Department/Research Institute/ Organization along with the Internal Supervisor.
(c) The dissertation report shall be evaluated by a Board of Examiners which shall consist of one
External Examiner, not engaged in teaching in the University and the Supervisor(s) to be
appointed by the concerned Board of Studies.
6. To pass each examination, a candidate must obtain:-
(i) At least 40% of total marks in sessional work and Univeristy Examination (written paper)
taken together in each theory course and securing at least 25% in the University Examinaton
(written paper)
(ii) At least 60% of total marks in project work and Viva-Voce taken together. The project shall
be assessed out of 350 marks of which 100 marks shall be awarded on the basis of Viva-Voce.
*
OM. No. XM/RU/F.No.0003/08/2774 dt. 28.11.2008
549
7. (i) The division in which the successful candidate is to be placed at the end of a Final
Examination shall be determined on the basis of the combined result (cumulative marks) of
the First and Second Semester Examinations taken together.
(ii) A candidate who obtains 75% of the cumulative marks or more shall be declared to have
passed the Final Examination in first division with Honors.
(iii) A candidate who obtains 65% of the cumulative marks or more but less than 75% shall be
placed in the first division and who obtains less than 65% of the cumulative marks but more
than 50% of the cumulative marks shall be placed in the second division.
(iv) A candidate who obtains less than 50% of the cumulative marks shall be declared as failed.
8. A candidate who, having fulfilled the attendance requirements in a course, fails to obtain the
minimum passing marks or who could not appear at the End Semester Examination due to illness or
any other valid reason may be allowed to re-appear in the University Examination only at the
subsequent End Semester University Examination along with the regular students. The marks
awarded at the subsequent University Examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a
regular candidate shall be counted for passing the course. No candidate shall be allowed to improve
his/her marks in sessional or University Examination of a course after having passed it.
9. A candidate who fails in more than 50% of the prescribed courses of the First Semester shall not be
promoted to the Second Semester.
10. No candidate shall be allowed to continue the Advanced P.G. Diploma in Nanotechnology beyond
two years from the date of his/her admission of the First Semester of the Advanced P.G. Diploma in
Nanotechnology. However, under special circumstances where the situation so justifies, the
Academic Council on the recommendation of the Faculty, may extend the duration up to two and
half years.
550

CHAPTER – CXXI
Post Graduate Diploma in Biodiversity Management and Conservation

(Effective from the Academic Session 2007– 08)
1. Post Graduate Diploma in Biodiversity Management and Conservation shall be awarded to

candidates, who have undergone at this university a regular course of study for one academic year
after obtaining B.Sc./B.Sc. (Hons) Degree of three years' duration (under the 10+2+3 system) in any
of the following subjects Zoology & Botany, Environmental Biology, Forestry, Agriculture, Ecology
or B.Sc. Agriculture or B.Sc. Forestry or B.V. Sc. or passed an examination recognized by the
2. The examination for Diploma in Biodiversity Management and Conservation shall be open to either:
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the university for one academic
year, or
3. The courses and the number of marks allotted to each course, including sessional work and/or
practical examination and/or Viva-Voce and/or seminar and/or project and/or dissertation and/or
training shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of
Studies of the Department of Wildlife Sciences.
4. The pattern of examination shall be based on continuous evaluation through internal assessment
(sessional work) and an annual examination at the end. The sessional test shall carry a weightage of
20% of the total marks allocated to each course.
5. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least:

(a) 33 per cent of marks allotted for sessional work in each course
(b) 33 per cent of marks allotted in each course at the annual examination
(c) 33 per cent of marks in aggregate; comprising marks of sessional work and annual
examination in each course.
6. Candidates who pass the Examination as per Clause 5 above and obtain 60 per cent of marks or more
in aggregate shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less
than 45 per cent shall be placed in Second Division; and those who obtained less than 45 percent but
not less than 33 percent shall be placed in Third Division.
7. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a supplementary examination shall be

held not more than four months after the annual examination. This examination shall be open to the
candidates who are unable to appear at the annual examination for reasons as approved by the
Committee of Examinations, or who fail in one or more courses, at the Annual Examination, but
obtain required marks in sessional test as per Clause 5(a) above.
8. Candidates who have failed at the Annual Examination shall be required to appear at the
Supplementary Examination in those subjects only in which they have failed at the Annual
Examination.

OM. No. XM/RU/F.No.0004/09/1387(Internal) dt. 07.02.2009
551

CHAPTER – CXXII
1. Certificate In Remote Sensing & GIS Application in Environmental Studies

2. Certificate in Wildlife Ecology and Management
3. Certificate in Biodiversity Management & Conservation
(Effective from the Academic Session 2007 – 08)
1. Certificate in Remote Sensing & GIS Application in Environmental Studies or Certificate In

Wildlife Ecology and Management or Certificate in Biodiversity Management & Conservation shall
be awarded to candidates, who have undergone at this university a regular course of study for one
academic year after obtaining a Graduate Degree of three years' duration (under the 10+2+3 system)
or passed an examination recognized by the university as its equivalent and has undergone a regular
course of study in the University for not less than two months.
2. The examination for Certificate in Remote Sensing & GIS Application in Environmental Studies or
Certificate in Wildlife Ecology and Management or Certificate in Biodiversity Management &
Conservation shall be open to either:-
(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two months in
an academic year, or
3. The courses and the number of marks allotted to each course, including Sessional Work and/or
Practical Examination and/or Viva-Voce and/or Seminar and/or Project and/or Dissertation and/or
Training shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of
Studies of the Department of Wildlife Sciences.
4. The pattern of examination shall be based on continuous evaluation through internal assessment
(sessional work) and a final examination at the end. The sessional test shall carry a weightage of
20% of the total marks allocated to each course.
5. Notwithstanding anything contained in clause 4, the pattern of examination shall be the one as
prescribed by the Academic council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the
Department of Wildlife Sciences.
6. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least:

a) 33 per cent of marks allotted for sessional work in each course
b) 33 per cent of marks allotted in each course at the annual examination
c) 33 per cent of marks in aggregate; comprising marks of sessional work and annual
examination in each course.
7. Candidates who pass the Examination as per Clause 6 above and obtain 60 percent of marks or more
in aggregate shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less
than 45 per cent shall be placed in Second Division; and those who obtained less than 45 percent but
not less than 33 percent shall be placed in Third Division.

552
8. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a supplementary examination shall be held

not more than four months after the final examination. This examination shall be open to the
candidates who are unable to appear at the annual examination for reasons as approved by the
Committee of Examination, or who fail in one or more courses, at the final Examination, but obtain
required marks in sessional test as per Clause 6(a) above.
9. Candidates who have failed at the Annual Examination shall be required to appear at the
Supplementary Examination in those subjects only in which they have failed at the Annual
Examination.
553
CHAPTER – CXXIII
Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering One Year Course

(Effective from 2009-10)
1. The Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering shall be awarded to the candidates who have
undergone at the University a regular course for two semesters (one year) after having passed the
Diploma in Engineering with First Division in Civil/ Mechanical / Production /Plastic/ Chemical /
Environmental / Architecture Assistantship / Drafting Designing (Civil/ Mech.) from a recognized
technical board / University. Or B. Sc. (Science/Life Sciences/Industrial Chemistry/ Home Science)
with not less than 50 % marks in aggregate from a recognized University.
2. The first semester examination for the Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering shall be
open to the candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the first semester at the
University.
3. The second semester (final) examination for the Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering
shall be open to the candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the second
semester at the university after having passed / promoted the first semester examination for the
Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering.
4. The examination for all the semesters shall be conducted by means of written papers, sessionals,
practical and/ Viva-Voice including project work in final semester. A theory course consists of
written paper and corresponding theory sessionals. A practical/project course consists of
practical/sessional and corresponding practical / Viva-Voice.
5. There shall be no Supplementary examination after each semester examination.
6. To pass each examination a candidate must obtain i) at least 40%combined marks in sessional
work and University examination of each theory course and also 25% marks in the University
examination component; ii) at least 60%combined marks in sessional work and University
examination of the each practical course and also 25% marks in the University examination
component.
7. (i) The division in which the successful candidates are to be placed at the end of final
examination shall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of the first and second
semester examinations of the course of study .
(ii) Candidates who obtain 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be

declared to have passed the examination in first division with honours.
(iii) Candidates who obtains 65% of the cumulative marks or more but less then 75% shall be
declared to have passed the examination in the first division and those who obtain less then
65% of cumulative marks shall be placed in the second division.
8. No candidate shall be allowed to improve his/her marks in the sessional work or the University
examination or a course after having passed it.
9. A candidate who fails in more than three prescribed courses of the first semester shall not be
promoted to the second semester.
554
10. A candidate who fails in prescribed courses of the first and second semester shall have to clear all
the backlog papers in the subsequent batch of the first and second semester examination.
11. A candidate who fails in prescribed courses of the first semester shall have to clear all the backlog
papers within the prescribed duration of the Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering to be
entitled for the award of the Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering.
12. A candidate of first and second semester who could not appear at his annual examination as a regular
candidate due to illness or otherwise, may apply to the Dean F/O Engineering & Technology through
the Principal University Polytechnic for permission to appear at the subsequent examination
provided that he has secured not less then 50% of the total marks in sessional components of the
courses (Theory & Practical). The application along with the Medical Certificate of the Medical
Officer of the University Health Service/ Superintendent of the JN Medical College & Hospital /
Chief Medical officer of the District., must be submitted by the candidate in the Office of the
University Polytechnic with in two weeks from the date of commencement of the annual
examination.
13. No candidate shall be allowed to continue in the Advance Diploma in Environmental Engineering
course beyond two & half year from the date of his first semester of Advance Diploma in
Environmental Engineering. However, under special circumstances where the situation so justifies
the principal may recommend such cases to the Academic Council through Dean, Faculty Engg &
Technology for the extension of duration upto further one year.
his sessional component is less then 50% of the total marks (Theory & Practical).
15. A student need to fulfill the attendance requirement as prescribed time to time by the authorities in
order to be eligible to appear in the examination.
16. First Second & Third Position among all regular candidates shall be awarded to the candidates as per
merit based on marks secured after completing within the prescribed period of one year.
555
CHAPTER –CXXIV
M.SC. POLYMER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
(EFFECTIVE FROM THE SESSION 2013-14)
1. Introduction
The Department of Applied Chemistry offers a programme leading to M.Sc. Polymer Science and
Technology.
2. Eligibility
A candidate will be eligible to apply for admission to M.Sc Polymer Science and Technology
programme if he/she has passed B.Sc. in Chemistry/Industrial Chemistry/Applied
Chemistry/Polymer Chemistry of the University or an examination recognized by the University as
its equivalent with not less than 55% marks in aggregate
3. In order to be eligible for the award of M.Sc Polymer Science and Technology Degree, a candidate
shall have to pass in sessional work and semester examination so as to accumulate at least 74 credits.
Provided that the Academic Council may prescribe viva-voce examination in a subject in addition to
the credits mentioned above and where a viva-voce examination is provided, a candidate shall have
to obtain at least 40% of the marks allotted to the examination.
4. The courses, the number of credits and marks allotted to each course, including Sessional Work
and/or Practical Examination and/or Viva-Voce Examination and/or Seminar and /or Project and/or
Dissertation and/or Training shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of
the Board of Studies of the Department of Applied Chemistry.
5. (a) The pattern of examination shall be continuous evaluation, consisting of sessional tests and
semester examination at the end of each semester. The courses shall carry 8,4,3 or 2 credits.
The weightage of each credit of the course shall be 25 marks. Out of the total (maximum)
marks, the weightage of the sessional and semester examination shall be as follows:
In the laboratory course, 30% of the marks shall be prescribed for sessional work and 70% for
practical examination at the end of the semester. The written examination shall comprise one
paper of two hours duration in each course, except for practical examination for which the
duration of the examination may be four hours. There is a provision of an Educational Tour.
(b) To pass in a course and to obtain the credit assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40%
of the marks in aggregate in theory papers and the sessional work taken together, and at least
40% of the aggregate marks in the Written Examination and the Sessional Work, Practical
Examination and/or Viva-Voce Examination and/or Seminar and/or Project and /or
Dissertation .
(c) A candidate may be promoted from I year (IInd Semester) to IInd year (IIIrd Semester)
provided if he/she obtains at least 20 credits.
(d) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study promoted to III/IV semester can not receive
instruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/II semester;
556
Provided that a candidate while studying as a regular student of III/IV semester may appear in
the End Semester Examination of the backlog courses of I/II semester as the case may be.
(e) A candidate who fails to obtain 40% of the aggregate marks may appear subsequently at the
Semester Examination only for that course as an ex-student, in order to obtain the credit for it.
6. If a candidate fails to accumulate the requisite number of credits after having studied as a regular
student for four semester, he may be allowed by the Dean, Faculty of Engineering and Technology
on the recommendation of Chairman, Department of Applied Chemistry to study for not more than
four additional semesters immediately following the regular semesters.
7. A candidate who accumulates the requisite number of credits mentioned in Clause 3 above or more
and who obtains at least 60% of the aggregate marks, shall be placed in the First Division. Those
who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% marks shall be placed in the Second Division..
Those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 40% shall be placed in the Third Division.
8. If any regular candidate passes I,II,III and IV semester examinations and wishes to improve his/her
Theory Courses at the End Semester Examinations concerned not later than one year after the
declaration of his/her result on passing the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in
the sessional work practicals/viva-voce/project/dissertation/seminar. The marks awarded to him/her
for the sessional work and practical examination during his/her regular course of study shall be
carried forward. Such candidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation;
Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate is not pursuing any
other course of study in the meanwhile;
9. A candidate who fails to accumulate the requisite number of credits within eight semesters after his
admission, may be allowed to take further courses for the Degree with the permission of the
Academic Council for not more than two semesters on the recommendation of the Chairman,
Department of Applied Chemistry and Dean, Faculty of Engineering and Technology.
557
*
CHAPTER- CXXV
Post Graduate Diploma in Hindi Translation
1. Introduction
The Department of Hindi offers a programme leading to Post Graduate Diploma in Hindi
Translation.
2. Eligibility :
(b) A candidate who has passed B.A. with Hindi and English as main or subsidiary subjects of
this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent with not less
than 50 percent marks in aggregate, will be eligible for admission to Post Graduate Diploma
in Hindi Translation
(c) The candidate who has completed graduation in other subjects with the above percentage of
marks shall also be eligible for admission to P.G. Diploma in Hindi Translation. But he/she
will have to undergo an eligibility test conducted by the Department of Hindi
4. Duration of the Course:

(a) The minimum duration of the course shall be one year after admission.
(b) The maximum duration of the course shall be two consecutive years after admission with no
5. Attendance:
the Ordinances (Academic) may apply for continuation. A candidate who fulfills the
6. The examination shall comprise three theory papers, including sessional work in each paper,
Translation Project and Viva-Voce. The distribution of marks shall be as follows:
(a) Three papers of 100 marks each : 300
(b) Translation Project
(i) Hindi to English
1500-1700 words from standard books : 50
(ii) English to Hindi

1500-1700 words from standard books : 50
(c) Viva-Voce : 100
Total Marks : 500
*
558
7. To pass the examination a candidate must obtain at least 40% of marks in each paper inclusive of
sessional/ Project & Viva voce. For candidates appearing as ex-students the marks awarded for
sessional during course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.
8. Candidates securing 60% or more marks in aggregate shall be placed in the First division. Those
who secure less than 60% marks but not less than 45% marks in aggregate shall be placed in Second
9. A candidate shall be entitled for Grace Marks or Discretionary Marks as per policy of the University
approved from time to time.
559
*
CHAPTER- CXXVI
Post - M.A. Diploma in Modern Persian (Translation and Interpretation)

1. Introduction
The Department of Persian offers a programme leading to Post- M.A. Diploma in Modern Persian
(Translation & Interpretation).
2. Eligibility
A candidate will be eligible for admission to Post-M.A. Diploma in Modern Persian (Translation and
Interpretation) who has passed M.A. in Persian or M.A. in any subject with not less than 50% marks
in aggregate and studied Persian as Main/Subsidiary/Optional subject at B.A. level examination of
this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent.
4. Duration of the Course
(a) The minimum duration of the course shall be two semesters.
(c) The maximum duration of the course shall be four semesters from the date of admission with
no provision for any extension.
5. Attendance
6. The examination shall comprise two theory papers, sessional work in each paper, Assignment /
Dissertation and Viva-Voce. The distribution of marks shall be as follows:
(a) One paper of 100 marks in each Semester : 200

(b) Assignment/ Dissertation in each semester (50+50) : 100
(c) Viva-Voce at the end of the

written examination of II semester : 100
Total Marks : 400
*
560
7. To pass the examination a candidate must obtain at least 40% of marks in each paper (inclusive of
Sessional work) as well as 50% marks in Viva-Voce. For candidates appearing as ex-students the
marks awarded for sessional during course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent
examination.
8. Candidates securing 60% or more marks in aggregate shall be placed in the First division. Those
561
*
CHAPTER- CXXVII
 Diploma in Quranic Studies

 Diploma in Calligraphy & Graphic Design
1. Introduction
Prof. K.A. Nizami Centre for Quranic Studies offers full time programme leading to the above
Diploma Courses.
2. Eligibility :
A candidate will be eligible for admission to the above courses who has passed Senior Secondary
School Certificate Examination (10+2) with 45% marks of this University or an Oriental
examination or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent.
3. Admission to these courses shall be made once a year in accordance with the admission policy
4. Duration of the Course
(a) The minimum duration of the course shall be two semesters (one year).
(b) The maximum duration of the course shall be two years after admission with no provision for
any extension.
5. Attendance
attendance requirements but fails to pass in the paper prescribed may appear as an ex-student
in the subsequent examination.
6. The distribution of marks for the above mentioned courses shall be as follows:
Diploma in Quranic Studies
Name of the course/Paper Theory Viva-Voce Sessional Total

Paper Practical marks
DQS-01– Quranic Sciences-I 50 25 25 100
DQS-02- The morals and values of the 50 25 25 100
holy Quran - I
DQS-03- Quranic recitation - I 50 25 25 100
DQS-04- Quranic Studies through 50 20 100
ICT - I
DQS-05- Quranic Sciences- II 50 25 25 100
*
562
DQS-06- The morals and values of the 50 25 25 100

holy Quran - II
DQS-07- Quranic recitation – II 50 25 25 100
DQS-08- Quranic Studies through 50 30(20 P + 10 20 100
ICT - II V)
Diploma in Calligraphy and Graphic Design
Calligraphy and Graphic Design 75

75(50 P + 25 50 200
V) (25+25)
Note: Examination of Diploma in Calligraphy and Graphic Design shall be conducted
at the end of the 2nd semester.
7. To pass the examination a candidate must obtain at least 40% of marks in the written paper, practical
& Viva-Voce separately.
8. Candidates securing 60% or more marks in aggregate shall be placed in the First Division. Those
Division. Those who secure less than 50% marks but not less than 40% marks in aggregate shall be
placed in Third Division.
563
*
CHAPTER- CXXVIII
†
Bachelor in Radiation Therapy Technology (BRTT)
1. No candidate shall be eligible for award of the Bachelor in Radiation Therapy Technology unless
he/she has previously completed Senior Secondary school Certificate Examination (10+2) in science
of this University or its equivalent with 45% aggregate in overall & 55% aggregate in Physics,
Chemistry & Biology.
(a) and has undergone a three years of regular course of study and has also undergone
apprenticeship/internship/training for six months period.
Or
(b) and has undergone a Diploma in Medical Lab Technology (Radiology) or Diploma in
Radiotherapy or its equivalent and has also undergone a two years (second & third Year) of
regular course of study and has also undergone six months apprenticeship/internship/training.
2. Candidate shall be selected for admission on the basis of the performance in the departmental
admission test.
3. The maximum time duration for completion of the course of study/academic programme is Five
years from the date of admission to the course.
4. The Examination shall be held in three parts.
Part – I (First Year)

Part – II (Second Year)
Part – III (Third Year)
No candidate will be allowed to appear for an examination unless he/she fulfils the minimum
attendance requirement as per University rules in that particular subject (paper).
5. The course structure and marks in each subject (paper) comprising of theory, practical and sessional
work and/or viva-voce examination and/or project work and/or assignments shall be prescribed by
the Board of Studies of the Department of Radiotherapy. (appendix)
6. Teaching and examination schedule indicating the nature of the subject (Theory/Practical), Subject
(paper) Title, Teaching Contact hours per week shall be prescribed by the Board of Studies from
time to time.
7. There shall be continuous evaluation of sessional work and/or assignments and/or practical work etc,
followed by end-term examination.
8. (a) To pass the Examination for each year, a candidate must obtain at least 50% of the marks in
individual Papers, Sessionals, Practicals and/or Viva-Voce and/or project work, separately
and at least 50% of the marks in the aggregate.
(b) A candidate who fails to obtain at least 50% of the marks in individual Paper, Practicals and /
or Viva-Voce and/or project work, separately, may appear subsequently only at the
*
†
A.C. dated 30.7.2011
564
examination prescribed or the papers and / or Viva-Voce and / or Practical and / or Project
Work concerned.
Ordinances/Regulations.
Provided that in case of such candidates, the marks obtained in the Sessionals, Practicals,
Viva-Voce and the project work during the previous academic year shall stand automatically
cancelled.
9. A candidate who obtains at least 50% of the marks in at least two of the total number of papers,
Practicals, Viva-Voce and project work, shall be promoted from I Year to the II Year of the course.
The students studying in the II Year Course shall be promoted to III Year provided they have
obtained at least 50% of the marks in at least three of the total number of papers, Practicals, Viva-
Voce and project work at the II Year Examination and have passed in the papers, Practicals, Viva-
Voce, project etc. of the I Year Examination.
Provided that if a candidate who is a regular student, fails to pass in the minimum number of papers,
Practicals, Viva-Voce and project work though he has fulfilled the necessary attendance
requirements, he/she shall cease to be a regular student. He/she may appear at the subsequent
examination as an ex-student only in the paper, and/or practical, and/or Viva-Voce, and/or project
work in which he/she has failed.
Provided further that if a candidate fails to pass the course within five years from the date of his/her
admission, he/she can appear in subsequent examination with the permission of the Vice-
10. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the III year annual Examination,
which shall be open to candidates who were eligible to appear, but failed to pass the III year
Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist of the III year papers/Practicals/viva-
voce only and shall ordinarily be held not more than three months following the III Year Annual
Examination.
11. Grace Marks (GM)/Discretionary Marks (DM) may be awarded to enable a candidate to pass the
Final Examination or improvement of Division. A maximum of five Grace Marks may be awarded
in one course only in each part to enable a candidate to pass the examination. Moreover a maximum
of two Discretionary Marks may be awarded to a candidate in final Part-III examination for
improvement of Division provided that he/she has not been awarded any Grace Mark in Part – III
examination. The GM/DM so awarded are to be added to the aggregate of marks.
taken together.
Candidate securing 60% or more marks in aggregate shall be placed in First Division and those who
secure less than 60% but more than 50% of marks in aggregate shall be placed in Second Division.
13. If an examinee is in doubt or not satisfied with the marks obtained in any written papers of a theory
course, he/she may apply for re-totalling or re-evaluation of the answer scripts within one month of
565
the declaration of result. There shall be no re-evaluation of sessional work of all courses, practical
examination, viva-voce examination, project/training report. The re-evaluation/re-totalling is
allowed in not more than two written papers of theory courses only on payment of prescribed fee.
14. The medium of instruction and examination shall be English only.
15. The candidates after completion of three years or two years of course as applicable in para 1 will
have to undergo apprenticeship/internship/training for a period of six months at any radiotherapy
centre of their choice. The candidates who undergo apprenticeship / internship / training at J.N.
Medical College, AMU, Aligarh will be paid a stipend during that period. The period of
apprenticeship /internship/training and the stipend amount will be decided by the Board of Studies of
the Department.
16. No candidates will be awarded the Bachelor in Radiation Therapy Technology unless he/she
produces the successful completion certificate from the training institute/hospital.
17. The course is purely Self-financing and No Claim will be made for claim of fee concession, bonafide
studentship, etc. All the University student rules regarding Self-financing courses will be applicable
to the candidates.
566
ANNEXURE TO THE ORDINANCE ON BACHELOR IN RADIATION THERAPY

TECHNOLOGY
Part – I Part – II Part - III

Subject Sess. End Total Subject Sess. End Total Subject Sess. End Total
Marks Term Marks Marks Term Marks Marks Term Marks
Exam Exam Exam
Marks Marks Marks
Human 25 75 100 Physics of 25 75 100 Advanced 25 75 100
Anatomy & Radiotherapy Radiotherapy
Physiology & Imaging Equipments
Techniques & Process
Biochemistry, 25 75 100 Basic 25 75 100 Clinical 25 75 100

Pathology & Radiotherapy Oncology
Microbiology Equipments
and Process
Basic 25 75 100 Principles and 25 75 100 Bio-Statistics, 25 75 100
Radiological Practice of Computer
Physics and Radiotherapy Skill &
Medical Patient Data
Physics Maintenance
Hospital 25 75 100 Radiobiology 25 75 100 Practical – II 25 50 100

Practice, & Radiation & 25
Medical Protection Viva-Voce
Ethics &
Patient Care
Practical – I 25 50 100 Grand Viva- ---- 100 100
& 25 Voce
Viva-Voce
Afsana Mazhar: January 2015

Ac Ord

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Ac Ord

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY

(Amended upto January, 2015)

Chapter Contents Page Nos.

II Departments/Board of Studies 6-17

III Classification & Emoluments of Teachers 18-18

IV Board of Secondary Education (EC dated 18/19/20.2.84) 19-21

V Committee of Examinations 22-25

VI Committee for Advanced Studies & Research 26-26

VII Library Committee 27-27

VIII Admission of Students to the University & University Lectures 28-29

IX Residence of Students 30-33

X Fellowships and Scholarships 34-34

XI Discipline Committee 35-35

XII Convocation for Conferring Degrees 36-36

XIII Fees (Tuition, Examination etc) 37-42

XIV Evening Classes & Certificate Courses 43-43

XV Appointment of Examiners & Moderators 44-50

XVI Remuneration to Examiners, Invigilators etc 51-56

XVII Examinations 57-62

XVII-A Examinations (Semester System) (O.M. No. XM/SPA/II-196 63-63

XVII-A (Revised) Examinations (Semester System) 64-65

XVIII High School Examination (for Women Private Candidates) 66-67

XVIII–A Secondary School Certificate Examination (EC dated 16.3.1985) 68-74

Chapter Contents Page Nos.

XIX Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination

XIX–A Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination 82-84

XX Pre – Medical (Deleted) (EC dated 16.3.1985) 85-85

XXI BA (Hons) and B.Sc. (Hons.) (EC dated 27/28.9.1986) 86-91

XXI–A Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) (EC 31.7.2000) 92-93

XXI–C B.Sc. (Hons.) (Home Science) 95-99

XXI–D BA (Hons)/(Pass) under Distance Education 100-103

XXI-E B.A. (Hons.) / B.Sc.(Hons.) / B.Com. (Hons.) (Semester System) 104-111

XXI(F) Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.) 112-115

XXI (G) Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.) (Semester System) 116-122

XXI (H) Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) (Semester System) 123-128

XXII B.Com. (Hons) (EC dated 27/28.9.1986) 129-132

XXIII M.A., M.Sc. and M.Com (EC dated 18/19/20.2.1984) 133-133

XXIII–A M.Sc. (Agriculture) – Plant Protection/M.Sc. (Agriculture) 133-133

XXIII–B M.Sc. in Bio – Technology 134-135

Chapter Contents Page Nos.

XXIII–D Master of Fine Arts (MFA)

XXIII–E MA/M.Sc. (Maths) (OM LD(C) 1292 dated 20.11.2002) 136-136

XXIII–F MA/M.Sc. (Under Semester System) 137-142

XXIII–G M.Com. (Semester System) 143-148

XXIII–J MFA (Semester System) 156-159

XXIII–K MPE (Semester System) (OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 dt 24/30.10.2005) 160-160

XXIII–L M.Sc. (Agriculture) (wef 2005 – 2006) 161-166

XXIV M.Phil (EC dated 16.10.85) 167-169

XXIV-A M.Phil 170-174

XXV Ph. D (Deleted) 175-175

XXV–A Ph.D (EC dated 5.7.1997) 176-179

XXVI D.Lit/ D.Sc./L.L.D./D.Th. 197-197

XXVII Bachelor or Theology (B.Th.) 198-198

XXVIII Master of Theology (M.Th.) (EC dated 27.3.1987) 198-198

XXIX LLB (2–Year Course) (Abolished) (EC dated 7/8.2.1978) 198-198

Chapter Contents Page Nos.

XXIX–A BA – LLB (Hons) (5–Year Integrated Course) 199-202

XXX LLB (3–Year Course) (Deleted)

XXXI LLM (EC dated 16.3.1985) 203-203

XXXI–A LLM (Semester System) 204-206

XXXII B.Ed. 207-207

XXXII – A Bachelor of Education (B.Ed) (Semester System) 208-212

XXXIII M.Ed. (EC dated 21/22.2.1981) 213-213